SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 


FORM 10-K

(Mark One)

x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
   SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934.

 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003.

 

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
   SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 (NO FEE REQUIRED).

 

For the transition period from                      to                     

 

Commission File No. 1-13300

 


CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware   54-1719854

(State or Other Jurisdiction

of Incorporation or Organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

 

1680 Capital One Drive

McLean, Virginia

  22102
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)   (Zip Code)

 

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (703) 720-1000

 


Securities registered pursuant to section 12(b) of the act:

 

Title of Each Class


 

Name of Each Exchange

on Which Registered


Common Stock, $.01 Par Value

  New York Stock Exchange

Preferred Stock Purchase Rights*

  New York Stock Exchange

Upper DECs ® **, due May 17, 2007 at 6.25%

  New York Stock Exchange

* Attached to each share of Common Stock is a Right to acquire 1/100th of a share of the Registrant’s Cumulative Participating Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share, which Rights are not presently exercisable.
** Each Upper DEC consists of a senior note and a forward purchase contract that requires the holder to purchase shares of common stock of the Corporation on May 17, 2005 or earlier under certain conditions.

 


Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

 

None

 


Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes   x     No   ¨

 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this

Form 10-K.   ¨

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an accelerated filer (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes   x     No   ¨

 

The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of the close of business on February 27, 2004.

 

Common Stock, $.01 Par Value: $16,806,230,685*


* In determining this figure, the registrant assumed that the executive officers of the registrant and the registrant’s directors are affiliates of the registrant. Such assumption shall not be deemed to be conclusive for any other purpose. The number of shares outstanding of the registrant’s common stock as of the close of business on February 27, 2004.

 

Common Stock, $.01 Par Value: 238,913,074 shares

 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

 

1. Portions of the Proxy Statement for the annual meeting of stockholders to be held on April 29, 2004 are incorporated by reference into Part III.

 



CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

 

2003 ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Item 1.    Business    3
     Overview    3
     Business Description    4
     Geographic Diversity    5
     Enterprise Risk Management    5
     Technology/Systems    10
     Funding and Liquidity    10
     Competition    10
     Intellectual Property    11
     Employees    11
     Supervision and Regulation    11
     Risk Factors    20
     Statistical Information    27
Item 2.    Properties    27
Item 3.    Legal Proceedings    27
Item 4.    Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders    28
Item 5.    Market for Company’s Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters    28
Item 6.    Selected Financial Data    29
Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations    30
Item 7A.    Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk    60
Item 8.    Financial Statements and Supplementary Data    61
Item 9.    Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure    104
Item 9A.    Controls and Procedures    104
Item 10.    Directors and Executive Officers of the Corporation    105
Item 11.    Executive Compensation    105
Item 12.    Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters    105
Item 13.    Certain Relationships and Related Transactions    105
Item 14.    Principal Accountant Fees and Services    105
Item 15.    Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on Form 8-K    106

 

2


PART I

 

Item 1. Business.

 

Overview

 

Capital One Financial Corporation (the “Corporation”) is a holding company, incorporated in Delaware on July 21, 1994, whose subsidiaries market a variety of consumer financial products and services. The Corporation’s principal subsidiary, Capital One Bank (the “Bank”), a limited-purpose Virginia state chartered credit card bank, offers credit card products. Capital One, F.S.B. (the “Savings Bank”), a federally chartered savings bank, offers consumer lending and deposit products, and Capital One Auto Finance, Inc. (“COAF”) offers automobile and other motor vehicle financing products. Capital One Services, Inc., another subsidiary of the Corporation, provides various operating, administrative and other services to the Corporation and its subsidiaries. Unless indicated otherwise, the terms “Company”, “we”, “us”, and “our” refer to the Corporation and its consolidated subsidiaries.

 

As of December 31, 2003, we had 47.0 million accounts and $71.2 billion in managed consumer loans outstanding . We are among the six largest issuers of Visa ® and MasterCard ® credit cards in the United States based on managed credit card loans outstanding as of December 31, 2003. Important factors underlying the growth of our managed credit card loans and accounts include credit card industry dynamics and our business strategies around building, analyzing and applying results derived from large quantities of data to reduce credit risk, mass customize products for consumers and improve operational efficiency. We generally have labeled these strategies our “Information Based Strategy” or “IBS.”

 

In June 1996, we established the Savings Bank to expand our product offerings and our relationship with our cardholders. The Savings Bank currently, among other things, takes deposits and offers a variety of credit card and installment loan products.

 

We offer credit cards throughout the United States. We also offer credit card products outside of the United States principally through Capital One Bank (Europe) plc, an indirect subsidiary of the Bank organized and located in the United Kingdom (the “U.K. Bank”), and a branch of the Bank in Canada.

 

We offer automobile and other motor vehicle financing products through COAF and its subsidiaries. These financing products are offered for the purchase of either new or used vehicles or the refinancing of existing motor vehicle loans. We also offer other secured and unsecured consumer lending products through our subsidiaries both in the United States and elsewhere.

 

We use IBS to differentiate among customers based on credit risk, usage and other characteristics and to match customer characteristics with appropriate product offerings. IBS involves building sophisticated models and information systems, while employing a well-trained staff and a flexible culture to identify, develop and market credit card or other products and services to satisfy the demands of a competitive and ever changing marketplace. By actively testing a wide variety of product and service features, marketing channels and other aspects of offerings, we design customized solicitations, products and services that are targeted at specific credit customer segments, thereby enhancing response levels and maximizing returns on investment within given underwriting parameters.

 

We build on information derived from our initial sources with continued integrated testing and model development to improve the quality, performance and profitability of our solicitation and account management initiatives. We apply IBS to all areas of our business, including solicitations, account management, credit line management, pricing strategies, usage stimulation, collections, recoveries, and account and balance retention as well as internal matters such as recruiting and associate performance management.

 

3


Our common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol COF and our Upper DECs ® securities are listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol COFPRC. Our principal executive office is located at 1680 Capital One Drive, McLean, Virginia 22102 (telephone number (703) 720-1000). The Corporation maintains a website at www.capitalone.com . Documents available on our website include the Corporation’s (i) Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, (ii) Corporate Governance Principles; (iii) and charters for the Audit and Risk, Compensation, Finance, and Governance and Nominating Committees. These documents are also available in print to any shareholder who requests a copy. In addition, we make available free of charge through our website our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports as soon as reasonably practicable after electronic filing or furnishing of such material with the SEC.

 

Business Description

 

With more than 47.0 million accounts, Capital One is one of the world’s largest financial services franchises. We are a diversified financial services corporation focused primarily on consumer lending. Our principal business segments are domestic credit card lending, automobile and other motor vehicle financing and global financial services. For further discussion of our segments, see pages 47-48 in Item 7 “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Reportable Segments” and pages 71-73 in Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data—Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements—Note B”.

 

U.S. Card Segment . We offer a wide variety of credit card products throughout the United States. We customize our products to appeal to different consumer preferences and needs by combining different product features, including annual percentage rates, fees and credit limits, rewards programs and other special features. We routinely test new products to develop ones that appeal to different and changing consumer preferences. Our customized products include both products offered to a wide range of consumer credit risk profiles, as well as products aimed at special consumer interests. Our pricing strategies are risk-based; lower risk customers may likely be offered products with more favorable pricing and we expect these products to yield lower delinquencies and credit losses. On products offered to many higher risk customers, however, we may experience higher delinquencies and losses, and we price these products accordingly.

 

Auto Finance Segment . We also apply IBS to our auto finance business. Through COAF, we purchase retail installment contracts, secured by automobiles or other motor vehicles, through dealer networks throughout the United States. Additionally, we utilize direct marketing to offer automobile financing directly to consumers. Our direct marketed products include financing for the purchase of new and used vehicles, as well as refinancing of existing motor vehicle loans. In October 2001, we acquired the nation’s largest online provider of direct motor vehicle loans. Similar to our credit card strategy, we customize product features, such as interest rate, loan amount, and loan terms, enabling us to lend to customers with a wide range of credit profiles.

 

Global Financial Services Segment . Our Global Financial Services (“GFS”) segment includes a variety of diverse products for consumers in the United States and internationally. Domestically, GFS manages installment lending, patient financing (through Amerifee Corporation, which we acquired in May 2001), and small business lending activities, as well as other consumer financial businesses. We grew in both our installment lending business as well as our deposit-taking business in 2003. In addition, we have, and may in the future achieve further diversification through acquisition, organic growth or both. GFS also includes our international businesses, where we are using the IBS methodologies and approaches we have learned in our U.S. credit card and motor vehicle financing businesses in new geographies. Internationally, we are currently operating primarily in the United Kingdom and Canada. In 2003, we continued to grow in the number of accounts and loan balances in our international lending business, with most of our growth coming from the United Kingdom. Our U.K. Bank has authority to accept deposits and provide credit card and installment loans.

 

We also engage in limited non-lending activities. We take deposits from customers in the U.S., which are originated through direct and indirect channels. We also offer other products to our customers, including credit insurance, through third-party providers.

 

4


Geographic Diversity

 

Loan portfolio concentration within a specific geographic region may be regarded differently based upon the current and expected credit characteristics and performance of the portfolio. Our consumer loan portfolio is geographically diverse. See page 96 in Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data—Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements—Note T” of this form.

 

Enterprise Risk Management

 

Risk is an inherent part of the Company’s business and activities. The Company has an Enterprise Risk Management (ERM) program designed to ensure appropriate and comprehensive oversight and management of risk. The ERM program exists in three components: first, at the most senior levels with the Board of Directors and senior management committees that oversee risk and risk management practices; second, in the centralized departments headed by the Chief Enterprise Risk Officer and the Chief Credit Officer that establish risk management methodologies, processes and standards; and third, in the individual business areas throughout the Company which own risk and perform ongoing identification, assessment and response to risks. The Company’s ERM framework includes eight categories of risk: credit, liquidity, market, operational, legal, strategic, reputation, and compliance.

 

Board and Senior Management Oversight

 

The Company utilizes a series of Board and senior management committees to oversee the management of risk. The Audit and Risk Committee of the Board of Directors oversees the Company’s accounting, financial reporting, internal controls and risk assessment and management processes. The Audit and Risk Committee also reviews periodic reporting on significant Company risks and mitigation activities and the compliance with corporate risk policies, while the Finance Committee oversees liquidity and market risk. The Executive Committee, a committee of senior management chaired by the Chief Executive Officer, provides guidance to senior executives regarding strategic risk and provides an integrated view of risk through reports by the Company’s other primary senior management committees:

 

  Enterprise Risk Management Committee —provides advice and counsel to the Chief Enterprise Risk Officer and other executives on enterprise risk management governance, process methodologies and reporting, with a primary focus on operational and compliance risk.

 

  Corporate Reputation Committee —provides advice and counsel to the Executive Vice President responsible for corporate reputation and governance and other executives in balancing legitimate business needs, standard industry practices and general corporate ethics in accordance with the Company’s vision and strategy with respect to its reputation with internal and external stakeholders, including its associates, investors and customers.

 

  Corporate Infrastructure Committee —provides advice and counsel to the President, U.S. Card and other executives on infrastructure matters such as people management, operations, facilities, suppliers and technology.

 

  Credit Policy Committee —provides advice and counsel to the Chief Credit Officer and other executives on credit policy decisions; approves certain credit policies; reviews data pertaining to the credit control environment, including Board approved risk tolerances; reviews regulatory, audit and credit review findings; assesses the adequacy of corrective actions; and provides direction on credit risk management.

 

  Asset and Liability Management Committee —provides advice and counsel to the Chief Financial Officer and other executives on the acquisition and deployment of funds, off-balance sheet activities related to the management of interest rate risk, and trading activities.

 

5


Integrity, Ethical Values and Risk Management Culture

 

The Company maintains its risk management culture through various mechanisms designed to bring the consideration of risk into daily decision making. The Company has a corporate Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, available on the Corporate Governance page of its website at www.capitalone.com/about , under which each associate is obligated to behave with integrity in dealing with customers and business partners and to comply with applicable laws and regulations. The Company also has a corporate values training program and an associate performance management process that emphasize achieving business results while maintaining integrity and sound business management. The Company’s risk management culture is also encouraged through frequent direction and communications from the Board of Directors, senior leadership, internal change management consulting, corporate and departmental risk management policies, risk management and compliance training programs and on-going risk assessment activities in the business.

 

Organizational Structure

 

The Company’s organizational structure supports consideration of risk in decision making. The corporate ERM department designs and facilitates the implementation in the business of methodologies to identify and assess risk, analyze and aggregate risk and mitigation reporting and to evaluate and enhance the risk management culture. For significant risks reported to the senior management committees, the Audit and Risk Committee, the Finance Committee and the Board, specific executives are designated as accountable for the management and monitoring of each such risk. Across the Company, individual business areas utilize business risk offices staffed by associates from the business who oversee implementation of methodologies and tools for risk identification, assessment and reporting. The Company’s Corporate Audit Services department also assesses risk and the related quality of internal controls and quality of risk management through its audit activities.

 

Risk Identification, Assessment and Response

 

The Company utilizes a corporate methodology for the management of risk across the individual business areas. Key risk exposures are identified by each business area and assessed according to potential likelihood and impact, as well as, the quality of the related controls. If appropriate, mitigation plans are developed for risks and the business tracks progress against the plans. Individual business units are required to conduct self assessments at least annually.

 

Monitoring and Reporting

 

The Company monitors its key risks, mitigation plans and its growing risk management capability through a system of on-going measurement and reporting to business area management, the Chief Enterprise Risk Officer, senior management committees and the Board and its committees. Additionally, Corporate Audit Services performs separate evaluations of the system of internal control and risk management capability. Corporate Audit Services reports on the scope and results of its work to the Audit and Risk Committee of the Board of Directors.

 

Credit Risk Management

 

Successful management of credit risk, the risk that borrowers may default on their financial obligations to the Company, is important to the Company’s success. There are four primary sources of credit risk: (1) changing economic conditions, which affect consumers’ ability to pay; (2) changing competitive environment, which affects consumer debt loads and borrowing patterns; (3) the Company’s underwriting strategies and standards, which drive the selection of customers and the terms offered; and (4) the quality of the Company’s internal controls, which establish a process to test that underwriting conforms to Company standards and identify credit quality issues so the Company can act upon them a timely manner. The Company is focused on managing each of these sources of credit risk.

 

In 2003, the Company continued to build its central credit risk management organization. The Company’s goal was to continue its strong central oversight of credit policy and programs while maintaining the ability of its operating units to respond flexibly to changing market and competitive conditions. The Company’s Chief Credit

 

6


Officer manages a corporate Credit Risk Management staff and chairs the Credit Policy Committee, a committee of senior management. The Credit Policy Committee oversees and approves corporate credit policy and credit performance. Its members include the Chief Credit Officer, the Chief Enterprise Risk Officer and the Presidents of the Company’s three operating divisions. The Chief Credit Officer and his staff review and approve all large scale new credit programs. Smaller credit programs are approved by Senior Credit Officers appointed by the Credit Policy Committee and supervised by the Chief Credit Officer and his staff. All credit programs must also be approved by the appropriate operating executives. These organizational structures are designed so that each of the Company’s business units applies standardized practices in measuring and managing credit risk, and that all relevant factors, such as credit outlook, profitability, and the competitive, economic, and regulatory environment, are considered in making credit decisions.

 

The Company maintains tolerances for credit risk through policies adopted by the Board of Directors. These policies establish constraints for the level and composition of risk in the total lending portfolio as well as constraints on incremental lending decisions.

 

The Company’s credit risk profile is managed to maintain resilience to factors outside of the Company’s control, strong risk-adjusted returns, and increased diversification. In 2003, the Company accomplished these goals by increasing growth in its higher credit quality businesses relative to slower growth in its lower credit quality businesses, by further growth in its diversified consumer lending products, such as automobile financing and unsecured installment lending, and by international expansion. In addition, the Company continued its strategy of customizing credit lines and product terms to each customer segment to attempt to achieve appropriate, risk-adjusted returns. The centralized Credit Risk Management group monitors overall composition and quality of the credit portfolio.

 

The Company’s guiding principles, strengthened central governance, and Board-directed credit risk tolerances are designed to keep senior executives well-informed of credit trends so they can make appropriate credit and business decisions for the Company. The Company enhances/preserves day-to-day market responsiveness and flexibility by empowering its business line managers to develop credit strategies and programs aligned with the Company’s credit risk policies and objective of long-term business profitability. The credit program development process considers the evolving needs of the target market, the competitive environment, and the economic outlook. Senior Credit Officers, who are appointed by the Credit Policy Committee, oversee all credit program development.

 

Most of the Company’s credit strategies rely heavily on the use of sophisticated proprietary scoring models. These models consider many variables, including credit scores developed by nationally recognized scoring firms. The models are validated, monitored and maintained in accordance with detailed policies and procedures to help maintain their continued validity.

 

Liquidity Risk Management

 

Liquidity risk refers to exposures generated from the use and availability of various funding sources to meet its current and future operating needs. The management of liquidity risk is overseen by the Chief Financial Officer with the advice and guidance from the Asset and Liability Management Committee and its sub-committee on funding chaired by the Treasurer. The Company currently manages and mitigates its liquidity risk through the use of a variety of funding sources to establish a maturity pattern that provides a prudent mixture of short-term and long-term funds. See page 52 in Item 7 “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity Risk Management” for additional information.

 

Market Risk Management

 

Market risk refers to exposures generated from changes in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates. The management of market risk is overseen by the Chief Financial Officer with the advice and guidance from the

 

7


Asset and Liability Management Committee and its sub-committee on risk management chaired by the Vice President of Global Planning. The Company currently manages and mitigates its interest rate sensitivity through several techniques, which include, but are not limited to, changing the maturity and repricing characteristics of various balance sheet categories and by entering into interest rate swaps. The Company currently manages and mitigates its exposure to foreign currency exchange risk by entering into hedges for all material foreign currency denominated transactions. See page 54 in Item 7 “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Market Risk Management” for additional information.

 

Operational Risk Management

 

Operational risk is the risk of direct or indirect loss resulting from inadequate or failed processes, systems, people, or exposure to external events. The Company employs several principles in the management of operational risk:

 

  Business areas are accountable for managing their own operational risks and the maintenance of effective internal controls.

 

  The operational risk management group of the ERM department implements common methodologies including a self assessment program and operational loss event database.

 

  Governance of operational risk is provided by the ERM Committee, a committee of senior management, and the Audit and Risk Committee of the Board of Directors.

 

Operational risk is a normal part of business for any financial services firm. It may manifest itself in many ways, such as fraud by employees or persons outside the Company, business interruptions, errors related to processing and systems, and model errors. The risk of loss includes the potential for legal actions arising as a result of an operational deficiency or as a result of noncompliance with applicable laws or regulatory standards. The Company could also suffer financial loss, face regulatory action, not be able to service customers and suffer damages to its reputation.

 

The operational risk management group of the ERM department is responsible for building and implementing methodologies and supporting technology to assist business areas in the management of operational risk, as well as aggregating, analyzing and reporting the results. The individual business areas utilize Business Risk Offices staffed by associates who are trained in operational loss event collection, operational risk assessment and mitigation planning and reporting.

 

The key tools used in operational risk management are a risk self assessment process and an operational loss event database. The goal is to create an explicit process for risk identification and assessment to increase awareness of exposures and focus appropriate attention on important risks. Key risk exposures are identified by each business area and evaluated according to potential impact and likelihood, as well as the quality of the related controls. If appropriate, mitigation plans are developed for certain identified risks and progress is tracked against the plans. Business units are required to conduct self assessments at least annually.

 

There are many specialized activities designed to mitigate key operational risks facing the Company. These include a dedicated fraud management department, programs for third party supplier risk management, information security and business continuity planning, development and maintenance of required policies and procedures, and decision model analysis.

 

The Company also uses a comprehensive methodology to capture operational loss events. The goal is to create awareness of the Company’s risks and learn from past experience. Loss events are captured from each business area and central collection points where available. Each is valued according to a consistent methodology, and categorized according to the standard Basel subcategories for operational risk. Reporting is provided for trends of number and dollars of losses, analyses by event categories and business lines and assessments of common causes.

 

8


The Company maintains a system of internal control with the objective of providing proper transaction authorization and execution, safeguarding of assets from misuse or theft and ensuring the reliability of financial and other data. The internal control system is intended to provide management with timely and accurate information about the operations of the Company and has been designed to manage operational risk at appropriate levels given the Company’s financial strength, the environment in which it operates and considering factors such as competition and regulation. The Company has established procedures that are designed to ensure that policies are followed on a uniform basis. Management continually monitors and improves its internal control systems, processes and procedures to reduce the potential likelihood and impact of events related to operational risk.

 

The key governance forum for operational risk is the ERM Committee, described above. The committee reviews significant operational risks from self assessments, progress against mitigation plans and analyses of the Company’s operational loss event experience. In addition, key risk management initiatives and programs are reviewed by the Committee. Operational risk information is also shared with the Executive Committee, described above, and the Audit and Risk Committee of the Board of Directors. Corporate Audit Services also assesses operational risk and the related quality of internal controls and quality of risk management through its audit activities.

 

Legal Risk Management

 

Legal risk represents the risk of loss related to (i) contracts that are not properly drafted so as to strike the appropriate balance between the Company’s business interests and its legal exposure, (ii) the Company’s legal entity structure and (iii) changes in laws and regulations, whether domestic or from international jurisdictions in which the Company conducts business. The management of legal risk is overseen by the Company’s General Counsel. Due to the Company’s significant reliance on certain contractual relationships, including with its funding providers, as well as its unique corporate structure and heavily regulated industry, the Company faces significant levels of legal risk. The Company also faces risk of loss from litigation, which is primarily managed by the Company’s legal department.

 

Strategic Risk Management

 

Strategic risk is the risk to earnings or capital from operating the Company in a competitive environment. The Executive Committee, described above, is the principal management forum for discussion of strategic risk. The Company assesses strategic risk in its annual planning process, which includes both a top-down process set by the Board of Directors and a bottom-up process led by business lines. The Company also performs quarterly business reviews at the Executive Committee to compare business performance and risk assessments to plan. Consideration of strategic risk is also a vital component of due diligence when evaluating new products, ventures or markets.

 

Reputation Risk Management

 

Reputation risk represents the risk to earnings or capital arising from negative public or associate opinion. The management of reputation risk is overseen by the Executive Vice President, responsible for the Company’s corporate reputation and governance programs, with the advice and guidance of the Corporate Reputation Committee, a committee of senior management. The Company currently utilizes qualitative criteria to measure reputation risk. Several measures, both internal and external, are considered to gauge changes to the Company’s reputation and overall reputation risk and include brand market research, customer studies, internal operational loss event data and external measures.

 

Compliance Risk Management

 

Compliance risk is the risk of non-conformance to laws, rules and regulations. The management of compliance risk is overseen by the Chief Enterprise Risk Officer with the advice and guidance of the ERM Committee and its

 

9


sub-committee on compliance risk, chaired by the Chief Compliance Officer. The corporate compliance organization, a part of the ERM department, provides the business areas with consulting, training and assistance in the implementation of business processes to ensure compliance with applicable laws and regulations. The business areas assess compliance risk through the Company’s enterprise risk self assessment process, and conduct monitoring and remediation activities for which the compliance organization establishes standards.

 

Technology / Systems

 

Technology has been a cornerstone of IBS. We leverage information technology to develop and deliver innovative products and services to satisfy our customers’ needs.

 

A key part of our strategic focus is the development of efficient, flexible computer and operational systems to support complex marketing and account management strategies. We believe that the continued development and integration of these systems is an important part of our efforts to reduce costs, improve quality and provide faster, more flexible technology services. Consequently, we continuously review capabilities and develop or obtain systems, processes and competencies to meet our unique business requirements.

 

Funding and Liquidity

 

A discussion of our funding programs and liquidity has been included in Item 7 “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Funding” on pages 49-53.

 

Competition

 

Each of our card products is marketed to specific consumer populations across the credit spectrum. The terms of each card product are actively managed to achieve a balance between risk and expected performance. For example, card product terms typically include the ability to reprice individual accounts upwards or downwards based on the customer’s payment and other performance. In addition, since 1998, we have aggressively marketed low non-introductory rate cards to consumers with low-risk and established credit profiles to take advantage of the favorable risk return characteristics of this consumer type. Industry competitors have continuously solicited our customers with these and other similar interest rate strategies. Management believes the competition has put, and will continue to put, additional pressure on our pricing strategies.

 

As a marketer of credit card and other financial products, we face intense competition in all aspects of our business from numerous bank and non-bank providers of financial services. Many of these companies are substantially larger and have more resources than we do. We compete with international, national, regional and local issuers of Visa ® and MasterCard ® credit cards. In addition, American Express ® , Discover Card ® , Diner’s Club ® and, to a certain extent, smart cards and debit cards, represent additional competition to the general purpose credit card. In general, customers are attracted to credit card issuers largely on the basis of price, credit limit and other product features, and customer loyalty is often limited. In motor vehicle finance, we face competition from banks and non-bank lenders who provide financing for dealer-originated loans. Additionally, we face competition from a small, but growing number of online automobile finance providers. We also face competition from lenders in our installment loan and other lending activities. We believe that IBS allows us to compete effectively in both our current and new markets. There can be no assurance, however, that our ability to market products and services successfully or to obtain adequate yield on our loans will not be impacted by the nature of the competition that now exists or may later develop.

 

In addition, some of our competitors may be substantially larger than we are, which may give those competitors advantages, including a more diversified product and customer base, operational efficiencies and more versatile technology platforms. These competitors may also consolidate with other financial institutions in ways that enhance these advantages.

 

10


Intellectual Property

 

As part of our overall and ongoing strategy to protect and enhance our intellectual property, we rely on a variety of protections, including copyrights, trademarks, trade secrets, patents and certain restrictions on disclosure. We also undertake other measures to control access to and distribution of our other proprietary information. Despite these precautions, it may be possible for a third party to copy or otherwise obtain and use certain intellectual property or proprietary information without authorization. Our precautions may not prevent misappropriation or infringement of our intellectual property or proprietary information. In addition, our competitors also file patent applications for innovations that are used in our industry. The ability of our competitors to obtain such patents may adversely affect our ability to compete. Conversely, our ability to obtain such patents may increase our competitive advantage. There can be no assurance that we will be successful in such efforts, or that the ability of our competitors to obtain such patents may not adversely impact our financial results.

 

Employees

 

As of December 31, 2003, we employed 17,760 employees whom we refer to as “associates.” A central part of our philosophy is to attract and maintain a highly capable staff. We view current associate relations to be satisfactory. None of our associates is covered under a collective bargaining agreement.

 

Supervision and Regulation

 

General

 

The Bank is a banking corporation chartered under Virginia law and a member of the Federal Reserve System, the deposits of which are insured by the Bank Insurance Fund of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”). In addition to regulatory requirements imposed as a result of the Bank’s international operations (discussed below), the Bank is subject to comprehensive regulation and periodic examination by the Bureau of Financial Institutions of the Virginia State Corporation Commission (the “Bureau of Financial Institutions”), the Federal Reserve Board (the “Federal Reserve”), the Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond and the FDIC. The Bank is not currently a “bank” under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the “BHCA”), because it (i) engages only in credit card operations, (ii) does not accept demand deposits or deposits that the depositor may withdraw by check or similar means for payment to third parties or others, (iii) does not accept any savings or time deposits of less than $100,000, other than as permitted as collateral for extensions of credit, (iv) maintains only one office that accepts deposits and (v) does not engage in the business of making commercial loans. Due to the Bank’s status as a limited purpose credit card bank, our non-credit card operations must be conducted in our other operating subsidiaries, except as relates to our U.K. operations.

 

The Savings Bank is a federal savings bank chartered by the Office of Thrift Supervision (the “OTS”) and is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank System. Its deposits are insured by the Savings Association Insurance Fund of the FDIC. The Savings Bank is subject to comprehensive regulation and periodic examination by the OTS and the FDIC.

 

The Corporation is not currently a bank holding company under the BHCA as a result of its ownership of the Bank because the Bank is not a “bank” as defined under the BHCA. If the Bank failed to meet the credit card bank exemption criteria described above, its status as an insured depository institution would make the Corporation subject to the provisions of the BHCA, including certain restrictions as to the types of business activities in which a bank holding company and its affiliates may engage. Becoming a bank holding company under the BHCA would affect the Corporation’s ability to engage in certain non-banking businesses. In addition, for purposes of the BHCA, if the Bank failed to qualify for the credit card bank exemption, any entity that acquired direct or indirect control of the Bank and also engaged in activities not permitted for bank holding companies could be required either to discontinue the impermissible activities or to divest itself of control of the Bank.

 

11


As a result of the Corporation’s ownership of the Savings Bank, the Corporation is a unitary savings and loan holding company subject to regulation by the OTS and the provisions of the Savings and Loan Holding Company Act. As a unitary savings and loan holding company, the Corporation generally is not restricted under existing laws as to the types of business activities in which it may engage so long as the Savings Bank continues to meet the qualified thrift lender test (the “QTL Test”). If the Corporation ceased to be a unitary savings and loan holding company as a result of its acquisition of an additional savings institution, as a result of the failure of the Savings Bank to meet the QTL Test, or as a result of a change in control of the Savings Bank, the types of activities that the Corporation and its non-savings association subsidiaries would be able to engage in would generally be limited to those eligible for bank holding companies.

 

The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Financial Services Modernization Act of 1999 (the “GLB Act”) does not impact the permissible range of our activities; it does, however, impose some limitations on the future activities of unitary thrift holding companies. Existing unitary thrift holding companies such as the Corporation are “grandfathered” with full powers to continue and expand their current activities.

 

Grandfathered unitary thrift holding companies, however, may not be acquired by nonfinancial companies and maintain their grandfathered powers. In addition, if a grandfathered unitary thrift holding company is acquired by a financial company without such grandfathered rights, it may lose its ability to engage in certain non-banking activities otherwise ineligible for bank holding companies or financial holding companies.

 

The Corporation is also registered as a financial institution holding company under Virginia law and as such is subject to periodic examination by Virginia’s Bureau of Financial Institutions. Our automobile financing activities conducted by COAF and its subsidiaries fall under the scrutiny of the state agencies having supervisory authority under applicable sales finance laws or consumer finance laws in most states. We also face regulation in the international jurisdictions in which we conduct our business.

 

The Corporation has filed an application with the Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond pursuant to section 3(a)(1) of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the “BHC Act”) (12 U.S.C. § 1842(a)(1)) to become a bank holding company (“BHC”) as a result of the Bank’s proposal to amend its Virginia charter to remove existing restrictions on its activities and thereby permit the Bank to engage in the full range of lending, deposit-taking and other activities permissible under Virginia and federal banking laws and regulations. The Corporation also filed a notice with the Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond pursuant to 12 U.S.C. § 1843(c)(8) to retain its nonbanking subsidiaries, including the Savings Bank and COAF, upon its conversion to a BHC. The Corporation seeks to effect this change to further diversify its financial service activities and funding base. If approved, the Corporation will register as a BHC with the Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond and become subject to the requirements of the BHC Act, including limiting its nonbanking activities to those that are permissible for a BHC. Such activities include those that are so closely related to banking as to be incident thereto such as consumer lending and other activities that have been approved by the Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond by regulation or order. Certain servicing activities are also permissible for a BHC if conducted for or on behalf of the BHC or any of its affiliates. Impermissible activities for BHCs include activities that are related to commerce such as retail sales of nonfinancial products. The Corporation does not engage in any significant activities impermissible for a BHC and therefore, does not anticipate an immediate change in its activities as a result of this proposal.

 

Informal Memorandum of Understanding

 

As described in the Company’s report on Form 10-Q, dated August 13, 2002, the Company entered into an informal memorandum of understanding with the bank regulatory authorities with respect to certain issues, including capital, allowance for loan losses, finance charge and fee reserve policies, procedures, systems and controls. A memorandum of understanding is characterized by regulatory authorities as an informal action that is not published or publicly available.

 

Effective January 29, 2004, the Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond, the OTS, and the Bureau of Financial Institutions of the Commonwealth of Virginia terminated the informal memorandum of understanding. Like other

 

12


regulated financial institutions, the Company continues to be subject to regular and ongoing general and targeted regulatory exams.

 

Dividends and Transfers of Funds

 

Dividends to the Corporation from its direct and indirect subsidiaries represent a major source of funds for the Corporation to pay dividends on its stock, make payments on its debt securities and meet its other obligations. There are various federal and Virginia law limitations on the extent to which the Bank and the Savings Bank can finance or otherwise supply funds to the Corporation through dividends, loans or otherwise. These limitations include minimum regulatory capital requirements, Federal Reserve, OTS and Virginia law requirements concerning the payment of dividends out of net profits or surplus, Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act, Regulation W under governing transactions between an insured depository institution and its affiliates and general federal and Virginia regulatory oversight to prevent unsafe or unsound practices. In general, federal banking laws prohibit an insured depository institution, such as the Bank and the Savings Bank, from making dividend distributions if such distributions are not paid out of available earnings or would cause the institution to fail to meet applicable capital adequacy standards. In addition, the Savings Bank is required to give the OTS at least 30 days’ advance notice of any proposed dividend. Under OTS regulations, other limitations apply to the Savings Bank’s ability to pay dividends, the magnitude of which depends upon the extent to which the Savings Bank meets its regulatory capital requirements. In addition, under Virginia law, the Bureau of Financial Institutions may limit the payment of dividends by the Bank if the Bureau of Financial Institutions determines that such a limitation would be in the public interest and necessary for the Bank’s safety and soundness.

 

Capital Adequacy

 

The Bank and the Savings Bank are currently subject to capital adequacy guidelines adopted by the Federal Reserve and the OTS, respectively. For a further discussion of the capital adequacy guidelines, see page 55 in Item 7 “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Capital Adequacy” and page 86 in Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data—Note O—Regulatory Matters”. The Bank and the Savings Bank were well capitalized under these guidelines as of December 31, 2003.

 

Basel Committee

 

In April 2003, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (the “Committee”) issued a consultative document for public comment, “The New Basel Capital Accord,” (the “New Accord”) which proposes significant revisions to the current Basel Capital Accord. The proposed new accord would establish a three-part framework for capital adequacy that would include: (1) minimum capital requirements; (2) supervisory review of an institution’s capital adequacy and internal assessment process; and (3) market discipline through effective disclosures regarding capital adequacy.

 

The first part of the proposal would create options for a bank to use when determining its capital charge. The option selected by each bank would depend on the complexity of the bank’s business and the quality of its risk management. The proposed standardized approach would refine the current measurement framework and introduce the use of external credit assessments to determine a bank’s capital charge. Banks with more advanced risk management capabilities could make use of an internal risk-rating based approach (the “IRB Approach”). Under the IRB Approach, a bank could use its internal estimates to determine certain elements of credit risk, such as the loss that a borrower’s default would cause and the probability of a borrower’s default. The Committee is also proposing an explicit capital charge for operational risk to provide for risks created by processes, systems, or people, such as internal systems failure or fraud.

 

The second part of the proposal would establish new supervisory review requirements for capital adequacy and would seek to ensure that a bank’s capital position is consistent with its overall risk profile and strategy. The proposed supervisory review process would also encourage early supervisory intervention when a bank’s capital position deteriorates.

 

13


The third aspect of the proposal, market discipline, would require detailed disclosure of a bank’s capital adequacy to enhance the role of market participants in encouraging banks to hold adequate capital. Each bank would also be required to disclose how it evaluates its own capital adequacy.

 

It is not clear as of this date whether and in what manner the proposed new accord will be adopted by U.S. bank regulators with respect to banking organizations that they supervise and regulate. Adoption of the proposed new accord could require U.S. banking organizations, including the Company, to increase their regulatory capital.

 

FDICIA

 

Among other things, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 (“FDICIA”) requires federal bank regulatory authorities to take “prompt corrective action” (“PCA”) in respect of insured depository institutions that do not meet minimum capital requirements. FDICIA establishes five capital ratio levels: well-capitalized, adequately-capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized and critically undercapitalized. As of December 31, 2003, each of the Bank and the Savings Bank met the requirements for a “well-capitalized” institution. The “well-capitalized” classification is determined solely for the purposes of applying FDICIA’s PCA provisions, as discussed below, and should not be viewed as describing the condition or future prospects of a depository institution, including the Bank and the Savings Bank. Were the Bank and Savings Bank to lose their status as “well-capitalized” they could be required to increase capital or lose access to deposits.

 

The Bank and the Savings Bank may accept brokered deposits as part of their funding. Under FDICIA, only “well-capitalized” and “adequately-capitalized” institutions may accept brokered deposits. Adequately-capitalized institutions, however, must first obtain a waiver from the FDIC before accepting brokered deposits, and such deposits may not pay rates that significantly exceed the rates paid on deposits of similar maturity from the institution’s normal market area or the national rate on deposits of comparable maturity, as determined by the FDIC, for deposits from outside the institution’s normal market area.

 

Liability for Commonly-Controlled Institutions

 

Under the “cross-guarantee” provision of the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act of 1989 (“FIRREA”), insured depository institutions such as the Bank and the Savings Bank may be liable to the FDIC in respect of any loss or reasonably anticipated loss incurred by the FDIC resulting from the default of, or FDIC assistance to, any commonly controlled insured depository institution. The Bank and the Savings Bank are commonly controlled within the meaning of the FIRREA cross-guarantee provision.

 

Investment Limitation and Qualified Thrift Lender Test

 

Federally-chartered savings banks such as the Savings Bank are subject to certain investment limitations. For example, federal savings banks are not permitted to make consumer loans (i.e., certain open-end or closed-end loans for personal, family or household purposes, excluding credit card loans) in excess of 35% of the savings bank’s assets. Federal savings banks are also required to meet the QTL Test, which generally requires a savings bank to maintain at least 65% “portfolio assets” (total assets less (i) specified liquid assets up to 20% of total assets, (ii) intangibles, including goodwill and (iii) property used to conduct business) in certain “qualified thrift investments” (residential mortgages and related investments, including certain mortgage backed and mortgage related investments, small business related securities, certain state and federal housing investments, education loans and credit card loans) on a monthly basis in nine out of every twelve months. Failure to qualify under the QTL Test could subject the Savings Bank to substantial restrictions on its activities, including the activity restrictions that apply generally to bank holding companies and their affiliates and potential loss of grandfathered rights under the GLB Act. As of December 31, 2003, 83.24% of the Savings Bank’s portfolio assets were held in qualified thrift investments, and the Savings Bank was in compliance with the QTL Test.

 

14


Subprime Lending Guidelines

 

On January 31, 2001, the federal banking agencies, including the Federal Reserve and the OTS, issued “Expanded Guidance for Subprime Lending Programs” (the “Guidelines”). The Guidelines, while not constituting a formal regulation, provide guidance to the federal bank examiners regarding the adequacy of capital and loan loss reserves held by insured depository institutions engaged in “subprime” lending. The Guidelines adopt a broad definition of “subprime” loans which likely covers more than one-third of all consumers in the United States. Because our business strategy is to provide credit card products and other consumer loans to a wide range of consumers, a portion of our loan assets would likely be viewed by the examiners as “subprime.” Thus, under the Guidelines, bank examiners could require the Bank or the Savings Bank to hold additional capital (up to one and one-half to three times the minimally required level of capital, as set forth in the Guidelines), or additional loan loss reserves, against such assets. As described above, as of December 31, 2003 the Bank and the Savings Bank each met the requirements for a “well-capitalized” institution. Federal examiners, however, have wide discretion as to how to apply the Guidelines and there can be no assurances that the Bank or the Savings Bank may not be required to hold additional regulatory capital against such assets.

 

For purposes of the Subprime Guidelines, we treat as “subprime” all loans in the Bank’s and the Savings Bank’s programs that are targeted at customers either with a Fair, Isaac and Company (“FICO”) score of 660 or below or with no FICO score. The Bank and the Savings Bank hold on average 200% of the total risk-based capital charge that would otherwise apply to such assets.

 

FFIEC Account Management Guidance

 

On January 8, 2003, the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council (“FFIEC”) released Account Management and Loss Allowance Guidance (the “Guidance”). The Guidance applies to all credit lending of regulated financial institutions and generally requires that banks properly manage several elements of their credit card lending programs, including line assignments, over-limit practices, minimum payment and negative amortization, workout and settlement programs, and the accounting methodology used for various assets and income items related to credit card loans.

 

We believe that our credit card account management and loss allowance practices are prudent and appropriate and, therefore, consistent with the Guidance. We also believe the Guidance will not have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations. We caution, however, that similar to the Guidelines, the Guidance provides wide discretion to bank regulatory agencies in the application of the Guidance to any particular institution and its account management and loss allowance practices. Accordingly, under the Guidance, bank examiners could require changes in our account management or loss allowance practices in the future.

 

Regulation of Lending Activities

 

The activities of the Bank and the Savings Bank as consumer lenders also are subject to regulation under various federal laws, including the Truth-in-Lending Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act (the “FCRA”), the Community Reinvestment Act and the Soldiers’ and Sailors’ Civil Relief Act, as well as under various state laws. Depending on the underlying issue and applicable law, regulators are often authorized to impose penalties for violations of these statutes and, in certain cases, to order the Bank and the Savings Bank to compensate injured borrowers. Borrowers may also have a private right of action to bring actions for certain violations. Federal bankruptcy and state debtor relief and collection laws also affect the ability of the Bank and the Savings Bank to collect outstanding balances owed by borrowers. These laws plus state sales finance laws also affect the ability of our automobile financing business to collect outstanding balances.

 

Privacy and Fair Credit Reporting

 

The GLB Act requires a financial institution to disclose its privacy policy to customers and consumers, and requires that such customers or consumers be given a choice (through an opt-out notice) to forbid the sharing of

 

15


nonpublic personal information about them with nonaffiliated third persons. The Corporation and the Bank each have a written privacy notice posted on the Corporation’s web site which is delivered to each of its customers when customer relationships begin, and annually thereafter, in compliance with the GLB Act. In accordance with that privacy notice, the Corporation and the Bank protect the security of information about their customers, educate their employees about the importance of protecting customer privacy, and allow their customers to remove their names from the solicitation lists they use and share with others. The Corporation and the Bank require business partners with whom they share such information to have adequate security safeguards and to abide by the redisclosure and reuse provisions of the GLB Act. The Corporation and the Bank have developed and implemented programs to fulfill the expressed requests of customers and consumers to opt out of information sharing subject to the GLB Act.

 

If the federal or state regulators of the financial subsidiaries establish further guidelines for addressing customer privacy issues, the Corporation and/or the Bank may need to amend their privacy policies and adapt their internal procedures. During the fourth quarter, the federal banking regulators indicated they will adopt the “Interagency Guidance on Response Programs for Unauthorized Access to Customer Information and Customer Notice”, which will instruct financial institutions on how to notify their customers who are affected by a security breach at the financial institution that damages the integrity of customer information held by the financial institutions. This Guidance may encourage litigation when a security breach occurs, even if the financial institution is in compliance with security standards and follows the Guidance strictly. In addition to adopting federal requirements regarding privacy, the GLB Act also permits individual states to enact stricter laws relating to the use of customer information. California, Vermont and North Dakota have done so by statute, regulation or referendum, and other states may consider proposals which impose additional requirements or restrictions on the Corporation and/or the Bank. Like other lending institutions, the Bank utilizes credit bureau data in its underwriting activities. Use of such data is regulated under the Fair Credit Reporting Act (“FCRA”) on a uniform, nationwide basis, including credit reporting, prescreening, sharing of information between affiliates, and the use of credit data. The Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act of 2003 (the “FACT Act”), which was enacted by Congress and signed into law this quarter, extends the federal preemption of the FCRA permanently, although the law authorizes states to enact identity theft laws that are not inconsistent with the conduct required by the provisions of the FACT Act. If financial institutions and credit bureaus fail to alleviate the costs and consumer frustration associated with the growing crime of identity theft, financial institutions could face increased legislative/regulatory and litigation risks.

 

Investment in the Corporation, the Bank and the Savings Bank

 

Certain acquisitions of capital stock may be subject to regulatory approval or notice under federal or Virginia law. Investors are responsible for ensuring that they do not, directly or indirectly, acquire shares of capital stock of the Corporation in excess of the amount which can be acquired without regulatory approval. The Bank and the Savings Bank are each “insured depository institutions” within the meaning of the Change in Bank Control Act. Consequently, federal law and regulations prohibit any person or company from acquiring control of the Corporation without, in most cases, prior written approval of the Federal Reserve or the OTS, as applicable. Control is conclusively presumed if, among other things, a person or company acquires more than 25% of any class of voting stock of the Corporation. A rebuttable presumption of control arises if a person or company acquires more than 10% of any class of voting stock and is subject to any of a number of specified “control factors” as set forth in the applicable regulations. Although the Bank is not a “bank” within the meaning of Virginia’s reciprocal interstate banking legislation (Chapter 15 of Title 6.1 of the Code of Virginia), it is a “bank” within the meaning of Chapter 13 of Title 6.1 of the Code of Virginia governing the acquisition of interests in Virginia financial institutions (the “Financial Institution Holding Company Act”). The Financial Institution Holding Company Act prohibits any person or entity from acquiring, or making any public offer to acquire, control of a Virginia financial institution or its holding company without making application to, and receiving prior approval from, the Bureau of Financial Institutions.

 

16


USA PATRIOT Act of 2001

 

On October 26, 2001, the President signed into law the USA PATRIOT Act of 2001 (the “Patriot Act”). The Patriot Act contains sweeping anti-money laundering and financial transparency laws as well as enhanced information collection tools and enforcement mechanics for the U.S. government, including: due diligence requirements for financial institutions that administer, maintain, or manage private bank accounts or correspondence accounts for non-U.S. persons; standards for verifying customer identification at account opening; rules to promote cooperation among financial institutions, regulators, and law enforcement entities in identifying parties that may be involved in terrorism or money laundering; reports by nonfinancial trades and businesses filed with the Treasury Department’s Financial Crimes Enforcement Network for transactions exceeding $10,000; and filing suspicious activities reports by brokers and dealers if they believe a customer may be violating U.S. laws and regulations.

 

The Department of Treasury in consultation with the Federal Reserve and other federal financial institution regulators has promulgated rules and regulations implementing the Patriot Act which: prohibit U.S. correspondent accounts with foreign banks that have no physical presence in any jurisdiction; require financial institutions to maintain certain records for correspondent accounts of foreign banks; require financial institutions to produce certain records relating to anti-money laundering compliance upon request of the appropriate federal banking agency; require due diligence with respect to private banking and correspondent banking accounts; facilitate information sharing between government and financial institutions, and require financial institutions to have in place an anti-money laundering program.

 

In addition, an implementing regulation under the Patriot Act regarding verification of customer identification by financial institutions became effective on May 30, 2003. The Corporation has implemented and will continue to implement the provisions of the Patriot Act as such provisions become effective. The Corporation currently maintains and will continue to maintain policies and procedures to comply with the Patriot Act requirements.

 

Interstate Taxation

 

Several states have passed legislation which attempts to tax the income from interstate financial activities, including credit cards, derived from accounts held by local state residents. Based on the volume of our business in these states and the nature of the legislation passed to date, we currently believe that this development will not materially affect our financial condition. The states may also consider legislation to tax income derived from transactions conducted through the Internet. We currently solicit accounts and take account information via the Internet. It is unclear at this time, however, whether and in what form any such legislation will be adopted, or if adopted, what its impact on us would be.

 

Legislation

 

Legislation has now been enacted requiring additional disclosures for credit cards and other types of consumer lending. Such legislation places additional restrictions on the practices of credit card issuers and consumer lenders generally. In addition to the FCRA and FACT Act provisions discussed above, proposals have been made to change existing federal bankruptcy laws, to expand the privacy protections afforded to customers of financial institutions, and to reform the federal deposit insurance system. It is unclear at this time whether and in what form any legislation will be adopted or, if adopted, what its impact on the Bank, the Savings Bank, COAF or the Corporation would be. Congress or individual states may in the future consider other legislation that would materially and/or adversely affect the banking or consumer lending industries.

 

Sarbanes-Oxley Act Compliance

 

On July 30, 2002, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”) was passed into law. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act applies to all companies that are required to file periodic reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and contains a number of significant changes relating to the responsibilities of

 

17


directors and officers and reporting and governance obligations of SEC reporting companies. Certain provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act were effective immediately without action by the SEC; however many provisions required the SEC to issue implementing rules and became, or will become, effective after their adoption. Following the passage of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Company has taken steps which it believes place it in substantial compliance with the effective provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. The Company continues to monitor SEC rulemaking to determine if additional changes are needed to comply with provisions that will become effective in the future. Furthermore, the Company’s management has supervised the design of, or has designed, disclosure controls and procedures to ensure that material information regarding the Company is made known to them, particularly during the period in which this Annual Report on Form 10-K is being prepared and has evaluated the effectiveness of those controls as more fully set forth in “Controls and Procedures” below. During the course of its compliance efforts, the Company has identified changes to date, which have been made during the fourth quarter 2003 to its internal control over financial reporting that have materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting, as a result of this legislation and the currently effective rules issued by the SEC thereunder. The Company’s management also has disclosed to the Company’s auditors and the Audit and Risk Committee of the Board of Directors any significant deficiencies or material weaknesses in the design or operation of its internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information, as well as any fraud, whether or not material, by those that have a significant role in these processes.

 

International Regulation

 

The Bank also faces regulation in foreign jurisdictions where it currently, and may in the future, operate. Those regulations may be similar to or substantially different from the regulatory requirements the Bank faces in the United States. In the United Kingdom, the Bank operates through the U.K. Bank, which was established in 2000. The U.K. Bank is regulated by the Financial Services Authority (“FSA”) and licensed by the Office of Fair Trading (“OFT”). The U.K. Bank is an “authorized deposit taker” and thus is able to take consumer deposits in the U.K. The U.K. Bank has also been granted a full license by the OFT to issue consumer credit under the U.K.’s Consumer Credit Act—1974. The FSA requires the U.K. Bank to maintain certain regulatory capital ratios at all times. The U.K. Bank obtains capital through earnings or through additional capital infusion from the Bank, subject to approval under Regulation K of the rules administered by the Federal Reserve. If the U.K. Bank is unable to generate sufficient capital in favorable terms, it may choose to restrict its growth to maintain its required capital levels. In addition, the U.K. Bank is limited by the U.K. Companies Act—1985 in its distribution of dividends to the Bank in that such dividends may only be paid out of the U.K. Bank’s “distributable profits.”

 

In Canada, the Bank operates a branch (the “Canadian Branch”) that is regulated by the Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions (“OSFI”). The Canadian Branch is a Schedule III Bank under the Canadian Bank Act, and it is subject to various banking and lending laws passed by the Canadian Parliament and various Canadian provinces. OSFI conducts periodic regulatory examinations of the Canadian Branch. The Canadian Branch may engage in the consumer lending activities conducted by the Bank, including credit card lending. The Canadian Branch is also authorized to accept deposits from Canadian customers, but does not currently do so.

 

As in the U.S., in non-U.S. jurisdictions where we operate, we face a risk that the laws and regulations that are applicable to us (or the interpretations of existing laws by relevant regulators) may change in ways that adversely impact our business. In December 2003, the Secretary of State for Trade and Industry in the United Kingdom published a report entitled “Fair, Clear and Competitive: The Consumer Credit Market in the 21 st Century” which sets forth a number of government goals for reform to the consumer credit industry (which includes credit cards, loans and overdrafts.) This report sets out a recommended schedule for legislative and regulatory reform throughout 2004. At this time, we cannot predict the extent to which the recommendations would be implemented or, if implemented, how such changes would impact us. There can be no assurance that either the reforms, or the desired legislative reform schedule set forth in the report will be met. In addition, there is a

 

18


current examination by the OFT of whether the levels of interchange paid by retailers in respect of MasterCard credit and charge cards in the U.K. are too high. The preliminary conclusion of this examination is that they are too high which could, if not changed or if agreement is reached on a lower level of interchange, adversely affect the yield on U.K. credit card portfolios, including ours, and could therefore adversely impact our earnings. The European Commission has also concluded an examination of the level of cross-border interchange with the European Union in respect of VISA credit and charge cards and its findings will lead to a phased reduction in the rate of interchange to be paid by retailers in the future. Other U.K. legal developments include communications with the United Kingdom office of fair trading as to its interpretation of consumer credit law which could lead to changes in the lending agreements from time to time.

 

19


RISK FACTORS

 

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements. We also may make written or oral forward-looking statements in our periodic reports to the Securities and Exchange Commission on Forms 10-Q and 8-K, in our annual report to shareholders, in our proxy statements, in our offering circulars and prospectuses, in press releases and other written materials and in statements made by our officers, directors or employees to third parties. Statements that are not historical facts, including statements about our beliefs and expectations, are forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements include information relating to our future earnings per share, growth in managed loans outstanding, product mix, segment growth, managed revenue margin, funding costs, operations costs, employment growth, marketing expense, delinquencies and charge-offs. Forward-looking statements also include statements using words such as “expect,” “anticipate,” “hope,” “intend,” “plan,” “believe,” “estimate” or similar expressions. We have based these forward-looking statements on our current plans, estimates and projections, and you should not unduly rely on them.

 

Forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance. They involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions, including the risks discussed below. Our future performance and actual results may differ materially from those expressed in these forward-looking statements. Many of the factors that will determine these results and values are beyond our ability to control or predict. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. You should carefully consider the factors discussed below in evaluating these forward-looking statements.

 

This section highlights specific risks that could affect our business and us. Although we have tried to discuss key factors, please be aware that other risks may prove to be important in the future. New risks may emerge at any time and we cannot predict such risks or estimate the extent to which they may affect our financial performance. In addition to the factors discussed elsewhere in this report, among the other factors that could cause actual results to differ materially are the following:

 

We Face Strategic Risks in Sustaining Our Growth and Pursuing Diversification

 

Our growth strategy is threefold. First, we seek to continue to grow our domestic credit card business, and in particular to grow our upmarket business more quickly than our “subprime” business. Second, we desire to continue to build and grow our automobile finance business. Third, we hope to continue to diversify our business, both geographically and in product mix, by growing our lending business, including credit cards, internationally, principally in the United Kingdom and Canada, and by identifying, pursuing and expanding new business opportunities, such as installment lending. Our ability to grow is driven by the success of our fundamental business plan and our earnings may be adversely affected by our increased focus on upmarket growth (because of the potentially lower margins on such accounts), the level of our investments in new businesses or regions and our ability to successfully apply IBS to new businesses. This risk has many components, including:

 

  Customer and Account Growth. As a business driven by customer finance, our growth is highly dependent on our ability to retain existing customers and attract new ones, grow existing and new account balances, develop new market segments and have sufficient funding available for marketing activities to generate these customers and account balances. Our ability to grow and retain customers is also dependent on customer satisfaction, which may be adversely affected by factors outside of our control, such as postal service and other marketing and customer service channel disruptions and costs.

 

  Product and Marketing Development . Difficulties or delays in the development, production, testing and marketing of new products or services, which may be caused by a number of factors including, among other things, operational constraints, regulatory and other capital requirements and legal difficulties, will affect the success of such products or services and can cause losses arising from the costs to develop unsuccessful products and services, as well as decreased capital availability. In addition, customers may not accept the new products and services offered.

 

20


  Competition . As explained in more detail below, we face intense competition from many other providers of credit cards and other consumer financial products and services. The competition affects not only our existing businesses, but also our ability to grow these businesses, to develop new opportunities, and to make new acquisitions. As we seek to continue to move upmarket in our portfolio and to diversify beyond U.S. consumer credit cards, pricing competition, in particular, may make such growth and diversification difficult or financially impractical to achieve. See “We Face Intense Competition in All of Our Markets” below.

 

  International Risk . Part of our diversification strategy has been to expand internationally. Our expansion internationally faces additional challenges, including limited access to information, differences in cultural attitudes toward credit, changing regulatory and legislative environments, political developments, exchange rates and differences from the historical experience of portfolio performance in the United States and other countries.

 

We Face Intense Competition in All of Our Markets

 

We face intense competition from many other providers of credit cards and other consumer financial products and services. In particular, in our credit card activities, we compete with international, national, regional and local bank card issuers, with other general purpose credit or charge card issuers, and to a certain extent, issuers of smart cards and debit cards and providers of other types of financial services (such as home equity lines and other products). We face similar competitive markets in our auto financing and installment loan activities as well as in our international markets. Thus, the cost to acquire new accounts will continue to vary among product lines and may rise. In addition, the GLB Act, which permits greater affiliations between banks, securities firms and insurance companies, may increase competition in the financial services industry, including in the credit card business. Increased competition has resulted in, and may continue to cause, a decrease in credit card response rates and reduced productivity of marketing dollars invested in certain lines of business. Other credit card companies may compete with us for customers by offering lower interest rates and fees and/or higher credit limits. Because customers generally choose credit card issuers based on price (primarily interest rates and fees), credit limit and other product features, customer loyalty is limited. We may lose entire accounts, or may lose account balances, to competing card issuers. Our auto financing and installment products also face intense competition on the basis of price. Customer attrition from any or all of our products, together with any lowering of interest rates or fees that we might implement to retain customers, could reduce our revenues and therefore our earnings. We expect that competition will continue to grow more intense with respect to most of our products, including the products we offer internationally.

 

In addition, some of our competitors may be substantially larger than we are, which may give those competitors advantages, including a more diversified product and customer base, operational efficiencies and more versatile technology platforms. These competitors may also consolidate with other financial institutions in ways that enhance these advantages.

 

We Face Risk From Economic Downturns

 

Delinquencies and credit losses in the consumer finance industry generally increase during economic downturns or recessions. Likewise, consumer demand may decline during an economic downturn or recession. Accordingly, an economic downturn (either local or national), can hurt our financial performance as accountholders default on their loans or, in the case of credit card accounts, carry lower balances. Furthermore, because our business model is to lend across the credit spectrum, we make loans to lower credit quality customers. These customers generally have higher rates of charge-offs and delinquencies than do higher credit quality customers. Additionally, as we increasingly market our cards internationally, an economic downturn or recession outside the United States also could hurt our financial performance.

 

Reputational Risk and Social Factors May Impact our Results

 

Our ability to originate and maintain accounts is highly dependent upon consumer perceptions of our financial health and business practices. To this end, we carefully monitor internal and external developments for areas of

 

21


potential reputational risk and have established a Corporate Reputation Committee, a committee of senior management, to assist in evaluating such risks in our business practices and decisions. We have also aggressively pursued a campaign to enhance our brand image and awareness in recent years. Adverse developments in our brand campaign or in any of the areas described above, however, could damage our reputation in both the customer and funding markets, leading to difficulties in generating and maintaining accounts as well as in financing them. Adverse impacts on our reputation may also create difficulties with our regulators.

 

A variety of social factors may cause changes in credit card and other consumer finance use, payment patterns and the rate of defaults by accountholders and borrowers. These social factors include changes in consumer confidence levels, the public’s perception of the use of credit cards and other consumer debt, and changing attitudes about incurring debt and the stigma of personal bankruptcy and consumer concerns about the practices of certain lenders perceived as participating primarily in the “subprime” market. Our goal is to manage these risks through our underwriting criteria and product design, but these tools may not be sufficient to protect our growth and profitability during a sustained period of economic downturn or recession or a material shift in social attitudes.

 

We May Face Limited Availability of Financing, Variation in Our Funding Costs and Uncertainty in Our Securitization Financing

 

In general, the amount, type and cost of our funding, including financing from other financial institutions, the capital markets and deposits, directly impacts our expense in operating our business and growing our assets and therefore, can positively or negatively affect our financial results. A number of factors could make such financing more difficult, more expensive or unavailable on any terms both domestically and internationally (where funding transactions may be on terms more or less favorable than in the United States), including, but not limited to, financial results and losses, changes within our organization, specific events that adversely impact our reputation, changes in the activities of our business partners, disruptions in the capital markets, counter-party availability, changes affecting our assets, our corporate and regulatory structure, interest rate fluctuations, ratings agencies actions, general economic conditions and accounting and regulatory changes and relations. Our funding risks have been heightened, in particular, due to market perceptions of our lower unsecured debt rating compared to other credit card issuers and the proportion of certain accounts in our loan portfolio viewed by some as “subprime.” In addition, our ability to raise funds is strongly affected by the general state of the U.S. and world economies, and may become increasingly difficult due to economic and other factors.

 

The securitization of consumer loans, which involves the legal sale of beneficial interests in consumer loan balances, is one of our major sources of funding. The consumer asset-backed securitization market in the United States currently exceeds $1.4 trillion, with approximately $514.0 billion issued in 2003. We are a leading issuer in these markets, which have remained stable through adverse conditions. As of December 31, 2003, we had $44.2 billion of securitization funding outstanding, comprising 57% of our total managed liabilities. Despite the size and relative stability of these markets and our position as a leading issuer, if these markets experience difficulties we may be unable to securitize our loan receivables or to do so at favorable pricing levels. Factors affecting our ability to securitize our loan receivables or to do so at favorable pricing levels include the overall credit quality of our securitized loans, the stability of the market for securitization transactions, and the legal, regulatory, accounting and tax environments governing securitization transactions. If we were unable to continue to securitize our loan receivables at current levels, we would use our investment securities and money market instruments in addition to alternative funding sources to fund increases in loan receivables and meet our other liquidity needs. The resulting change in our current liquidity sources could potentially subject us to certain risks. These risks would include an increase in our cost of funds, an increase in the reserve for possible credit losses and the provision for possible credit losses as more loans would remain on our consolidated balance sheet, and lower loan growth, if we were unable to find alternative and cost-effective funding sources. Also, if we could not continue to remove the loan receivables from the balance sheet we would possibly need to raise additional capital to support loan and asset growth and potentially provide additional credit enhancement.

 

22


In addition, the occurrence of certain events may cause the securitization transactions to amortize earlier than scheduled, which would accelerate the need for additional funding. This early amortization could, among other things, have a significant effect on the ability of the Bank and the Savings Bank to meet the capital adequacy requirements as all off-balance sheet loans experiencing such early amortization would have to be recorded on the balance sheet. See page 52 in Item 7 “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity Risk Management” of this form.

 

We May Experience Changes in Our Debt Ratings

 

In general, ratings agencies play an important role in determining, by means of the ratings they assign to issuers and their debt, the availability and cost of wholesale funding. We currently receive ratings from several ratings entities for our secured and unsecured borrowings. As private entities, ratings agencies have broad discretion in the assignment of ratings. A rating below investment grade typically reduces availability and increases the cost of market-based funding, both secured and unsecured. A debt rating of Baa3 or higher by Moody’s Investors Service, or BBB- or higher by Standard & Poor’s and Fitch Ratings, is considered investment grade. Currently, all three ratings agencies rate the unsecured senior debt of the Bank as investment grade. Two of the three ratings agencies rate the unsecured senior debt of the Corporation investment grade, with Standard & Poor’s assigning a rating of BB+, or one level below investment grade.

 

    

Capital One

Financial

Corporation

   Capital
One Bank

Moody’s

   Baa3    Baa2

Standard & Poor’s

   BB+    BBB-

Fitch

   BBB    BBB

 

Because we depend on the capital markets for funding and capital, we could experience reduced availability and increased cost of funding if our debt ratings were lowered. This result could make it difficult for us to grow at or to a level we currently anticipate. The immediate impact of a ratings downgrade on other sources of funding, however, would be limited, as deposit funding and pricing is not generally determined by corporate debt ratings. The Savings Bank is authorized to engage in a full range of deposit-taking activities, but our ability to use deposits as a source of funding is generally regulated by federal laws and regulations. Likewise, our various credit facilities do not contain covenants that could be triggered by a ratings downgrade, although the pricing of any borrowings under these facilities is linked to these ratings.

 

We compete for funding with other banks, savings banks and similar companies. Some of these institutions are publicly traded. Many of these institutions are substantially larger, have more capital and other resources and have better debt ratings than we do. In addition, as some of these competitors consolidate with other financial institutions, these advantages may increase. Competition from these institutions may increase our cost of funds. Events that disrupt capital markets and other factors beyond our control could also make our funding sources more expensive or unavailable.

 

We Face Exposure from Our Unused Customer Credit Lines

 

Because we offer our customers credit lines, the full amount of which is most often not used, we have exposure to these unfunded lines of credit. These credit lines could be used to a greater extent than our historical experience would predict. If actual use of these lines were to materially exceed predicted line usage, we would need to raise more funding than anticipated in our current funding plans. It could be difficult to raise such funds, either at all, or at favorable rates.

 

Our Accounts and Loan Balances Can Be Volatile

 

Changes in our aggregate accounts or consumer loan balances and the growth rate and composition thereof, including changes resulting from factors such as shifting product mix, amount of actual marketing expenses and

 

23


attrition of accounts and loan balances, can have a material adverse effect on our financial results. The number of accounts and aggregate total of loan balances of our consumer loan portfolio (including the rate at which it grows) will be affected by a number of factors, including the level of our marketing investment, how we allocate such marketing investment among different products, the rate at which customers transfer their accounts and loan balances to us or away from us to competing lenders. Such accounts and loan balances are also affected by our desire to avoid unsustainable growth rates, and general economic conditions, which may increase or decrease the amount of spending by our customers and affect their ability to repay their loans, and other factors beyond our control.

 

We Face Risk Related to the Strength of our Operational and Organizational Infrastructure

 

Our ability to grow is also dependent on our ability to build or acquire the necessary operational and organizational infrastructure, manage expenses as we expand, and recruit management and operations personnel with the experience to run an increasingly complex business. Similar to other large corporations, operational risk can manifest itself at Capital One in many ways, such as errors related to failed or inadequate processes, faulty or disabled computer systems, fraud by employees or persons outside the Company and exposure to external events. We are subject to business interruptions arising from events either partially or completely beyond our control such as disruption in the U.S. Postal Service that could adversely impact our response rates and consumer payments. Failure to build and maintain the necessary operational infrastructure can lead to risk of loss of service to customers, legal actions or noncompliance with applicable laws or regulatory standards. Although we have devoted and will continue to devote resources to building and maintaining our operational infrastructure, including our system of internal control, there can be no assurance that we will not suffer losses from operational risks in the future.

 

We May Experience Increased Delinquencies and Credit Losses

 

Like other credit card lenders and providers of consumer financing, we face the risk that our customers will not repay their loans. A customer’s failure to repay is generally preceded by missed payments. In some instances, a customer may declare bankruptcy prior to missing payments, although this is not generally the case. Customers who declare bankruptcy frequently do not repay credit card or other consumer loans. Where we have collateral, we attempt to seize it when customers default on their loans. The value of the collateral may not equal the amount of the unpaid loan and we may be unsuccessful in recovering the remaining balance from our customers. Rising delinquencies and rising rates of bankruptcy are often precursors of future charge-offs. High charge-off rates may hurt our overall financial performance if we are unable to raise revenue to compensate for these losses, may adversely impact the performance of our securitizations, and may increase our cost of funds.

 

Our ability to assess the credit worthiness of our customers may diminish. We market our products to a wide range of customers including those with less experience with credit products and those with a history of missed payments. We select our customers, manage their accounts and establish prices and credit limits using proprietary models and other techniques designed to accurately predict future charge-offs. Our goal is to set prices and credit limits such that we are appropriately compensated for the credit risk we accept for both high and low risk customers. We face a risk that the models and approaches we use to select, manage, and underwrite our customers may become less predictive of future charge-offs due to changes in the competitive environment or in the economy. Intense competition, a weak economy, or even falling interest rates can adversely affect our actual charge-offs and our ability to accurately predict future charge-offs. These factors may cause both a decline in the ability and willingness of our customers to repay their loans and an increase in the frequency with which our lower risk customers defect to more attractive, competitor products. In our auto finance business, declining used-car prices reduce the value of our collateral and can adversely affect charge-offs. We attempt to mitigate these risks by adopting a conservative approach to our predictions of future charge-offs. Nonetheless, there can be no assurance that we will be able to accurately predict charge-offs, and our failure to do so may adversely affect our profitability and ability to grow.

 

24


The trends that have caused the reduction of charge-offs over the course of 2003 may not continue. In 2003, we increased the proportion of lower-risk borrowers in our portfolio and increased the proportion of lower risk asset classes, like auto loans, relative to credit cards. In addition, in 2003, our managed loan portfolio grew 19%. Especially in the credit card business, higher growth rates cause lower charge-offs. This is primarily driven by lower charge-offs in the first six to eight months of the life of a pool of new accounts. Finally, the U.S. economy improved over the course of the year. There can be no assurance that these trends will continue in the future.

 

We hold an allowance for expected losses inherent in our existing reported loan portfolio as provided for by the applicable accounting rules. There can be no assurance, however, that such allowances will be sufficient to account for actual losses. We record charge-offs according to accounting practices consistent with accounting and regulatory guidelines and rules. These rules could change and cause our charge-offs to increase for reasons unrelated to the underlying performance of our portfolio. Unless offset by other changes, this could reduce our profits. See “Credit Risk Management” above.

 

We Face Market Risk of Interest Rate and Exchange Rate Fluctuations

 

Like other financial institutions, we borrow money from institutions and depositors, which we then lend to customers. We earn interest on the consumer loans we make, and pay interest on the deposits and borrowings we use to fund those loans. Changes in these two interest rates affect the value of our assets and liabilities. If the rate of interest we pay on our borrowings increases more than the rate of interest we earn on our loans, our net interest income, and therefore our earnings, could fall. Our earnings could also be hurt if the rates on our consumer loans fall more quickly than those on our borrowings.

 

However, our goal is generally to maintain an interest rate neutral or “matched” position, where interest rates and exchange rates on loans and borrowings or foreign currencies go up or down by the same amount and at the same time so that interest rate and exchange rate changes for loans or borrowings or foreign currencies will not affect our earnings. The financial instruments and techniques we use to manage the risk of interest rate and exchange rate fluctuations, such as asset/liability matching and interest rate and exchange rate swaps and hedges and some forward exchange contracts, may not always work successfully or may not be available at a reasonable cost. Furthermore, if these techniques become unavailable or impractical, our earnings could be subject to volatility and decreases as interest rates and exchange rates change.

 

We also manage these risks partly by changing the interest rates we charge on our credit card accounts. The success of repricing accounts to match an increase or decrease in our borrowing rates depends on the overall product mix of such accounts, the actual amount of accounts repriced, the rate at which we are originating new accounts and our ability to retain accounts (and the related loan balances) after repricing. For example, if we increase the interest rate we charge on our credit card accounts and the accountholders close their accounts as a result, we may not be able to match our increased borrowing costs as quickly, if at all.

 

Changes in interest rates also affect the balances our customers carry on their credit cards and affect the rate of pre-payment for installment loan products. When interest rates fall, there may be more low-rate product alternatives available to our customers. Consequently, their credit card balances may fall and pre-payment rates may rise. We can mitigate this risk by reducing the interest rates we charge or by refinancing installment loan products. However, these changes can reduce the overall yield on our portfolio if we do not adequately provide for them in our interest rate hedging strategies. When interest rates rise, there are fewer low-rate alternatives available to customers. Consequently, credit card balances may rise (or fall more slowly) and pre-payment rates on installment lending products may fall. In this circumstance, we may have to raise additional funds at higher interest rates. In our credit card business, we can mitigate this risk by increasing the interest rates we charge, although such changes may increase opportunities for our competitors to offer attractive products to our customers and consequently increase customer attrition from our portfolio. See page 54 in Item 7 “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Interest Rate Risk Management” of this form.

 

25


We Face the Risk of a Complex and Changing Regulatory and Legal Environment

 

Due to our significant reliance on certain contractual relationships, including our funding providers, as well as our unique corporate structure and heavily regulated industry, we face a risk of loss due to legal contracts, aspects of or changes in our legal structure, and changes in laws and regulations. We also are subject to an array of banking, consumer lending and deposit laws and regulations that apply to almost every element of our business. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations could result in financial, structural and operational penalties, including receivership. In addition, efforts to comply with these laws and regulations may increase our costs and/or limit our ability to pursue certain business opportunities. See “Supervision and Regulation” above.

 

Federal and state laws and rules, as well as accounting rules and rules to which we are subject in foreign jurisdictions in which we conduct business, significantly limit the types of activities in which we may engage. For example, federal and state consumer protection laws and rules, and laws and rules of foreign jurisdictions where we conduct business, limit the manner in which we may offer and extend credit. From time to time, the U.S. Congress, the states and foreign governments consider changing these laws and may enact new laws or amend existing laws to regulate further the consumer lending industry. Such new laws or rules could limit the amount of interest or fees we can charge, restrict our ability to collect on account balances, or materially affect us or the banking or credit card industries in some other manner. Additional federal, state and foreign consumer protection legislation also could seek to expand the privacy protections afforded to customers of financial institutions and restrict our ability to share or receive customer information.

 

The laws governing bankruptcy and debtor relief, in the U.S. or in foreign jurisdictions in which we conduct business, also could change, making it more expensive or more difficult for us to collect from our customers. Congress has recently considered, and the House of Representatives has passed, legislation that would change the existing federal bankruptcy laws. One intended purpose of this legislation is to increase the collectibility of unsecured debt; however, it is not clear whether or in what form Congress may adopt this legislation and we cannot predict how the final version of this legislation may affect us, if passed into law.

 

In addition, banking regulators possess broad discretion to issue or revise regulations, or to issue guidance, which may significantly impact us. In 2001, regulators restricted the ability of two of our competitors to provide further credit to higher risk customers due principally to supervisory concerns over rising charge-off rates and capital adequacy. We cannot, however, predict whether and how any new guidelines issued or other regulatory actions taken by the banking regulators will be applied to the Bank or the Savings Bank or the resulting effect on the Corporation, the Bank or the Savings Bank. In addition, certain state and federal regulators are considering or have approved rules affecting certain practices of “subprime” mortgage lenders. There can also be no assurance that these regulators will not also consider or approve additional rules with respect to “subprime” credit card lending or, if so, how such rules would be applied to or affect the Corporation, the Bank or the Savings Bank.

 

Furthermore, various federal and state agencies and standard-setting bodies may from time to time consider changes to accounting rules or standards that could impact our business practices or funding transactions.

 

In addition, existing laws and rules in the U.S., at the state level, and in the foreign jurisdictions in which we conduct operations, are complex. If we fail to comply with them, we may not be able to collect our loans in full, or we might be required to pay damages or penalties to our customers. For these reasons, new or changes in existing laws or rules could hurt our profits.

 

Fluctuations in Our Expenses and Other Costs May Hurt Our Financial Results

 

Our expenses and other costs, such as human resources and marketing expenses, directly affect our earnings results. Many factors can influence the amount of our expenses, as well as how quickly they grow. For example, further increases in postal rates or termination of our negotiated service arrangement with the United States Postal Service could raise our costs for postal service, which is a significant component of our expenses for

 

26


marketing and for servicing our 47.0 million accounts as of December 31, 2003. As our business develops, changes or expands, additional expenses can arise from asset purchases, structural reorganization, a reevaluation of business strategies and/or expenses to comply with new or changes laws or regulations. Other factors that can affect the amount of our expenses include legal and administrative cases and proceedings, which can be expensive to pursue or defend. In addition, changes in accounting policies can significantly affect how we calculate expenses and earnings.

 

Statistical Information

 

The statistical information required by Item 1 can be found in Item 6 “Selected Financial Data”, Item 7 “Management Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and in Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data”, as follows:

 

I.    Distribution of Assets, Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity; Interest Rates and Interest Differential    pages 37-38
II.    Investment Portfolio    page 73
III.    Loan Portfolio    pages 37-38; 41-42; 45-46; 59-60; 68
IV.    Summary of Loan Loss Experience    pages 45-46; 74
V.    Deposits    pages 50-51; 75-78
VI.    Return on Equity and Assets    page 29
VII.    Other Borrowings    pages 49-51; 75-78

 

Item  2 . Properties.

 

We lease our new, 570,000 square foot, headquarters building at 1680 Capital One Drive, McLean, Virginia. The building houses our primary executive offices and Northern Virginia staff, and is leased through December 2010, with the right to purchase at a fixed cost at the end of the lease term.

 

Additionally, we own approximately 316 acres of land in Goochland County, Virginia for the construction of an office campus to consolidate certain operations in the Richmond area. In 2002 two office buildings and a support facility consisting of approximately 365,000 square feet, and in 2003 five buildings consisting of approximately 750,000 square feet were completed and occupied respectively.

 

Other owned facilities include 460,000 square feet in office buildings and a 120,000 square foot facility in Tampa, Florida; 240,000 square feet in office and production buildings in Seattle, Washington; 460,000 square feet in office, data and production buildings in Richmond, Virginia; a 484,000 square foot facility in Nottingham, Great Britain; and 470,000 square feet in administrative offices and credit card facilities in Richmond, Virginia, from which we conduct credit, collections, customer service and other operations.

 

We currently lease 2.5 million square feet of office space from which credit, collections, customer service and other operations are conducted, in Virginia, Texas, Idaho, California, Massachusetts, the United Kingdom, Canada, and insignificant space for business development in other locations. We are currently migrating out of approximately 1 million square feet of leased office space and into our new campuses in McLean, Virginia and Goochland County, Virginia.

 

Generally, we use our properties to support all three of our business segments, although our properties located outside of the U.S. are used principally to support our Global Financial Services segment, and our properties in Texas and California are used principally to support our Auto Finance segment.

 

Item  3 . Legal Proceedings.

 

The information required by Item 3 is included in Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data—Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements—Note P” on pages 89-90.

 

27


Item  4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders.

 

During the fourth quarter of our fiscal year ending December 31, 2003, no matters were submitted for a vote of our stockholders.

 

PART II

 

Item  5 . Market for Company’s Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters.

 

The information required by Item 5 is included under the following:

 

Item 1    “Business—Overview”    Page 3
Item 1    “Business—Supervision and Regulation—Dividends and Transfers of Funds”    Page 13
Item 7    “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Market Risk Management”    Page 54-55
Item 7    “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Capital Adequacy”    Page 55-56
Item 7    “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Dividend Policy”    Page 56
Item 8    “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data—Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements—Note O”    Page 86
Item 8    “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data—Selected Quarterly Financial Data”    Page 103

 

28


Item 6. Selected Financial Data
(Dollars in Thousands, Except Per Share Data)   2003 (1)     2002 (1)     2001     2000     1999     Five Year
Compound
Growth Rate
 

 

Income Statement Data:

                                             

Interest income

  $ 4,367,654     $ 4,180,766     $ 2,921,149     $ 2,453,899     $ 1,623,001     31.14 %

Interest expense

    1,582,565       1,461,654       1,171,007       801,017       540,882     30.12 %

 

Net interest income

    2,785,089       2,719,112       1,750,142       1,652,882       1,082,119     31.74 %

Provision for loan losses

    1,517,497       2,149,328       1,120,457       812,861       426,470     39.35 %

 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

    1,267,592       569,784       629,685       840,021       655,649     25.13 %

Non-interest income

    5,415,924       5,466,836       4,463,762       3,065,110       2,386,364     29.36 %

Non-interest expense

    4,856,723       4,585,581       4,058,027       3,147,657       2,464,996     27.09 %

 

Income before income taxes and cumulative effect of accounting change

    1,826,793       1,451,039       1,035,420       757,474       577,017     32.70 %

Income taxes

    675,914       551,395       393,455       287,840       213,926     32.00 %

 

Income before cumulative effect of accounting change

    1,150,879       899,644       641,965       469,634       363,091     33.13 %

Cumulative effect of accounting change, net of taxes of $8,832

    15,037       —         —         —         —          

 

Net income

  $ 1,135,842     $ 899,644     $ 641,965     $ 469,634     $ 363,091     32.78 %

Dividend payout ratio

    2.14 %     2.61 %     3.48 %     4.43 %     5.69 %      

Per Common Share:

                                             

Basic earnings per share

  $ 5.05     $ 4.09     $ 3.06     $ 2.39     $ 1.84     29.25 %

Diluted earnings per share

    4.85       3.93       2.91       2.24       1.72     29.73 %

Dividends

    0.11       0.11       0.11       0.11       0.11        

Book value as of year-end

    25.75       20.44       15.33       9.94       7.69        

Average common shares

    224,832,203       219,983,691       209,866,782       196,477,624       197,593,371        

Average common and common equivalent shares

    234,103,197       228,743,610       220,576,093       209,448,697       210,682,740        

 

Selected Average Balances:

                                             

Securities

  $ 5,335,492     $ 3,873,186     $ 3,038,360     $ 1,764,257     $ 2,027,051     23.23 %

Allowance for loan losses

    (1,627,020 )     (1,178,243 )     (637,789 )     (402,208 )     (269,375 )   49.99 %

Total assets

    41,195,413       34,201,724       23,346,309       15,209,585       11,085,013     37.67 %

Interest-bearing deposits

    19,767,963       15,606,942       10,373,511       5,339,474       2,760,536     69.09 %

Borrowings

    12,978,024       11,381,062       8,056,665       6,870,038       6,078,480     19.79 %

Stockholders’ equity

    5,323,470       4,148,150       2,781,182       1,700,973       1,407,899     37.38 %

 

Selected Year-End Balances:

                                             

Securities

  $ 7,464,698     $ 5,064,946     $ 3,467,449     $ 1,859,029     $ 1,968,853        

Consumer loans

    32,850,269       27,343,930       20,921,014       15,112,712       9,913,549        

Allowance for loan losses

    (1,595,000 )     (1,720,000 )     (840,000 )     (527,000 )     (342,000 )      

Total assets

    46,283,706       37,382,380       28,184,047       18,889,341       13,336,443        

Interest-bearing deposits

    22,416,332       17,325,965       12,838,968       8,379,025       3,783,809        

Borrowings

    14,812,633       11,930,690       9,330,757       6,976,535       6,961,014        

Stockholders’ equity

    6,051,811       4,623,171       3,323,478       1,962,514       1,515,607        

 

Consumer Loan Data:

                                             

Average reported loans

  $ 28,677,616     $ 25,036,019     $ 17,284,306     $ 11,487,776     $ 7,667,355     39.91 %

Securitization adjustments

    34,234,337       27,763,547       18,328,011       11,147,086       10,379,558     28.27 %

 

Average total managed loans

    62,911,953       52,799,566       35,612,317       22,634,862       18,046,913     32.84 %

 

Year-End Reported Data

                                             

Reported consumer loan income

  $ 3,932,295     $ 3,792,461     $ 2,729,519     $ 2,350,771     $ 1,511,888     31.04 %

Reported yield

    13.71 %     15.15 %     15.79 %     20.46 %     19.72 %      

Reported revenue margin

    21.95       26.28       30.01       35.60       35.78        

Reported net interest margin

    7.45       8.73       8.45       12.47       11.16        

Reported delinquency rate

    4.79       6.12       4.84       7.26       5.92        

Reported net charge-off rate

    5.74       5.03       4.76       5.46       4.16        

 

Year-End Managed Data

                                             

Managed consumer loan income

  $ 8,735,189     $ 7,729,462     $ 5,654,363     $ 4,131,420     $ 3,231,979     27.28 %

Managed yield

    13.88 %     14.64 %     15.88 %     18.25 %     17.91 %      

Managed revenue margin

    14.65       16.93       18.23       20.99       19.59        

Managed net interest margin

    8.64       9.23       9.40       11.11       11.12        

Managed delinquency rate

    4.46       5.60       4.95       5.23       5.23        

Managed net charge-off rate

    5.86       5.24       4.65       4.56       4.34        

Year-end total managed loans

    71,244,796       59,746,537       45,263,963       29,524,026       20,236,588     32.58 %

Year-end total accounts (000s)

    47,038       47,369       43,815       33,774       23,705     23.00 %

 

Operating Ratios (Reported):

                                             

Return on average assets

    2.76 %     2.63 %     2.75 %     3.09 %     3.28 %      

Return on average equity

    21.34       21.69       23.08       27.61       25.79        

Equity to assets (average)

    12.92       12.13       11.91       11.18       12.70        

Allowance for loan losses to reported loans as of year-end

    4.86       6.29       4.02       3.49       3.45        

 
(1) Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation for the Financial Accounting Standards Board Staff Position, “Accounting for Accrued Interest Receivable Related to Securitized and Sold Receivables under FASB Statement No. 140, Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities ”, (“FSP on AIR”) that was issued April 2003. The Company reclassified $577.0 million and $509.7 million in subordinated finance charge and fee receivables on the investors’ interest in securitized loans for December 2003 and 2002, respectively, from “Consumer loans” to “Accounts receivable from securitizations” on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. The Company also reclassified $74.8 million and $76.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively, in interest income derived from such balances from “Consumer loan interest income” to “Other Interest Income” on the Consolidated Statements of Income. The reported delinquency rate would have been 5.13% and 6.51% before the reclassification at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively. The reported net charge-off rate would have been 5.64% and 4.93% before the reclassification for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002.

 

29


Item  7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

Introduction

 

Capital One Financial Corporation (the “Corporation”) is a holding company whose subsidiaries market a variety of financial products and services to consumers using its Information-Based Strategy (“IBS”). The Corporation’s principal subsidiaries are Capital One Bank (the “Bank”), which offers credit card products, Capital One, F.S.B. (the “Savings Bank”), which offers consumer lending (including credit cards) and deposit products, and Capital One Auto Finance, Inc. (“COAF”), which offers automobile and other motor vehicle financing products. The Corporation and its subsidiaries are hereafter collectively referred to as the “Company.” As of December 31, 2003, the Company had 47.0 million accounts and $71.2 billion in managed consumer loans outstanding and was one of the largest providers of MasterCard and Visa credit cards in the world.

 

The Company’s profitability is affected by the net interest income and non-interest income generated on earning assets, consumer usage patterns, credit quality, levels of marketing expense and operating efficiency. The Company’s revenues consist primarily of interest income on consumer loans (including past-due fees) and securities and non-interest income consisting of servicing income on securitized loans, fees (such as annual membership, cash advance, cross-sell, interchange, overlimit and other fee income, collectively “fees”) and gains on the securitizations of loans. Loan securitization transactions qualifying as sales under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”) remove the loan receivables from the consolidated balance sheet. However, the Company continues to own and service the related accounts. The Company generates earnings from its managed loan portfolio that includes both on-balance sheet and off-balance sheet loans. Interest income, fees, and recoveries in excess of the interest paid to investors and charge-offs generated from off-balance sheet loans are recognized as servicing and securitizations income.

 

The Company’s primary expenses are the costs of funding assets, provision for loan losses, operating expenses (including salaries and associate benefits), marketing expenses and income taxes. Marketing expenses (e.g., advertising, printing, credit bureau costs and postage) to implement the Company’s new product strategies are incurred and expensed prior to the acquisition of new accounts while the resulting revenues are recognized over the life of the acquired accounts. Revenues recognized are a function of the response rate of the initial marketing program, usage and attrition patterns, credit quality of accounts, product pricing and effectiveness of account management programs.

 

Significant Accounting Policies

 

The Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements contain a summary of the Company’s significant accounting policies, including a discussion of recently issued accounting pronouncements. Several of these policies are considered to be important to the portrayal of the Company’s financial condition, since they require management to make difficult, complex or subjective judgements, some of which may relate to matters that are inherently uncertain. These policies include determination of the level of allowance for loan losses, accounting for securitization transactions, and finance charge and fee revenue recognition.

 

Additional information about accounting policies can be found in Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data—Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements—Note A” on page 65.

 

Allowance for Loan Losses

 

The allowance for loan losses is maintained at the amount estimated to be sufficient to absorb probable losses, net of principal recoveries (including recovery of collateral), inherent in the existing reported loan portfolio. The provision for loan losses is the periodic cost of maintaining an adequate allowance. The amount of allowance necessary is determined primarily based on a migration analysis of delinquent and current accounts and forward loss curves. The entire balance of an account is contractually delinquent if the minimum payment is not received by the payment due date. In evaluating the sufficiency of the allowance for loan losses, management takes into

 

30


consideration the following factors: recent trends in delinquencies and charge-offs including bankrupt, deceased and recovered amounts; forecasting uncertainties and size of credit risks; the degree of risk inherent in the composition of the loan portfolio; economic conditions; legal and regulatory guidance; credit evaluations and underwriting policies; seasonality; and the value of collateral supporting the loans. To the extent credit experience is not indicative of future performance or other assumptions used by management do not prevail, loss experience could differ significantly, resulting in either higher or lower future provision for loan losses, as applicable.

 

Accounting for Securitization Transactions

 

Loan securitization involves the sale, generally to a trust or other special purpose entity, of a pool of loan receivables and is accomplished through the public or private issuance of asset-backed securities by the special purpose entity. The Company removes loan receivables from the consolidated balance sheet for those asset securitizations that qualify as sales in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 140, Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities—a Replacement of FASB Statement No. 125 (“SFAS 140”). For those asset securitizations that qualify as sales in accordance with SFAS 140, the trusts to which the loans were sold are not subsidiaries of the Company, and are not included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements. Gains on securitization transactions represent the present value of estimated excess cash flows the Company will receive over the estimated life of the receivables. This excess cash flow essentially represents an interest-only strip, consisting of the following estimates: the excess of finance charges and past-due fees over the sum of the return paid to investors, contractual servicing fees and credit losses. Gains on securitization transactions, fair value adjustments of retained interests and excess spread on the Company’s securitizations are included in servicing and securitizations income in the consolidated statement of income and amounts due from the trusts are included in accounts receivable from securitizations on the consolidated balance sheet.

 

Certain estimates inherent in the determination of the fair value of the retained interests are influenced by factors outside the Company’s control, and as a result, such estimates could materially change and actual results could be materially different from such estimates. Any future gains that will be recognized in accordance with SFAS 140 will be dependent on the timing and amount of future securitizations. The Company intends to continuously assess the performance of new and existing securitization transactions, and therefore the valuation of retained interests, as estimates of future cash flows change.

 

Finance Charge and Fee Revenue Recognition

 

The Company recognizes earned finance charges and fee income on loans according to the contractual provisions of the credit arrangements. When, based on historic performance of the portfolio, payment in full of finance charge and fee income is not expected, the estimated uncollectible portion is not accrued as income. Total finance charge and fee amounts billed but not accrued as income were $2.0 billion and $2.2 billion for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively. To the extent assumptions used by management do not prevail, payment experience could differ significantly resulting in either higher or lower future finance charge and fee income, as applicable.

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

Off-Balance Sheet Securitizations

 

As discussed in “Significant Accounting Policies—Accounting for Securitization Transactions,” the Company actively engages in off-balance sheet securitization transactions of loans for funding purposes. Securities ($37.8 billion outstanding as of December 31, 2003) representing undivided interests in the pool of consumer loan receivables that are sold in underwritten offerings or in private placement transactions. The Company receives the proceeds of the securitization as payment for the receivables transferred.

 

31


The credit quality of the receivables is supported by credit enhancements, which may be in various forms including interest-only strips, subordinated interests in the pool of receivables, cash collateral accounts, cash reserve accounts and accrued interest and fees on the investor’s share of the pool of receivables. The Company’s retained residual interests are generally restricted or subordinated to investors’ interests and their value is subject to substantial credit, repayment and interest rate risks on transferred assets. The investors and the trusts have no recourse to the Company’s assets, other than the retained residual interests, if the off-balance sheet loans are not paid when due. See page 90 in Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data—Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements—Note R” for quantitative information regarding retained interests.

 

Collections of interest and fees received on securitized receivables are used to pay interest to investors, servicing and other fees, and are available to absorb the investors’ share of credit losses. For revolving securitizations, amounts collected in excess of that needed to pay the above amounts are remitted to the Company. For amortizing securitizations, amounts in excess of the amount that is used to pay interest, fees and principal are generally remitted to the Company, but may be paid to investors in further reduction of their outstanding principal. See page 90 in Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data—Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements—Note R” for quantitative information regarding revenues, expenses and cash flows that arise from securitization transactions.

 

The securitization of consumer loans has been a significant source of liquidity for the Company. Maturity terms of the existing securitizations vary from 2004 to 2013 and, for revolving securitizations, have accumulation periods during which principal payments are aggregated to make payments to investors. As payments on the loans are accumulated and are no longer reinvested in new loans, the Company’s funding requirements for such new loans increase accordingly. Significant reduction or termination of the Company’s off-balance sheet securitizations could require the Company to utilize secured borrowings or unsecured debt, increase its deposit base or slow asset growth based on its strategy.

 

Securitization transactions may amortize earlier than scheduled due to certain early amortization triggers, which would accelerate the need for funding. Additionally, early amortization would have a significant impact on the ability of the Bank and Savings Bank to meet regulatory capital adequacy requirements as all off-balance sheet loans experiencing such early amortization would be recorded on the balance sheet. At December 31, 2003, early amortization of its off-balance sheet securitizations was not expected. The Company believes that it has the ability to continue to utilize off-balance sheet securitization arrangements as a source of liquidity.

 

The amounts of investor principal from off-balance sheet consumer loans as of December 31, 2003 that are expected to amortize into the Company’s consumer loans, or be otherwise paid over the periods indicated, are summarized in Table 13. 53% of the Company’s total managed loans were included in off-balance sheet securitizations for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002.

 

Guarantees

 

Residual Value Guarantees

 

In December 2000, the Company entered into a 10-year agreement for the lease of the headquarters building being constructed in McLean, Virginia. The agreement called for monthly rent to commence upon completion, which occurred in the first quarter of 2003, and is based on LIBOR rates applied to the cost of the building funded. If, at the end of the lease term, the Company does not purchase the property, the Company guarantees a maximum residual value of up to $114.8 million representing approximately 72% of the $159.5 million cost of the building. This agreement, made with a multi-purpose entity that is a wholly-owned subsidiary of one of the Company’s lenders, provides that in the event of a sale of the property, the Company’s obligation would be equal to the sum of all amounts owed by the Company under a note issuance made in connection with the lease inception. As of December 31, 2003, the value of the building was estimated to be above the maximum residual value that the Company guarantees; thus, no deficiency existed and no liability was recorded relative to this property.

 

32


Other Guarantees

 

In connection with an installment loan securitization transaction, the transferee (off-balance sheet special purpose entity receiving the installment loans) entered into an interest rate hedge agreement (the “swap”) with a counterparty to reduce interest rate risk associated with the transaction. In connection with the swap, the Corporation entered into a letter agreement guaranteeing the performance of the transferee under the swap. If at anytime the Class A invested amount equals zero and the notional amount of the swap is greater than zero resulting in an “Early Termination Date” (as defined in the securitization transaction’s Master Agreement), then (a) to the extent that, in connection with the occurrence of such Early Termination Date, the transferee is obligated to make any payments to the counterparty pursuant to the Master Agreement, the Corporation shall reimburse the transferee for the full amount of such payment and (b) to the extent that, in connection with the occurrence of an Early Termination Date, the transferee is entitled to receive any payment from the counterparty pursuant to the Master Agreement, the transferee will pay to the Corporation the amount of such payment. At December 31, 2003, the maximum exposure to the Corporation under the letter agreement was approximately $10.4 million.

 

Reconciliation to GAAP Financial Measures

 

The Company’s consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP are referred to as its “reported” financial statements. Loans included in securitization transactions which qualified as sales under GAAP have been removed from the Company’s “reported” balance sheet. However, interest income, interchange, fees and recoveries generated from the securitized loan portfolio, net of charge-offs, in excess of the interest paid to investors of asset-backed securitizations are recognized as servicing and securitizations income on the “reported” income statement.

 

The Company’s “managed” consolidated financial statements reflect adjustments made related to effects of securitization transactions qualifying as sales under GAAP. The Company generates earnings from its “managed” loan portfolio which includes both the on-balance sheet loans and off-balance sheet loans. The Company’s “managed” income statement takes the components of the servicing and securitizations income generated from the securitized portfolio and distributes the revenue and expense to appropriate income statement line items from which it originated. For this reason, the Company believes the “managed” consolidated financial statements and related managed metrics to be useful to stakeholders.

 

As of and for the Year Ended December 31, 2003

 

(Dollars in thousands)    Total Reported    Securitization
Adjustments (1)
    Total Managed (2)

Income Statement Measures

                     

Net interest income

   $ 2,785,089    $ 3,252,825     $ 6,037,914

Non-interest income

     5,415,924      (1,215,298 )     4,200,626

Total revenue

     8,201,013      2,037,527       10,238,540

Provision for loan losses

     1,517,497      2,037,527       3,555,024

Balance Sheet Measures

                     

Consumer loans

   $ 32,850,269    $ 38,394,527     $ 71,244,796

Total assets

     46,283,706      37,715,556       83,999,262

Average consumer loans

     28,677,616      34,234,337       62,911,953

Average earning assets

     37,362,297      32,510,862       69,873,159

Average total assets

     41,195,413      33,627,096       74,822,509

Delinquencies

     1,573,459      1,604,470       3,177,929

(1) Includes adjustments made related to the effects of securitization transactions qualifying as sales under GAAP and adjustments made to reclassify to “managed” loans outstanding the collectible portion of billed finance charge and fee income on the investors’ interest in securitized loans excluded from loans outstanding on the “reported” balance sheet in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Staff Position, “Accrued Interest Receivable,” issued in April 2003.
(2) The managed loan portfolio does not include auto loans which have been sold in whole loan sale transactions where the Company has retained servicing rights.

 

33


Adoption of Accounting Pronouncements and Accounting Changes

 

In December 2003, the Company adopted the expense recognition provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 123 (“SFAS 123”) Accounting for Stock Based Compensation , prospectively to all awards granted, modified or settled after January 1, 2003. The adoption of SFAS 123 resulted in the recognition of compensation expense of $5.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2003. Compensation expense resulted from the discounts provided under the Associate Stock Purchase Plan and the amortization of the estimated fair value of stock options granted during 2003.

 

In July 2003, the Company adopted the provisions of FASB interpretation No. 46 (“FIN 46”), Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities, an Interpretation of ARB No. 51 . The Company has consolidated all material variable interest entities (“VIEs”) for which the Company is the primary beneficiary, as defined by FIN 46. The consolidation of the VIEs resulted in a $15.0 million ($23.9 pre-tax) charge for the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle.

 

In 2002, the Company changed its financial presentation of recoveries which resulted in a one-time increase in the Company’s allowance for loan losses of $133.4 million, and a corresponding increase in the recognition of interest income of $38.4 million (pre-tax) and non-interest income of $44.4 million (pre-tax). Therefore, net income for the year ended December 31, 2002 was negatively impacted by $31.4 million after-tax.

 

Consolidated Earnings Summary

 

The following discussion provides a summary of 2003 results compared to 2002 results and 2002 results compared to 2001 results. Each component is discussed in further detail in subsequent sections of this analysis.

 

Year Ended December 31, 2003 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2002

 

Net income increased to $1.1 billion, or $4.85 per share, for the year ended December 31, 2003, compared to net income of $899.6 million, or $3.93 per share, in 2002. This represents 26% net income growth and 23% earnings per share growth in 2003. The growth in earnings for 2003 was primarily attributable to the growth in the Company’s managed loan portfolio, a reduction in the provision for loan losses and increases in the sales of auto loans, offset in part by the adoption of new accounting pronouncements (discussed above), a reduction in the managed net interest margin, net losses on the sale of securities and increases in marketing and operating expenses.

 

Managed loans consist of the Company’s reported loan portfolio combined with the off-balance sheet securitized loan portfolio. The Company has retained servicing rights for its securitized loans and receives servicing fees in addition to the excess spread generated from the off-balance sheet loan portfolio. Average managed loans increased $10.1 billion, or 19%, to $62.9 billion for 2003 from $52.8 billion for 2002.

 

Although the average managed loan balances increased, the managed net interest margin for the year ended December 31, 2003, decreased to 8.64% from 9.23% for the year ended December 31, 2002. This decrease was due to a reduction in managed earning asset yields. Managed loan yields decreased by 76 basis points to 13.88% for the year ended December 31, 2003, from 14.64% compared to the same period in the prior year. The decrease in managed loan yields resulted from the shift in the mix of the managed loan portfolio to higher credit quality, lower yielding loans, an increase in low introductory rate accounts compared to the prior year and reduced pricing on many of the Company’s new loans in response to lower funding costs and increased competitive pressure. In addition, the Company built its average liquidity portfolio by $2.5 billion to $7.0 billion in 2003, from $4.5 billion in 2002, placing additional downward pressure on managed earning asset yields.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2003, the provision for loan losses decreased to $1.5 billion from $2.1 billion for the year ended December 31, 2002. Excluding the impact of the one-time change in recoveries estimate of $133.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2002, the provision decreased $498.4 million, or 25%. The decrease in the provision for loan losses reflects improving delinquency rates and lower forecasted charge-offs

 

34


for the reported loan portfolio at December 31, 2003. The decrease in delinquency and forecasted charge-off rates reflects a change in the mix of the reported loan portfolio towards a higher concentration of higher credit quality loans; as a result the allowance to reported loans decreased to 4.86% at December 31, 2003 from 6.29% at December 31, 2002.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2003, after-tax gains on sales of auto loans increased $24.4 million to $41.9 million from $17.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2002. The Company continued to enter into whole loan auto sale transactions during 2003 in accordance with its corporate funding plan.

 

During 2003, the Company realized after-tax losses on the sales of securities totaling $5.9 million, compared to $48.1 million of after-tax gains on sales of securities recognized in 2002. In addition, there were no gains on the repurchase of senior bank notes recognized during 2003, compared to after-tax gains of $16.7 million recognized in 2002. The Company routinely evaluates its liquidity portfolio positions and rebalances its investment portfolio when appropriate, which results in periodic gains and losses.

 

Marketing expense increased $47.8 million to $1.1 billion for the year ended December 31, 2003, compared to the same period in the prior year. The increase in marketing expense resulted from favorable opportunities to originate higher credit quality loans during 2003 combined with continued branding efforts. Operating expenses increased $223.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2003 to $3.7 billion from $3.5 billion for the same period in the prior year. The increases were primarily due to increased credit and recovery efforts, investment in IT infrastructure to support future growth and costs associated with the expansion of the Company’s enterprise risk management program and systems to further strengthen internal controls.

 

Year Ended December 31, 2002 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2001

 

Net income increased to $899.6 million, or $3.93 per share, for the year ended December 31, 2002, compared to net income of $642.0 million, or $2.91 per share, in 2001. This represents 40% net income growth and 35% earnings per share growth in 2002. The growth in earnings for 2002 was primarily attributable to the growth in the Company’s managed loan portfolio, combined with gains on sale of securities and the repurchase of senior notes, offset by a reduction in the managed net interest margin, significant increases in the provision for loan losses, write-downs of interest-only strips, certain one-time charges, and the impact of the change in recoveries classification.

 

The Company has retained servicing rights for its securitized loans and receives servicing fees in addition to the excess spread generated from the securitized loan portfolio. Average managed loans increased 48% to $52.8 billion for 2002 from $35.6 billion for 2001. Total managed loans increased 32% to $59.7 billion at December 31, 2002 from $45.3 billion at December 31, 2001.

 

During 2002, the Company realized after-tax gains on the sale of securities totaling $48.1 million, compared with similar after tax gains in 2001 of $8.4 million. In addition, during 2002 the Company realized after-tax gains on the repurchase of senior notes of $16.7 million.

 

The managed net interest margin for the year ended December 31, 2002, decreased to 9.23% from 9.40% for the year ended December 31, 2001. This decrease was primarily the result of a 124 basis point decrease in consumer loan yield to 14.64% for 2002, from 15.88% in 2001, largely offset by a decrease in the cost of funds. This decline in yield was due to a shift in the mix of the managed portfolio to lower yielding, higher credit quality loans, an increase in low introductory rate accounts as compared to the prior year and reduced pricing on many of the Company’s new loans in response to lower funding costs and increased competitive pressure.

 

During 2002, the provision for loan losses increased by $1.0 billion over 2001. The ratio of allowance for loan losses to reported loans increased to 6.29% at December 31, 2002, compared to 4.02% at December 31, 2001. The increase in the provision for loan losses and corresponding build in the allowance for loan losses reflects an

 

35


increase in the reported loan portfolio of $6.4 billion or 31% over 2001, the change in the treatment of recoveries of charged-off accounts, the adoption of a revised application of regulatory guidelines related to “subprime” loans, as well as an increase in forecasted charge-off rates.

 

During 2002, the fair value of the Company’s interest-only strips decreased $33.1 million, including both the impact of gains from securitization transactions and changes to key fair value assumptions. Comparatively, the fair value of the Company’s interest-only strips increased $150.0 million in 2001, including both the impact of gains associated with securitization transactions and changes to key fair value assumptions. The 2002 decrease in the fair value of the interest-only strips primarily relates to the addition of introductory rate loans to the trusts, the reduced interest rate environment, and increasing charge-off rates. See page 90 in Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data—Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements—Note R”.

 

During 2002, marketing expense was relatively consistent with 2001, which reflected the Company’s shift in strategy to reduce loan growth during the second half of the year. During 2002, operating expenses increased 18%, compared with managed loan growth of 32%, reflecting lower account growth and increased operating efficiencies, offset by $110.0 million of one-time charges.

 

Consolidated Statements of Income

 

Net Interest Income

 

Net interest income is interest and past-due fees earned and deemed collectible from the Company’s consumer loans, securities income, less interest expense on borrowings, which includes interest-bearing deposits, borrowings from senior notes and other borrowings.

 

Reported net interest income for the year ended December 31, 2003, was $2.8 billion compared to $2.7 billion for 2002. Excluding the one-time impact of the change in recoveries estimate of $38.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2002, net interest income for the year ended December 31, 2003 increased $27.6 million, or 1% compared to the same period in the prior year. The slight increase in net interest income is primarily a result of a 20% increase in the Company’s earning assets for the year ended December 31, 2003 compared to the same period in the prior year, offset by a decrease in earning asset yields. The reported net interest margin was 7.45% for the year ended December 31, 2003 compared to 8.73% for the same period in the prior year. Excluding the one-time impact of the change in recoveries estimate of 12 basis points, the net interest margin decreased 116 basis points for the year ended December 31, 2003. The decrease was primarily due to a decrease in the reported loan yield. The reported loan yield decreased 144 basis points to 13.71% for the year ended December 31, 2003, compared to 15.15% for the year ended December 31, 2002. The yield on reported loans decreased due to a shift in the mix of the reported loan portfolio towards a greater composition of lower yielding, higher credit quality loans and an increase in low introductory rate accounts compared to the prior year. In addition, the Company increased its average liquidity portfolio by $2.5 billion during 2003. The yield on liquidity portfolio assets is significantly lower than those on consumer loans and served to reduce the overall earning assets yields.

 

Reported net interest income for the year ended December 31, 2002, was $2.7 billion compared to $1.8 billion for 2001, representing an increase of $968.9 million, or 55%. Net interest income increased primarily as a result of growth in the Company’s earning assets. Average earning assets increased 50% for the year ended December 31, 2002, to $31.1 billion from $20.7 billion for the year ended December 31, 2001. The reported net interest margin increased to 8.73% in 2002, from 8.45% in 2001. The increase is primarily due to a 93 basis point decrease in the cost of funds, offset by a 64 basis point decrease in the yield on consumer loans to 15.15% for the year ended December 31, 2002, from 15.79% for the year ended December 31, 2001. The yield on consumer loans decreased primarily due to a shift in the mix of the reported portfolio toward a greater composition of lower yielding, higher credit quality loans as compared to the prior year. $38.4 million of the increase in net interest income, representing a 12 basis point increase in the net interest margin in 2002, relates to the one-time impact of the change in recoveries assumptions.

 

36


Table 1 provides average balance sheet data and an analysis of net interest income, net interest spread (the difference between the yield on earning assets and the cost of interest-bearing liabilities) and net interest margin for each of the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001.

 

Table 1: Statements of Average Balances, Income and Expense, Yields and Rates

 

    Year Ended December 31  

    2003     2002     2001  

(Dollars in thousands)   Average
Balance
    Income/
Expense
  Yield/
Rate
    Average
Balance
    Income/
Expense
  Yield/
Rate
    Average
Balance
    Income/
Expense
  Yield/
Rate
 

 
Assets:                                                            

Earning assets

                                                           

Consumer loans (1)

                                                           

Domestic

  $ 25,923,208     $ 3,578,994   13.81 %   $ 22,248,006     $ 3,436,392   15.45 %   $ 14,648,298     $ 2,342,726   15.99 %

International

    2,754,408       353,301   12.83 %     2,788,013       356,069   12.77 %     2,636,008       386,793   14.67 %

 

Total

    28,677,616       3,932,295   13.71 %     25,036,019       3,792,461   15.15 %     17,284,306       2,729,519   15.79 %

 

Securities available for sale

    5,335,492       192,594   3.61 %     3,873,186       184,407   4.76 %     2,526,529       138,188   5.47 %

Other

                                                           

International

    2,836,531       215,957   7.61 %     1,951,996       187,230   9.59 %     593,050       45,877   7.74 %

Foreign

    512,658       26,808   5.23 %     286,398       16,668   5.82 %     302,287       7,565   2.50 %

 

Total

    3,349,189       242,765   7.25 %     2,238,394       203,898   9.11 %     895,337       53,442   5.97 %

 

Total earning assets

    37,362,297     $ 4,367,654   11.69 %     31,147,599     $ 4,180,766   13.42 %     20,706,172     $ 2,921,149   14.11 %

Cash and due from banks

    387,167                   507,355                   171,392              

Allowance for loan losses

    (1,627,020 )                 (1,178,243 )                 (637,789 )            

Premises and equipment, net

    833,343                   802,544                   735,282              

Other

    4,239,626                   2,922,469                   2,371,252              

 

Total assets

  $ 41,195,413                 $ 34,201,724                 $ 23,346,309              

 
Liabilities and Equity:                                                            

Interest-bearing liabilities

                                                           

Deposits

                                                           

Domestic

  $ 18,550,273     $ 817,515   4.41 %   $ 14,650,582     $ 748,809   5.11 %   $ 9,700,132     $ 594,183   6.13 %

International

    1,217,690       74,135   6.09 %     956,360       63,080   6.60 %     673,379       46,287   6.87 %

 

Total

    19,767,963       891,650   4.51 %     15,606,942       811,889   5.20 %     10,373,511       640,470   6.17 %

 

Senior notes

    5,915,300       448,646   7.58 %     5,668,343       422,529   7.45 %     5,064,356       357,495   7.06 %

Other borrowings

                                                           

Domestic

    7,061,192       242,246   3.43 %     5,689,369       226,206   3.98 %     2,551,996       145,316   5.69 %

International

    1,532       23   1.50 %     23,350       1,030   4.41 %     440,313       27,726   6.30 %

 

Total

    7,062,724       242,269   3.43 %     5,712,719       227,236   3.98 %     2,992,309       173,042   5.78 %

 

Total interest-bearing liabilities

    32,745,987     $ 1,582,565   4.83 %     26,988,004     $ 1,461,654   5.42 %     18,430,176     $ 1,171,007   6.35 %

Other

    3,125,956                   3,065,570                   2,134,951              

 

Total liabilities

    35,871,943                   30,053,574                   20,565,127              

Equity

    5,323,470                   4,148,150                   2,781,182              

 

Total liabilities and equity

  $ 41,195,413                 $ 34,201,724                 $ 23,346,309              

 

Net interest spread

                6.86 %                 8.00 %                 7.76 %

 

Interest income to average earning assets

                11.69 %                 13.42 %                 14.11 %

Interest expense to average earning assets

                4.24 %                 4.69 %                 5.66 %

 

Net interest margin

                7.45 %                 8.73 %                 8.45 %

 
(1) Interest income includes past-due fees on loans of approximately $799.3 million, $955.8 million and $769.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively. Interest income includes $38.4 million related to the one-time impact of the change in recoveries assumption for the year ended December 31, 2002. This resulted in a 12 basis point increase in the net interest margin.

 

37


Interest Variance Analysis

 

Net interest income is affected by changes in the average interest rate generated on earning assets and the average interest rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities. In addition, net interest income is affected by changes in the volume of earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. Table 2 sets forth the dollar amount of the increases and decreases in interest income and interest expense resulting from changes in the volume of earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and from changes in yields and rates.

 

Table 2: Interest Variance Analysis

 

     Year Ended December 31  

     2003 vs. 2002     2002 vs. 2001  

           Change due to (1)           Change due to (1)  

(Dollars in thousands)    Increase
(Decrease) (2)
    Volume     Yield/
Rate
    Increase
(Decrease) (2)
    Volume     Yield/
Rate
 

 

Interest Income:

                                                

Consumer loans

                                                

Domestic

   $ 142,602     $ 527,384     $ (348,003 )   $ 1,093,666     $ 1,165,559     $ (108,672 )

International

     (2,768 )     (4,294 )     3,123       (30,724 )     21,406       (53,727 )

 

Total

     139,834       516,636       (338,426 )     1,062,942       1,168,600       (144,034 )

 

Securities available for sale

     8,187       59,359       (51,172 )     46,219       65,981       (19,762 )

Other

                                                

Domestic

     28,727       72,817       (44,090 )     141,353       127,956       13,397  

International

     10,140       11,984       (1,844 )     9,103       (418 )     9,521  

 

Total

     38,867       86,542       (47,675 )     150,456       111,390       39,066  

 

Total interest income

     186,888       764,253       (538,989 )     1,259,617       1,397,242       (176,001 )

Interest Expense:

                                                

Deposits

                                                

Domestic

     68,706       181,224       (112,518 )     154,626       265,326       (110,700 )

International

     11,055       16,202       (5,147 )     16,793       18,734       (1,941 )

 

Total

     79,761       197,260       (117,499 )     171,419       284,347       (112,928 )

 

Senior notes

     26,117       18,638       7,479       65,034       44,260       20,774  

Other borrowings

                                                

Domestic

     16,040       49,775       (33,735 )     80,890       135,364       (54,474 )

International

     (1,007 )     (590 )     (417 )     (26,696 )     (20,282 )     (6,414 )

 

Total

     15,033       49,029       (33,996 )     54,194       120,762       (66,568 )

 

Total interest expense

     120,911       289,535       (168,624 )     290,647       482,845       (192,198 )

 

Net interest income

   $ 65,977     $ 492,017     $ (387,664 )   $ 968,970     $ 898,085     $ 32,509  

 
(1) The change in interest due to both volume and rates has been allocated in proportion to the relationship of the absolute dollar amounts of the change in each. The changes in income and expense are calculated independently for each line in the table. The totals for the volume and yield/rate columns are not the sum of the individual lines.
(2) The change in interest income includes $38.4 million related to the one-time impact of the change in recoveries assumption for the year ended December 31, 2002.

 

Servicing and Securitizations Income

 

Servicing and securitizations income represents servicing fees, excess spread and other fees relating to consumer loan receivables sold through securitization and other sale transactions, as well as gains and losses resulting from securitization transactions and fair value adjustments of the retained interests. Servicing and securitizations

 

38


income increased $406.2 million, or 14%, to $3.2 billion for the year ended December 31, 2003, from $2.8 billion for the year ended December 31, 2002. This increase was primarily the result of a 24% increase in the average off-balance sheet loan portfolio for the year ended December 31, 2003, compared to the same period in the prior year, offset in part by a reduction in the excess spread generated by the off-balance sheet loan portfolio due to decreased interest and fees and an increase in charge-offs.

 

Servicing and securitizations income increased $364.4 million, or 15%, to $2.8 billion for the year ended December 31, 2002, from $2.4 billion in 2001. This increase was primarily due to a 49% increase in the average off-balance sheet loan portfolio, offset in part by a reduction in the excess spread generated by the off-balance sheet loan portfolio and a $33.1 million decrease in the fair value of interest-only strips.

 

Service Charges and Other Customer-Related Fees

 

Service charges and other customer-related fees decreased by $307.6 million, or 16%, to $1.6 billion for the year ended December 31, 2003 compared to $1.9 billion for the year ended December 31, 2002. $44.4 million of the decrease relates to the one-time impact of the change in the recoveries estimate recognized in 2002. The remaining decrease primarily reflects a shift in the mix of the reported loan portfolio towards higher credit quality, lower fee-generating loans and a decrease in the number of accounts compared to the prior year.

 

Service charges and other customer-related fees increased by $401.4 million, or 26%, to $1.9 billion for the year ended December 31, 2002. The increase primarily reflects an increase in the reported loan portfolio of $6.4 billion or 31% over 2001 and a $44.4 million increase related to the one-time impact of the 2002 change in the recoveries estimate (see “Adoption of Accouning Pronouncements and Accounting Changes” above) offset by a shift in the mix of the reported loan portfolio toward a greater composition of lower fee-generating loans.

 

Interchange Income

 

Interchange income decreased $71.0 million, or 16%, to $376.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2003, from $447.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2002. This decrease is primarily attributable to the securitization of higher interchange yielding loans moving them off-balance sheet. Total interchange income is net of $115.4 million of costs related to the Company’s rewards programs for the year ended December 31, 2003, compared to $104.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2002.

 

Interchange income increased $68.0 million, or 18%, to $447.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2002, from $379.8 million in 2001. This increase is primarily attributable to an increase in annual purchase volume. Total interchange income is net of $104.9 million of costs related to the Company’s rewards programs for the year ended December 31, 2002, compared to $110.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2001.

 

Other Non-Interest Income

 

Other non-interest income includes, among other items, gains and losses on sales of securities, gains and losses associated with hedging transactions, service provider revenue generated by the Company’s patient finance business, gains on the sale of auto loans and income earned related to the purchased charged-off loan portfolios.

 

Other non-interest income decreased $78.6 million, or 28%, to $197.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2003 compared to $275.9 million for the same period in the prior year. The decrease in other non-interest income was primarily due to $9.4 million of losses recognized on sales of securities for the year ended December 31, 2003, compared to $77.5 million of gains recognized on sales of securities for the year ended December 31, 2002. In addition, there were no gains recognized for senior note repurchases in 2003, compared to $27.0 million recognized in 2002. There was a $23.6 million decrease in the fair value of free-standing derivatives for the year ended December 31, 2003. These decreases were offset in part by a $38.2

 

39


million increase in gains on sales of auto loans for the year ended December 31, 2003 and an increase in income earned from purchased charged-off loan portfolios of $34.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2003, compared to 2002.

 

Other non-interest income increased $169.4 million, or 159%, to $275.9 million for 2002 compared to $106.5 million for 2001. The increase in other non-interest income was primarily due to $77.5 million of gains on sales of securities realized in 2002 in connection with the Company’s rebalancing of its liquidity portfolio compared to $13.5 million realized in 2001. Other factors in the increase included gains related to senior note repurchases of $27.0 million realized during 2002, an increase in service provider revenue of $9.4 million and an increase in income earned from reaffirmed purchased charged-off loans of $24.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2002.

 

Non-Interest Expense

 

Non-interest expense, which consists of marketing and operating expenses, increased $271.1 million, or 6%, to $4.9 billion for the year ended December 31, 2003 compared to $4.6 billion for the year ended December 31, 2002. Marketing expense increased $47.8 million, or 4%, for the year ended December 31, 2003, compared to the same period in the prior year. The increase is the result of the Company investing in new and existing product opportunities. Operating expenses were $3.7 billion for the year ended December 31, 2003, compared to $3.5 billion for December 31, 2002. The increase in operating expense of $223.3 was primarily due to increased credit and recovery efforts of $137.1 million, investment in IT infrastructure to support future growth of $30.0 million and costs associated with the expansion of the Company’s enterprise risk management programs and systems to further strengthen internal controls.

 

Non-interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2002, increased $527.6 million, or 13%, to $4.6 billion from $4.1 billion for the year ended December 31, 2001. Contributing to the increase was salaries and associate benefits, which increased $165.8 million, or 12%, to $1.6 billion in 2002, from an increase of $368.7 million, or 36%, to $1.4 billion in 2001. The decrease in the salaries and associate benefit growth rate as well as a decrease in marketing expenses of $12.4 million compared to 2001, was the result of the Company’s efforts to slow loan growth to more sustainable levels. All other non-interest expenses increased $374.1 million, or 24%, to $2.0 billion for the year ended December 31, 2002, from $1.6 billion in 2001. This increase was the result of a 23% increase in the average number of accounts as compared to the prior year and $110.0 million of one-time charges incurred in 2002. Of the $110.0 million: $38.8 million related to unused facility capacity, early termination of facility leases, and the accelerated depreciation of fixed assets; $14.5 million related to the accelerated vesting of restricted stock issued in connection with the PeopleFirst, Inc. (“PeopleFirst”) acquisition; and $12.5 million related to the realignment of certain aspects of its European operations. The remaining amounts related to investment company valuation adjustments, increases in associate related costs and accruals for contingent liabilities.

 

Income Taxes

 

The Company’s income tax rate was 37% for the year ended December 31, 2003 and 38% for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively. The decrease was due to growth and improved results of the Company’s International operations, which have lower effective tax rates. The effective rate includes both state and federal income tax components.

 

40


Managed Consumer Loan Portfolio

 

The Company’s managed consumer loan portfolio is comprised of on-balance sheet and off-balance sheet loans.

 

The Company analyzes its financial performance on a managed consumer loan portfolio basis. The managed consumer loan portfolio includes securitized loans for which the Company has retained significant risks and potential returns. Table 3 summarizes the Company’s managed consumer loan portfolio.

 

Table 3: Managed Consumer Loan Portfolio

 

     Year Ended December 31

(Dollars in thousands)    2003    2002    2001    2000    1999

Year-End Balances:

                                  

Reported consumer loans:

                                  

Domestic

   $ 29,848,366    $ 24,581,555    $ 18,546,426    $ 12,591,561    $ 7,783,535

International

     3,001,903      2,762,375      2,374,588      2,521,151      2,130,014

Total

     32,850,269      27,343,930      20,921,014      15,112,712      9,913,549

Securitization Adjustments:

                                  

Domestic

     33,749,566      29,834,441      22,747,293      13,961,714      10,013,424

International

     4,644,961      2,568,166      1,595,656      449,600      309,615

Total

     38,394,527      32,402,607      24,342,949      14,411,314      10,323,039

Managed consumer loan portfolio:

                                  

Domestic

     63,597,932      54,415,996      41,293,719      26,553,275      17,796,959

International

     7,646,864      5,330,541      3,970,244      2,970,751      2,439,629

Total

   $ 71,244,796    $ 59,746,537    $ 45,263,963    $ 29,524,026    $ 20,236,588

Average Balances:

                                  

Reported consumer loans:

                                  

Domestic

   $ 25,923,208    $ 22,248,006    $ 14,648,298    $ 9,320,165    $ 5,784,662

International

     2,754,408      2,788,013      2,636,008      2,167,611      1,882,693

Total

     28,677,616      25,036,019      17,284,306      11,487,776      7,667,355

Securitization Adjustments:

                                  

Domestic

     30,980,006      25,812,000      17,718,683      10,804,845      10,062,771

International

     3,254,331      1,951,547      609,328      342,241      316,787

Total

     34,234,337      27,763,547      18,328,011      11,147,086      10,379,558

Managed consumer loan portfolio:

                                  

Domestic

     56,903,214      48,060,006      32,366,981      20,125,010      15,847,433

International

     6,008,739      4,739,560      3,245,336      2,509,852      2,199,480

Total

   $ 62,911,953    $ 52,799,566    $ 35,612,317    $ 22,634,862    $ 18,046,913

 

41


Table 4 indicates the impact of the consumer loan securitizations on average earning assets, net interest margin and loan yield for the periods presented. The Company intends to continue to securitize consumer loans.

 

Table 4: Comparison of Managed and Reported Operating Data and Ratios

 

     Year Ended December 31  

(Dollars in thousands)    2003     2002     2001  

 

Reported:

                        

Average earning assets

   $ 37,362,297     $ 31,147,599     $ 20,706,172  

Net interest margin (1)

     7.45 %     8.73 %     8.45 %

Loan yield (2)

     13.71 %     15.15 %     15.79 %

Managed:

                        

Average earning assets

   $ 69,873,159     $ 57,266,637     $ 38,650,677  

Net interest margin (1)

     8.64 %     9.23 %     9.40 %

Loan yield (2)

     13.88 %     14.64 %     15.88 %

 
(1) Reported and managed net interest margin increased 12 basis points and 7 basis points, respectively, as a result of the one-time impact of the change in recoveries assumption for the year ended December 31, 2002.
(2) Reported and managed loan yield increased 15 basis points and 7 basis points, respectively, as a result of the one-time impact of the change in recoveries assumption for the year ended December 31, 2002.

 

Revenue Margin

 

The Company’s products are designed with the objective of maintaining strong risk-adjusted returns and providing diversification across the credit spectrum and consumer lending products. Management believes that a comparable measure for external analysis is the Company’s managed revenue margin (based on average managed earning assets.)

 

The Company has aggressively marketed lending products to high credit quality consumers to take advantage of favorable longer-term risk-adjusted returns of this consumer type. In addition, the Company continues to diversify its products beyond U.S. consumer credit cards. While these products typically consist of lower yielding loans compared with those previously made, they provide favorable impacts on managed charge-offs, operating expenses and marketing as a percentage of average managed earning assets. Industry competitors have continuously solicited the Company’s customers with similar interest rate strategies. Management believes the competition has placed, and will continue to place, pressure on the Company’s pricing strategies.

 

42


Table 5 provides income statement data and ratios for the Company’s reported and managed consumer loan portfolio. The causes of increases and decreases in the various components of revenue are discussed in sections previous to this analysis.

 

Table 5: Revenue Margin

 

     Year Ended December 31  

(Dollars in thousands)    2003     2002 (2)     2001  

 

Reported Income Statement

                        

Net interest income

   $ 2,785,089     $ 2,719,112     $ 1,750,142  

Non-interest income

     5,415,924       5,466,836       4,463,762  

 

Revenue

   $ 8,201,013     $ 8,185,948     $ 6,213,904  

 

Reported Ratios (1) :

                        

Net interest margin

     7.45 %     8.73 %     8.45 %

Non-interest income margin

     14.50       17.55       21.56  

 

Revenue margin

     21.95 %     26.28 %     30.01 %

 

Managed Income Statement:

                        

Net interest income

   $ 6,037,914     $ 5,284,338     $ 3,633,817  

Non-interest income

     4,200,626       4,411,174       3,413,777  

 

Revenue

   $ 10,238,540     $ 9,695,512     $ 7,047,594  

 

Managed Ratios (1) :

                        

Net interest margin

     8.64 %     9.23 %     9.40 %

Non-interest income margin

     6.01       7.70       8.83  

 

Revenue margin

     14.65 %     16.93 %     18.23 %

 
(1) As a percentage of average earning assets.
(2) Net interest income and non-interest income included $38.4 million and $44.4 million for the year-ended December 31, 2002, respectively, related to the one-time impact of the change in recoveries assumption. This resulted in a 12 and 7 basis point increase in the reported and managed net interest margin, respectively, and a 14 and 7 basis point increase in reported and managed non-interest income margin, respectively, and a 26 and 14 basis point increase in the reported and managed revenue margin, respectively.

 

Asset Quality

 

The asset quality of a portfolio is generally a function of the initial underwriting criteria used, levels of competition, account management activities and demographic concentration, as well as general economic conditions. The Company’s credit risk profile is managed to maintain strong risk adjusted returns and increased diversification across the full credit spectrum and in each of its consumer lending products. Certain customized consumer lending products have, in some cases, higher delinquency and charge-off rates. The costs associated with higher delinquency and charge-off rates are considered in the pricing of individual products.

 

43


Delinquencies

 

The Company’s loan portfolio is comprised of a predominantly homogeneous pool of small balance loans spread across the full credit spectrum. The Company believes delinquencies to be a primary indicator of loan portfolio credit quality at a point in time. Table 6 shows the Company’s consumer loan delinquency trends for the years presented on a reported and managed basis. The entire balance of an account is contractually delinquent if the minimum payment is not received by the payment due date. Delinquencies not only have the potential to impact earnings if the account charges off, but they also result in additional costs in terms of the personnel and other resources dedicated to resolving the delinquencies.

 

The 30-plus day delinquency rate for the reported consumer loan portfolio decreased to 4.79% as of December 31, 2003, from 6.12% as of December 31, 2002. The 30-plus day delinquency rate for the managed consumer loan portfolio was 4.46% as of December 31, 2003, down 114 basis points from 5.60% as of December 31, 2002. Both reported and managed consumer loan delinquency rate decreases as of December 31, 2003, as compared to December 31, 2002, principally reflect a continued shift in the loan portfolio mix towards higher credit quality loans, as well as, improved collection experience.

 

Table 6: Delinquencies

 

    As of December 31  

    2003     2002 (1)     2001     2000     1999  

(Dollars in thousands)   Loans   % of
Total
Loans
    Loans   % of
Total
Loans
    Loans   % of
Total
Loans
    Loans   % of
Total
Loans
    Loans   % of
Total
Loans
 

 

Reported:

                                                           

Loans outstanding

  $ 32,850,269   100.00 %   $ 27,343,930   100.00 %   $ 20,921,014   100.00 %   $ 15,112,712   100.00 %   $ 9,913,549   100.00 %

Loans delinquent:

                                                           

30-59 days

    755,930   2.30 %     762,040   2.79 %     494,871   2.37 %     418,967   2.77 %     236,868   2.39 %

60-89 days

    362,766   1.10 %     373,451   1.37 %     233,206   1.11 %     242,770   1.61 %     129,251   1.30 %

90-119 days

    207,353   0.63 %     238,091   0.87 %     144,957   0.69 %     178,001   1.18 %     94,550   0.95 %

120-149 days

    149,246   0.45 %     174,651   0.64 %     85,580   0.41 %     136,932   0.91 %     69,706   0.70 %

150 or more days

    98,164   0.31 %     125,636   0.45 %     53,943   0.26 %     120,641   0.79 %     56,257   0.58 %

 

Total

  $ 1,573,459   4.79 %   $ 1,673,869   6.12 %   $ 1,012,557   4.84 %   $ 1,097,311   7.26 %   $ 586,632   5.92 %

 

Loans delinquent by geographic area:

                                                           

Domestic

    1,494,662   5.01 %     1,579,272   6.42 %     930,077   5.02 %     1,034,995   8.23 %     533,081   6.85 %

International

    78,797   2.62 %     94,597   3.42 %     82,480   3.47 %     62,316   2.46 %     53,551   2.51 %

Managed:

                                                           

Loans outstanding

  $ 71,244,796   100.00 %   $ 59,746,537   100.00 %   $ 45,263,963   100.00 %   $ 29,524,026   100.00 %   $ 20,236,588   100.00 %

Loans delinquent:

                                                           

30-59 days

    1,335,231   1.87 %     1,366,072   2.29 %     934,681   2.06 %     605,040   2.05 %     416,829   2.06 %

60-89 days

    718,247   1.01 %     753,735   1.26 %     502,959   1.11 %     349,250   1.18 %     238,476   1.18 %

90-119 days

    488,471   0.69 %     526,710   0.88 %     353,750   0.78 %     251,690   0.85 %     176,986   0.87 %

120-149 days

    365,971   0.51 %     394,721   0.66 %     251,434   0.56 %     184,061   0.62 %     129,255   0.64 %

150 or more days

    270,009   0.38 %     304,156   0.51 %     198,823   0.44 %     154,613   0.53 %     97,223   0.48 %

 

Total

  $ 3,177,929   4.46 %   $ 3,345,394   5.60 %   $ 2,241,647   4.95 %   $ 1,544,654   5.23 %   $ 1,058,769   5.23 %

 
(1) 2002 reported and managed delinquency rates include 28 basis point and 13 basis point increases, respectively, related to the one-time impact of the 2002 change in recoveries assumption.

 

44


Net Charge-Offs

Net charge-offs include the principal amount of losses (excluding accrued and unpaid finance charges, fees and fraud losses) less current period principal recoveries. The Company charges off credit card loans at 180 days past the due date and generally charges off other consumer loans at 120 days past the due date or upon repossession of collateral. Costs to recover previously charged-off accounts are recorded as collection expenses in non-interest expense.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2003, the reported net charge-off rate increased 71 basis points to 5.74% compared to 2002. For the year ended December 31, 2003, the managed net charge-off rate increased 62 basis points to 5.86% compared to the prior year. The increase in both the reported and managed net charge-off rates principally relate to the higher charge-offs in the first and second quarters of 2003 related to the seasoning of “subprime” loans added in the first half of 2002. The quarterly managed and reported charge-off rates for 2003 have continued to trend lower due to the shift in mix of the portfolio towards lower yielding, higher credit quality loans. Table 7 shows the Company’s net charge-offs for the years presented on a reported and managed basis.

 

Table 7: Net Charge-offs

 

     Year Ended December 31  

(Dollars in thousands)    2003     2002     2001     2000     1999  

 

Reported:

                                        

Average loans outstanding

   $ 28,677,616     $ 25,036,019     $ 17,284,306     $ 11,487,776     $ 7,667,355  

Net charge-offs

     1,646,360       1,259,684       822,257       627,312       318,992  

Net charge-offs as a percentage of average loans outstanding

     5.74 %     5.03 %     4.76 %     5.46 %     4.16 %

 

Managed:

                                        

Average loans outstanding

   $ 62,911,953     $ 52,799,566     $ 35,612,617     $ 22,634,862     $ 18,046,913  

Net charge-offs

     3,683,887       2,769,249       1,655,947       1,031,590       782,537  

Net charge-offs as a percentage of average loans outstanding

     5.86 %     5.24 %     4.65 %     4.56 %     4.34 %

 

 

Provision For Loan Losses

 

The allowance for loan losses is maintained at an amount estimated to be sufficient to absorb probable losses, net of principal recoveries (including recovery of collateral), inherent in the existing reported loan portfolio. The provision for loan losses is the periodic cost of maintaining an adequate allowance. Management believes that, for all relevant periods, the allowance for loan losses was adequate to cover anticipated losses in the total reported consumer loan portfolio under then current conditions, met applicable legal and regulatory guidance and was consistent with GAAP. There can be no assurance as to future credit losses that may be incurred in connection with the Company’s consumer loan portfolio, nor can there be any assurance that the loan loss allowance that has been established by the Company will be sufficient to absorb such future credit losses. The allowance is a general allowance applicable to the reported consumer loan portfolio. The amount of allowance necessary is determined primarily based on a migration analysis of delinquent and current accounts and forward loss curves. In evaluating the sufficiency of the allowance for loan losses, management also takes into consideration the following factors: recent trends in delinquencies and charge-offs including bankrupt, deceased and recovered amounts; forecasting uncertainties and size of credit risks; the degree of risk inherent in the composition of the loan portfolio; economic conditions; legal and regulatory guidance; credit evaluations and underwriting policies; seasonality; and the value of collateral supporting the loans.

 

45


Table 8 sets forth the activity in the allowance for loan losses for the periods indicated. See “Asset Quality,” “Delinquencies” and “Net Charge-Offs” for a more complete analysis of asset quality.

 

Table 8: Summary of Allowance for Loan Losses

 

     Year Ended December 31  

(Dollars in thousands)    2003     2002     2001     2000     1999  

 

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 1,720,000     $ 840,000     $ 527,000     $ 342,000     $ 231,000  

Provision for loan losses:

                                        

Domestic

     1,388,463       2,025,885       1,048,972       705,195       364,086  

International

     129,034       123,443       71,485       107,666       62,384  

 

Total provision for loan losses

     1,517,497       2,149,328       1,120,457       812,861       426,470  

 

Other

     3,863       (9,644 )     14,800       (549 )     3,522  

Charge-offs:

                                        

Domestic

     (1,858,176 )     (1,363,565 )     (908,065 )     (693,106 )     (344,679 )

International

     (146,152 )     (127,276 )     (110,285 )     (79,296 )     (55,464 )

 

Total charge-offs

     (2,004,328 )     (1,490,841 )     (1,018,350 )     (772,402 )     (400,143 )

 

Principal recoveries:

                                        

Domestic

     320,349       203,412       176,102       136,334       79,150  

International

     37,619       27,745       19,991       8,756       2,001  

 

Total principal recoveries

     357,968       231,157       196,093       145,090       81,151  

 

Net charge-offs

     (1,646,360 )     (1,259,684 )     (822,257 )     (627,312 )     (318,992 )

 

Balance at end of year

   $ 1,595,000     $ 1,720,000     $ 840,000     $ 527,000     $ 342,000  

 

Allowance for loan losses to loans at end of year

     4.86 %     6.29 %     4.02 %     3.49 %     3.45 %

 

Allowance for loan losses by geographic distribution:

                                        

Domestic

   $ 1,477,314       1,636,405     $ 784,857     $ 451,074     $ 299,424  

International

     117,686       83,595       55,143       75,926       42,576  

 

 

For the year ended December 31, 2003, the provision for loan losses decreased to $1.5 billion, or 29%, from $2.1 billion for the year ended December 31, 2002. This decrease resulted from the improving credit quality of the reported loan portfolio. The 30-plus day reported delinquency rate was 4.79% at December 31, 2003, down from 6.12% at December 31, 2002. While, the Company’s reported loan portfolio increased to $32.9 billion at December 31, 2003 from $27.3 billion at December 31, 2002, the impact of the loan growth to the allowance was mitigated by the growth being concentrated in higher credit quality loans and an improvement in collection experience.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2002, the provision for loan losses increased to $2.1 billion, or 92%, from $1.1 billion in 2001. This increase is primarily a result of the 45% increase in average reported loans, a rise in net charge-offs, the revised application of the “Expanded Guidance for Subprime Lending Programs” (“Subprime Guidelines”) issued by the four federal banking agencies, and the aforementioned one-time impact of the $133.4 million change in recoveries estimate (see “Adoption of Accounting Pronouncements and Accounting Changes” above). The Company applied its allowance models, including these factors, and increased the allowance for loan losses by a total of $880.0 million during 2002.

 

46


Reportable Segments

 

The Company manages its business by three distinct operating segments: U.S. Card, Auto Finance and Global Financial Services. The U.S. Card, Auto Finance and Global Financial Services segments are considered reportable segments based on quantitative thresholds applied to the managed loan portfolio for reportable segments provided by SFAS No. 131, Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information. Management decision making is performed on a managed portfolio basis, and such information about reportable segments is provided on a managed basis.

 

The Company maintains its books and records on a legal entity basis for the preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP. The following table presents information prepared from the Company’s internal management information system, which is maintained on a line of business level through allocations from legal entities.

 

Table 9: Segments (Managed Basis)

 

     U.S. Card     Auto Finance     Global Financial Services  

(Dollars in thousands)    2003     2002     2003     2002     2003     2002  

 

Loans receivable

   $ 46,278,750     $ 40,862,142     $ 8,466,873     $ 6,992,541     $ 16,507,937     $ 11,868,006  

Net income

     1,181,169       1,000,780       99,291       10,262       64,839       (8,131 )

Net charge-off rate

     6.88 %     5.89 %     4.62 %     3.82 %     3.83 %     3.49 %

30+ Delinquency rate

     4.60       6.07       7.55       7.15       2.70       3.08  

 

 

U.S. Card Segment

 

The U.S. card segment consists primarily of domestic credit card lending activities. Total U.S. Card segment loans increased 13% to $46.3 billion at December 31, 2003, compared to $40.9 billion at December 31, 2002. The loan growth in this segment reflects, among other things, the Company’s continued success in applying IBS. The contribution to net income from the U.S. Card segment increased $180.4 million, or 18%, to $1.2 billion for the year ended December 31, 2003.

 

Net charge-offs of U.S. Card segment loans increased $674.3 million, or 31%, while average U.S. Card segment loans for the year ended December 31, 2003 grew $4.5 billion, or 12% compared to the same period in the prior year. For the year ended December 31, 2003, the U.S. Card segment’s net charge-off rate was 6.88%, compared to 5.89% for 2002. This increase was driven by the seasoning of loans in the portfolio during the first half of 2003 offset in part by the addition of higher quality credit loans to the portfolio throughout 2003.

 

The 30-plus day delinquency rate for the U.S. Card segment was 4.60% as of December 31, 2003, down 147 basis points from 6.07% as of December 31, 2002. The decrease in delinquencies is due to the addition of higher credit quality loans to the portfolio in 2003 and improvements in collection experience.

 

During the third quarter of 2002, the Company expensed $38.8 million related to the early termination of leases, unused facility capacity, and accelerated depreciation of related fixed assets. The Company allocated $32.8 million of these expenses to the U.S. Card segment.

 

Auto Finance Segment

 

The Auto Finance segment primarily consists of automobile financing activities. Total Auto Finance segment loans outstanding increased 21% to $8.5 billion at December 31, 2003, compared to $7.0 billion at December 31, 2002. The increase in auto loans outstanding was the result of, among other things, expanded organizational capabilities and increased reliance on proven IBS concepts. For the year ended December 31, 2003, the net income contribution from the Auto Finance segment increased $89.0 million compared to 2002.

 

47


During the years ended 2003 and 2002, the Company sold $1.9 billion and $1.5 billion, respectively of auto loans. These transactions resulted in gains of $66.4 million and $28.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively, of which $56.9 and $24.6 were allocated to the Auto Finance segment while the remainder was held in the Other category.

 

Net charge-offs of Auto Finance segment loans increased $141.4 million, or 65%, while average Auto Finance loans for the year ended December 31, 2003 grew $2.1 billion, or 36%, compared to the same period in the prior year. For the year ended December 31, 2003, the Auto Finance segment’s net charge-off rate was 4.62% compared to 3.82% for the prior year. The increase was primarily driven by slower loan growth than the prior year, general economic weakness and a continued softness in used car values.

 

The 30-plus day delinquency rate for the Auto Finance segment was 7.55% as of December 31, 2003, up 40 basis points from 7.15% as of December 31, 2002. The increase in delinquencies was primarily the result of slower loan growth and general economic weakness.

 

During 2002, the Company and the Auto Finance segment recognized compensation expense of $14.5 million ($9.0 million after taxes) related to the accelerated vesting provisions of certain restricted stock issued in connection with the acquisition of PeopleFirst.

 

Global Financial Services Segment

 

The Global Financial Services segment consists of international lending activities, installment lending, small business lending, patient financing and other investment businesses. Total Global Financial Services segment loans increased 39% to $16.5 billion at December 31, 2003, compared to $11.9 billion at December 31, 2002. The increase in total loans reflects the Company’s successful efforts to diversify its loan portfolio. Net income contribution from the Global Financial Services segment for the year ended December 31, 2003, increased $73.0 million, to $64.8 million, compared to the same period in the prior year. The improvement in the Global Financial Services segment’s financial performance in 2003 was due to the maturation of many of the Company’s diversification businesses in the U.S., U.K. and Canada.

 

Net charge-offs of Global Financial Services segment loans increased $176.8 million, or 50% while average Global Financial Services segment loans for the year ended December 31, 2003 grew $3.7 billion, or 36%, compared to the same period in the prior year. For the year ended December 31, 2003, the Global Financial Services segment’s net charge-off rate was 3.83% compared to 3.49% for the prior year. The increase was driven primarily by slower loan growth in the Company’s small business and international businesses compared to 2002.

 

The 30-plus day delinquency rate for the Global Financial Services segment was 2.70% as of December 31, 2003, down 38 basis points from 3.08% as of December 31, 2002. Global Financial Services delinquencies decreased primarily as a result of the addition of higher credit quality loans to the portfolio.

 

During 2002, the Company realigned certain aspects of its European operations. Charges related to the realignment of $12.5 million ($7.8 million after taxes) were recognized and allocated to the Global Financial Services segment.

 

48


Funding

 

Funding Availability

 

The Company has established access to a variety of funding alternatives in addition to securitization of its consumer loans. Table 10 illustrates the Company’s unsecured funding sources.

 

Table 10: Funding Availability

 

(Dollars or dollar equivalents in millions)   

Effective/

Issue Date

   Availability (1)(6)    Outstanding   

Final

Maturity (5)


Senior and Subordinated Global Bank Note Program (2)

   1/03    $ 2,800    $ 4,736    —  

Senior Domestic Bank Note Program (3)

   4/97      —      $ 527    —  

Revolving Credit Facility

   5/03    $ 1,000      —      5/05

Multicurrency Facility (4)

   8/00    $ 377      —      8/04

Collateralized Revolving Credit Facility

   —      $ 2,697    $ 1,153    —  

Corporation shelf registration

   3/02    $ 1,948      N/A    —  

(1) All funding sources are non-revolving except for the Multicurrency Credit Facility, the Revolving Credit Facility and the Collateralized Revolving Credit Facility. Funding availability under the credit facilities is subject to compliance with certain representations, warranties and covenants. Funding availability under all other sources is subject to market conditions.
(2) The notes issued under the Global Senior and Subordinated Bank Note Program may have original terms of thirty days to thirty years from their date of issuance. This program was updated in May 2003.
(3) The notes issued under the Senior Domestic Bank Note Program have original terms of one to ten years. The Senior Domestic Bank Note Program is no longer available for issuances.
(4) US dollar equivalent based on the USD/Euro exchange rate as of December 31, 2003.
(5) Maturity date refers to the date the facility terminates, where applicable.
(6) Availability does not include unused conduit capacity related to securitization structures of $6.8 billion at December 31, 2003.

 

The Senior and Subordinated Global Bank Note Program gives the Bank the ability to issue securities to both U.S. and non-U.S. lenders and to raise funds in U.S. and foreign currencies. The Senior and Subordinated Global Bank Note Program had $4.7 billion outstanding at December 31, 2003. In January 2003, the Bank increased its capacity under the Senior and Subordinated Global Bank Note Program to $8.0 billion and in May 2003 updated this Program. During 2003, under the Senior and Subordinated Global Bank Note Program, the Bank issued $500.0 million of five-year, 4.25% fixed rate bank notes in November, $600.0 million of seven-year, 5.75% fixed rate bank notes in September, $500.0 million of ten-year, 6.5% fixed rate subordinated bank notes in June, and $600.0 million of five-year, 4.875% fixed rate bank notes in May. Prior to the establishment of the Senior and Subordinated Global Bank Note Program, the Bank issued senior unsecured debt through its $8.0 billion Senior Domestic Bank Note Program, of which $526.5 million was outstanding at December 31, 2003. The Bank did not renew the Senior Domestic Bank Note Program for future issuances following the establishment of the Senior and Subordinated Global Bank Note Program.

 

In May 2003, the Company terminated the Domestic Revolving Credit Facility and replaced it with a new revolving credit facility providing for an aggregate of $1.0 billion in unsecured borrowings from various lending institutions to be used for general corporate purposes (the “Revolving Credit Facility”). The Revolving Credit Facility is available to the Corporation, the Bank, the Savings Bank and Capital One Bank (Europe) plc; however, the Corporation’s availability is limited to $250.0 million. All borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility are based on varying terms of London InterBank Offering Rate (“LIBOR”). In January 2004, the Company increased the capacity of the Revolving Credit Facility to $1.1 billion.

 

The Euro 300 million multicurrency revolving credit facility (the “Multicurrency Facility”) is available for general purposes of the Bank’s business in the United Kingdom. The Corporation and the Bank serve as guarantors of all borrowings by Capital One Bank (Europe), plc under the Multicurrency Facility. Internationally, the Company has funding programs available to foreign investors or to raise funds in foreign currencies, allowing the Company to borrow from U.S. and non-U.S. lenders, including foreign currency funding options under the Revolving Credit

 

49


Facility discussed above. The Company funds its foreign assets by directly or synthetically borrowing or securitizing in the local currency to mitigate the financial statement effect of currency translations. All borrowings under the Multicurrency Facility are based on varying terms of LIBOR.

 

In April 2002, COAF entered into a revolving warehouse credit facility collateralized by a security interest in certain auto loan assets (the “Collateralized Revolving Credit Facility”). As of December 31, 2003, the credit facility had the capacity to issue up to $3.9 billion in secured notes. The Collateralized Revolving Credit Facility has multiple participants each with a separate renewal date. The facility does not have a final maturity date. Instead, each participant may elect to renew the commitment for another set period of time. Interest on the facility is based on commercial paper rates.

 

As of December 31, 2003, the Corporation had one effective shelf registration statement under which the Corporation from time to time may offer and sell senior or subordinated debt securities, preferred stock, common stock, common equity units and stock purchase contracts. In November 2003, the Company issued $300.0 million ten-year, 6.25% fixed rate senior notes through its shelf registration statement.

 

The Company continues to expand its retail deposit gathering efforts through both direct and broker marketing channels. The Company uses its IBS capabilities to test and market a variety of retail deposit origination strategies, including via the Internet, as well as, to develop customized account management programs. As of December 31, 2003, the Company had $22.4 billion in interest-bearing deposits of which $10.9 billion represented large denomination certificates of $100 thousand or more with original maturities up to ten years.

 

Table 11 shows the maturities of domestic time certificates of deposit in denominations of $100 thousand or greater (large denomination CDs) as of December 31, 2003.

 

Table 11: Maturities of Domestic Large Denomination Certificates—$100,000 or More

 

     December 31, 2003  


(dollars in thousands)    Balance    Percent  


Three months or less

   $ 914,551    8.36 %

Over 3 through 6 months

     996,087    9.10 %

Over 6 through 12 months

     2,110,650    19.28 %

Over 12 months through 10 years

     6,925,229    63.26 %


Total

   $ 10,946,517    100.00 %

 

 

50


Table 12 reflects the costs of other borrowings of the Company as of and for each of the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001.

 

Table 12: Short-term Borrowings

 

(Dollars in Thousands)   Maximum
Outstanding
as of any
Month-End
  Outstanding
as of
Year-End
  Average
Outstanding
  Average
Interest Rate
    Year-End
Interest Rate
 

 

2003:

                             
Federal funds purchased and resale agreements   $ 1,025,000   $ 45,000   $ 412,637   1.01 %   0.97 %
Other     1,835,238     1,152,948     1,006,804   2.82     1.81  

 
Total         $ 1,197,948   $ 1,419,441   2.30 %   1.78 %

 

2002:

                             

Federal funds purchased and resale agreements

  $ 1,741,911   $ 554,887   $ 1,118,185   1.66 %   1.26 %
Other     1,418,184     897,208     844,715   2.96     2.09  

 
Total         $ 1,452,095   $ 1,962,900   2.22 %   1.77 %

 

2001:

                             
Federal funds purchased and resale agreements   $ 1,643,524   $ 434,024   $ 1,046,647   3.77 %   1.91 %
Other     616,584     449,393     224,995   7.66     2.29  

 
Total         $ 883,417   $ 1,271,642   4.46 %   2.10 %

 

 

Additional information regarding funding can be found on page 75 in Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data—Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements—Note F”.

 

Funding Obligations

 

Table 13 summarizes the amounts and maturities of the contractual funding obligations of the Company, including off-balance sheet funding.

 

Table 13: Funding Obligations

 

    As of December 31, 2003

    Total   Up to 1 year   1-3 years   4-5 years   After 5
years

Interest-bearing deposits

  $ 22,416,332   $ 7,427,191   $ 8,652,437   $ 5,709,109   $ 627,595

Senior notes

    7,016,020     1,031,272     2,791,268     1,796,451     1,397,029

Other borrowings (1)

    7,796,613     3,040,336     3,883,403     869,569     3,305

Operating leases

    219,586     40,041     68,264     62,408     48,873

Off-balance sheet securitization amortization

    37,760,900     8,822,309     14,065,857     12,138,943     2,733,791

Total obligations   $ 75,209,451   $ 20,361,149   $ 29,461,229   $ 20,576,480   $ 4,810,593

(1) Other borrowings includes secured borrowings for the Company’s on-balance sheet auto loan securitizations, junior subordinated capital income securities, federal funds purchased and resale agreements and other short-term borrowings.

 

The terms of the lease and credit facility agreements related to certain other borrowings and operating leases in Table 13 require several financial covenants (including performance measures and equity ratios) to be met. If these covenants are not met, there may be an acceleration of the payment due dates noted above. As of December 31, 2003, the Company was not in default of any such covenants.

 

51


Liquidity Risk Management

 

Liquidity risk management refers to the way the Company manages the use and availability of various funding sources to meet its current and future operating needs. These needs change as loans grow, securitizations amortize, debt and other deposits mature, and payments on other obligations are made. Because the characteristics of the Company’s assets and liabilities change, liquidity risk management is a dynamic process, affected by the pricing and maturity of investment securities, loans, deposits, securitizations and other assets and liabilities.

 

To facilitate liquidity risk management, the Company uses a variety of funding sources to establish a maturity pattern that provides a prudent mixture of short-term and long-term funds. The Company obtains funds through the gathering of deposits, issuing debt and equity, and securitizing assets. Further liquidity is provided to the Company through committed facilities. As of December 31, 2003, the Corporation, the Bank, the Savings Bank and COAF collectively had over $10.9 billion in unused commitments under various credit facilities (including the Collateralized Revolving Credit Facility) and unused conduit capacity available for liquidity needs.

 

Additionally, the Company maintains a portfolio of high-quality securities such as U.S. Treasuries and other U.S. government obligations, mortgage backed securities, commercial paper, interest-bearing deposits with other banks, federal funds and other cash equivalents in order to provide adequate liquidity and to meet its ongoing cash needs. As of December 31, 2003, the Company had $7.8 billion of such securities, cash and cash equivalents.

 

As discussed in “Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements,” a significant source of liquidity for the Company has been the securitization of consumer loans. As of December 31, 2003 the Company funded approximately 53% of its managed loans through off-balance sheet securitizations. The Company expects to securitize additional loan principal receivables during 2004. Maturities of existing securitizations vary from 2004 to 2013, and for revolving securitizations have accumulation periods during which principal payments are aggregated to make payments to investors. As payments on the loans are accumulated and are no longer reinvested in new loans, the Company’s funding requirements for such new loans increase accordingly. The occurrence of certain events may cause the securitization transactions to amortize earlier than scheduled, which would accelerate the need for funding. Additionally, this early amortization could have a significant effect on the ability of the Bank and the Savings Bank to meet the capital adequacy requirements as all off-balance sheet loans experiencing such early amortization would have to be recorded on the balance sheet. As such amounts mature or are otherwise paid, the Company believes it can securitize additional consumer loans, gather deposits, purchase federal funds and establish other funding sources to fund new loan growth, although no assurance can be given to that effect.

 

The consumer asset-backed securitization market in the United States currently exceeds $1.4 trillion, with approximately $514.0 billion issued in 2003. The Company is a leading issuer in these markets, which have remained stable through adverse conditions. Despite the size and relative stability of these markets and the Company’s position as a leading issuer, if these markets experience difficulties the Company may be unable to securitize its loan receivables or to do so at favorable pricing levels. Factors affecting the Company’s ability to securitize its loan receivables or to do so at favorable pricing levels include the overall credit quality of the Company’s securitized loans, the stability of the market for securitization transactions, and the legal, regulatory, accounting and tax environments governing securitization transactions. If the Company was unable to continue to securitize its loan receivables at current levels, the Company would use its investment securities and money market instruments in addition to alternative funding sources to fund increases in loan receivables and meet its other liquidity needs. The resulting change in the Company’s current liquidity sources could potentially subject the Company to certain risks. These risks would include an increase in the Company’s cost of funds, an increase in the reserve for possible credit losses and the provision for possible credit losses as more loans would remain on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet, and lower loan growth, if the Company were unable to find alternative and cost-effective funding sources. In addition, if the Company could not continue to remove the loan receivables from the balance sheet the Company would possibly need to raise additional capital to support loan and asset growth and potentially provide additional credit enhancement.

 

52


Based on past deposit activity, the Company expects to retain a portion of its deposit balances as they mature. Therefore, the Company anticipates the net cash outflow related to deposits within the next year will be significantly less than reported in Table 13. The Company utilizes deposits to fund loan and other asset growth and to diversify funding sources.

 

Direct deposits are deposits marketed to and received from individual customers without the use of a third-party intermediary. Other deposits are deposits generally obtained through the use of a third-party intermediary. Included in the Company’s other deposits at December 31, 2003, were brokered deposits of $8.3 billion, compared to $6.5 billion at December 31, 2002. These deposits represented 37% of total deposits at December 31, 2003 and 2002. If these brokered deposits are not renewed at maturity, the Company would use its investment securities and money market instruments in addition to alternative funding sources to fund increases in loan receivables and meet its other liquidity needs. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 limits the use of brokered deposits to “well-capitalized” insured depository institutions and, with a waiver from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, to “adequately capitalized” institutions. At December 31, 2003, the Bank and Company were “well-capitalized” as defined under the federal bank regulatory guidelines. Based on the Company’s historical access to the brokered deposit market, it expects to replace maturing brokered deposits with new brokered deposits or with the Company’s direct deposits.

 

Other funding programs established by the Company include senior notes. At December 31, 2003, the Company had $7.0 billion in senior notes outstanding that mature in varying amounts from 2004 to 2013, as compared to $5.6 billion at December 31, 2002.

 

An additional source of funding for the Bank is provided by its global bank note program. Notes may be issued under this program with maturities of one week or more from the date of issue. During 2003, the Bank issued $2.2 billion (par value) of bank notes. There were no bank note issuances in 2002. At December 31, 2003, the Bank had $5.3 billion in bank notes outstanding, as compared to $4.0 billion in bank notes outstanding at December 31, 2002. The bank notes are included in long-term debt and bank notes in the Company’s balance sheet.

 

The Company also held $5.9 billion in available-for-sale investment securities and $2.0 billion of cash and cash equivalents at December 31, 2003, compared to $4.4 billion in investment securities and $918.8 million of cash and cash equivalents at December 31, 2002. The investment securities consist of high-quality, AAA-rated securities, which can be used as collateral under repurchase agreements. Of the investment securities at December 31, 2003, $1.1 billion are anticipated to mature within 12 months. These investment securities, along with cash and cash equivalents, provide increased liquidity and flexibility to support the Company’s funding requirements.

 

The Company has a $1.1 billion credit facility committed through May 2005. The Company may take advances under the facility subject to covenants and conditions customary in a transaction of this nature. This facility may be used for general corporate purposes and was not drawn upon at December 31, 2003.

 

In addition Capital One Bank Europe has a Euro 300.0 million (approximately $377 million at December 31, 2003) multi-currency syndicated credit facility.

 

Derivative Instruments

 

The Company enters into interest rate swap agreements in order to manage interest rate exposure. In most cases, this exposure is related to the funding of fixed rate assets with floating rate obligations, including off-balance sheet securitizations. The Company also enters into forward foreign currency exchange contracts and cross currency swaps to reduce sensitivity to changing foreign currency exchange rates. The hedging of foreign currency exchange rates is limited to certain intercompany obligations related to international operations. These derivatives expose the Company to certain credit risks. The Company has established policies and limits, as well as collateral agreements, to manage credit risk related to derivative instruments.

 

53


Additional information regarding derivative instruments can be found on page 93 in Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data—Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements—Note S”.

 

Market Risk Management

 

Interest Rate Risk

 

Interest rate risk refers to changes in earnings or the net present value of assets and off-balance sheet positions less liabilities (termed “economic value of equity”) due to interest rate changes. To the extent that managed interest income and expense do not respond equally to changes in interest rates, or that all rates do not change uniformly, earnings and economic value of equity could be affected. The Company’s managed net interest income is affected primarily by changes in short-term interest rates, as variable rate card receivables, securitization bonds and corporate debts are repriced. The Company manages and mitigates its interest rate sensitivity through several techniques, which include, but are not limited to, changing the maturity and repricing characteristics of various balance sheet categories and by entering into interest rate swaps.

 

The Company’s measurement of interest rate risk considers both earnings and market value exposures. An earnings simulation model generates a distribution of 12-month managed net interest income outcomes based on a plausible set of interest rate paths, which are generated from an industry-accepted term structure model. The interest rate scenarios evaluated as of December 31, 2003 included scenarios in which short-term interest rates rose by over 470 basis points or fell by as much as 110 basis points over the 12 months. The consolidated balance sheet and all off-balance sheet positions are included in the analysis. When available, contractual maturities related to balance sheet and off-balance sheet positions are assumed. Balance sheet positions lacking contractual maturities and those with a likelihood of maturing prior to their contractual term are assumed to mature consistent with business line expectations or, when available in the case of marketable securities, market expectations. The Company’s Asset/Liability Management Policy requires that based on the forecasted distribution of interest rate paths there be no more than a 5% probability of a reduction in 12-month net interest income of more than 3% of base net interest income. As of December 31, 2003, the estimated reduction in 12-month net interest income corresponding to a 5% probability is less than 1%.

 

The Asset/Liability Management Policy also limits the change in 12-month net interest income due to instantaneous parallel rate shocks of up to 300 basis points to less than 3% of base net interest income. An adverse instantaneous rate shock of up to 300 basis points is estimated to reduce 12-month net interest income by less than 1% as of December 31, 2003.

 

In addition to limits related to possible changes in 12-month net interest income, the Asset/Liability Management Policy limits the change in economic value of equity due to instantaneous parallel rate shocks of 100 basis points to less than 6%. As of December 31, 2003, the estimated reduction in economic value of equity due to an adverse 100 basis point rate shock is less than 3%.

 

As of December 31, 2003, the Company was in compliance with all of its interest rate risk management related policies. The precision of the measures used to manage interest rate risk is limited due to the inherent uncertainty of the underlying forecast assumptions. The measurement of interest rate sensitivity also does not consider the effects of changes in the overall level of economic activity associated with various interest rate scenarios or reflect the ability of management to take action to further mitigate exposure to changes in interest rates. This action may include, within legal and competitive constraints, the repricing of interest rates on outstanding credit card loans.

 

54


Table 14 reflects the interest rate repricing schedule for earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities as of December 31, 2003.

 

Table 14: Interest Rate Sensitivity

 

    

As of December 31,

2003—Subject to Repricing

 

(Dollars in Millions)   

Within

180 Days

    >180 Days-
1 Year
    >1 Year-
5 Years
    Over
5 Years
 

 

Earning assets:

                                

Federal funds sold and resale agreements

   $ 1,010     $ —       $ —       $ —    

Interest-bearing deposits at other banks

     588       —         —         —    

Securities available for sale

     479       614       3,600       1,174  

Other

     157       28       388       4  

Consumer loans (1)

     8,951       1,598       22,080       221  

 

Total earning assets

     11,185       2,240       26,068       1,399  

Interest-bearing liabilities:

                                

Interest-bearing deposits

     3,380       4,047       14,361       628  

Senior notes

     295       736       4,588       1,397  

Other borrowings

     4,351       1,029       2,414       3  

 

Total interest-bearing liabilities

     8,026       5,812       21,363       2,028  

Non-rate related net assets

     —         —         —         (3,663 )

 

Interest sensitivity gap

     3,159       (3,572 )     4,705       (4,292 )

Impact of swaps

     1,525       (223 )     (1,297 )     (5 )

Impact of consumer loan securitizations

     (3,707 )     757       5,918       (2,968 )

 

Interest sensitivity gap adjusted for impact of securitizations and swaps

   $ 977     $ (3,038 )   $ 9,326     $ (7,265 )

Adjusted gap as a percentage of managed assets

     1.16  %     (3.62 )%     11.10  %     (8.64 )%

 

Adjusted cumulative gap

   $ 977     $ (2,061 )   $ 7,265     $ —    

Adjusted cumulative gap as a percentage of managed assets

     1.16  %     (2.46 )%     8.64  %     0.00  %

 
(1) Reflects the repricing of interest rates on outstanding credit card loans within five years.

 

Foreign Exchange Risk

 

The Company is exposed to changes in foreign exchange rates which may impact translated income and expense associated with foreign operations. In order to limit earnings exposure to foreign exchange risk, the Company’s Asset/Liability Management Policy requires that all material foreign currency denominated transactions be hedged. As of December 31, 2003, the estimated reduction in 12-month earnings due to adverse foreign exchange rate movements corresponding to a 5% probability is less than 1%. The precision of this estimate is also limited due to the inherent uncertainty of the underlying forecast assumptions.

 

Capital Adequacy

 

The Bank and the Savings Bank are subject to capital adequacy guidelines adopted by the Federal Reserve Board (the “Federal Reserve”) and the Office of Thrift Supervision (the “OTS”) (collectively, the “regulators”), respectively. The capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action require the Bank and the Savings Bank to maintain specific capital levels based upon quantitative measures of their assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet items.

 

55


The most recent notifications received from the regulators categorized the Bank and the Savings Bank as “well-capitalized.” As of December 31, 2003, there were no conditions or events since these notifications that management believes would have changed either the Bank or the Savings Bank’s capital category.

 

The Bank and Savings Bank treat a portion of their loans as “subprime” under the Subprime Guidelines and have assessed their capital and allowance for loan losses accordingly. Under the Subprime Guidelines, the Bank and Savings Bank each exceeds the requirements for a “well-capitalized” institution as of December 31, 2003.

 

For purposes of the Subprime Guidelines, the Company has treated as “subprime” all loans in the Bank’s and the Savings Bank’s targeted “subprime” programs to customers either with a FICO score of 660 or below or with no FICO score. The Bank and the Savings Bank hold on average 200% of the total risk-based capital charge that would otherwise apply to such assets. This results in higher levels of regulatory capital at the Bank and the Savings Bank. As of December 31, 2003, approximately $4.2 billion or 17% of the Bank’s, and $2.8 billion or 23% of the Savings Bank’s, on-balance sheet assets were treated as “subprime” for purposes of the Subprime Guidelines.

 

The Company currently expects to operate each of the Bank and Savings Bank in the future with a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 12%. The Corporation has a number of alternatives available to meet any additional regulatory capital needs of the Bank and the Savings Bank, including substantial liquidity held at the Corporation and available for contribution.

 

In August 2000, the Bank received regulatory approval and established a subsidiary bank in the United Kingdom. In connection with the approval of its former branch office in the United Kingdom, the Company committed to the Federal Reserve that, for so long as the Bank maintains a branch or subsidiary bank in the United Kingdom, the Company will maintain a minimum Tier 1 Leverage ratio of 3.0%. As of December 31, 2003 and 2002, the Company’s Tier 1 Leverage ratio was 13.01% and 11.95%, respectively.

 

Additionally, federal banking law limits the ability of the Bank and Savings Bank to transfer funds to the Corporation. As of December 31, 2003, retained earnings of the Bank and the Savings Bank of $1.6 billion and $426.7 million, respectively, were available for payment of dividends to the Corporation without prior approval by the regulators. The Savings Bank, however, is required to give the OTS at least 30 days advance notice of any proposed dividend and the OTS, in its discretion, may object to such dividend.

 

Additional information regarding capital adequacy can be found on page 86 in Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data—Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements—Note O”.

 

Dividend Policy

 

Although the Company expects to reinvest a substantial portion of its earnings in its business, the Company also intends to continue to pay regular quarterly cash dividends on its common stock. The declaration and payment of dividends, as well as the amount thereof, are subject to the discretion of the Board of Directors of the Company and will depend upon the Company’s results of operations, financial condition, cash requirements, future prospects and other factors deemed relevant by the Board of Directors. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that the Corporation will declare and pay any dividends. As a holding company, the ability of the Corporation to pay dividends is dependent upon the receipt of dividends or other payments from its subsidiaries. Applicable banking regulations and provisions that may be contained in borrowing agreements of the Corporation or its subsidiaries may restrict the ability of the Corporation’s subsidiaries to pay dividends to the Corporation or the ability of the Corporation to pay dividends to its stockholders.

 

Business Outlook

 

This business outlook section summarizes the Company’s expectations for earnings for 2004, and its primary goals and strategies for continued growth. The statements contained in this section are based on

 

56


management’s current expectations. Certain statements are forward looking, and therefore actual results could differ materially. Factors that could materially influence results are set forth throughout this section and in Part I, Item 1, Risk Factors.

 

Earnings Goals

 

The Company expects fully diluted earnings per share results of between $5.30 and $5.60 in 2004, which represents an increase of between 9% and 15% growth over its earnings of $4.85 per share (fully diluted) in 2003.

 

The Company’s 2004 earnings per share estimate is based on its expectations for continued strong earnings in its U.S. Card segment and an increasing earnings contribution from its non-U.S. card businesses. The Company anticipates its percentage of managed loan growth rate in 2004 to be in the mid-teens, with a gradual shift towards higher credit quality loans and a higher growth rate in its diversification businesses than its U.S. consumer credit card business.

 

The Company’s earnings are a function of its revenues (net interest income and non-interest income), consumer usage, payment and attrition patterns, the credit quality and growth rate of its earning assets (which affects fees, charge-offs and provision expense) and the Company’s marketing and operating expenses. Specific factors likely to affect the Company’s 2004 earnings are the pace of the shift in its loan portfolio towards higher credit quality loans, changes in consumer payment behavior, and the level of investments in its diversification businesses.

 

The Company expects to achieve these results based on the continued success of its business strategies and its current assessment of the competitive, regulatory and funding market environments that it faces (each of which is discussed elsewhere in this document), as well as the expectation that the geographies in which the Company competes will not experience significant consumer credit quality erosion, as might be the case in an economic downturn or recession.

 

Managed Revenue Margin

 

The Company expects its managed revenue margin (defined as managed net interest income plus managed non-interest income divided by managed average earning assets) to decline somewhat in 2004 as a result of the Company’s expected continued shift in its loan portfolio towards higher credit quality loans and the increasing diversification of its products beyond U.S. consumer credit cards. However, the Company expects that the decline will be less than that experienced in 2003. As discussed more fully below, these higher credit quality assets typically have higher average balances than the loans in the Company’s current portfolio and, as a result, the Company expects its charge-offs, operating expenses and marketing expenses to be lower in 2004 than in 2003 when measured as a percentage of average managed loans outstanding.

 

Marketing Investment

 

The Company expects its marketing expense in 2004 to be higher than in 2003, subject to opportunities it perceives in the competitive market. A portion of this marketing expense will continue to support the Company’s efforts to build a strong brand for the Company. The Company’s “What’s in Your Wallet?” campaign has resulted in the Company achieving brand awareness and brand equity scores among the highest in the credit card industry, as measured by third-party firms. The Company believes the branded franchise that it is building strengthens and enables its IBS and mass customization strategies across product lines. The Company cautions, however, that an increase or decrease in marketing expense or brand awareness does not necessarily correlate to a comparable increase or decrease in outstanding balances or accounts due to, among other factors, the long-term nature of brand building, customer attrition and utilization patterns, and shifts over time in targeting consumers and/or products that have varying marketing acquisition costs.

 

57


The Company expects to vary its marketing across its credit card, installment lending and auto financing products depending on the competitive dynamics of the various markets in which it participates. Currently, among the Company’s various product lines, U.S. credit cards are facing the highest degree of competitive intensity. The Company expects to adjust its marketing allocations, however, to target specific product lines that it believes offer attractive response rates and opportunities from time to time.

 

Due to the nature of competitive market dynamics and therefore the limited periods of opportunity identified by the Company’s testing processes, marketing expenditures may fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter. However, the Company expects its strategy of increasing the proportion of higher credit quality credit cards and diversified products in its loan portfolio will lead to a gradual decline through 2004 in its marketing costs as a percentage of average managed loans.

 

Operating Cost Trends

 

The Company measures operating efficiency using a variety of metrics which vary by specific department or business unit. Nevertheless, the Company believes that overall annual operating costs as a percentage of managed loans (defined as all non-interest expense less marketing, divided by average managed loans) is an appropriate gauge of the operating efficiency of the enterprise as a whole. As the Company continues to shift its managed loan mix beyond U.S. credit cards, as well as gradually towards higher balance, lower margin, lower risk accounts, the Company expects operating costs as a percentage of its average managed loans to decline in 2004 as a result of efficiency gains related to servicing higher balance, higher credit quality accounts.

 

Impact of Delinquencies, Charge-offs and Attrition

 

The Company’s earnings are sensitive to the level of delinquencies and charge-offs in its portfolio in a given period. The Company’s charge-off rates improved during 2003 due to the continued strong performance of its loans, its ability to successfully recover against previously charged-off accounts, the increasing proportion of higher credit quality and diversified loans in the Company’s portfolio, the overall increase in the size of that portfolio, and an improvement in payment patterns by its customers. The Company expects its charge-off rate to be somewhat lower in 2004 than the 5.32% it experienced in the fourth quarter of 2003. The Company expects this improvement based on its plans to continue to shift its loan portfolio towards higher credit quality loans and into lower risk, higher balance products beyond U.S. consumer credit cards. In addition, as delinquency levels fluctuate, the resulting amount of past due and overlimit fees (which are significant sources of revenue) will also fluctuate. Furthermore, the timing of revenues from increasing or decreasing delinquencies precedes the related impact of higher or lower charge-offs that can ultimately result from these varying levels of delinquencies.

 

The Company expects its managed loan growth rate in 2004 to be in the mid-teens, with a more gradual shift towards higher credit quality loans than it experienced in 2003. The Company’s earnings are sensitive to its pattern of loan growth due to the overall quantity and composition of on-balance sheet loans. The Company’s allowance for loan losses in a given period is a function of charge-offs in the period, which tend to be at a higher rate among lower credit quality loans, as well as, the delinquency status of those loans and other factors, such as the Company’s assessment of general economic conditions.

 

For these reasons, the Company expects its allowance for loan losses to decrease in 2004. This expectation assumes no material worsening in the rate of bankruptcy filings or unemployment in any of the geographies where it has business operations.

 

The Company’s earnings are also sensitive to the level of customer and/or balance attrition that it experiences. Fluctuation in attrition levels can occur due to the level of competition within the industries in which the Company competes, as well as competition from outside of the Company’s industries, such as consumer debt consolidation that may occur during a period of significant mortgage refinancing.

 

58


The Company’s Core Strategy: IBS

 

The Company’s core strategy has been, and is expected to continue to be, to apply its proprietary IBS to its consumer lending business and other financial products. The Company continues to seek to identify new product and new market opportunities, and to make investment decisions that are informed by the Company’s intensive testing and analysis. The Company’s objective is to become a diversified consumer financial institution, which may include expansion into additional geographic markets, other consumer loan products, and/or the retail branch banking business.

 

The Company’s lending products and other products are subject to intense competitive pressures that management anticipates will continue to increase as the lending markets mature, and that could affect the economics of decisions that the Company has made or will make in the future in ways that it did not anticipate, test or analyze.

 

U.S. Card Segment

 

The Company’s U.S. Card segment consisted of $46.3 billion of U.S. consumer credit card receivables as of December 31, 2003, marketed to consumers across the full credit spectrum. The Company’s strategy for its U.S. Card business is to gradually increase the proportion of higher credit quality loans in its portfolio and to offer compelling, value-added products to its customers, such as Lifestyles and Rewards credit cards.

 

The competitive environment is currently intense for credit card products. Industry mail volume has increased substantially in recent years, resulting in declines in response rates to the Company’s new customer solicitations. Additionally, competition has increased the attrition levels in the Company’s existing portfolio. Despite this intense competition, the Company continues to believe that its IBS approach will enable it to originate new credit card accounts that exceed the Company’s return on investment requirements.

 

The Company continues to use its IBS to test new credit card products. In 2003, the Company increased marketing of its balance building, low-fixed rate and MilesOne Rewards cards, which are each targeted at consumers with strong credit histories. These products, together with other high credit quality consumer card products, tend to be more expensive for the Company to originate, and produce revenues and balances more slowly than credit card products marketed to customers with weaker credit histories.

 

The Company’s credit card products marketed to consumers with less established or higher risk credit profiles continue to experience steady mail volume and increased pricing competition. These products generally feature higher annual percentage rates, lower credit lines, and annual membership fees. They are less expensive to originate and produce revenues more quickly than higher credit quality loans.

 

Additionally, since these borrowers are generally viewed as higher risk, they tend to be more likely to pay late or exceed their credit limit, which results in additional fees assessed to their accounts. The Company’s strategy has been, and is expected to continue to be, to offer competitive annual percentage rates and annual membership, late and overlimit fees on these accounts. This portion of the Company’s U.S. consumer credit card business experienced little to no growth in 2003, but is expected to resume a moderate growth rate in 2004.

 

Auto Finance Segment

 

This segment consisted of $8.5 billion of U.S. auto receivables as of December 31, 2003, marketed across the credit spectrum, via direct and indirect marketing channels. The Company expects to increase its auto loan portfolio more quickly in prime and direct marketed products than through other products or channels in 2004. The Company continues to believe that full credit spectrum financing provides competitive advantage and scale benefits to the auto business but expects its auto loan portfolio will continue to shift to higher credit quality loans in 2004.

 

59


In the fourth quarter of 2002, the Company entered into a forward flow agreement with a purchaser to sell non-prime auto receivables originated through the Company’s network of automobile dealers. These assets are sold at a premium, servicing released with no recourse. Loans sold under this agreement are originated using the Company’s underwriting policies. The Company sold $1.9 billion of automobile receivables, including both prime and non-prime assets, under this and other whole loan sales agreements in 2003 and expects to sell additional auto finance receivables in 2004.

 

The Company expects that in 2004 the Auto Finance segment will continue to grow as the Company continues to diversify its loan portfolio.

 

Global Financial Services Segment

 

This segment primarily consisted of $5.4 billion of installment loan receivables, $3.3 billion of small business receivables originated within the U.S. and $7.6 billion of credit card receivables and installment loans originated outside of the U.S., primarily in the U.K. and Canada, as of December 31, 2003.

 

The improvement in the Global Financial Services segment’s financial performance in 2003 was due to the maturation of many of the Company’s diversification businesses in the U.S., U.K. and Canada. The Company expects that the Global Financial Services segment will continue to grow as the Company continues to diversify its loan portfolio.

 

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

 

The information required by Item 7A is included in Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Market Risk Management” on pages 54-55.

 

60


Item  8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

 

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

December 31 (In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)    2003     2002  

 

Assets:

        

Cash and due from banks

   $ 382,212     $ 277,509  

Federal funds sold and resale agreements

     1,010,319       373,828  

Interest-bearing deposits at other banks

     587,751       267,441  

 

Cash and cash equivalents

     1,980,282       918,778  

Securities available for sale

     5,866,628       4,423,677  

Consumer loans

     32,850,269       27,343,930  

Less: Allowance for loan losses

     (1,595,000 )     (1,720,000 )

 

Net loans

     31,255,269       25,623,930  

Accounts receivable from securitizations

     4,748,962       3,606,549  

Premises and equipment, net

     902,600       770,326  

Interest receivable

     214,295       217,512  

Other

     1,315,670       1,821,608  

 

Total assets

   $ 46,283,706     $ 37,382,380  

 

Liabilities:

                

Interest-bearing deposits

   $ 22,416,332     $ 17,325,965  

Senior notes

     7,016,020       5,565,615  

Other borrowings

     7,796,613       6,365,075  

Interest payable

     256,015       236,081  

Other

     2,746,915       3,266,473  

 

Total liabilities

     40,231,895       32,759,209  

 

 

Commitments and Contingencies

 

Stockholders’ Equity:

                

Preferred stock, par value $.01 per share; authorized 50,000,000 shares, none issued or outstanding

     —         —    

Common stock, par value $.01 per share; authorized 1,000,000,000 shares, 236,352,914 and 227,073,162 issued as of December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively

     2,364       2,271  

Paid-in capital, net

     1,937,302       1,704,470  

Retained earnings

     4,078,508       2,966,948  

Cumulative other comprehensive income (loss)

     83,158       (15,566 )

Less: Treasury stock, at cost; 1,310,582 and 878,206 shares as of December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively

     (49,521 )     (34,952 )

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     6,051,811       4,623,171  

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 46,283,706     $ 37,382,380  

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

61


CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

 

Year Ended December 31 (In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)   2003   2002   2001

Interest Income:

                 

Consumer loans, including past-due fees

  $ 3,932,295   $ 3,792,461   $ 2,729,519

Securities available for sale

    192,594     184,407     138,188

Other

    242,765     203,898     53,442

Total interest income

    4,367,654     4,180,766     2,921,149

Interest Expense:

                 

Deposits

    891,650     811,889     640,470

Senior notes

    448,646     422,529     357,495

Other borrowings

    242,269     227,236     173,042

Total interest expense

    1,582,565     1,461,654     1,171,007

Net interest income

    2,785,089     2,719,112     1,750,142

Provision for loan losses

    1,517,497     2,149,328     1,120,457

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

    1,267,592     569,784     629,685

Non-Interest Income:

                 

Servicing and securitizations

    3,211,662     2,805,501     2,441,144

Service charges and other customer-related fees

    1,630,185     1,937,735     1,536,338

Interchange

    376,785     447,747     379,797

Other

    197,292     275,853     106,483

Total non-interest income

    5,415,924     5,466,836     4,463,762

Non-Interest Expense:

                 

Salaries and associate benefits

    1,570,415     1,557,887     1,392,072

Marketing

    1,118,422     1,070,624     1,082,979

Communications and data processing

    448,110     406,071     327,743

Supplies and equipment

    344,049     357,953     310,310

Occupancy

    185,179     205,531     136,974

Other

    1,190,548     987,515     807,949

Total non-interest expense

    4,856,723     4,585,581     4,058,027

Income before income taxes and cumulative effect of accounting change

    1,826,793     1,451,039     1,035,420

Income taxes

    675,914     551,395     393,455

Income before cumulative effect of accounting change

    1,150,879     899,644     641,965

Cumulative effect of accounting change, net of taxes of $8,832

    15,037     —       —  

Net income

  $ 1,135,842   $ 899,644   $ 641,965

Basic earnings per share before cumulative effect of accounting change

  $ 5.12   $ 4.09   $ 3.06

Basic earnings per share after cumulative effect of accounting change

  $ 5.05   $ 4.09   $ 3.06

Diluted earnings per share before cumulative effect of accounting change

  $ 4.92   $ 3.93   $ 2.91

Diluted earnings per share after cumulative effect of accounting change

  $ 4.85   $ 3.93   $ 2.91

Dividends paid per share

  $ 0.11   $ 0.11   $ 0.11

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

62


CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

    Common Stock

  Paid-In
Capital,
Net
    Deferred
Compensation
    Retained
Earnings
    Cumulative
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
    Treasury
Stock
    Total
Stockholders’
Equity
 
(In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)   Shares   Amount            

 

Balance, December 31, 2000

  199,670,421   $ 1,997   $ 575,179     $ —       $ 1,471,106     $ 2,918     $ (88,686 )   $ 1,962,514  

Comprehensive income:

                                                         

Net income

  —       —       —         —         641,965       —         —         641,965  

Other comprehensive income, net of income tax:

                                                         

Unrealized gains on securities, net of income taxes of $5,927

  —       —       —         —         —         9,671       —         9,671  

Foreign currency translation adjustments

  —       —       —         —         —         (23,161 )     —         (23,161 )

Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of income tax benefit of $16,685

  —       —       —         —         —         (27,222 )     —         (27,222 )

Loss on cash flow hedging instruments, net of income tax benefit of $28,686

  —       —       —         —         —         (46,804 )     —         (46,804 )

 

Other comprehensive loss

  —       —       —         —         —         (87,516 )     —         (87,516 )

 

Comprehensive income

  —       —       —         —         —         —         —         554,449  

Cash dividends—$.11 per share

  —       —       —         —         (22,310 )     —         —         (22,310 )

Issuances of common and restricted stock

  12,453,961     125     687,828       (45,472 )     —         —         18,647       661,128  

Exercise of stock options

  5,532,603     55     141,178       —         —         —         35,069       176,302  

Amortization of deferred compensation

  —       —       —         984       —         —         —         984  

Common stock issuable under incentive plan

  —       —       (11,134 )     —         —         —         —         (11,134 )

Other items, net

  —       —       1,545       —         —         —         —         1,545  

 

Balance, December 31, 2001

  217,656,985     2,177     1,394,596       (44,488 )     2,090,761       (84,598 )     (34,970 )     3,323,478  

Comprehensive income:

                                                         

Net income

  —       —       —         —         899,644       —         —         899,644  

Other comprehensive income, net of income tax:

                                                         

Unrealized gains on securities, net of income taxes of $28,619

  —       —       —         —         —         46,694       —         46,694  

Foreign currency translation adjustments

  —       —       —         —         —         41,816       —         41,816  

Loss on cash flow hedging instruments, net of income tax benefit of $11,938

  —       —       —         —         —         (19,478 )     —         (19,478 )

 

Other comprehensive loss

  —       —       —         —         —         69,032       —         69,032  

 

Comprehensive income

  —       —       —         —         —         —         —         968,676  

Cash dividends—$.11 per share

  —       —       —         —         (23,457 )     —         —         (23,457 )

Issuance of mandatory convertible securities

  —       —       36,616       —         —         —         —         36,616  

Issuances of common and restricted stock

  7,968,831     80     317,454       (85,231 )     —         —         18       232,321  

Exercise of stock options

  1,447,346     14     55,585       —         —         —         —         55,599  

Amortization of deferred compensation

  —       —       —         27,749       —         —         —         27,749  

Other items, net

  —       —       2,189       —         —         —         —         2,189  

 

Balance, December 31, 2002

  227,073,162     2,271     1,806,440       (101,970 )     2,966,948       (15,566 )     (34,952 )     4,623,171  

Comprehensive income:

                                                         

Net income

  —       —       —         —         1,135,842       —         —         1,135,842  

Other comprehensive income, net of income tax:

                                                         

Unrealized losses on securities, net of income tax benefit of $12,247

  —       —       —         —         —         (20,853 )     —         (20,853 )

Foreign currency translation adjustments

  —       —       —         —         —         71,290       —         71,290  

Unrealized gain on cash flow hedging instruments, net of income taxes of $28,359

  —       —       —         —         —         48,287       —         48,287  

 

Other comprehensive income

  —       —       —         —         —         98,724       —         98,724  

 

Comprehensive income

                                                      1,234,566  

Cash dividends—$.11 per share

  —       —       —         —         (24,282 )     —         —         (24,282 )

Purchase of treasury stock

  —       —       —         —         —         —         (14,569 )     (14,569 )

Issuances of common and restricted stock, net of forfeitures

  3,755,271     38     201,515       (165,906 )     —         —         —         35,647  

Exercise of stock options

  5,524,481     55     147,532       —         —         —         —         147,587  

Amortization of deferred compensation

  —       —       —         40,743       —         —         —         40,743  

Common stock issuable under incentive plan

  —       —       8,706       —         —         —         —         8,706  

Other items, net

  —       —       242       —         —         —         —         242  

 

Balance, December 31, 2003

  236,352,914   $ 2,364   $ 2,164,435     $ (227,133 )   $ 4,078,508     $ 83,158     $ (49,521 )   $ 6,051,811  

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

63


CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

Year Ended December 31 (In Thousands)    2003     2002     2001  

 

Operating Activities:

                        

Net Income

   $ 1,135,842     $ 899,644     $ 641,965  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to cash provided by operating activities:

                        

Cumulative effect of accounting change

     23,869       —         —    

Provision for loan losses

     1,517,497       2,149,328       1,120,457  

Depreciation and amortization, net

     384,016       383,527       337,562  

Losses (gains) on sales of securities available for sale

     9,366       (77,515 )     (13,495 )

Gains on repurchase of senior notes

     —         (26,969 )     —    

Gains on sales of auto loans

     (66,436 )     (28,213 )     —    

Stock plan compensation expense

     49,449       27,749       (11,134 )

Decrease (increase) in interest receivable

     3,217       (112,053 )     (20,087 )

Increase in accounts receivable from securitizations

     (1,132,630 )     (645,775 )     (1,266,268 )

Decrease (increase) in other assets

     557,347       (857,116 )     (323,758 )

Increase in interest payable

     19,934       47,921       55,060  

(Decrease) increase in other liabilities

     (473,612 )     746,501       864,573  

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     2,027,859       2,507,029       1,384,875  

 

Investing Activities:

                        

Purchases of securities available for sale

     (4,609,649 )     (5,748,073 )     (4,268,527 )

Proceeds from maturities of securities available for sale

     1,451,582       1,329,994       1,481,390  

Proceeds from sales of securities available for sale

     1,671,025       3,255,488       1,370,466  

Proceeds from securitizations of consumer loans

     11,466,122       12,533,886       11,915,990  

Net increase in consumer loans

     (18,939,278 )     (20,980,322 )     (18,057,529 )

Principal recoveries of loans previously charged off

     357,968       231,157       196,093  

Additions of premises and equipment, net

     (252,400 )     (275,436 )     (326,594 )

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (8,854,630 )     (9,653,306 )     (7,688,711 )

 

Financing Activities:

                        

Net increase in interest-bearing deposits

     5,090,367       4,486,997       4,459,943  

Net increase in other borrowings

     1,253,025       2,369,290       515,121  

Issuances of senior notes

     2,489,878       300,000       1,987,833  

Maturities of senior notes

     (1,059,940 )     (562,605 )     (706,916 )

Repurchases of senior notes

     —         (203,453 )     —    

Issuance of mandatory convertible securities

     —         725,075       —    

Purchases of treasury stock

     (4,069 )     —         —    

Dividends paid

     (24,282 )     (23,457 )     (22,310 )

Net proceeds from issuances of common stock

     25,147       232,321       477,892  

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

     118,149       33,649       62,804  

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     7,888,275       7,357,817       6,774,367  

 

Increase in cash and cash equivalents

     1,061,504       211,540       470,531  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

     918,778       707,238       236,707  

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

   $ 1,980,282     $ 918,778     $ 707,238  

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

64


Note A

Significant Accounting Policies

 

Business

 

The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of Capital One Financial Corporation (the “Corporation”) and its subsidiaries. The Corporation is a holding company whose subsidiaries market a variety of financial products and services to consumers. The principal subsidiaries are Capital One Bank (the “Bank”), which offers credit card products, Capital One, F.S.B. (the “Savings Bank”), which offers consumer lending (including credit cards) and deposit products, and Capital One Auto Finance, Inc. (“COAF”) which offers primarily automobile financing products. The Corporation and its subsidiaries are collectively referred to as the “Company.”

 

Basis of Presentation

 

The accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”) that require management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

 

All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated. Certain prior years’ amounts have been reclassified to conform to the 2003 presentation.

 

The following is a summary of the significant accounting policies used in preparation of the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

In May 2003, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 150, Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity , (“SFAS 150”). SFAS 150 provides guidance on the reporting of various types of financial instruments as liabilities or equity. SFAS 150 is effective for instruments entered into or modified after May 31, 2003 and it is effective for pre-existing instruments beginning July 1, 2003. The adoption of SFAS 150 did not have an impact on the consolidated earnings or financial position of the Company.

 

In April 2003, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 149, Amendment of Statement 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities , (“SFAS 149”). SFAS 149 amends SFAS 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, for certain decisions made by the FASB as part of the Derivatives Implementation Group (“DIG”) process and clarifies the definition of a derivative. SFAS 149 also contains amendments to existing accounting pronouncements to provide more consistent reporting of contracts that are derivatives or contracts that contain embedded derivatives that require separate accounting. SFAS 149 is generally effective for contracts entered into or modified after June 30, 2003. The adoption of SFAS 149 did not have an impact on the consolidated earnings or financial position of the Company.

 

In April 2003, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position on Accounting for Accrued Interest Receivable Related to Securitized and Sold Receivables under SFAS No. 140 , (the “FSP on AIR”). The FSP on AIR adopts the provisions of the Interagency Advisory on the Accounting Treatment of Accrued Interest Receivable Related to Credit Card Securitizations (the “AIR Advisory”) issued jointly by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and the Office of Thrift Supervision. Under the AIR Advisory and the FSP on AIR, any subordinated finance charge and fee receivables on the investors’ interest in securitized loans should be treated as retained beneficial interests and not reported as part of “Loans Receivable” or other terminology implying that it has not been subordinated to the senior interests in the securitization. The FSP on AIR became effective for fiscal quarters beginning after

 

65


March 31, 2003. The Company reclassified $577.0 million and $509.7 million in subordinated finance charge and fee receivables on the investors’ interest in securitized loans for December 2003 and 2002, respectively, from “Consumer loans” to “Accounts receivable from securitizations” on the Consolidated Balance Sheets and reclassified $74.8 million and $76.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively, in interest income derived from such balances from “Consumer Loan Interest Income” to “Other Interest Income” on the Consolidated Statements of Income. Information required for the reclassification was unavailable for periods prior to 2002.

 

In January 2003, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 46 (“FIN 46”), Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities, an Interpretation of ARB No. 51. This interpretation addresses consolidation of business enterprises of variable interest entities (“VIEs”), which have certain characteristics. These characteristics include either that the equity investment at risk is not sufficient to permit the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support from other parties; or that the equity investors in the entity lack one or more of the essential characteristics of a controlling financial interest. Originally, FIN 46 applied immediately to VIEs created after January 31, 2003, and on July 1, 2003 for VIEs acquired before February 1, 2003. In October 2003, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position FIN 46-6, which deferred the application of FIN 46 for public entities until the first interim period ending after December 15, 2003, for VIEs acquired before February 1, 2003 only. The Company elected to early adopt the provisions of FIN 46 for the interim period ended September 30, 2003. The Company has consolidated all material VIEs for which the Company is the primary beneficiary, as defined under FIN 46, effective July 1, 2003. The Company recorded premises and equipment of $139.8 million, other borrowings of $178.3 million and recognized a charge of $15.0 million, net of tax, for a cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle.

 

The Company has determined that it does not have any significant interest in VIEs for which it is not the primary beneficiary. All securitization transactions that receive sale treatment under SFAS No. 140, Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishment of Liabilities—a Replacement of SFAS No. 125 (“SFAS 140”), are accomplished through qualifying special purpose entities and such transactions are not subject to the provisions of FIN 46. The Company has also evaluated the trust related to the junior subordinated capital income securities under the provisions of FIN 46 and has determined that the deconsolidation of the trust would not have a material impact on the consolidated earnings or financial position of the Company.

 

In December 2002, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 148, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation—Transition and Disclosure—an Amendment of SFAS No. 123 , (“SFAS 148”). SFAS 148 provides alternative methods of transition for a voluntary change to the fair value based method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation. It also amends the disclosure requirements of SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation (“SFAS 123”), to require prominent disclosures in both annual and interim financial statements about the method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation and the effect of the method used on reported results. In December 2003, the Company adopted the expense recognition provisions of SFAS 123 under the prospective method allowed by SFAS 148, to all awards granted, modified or settled after January 1, 2003. The adoption of the expense recognition provisions of SFAS 123 resulted in the recognition of pre-tax compensation expense of $5.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2003.

 

In November 2002, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 45 (“FIN 45”), Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others, an interpretation of FASB Statements No. 5, 57, and 107 and rescission of FASB Interpretation No. 34 . FIN 45 elaborates on the disclosures to be made by a guarantor in its interim and annual financial statements about its obligations under certain guarantees that it has issued. It also clarifies that a guarantor is required to recognize, at the inception of a guarantee, a liability for the fair value of the obligation undertaken in issuing the guarantee. FIN 45 requires the initial disclosure of applicable guarantees in all issuances of financial statements of interim or annual periods ending after December 15, 2002. The additional provisions for initial recognition and measurement are effective on a prospective basis for guarantees that are issued or modified after December 31, 2002, irrespective of a guarantor’s year-end. The Company adopted the disclosure provisions required by FIN 45

 

66


in its consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2002, and adopted the recognition and measurement provisions in its consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2003. The adoption of the recognition and measurement provisions of FIN 45 in 2003 did not have a material impact on the consolidated earnings or financial position of the Company. See Note P, Commitments, Contingencies and Guarantees.

 

In July of 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 146 , Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities (“SFAS 146”). SFAS 146 requires that a liability for a disposal obligation be recognized and measured at its fair value when it is incurred rather than at the date the Company’s commits to an exit plan, and that severance pay be recognized over time rather than up front unless certain conditions are met. The provisions of SFAS 146 are effective for exit or disposal activities that are initiated after December 31, 2002. The adoption of SFAS 146 did not have a material impact on the consolidated earnings or financial position of the Company.

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

Cash and cash equivalents includes cash and due from banks, federal funds sold and resale agreements and interest-bearing deposits at other banks. Cash paid for interest for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 was $1.6 billion, $1.4 billion, and $1.1 billion, respectively. Cash paid for income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 was $571.2 million, $585.8 million, and $70.8 million, respectively.

 

Securities Available for Sale

 

The Company classifies all debt securities as securities available for sale. These securities are stated at fair value, with the unrealized gains and losses, net of tax, reported as a component of cumulative other comprehensive income. The amortized cost of debt securities is adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts to maturity. Such amortization or accretion is included in interest income. Realized gains and losses on sales of securities are determined using the specific identification method.

 

Revenue Recognition

 

The Company recognizes earned finance charges and fee income on loans according to the contractual provisions of the credit agreements. When, based on historic performance of the portfolio, payment in full of finance charge and fee income is not expected, the estimated uncollectible portion is not accrued as income. Amounts collected on previously unrecognized or charged-off amounts related to finance charges and fees are recognized as income. Costs to recover previously charged-off accounts are recorded as collection expense in “Other non-interest expense”. Total finance charge and fee amounts billed but not accrued as income were $2.0 billion and $2.2 billion for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

 

Interchange income is a fee paid by a merchant bank to the card-issuing bank through the interchange network. Interchange fees are set by MasterCard International Inc. and Visa U.S.A. Inc. and are based on cardholder purchase volumes. The Company recognizes interchange income as earned. The Company offers to its customers certain rewards programs based on purchase volumes. The provision for the cost of the rewards programs is based upon points awarded in the current year which are ultimately expected to be redeemed by program members and the current average cost per point of redemption. The cost of these rewards programs is deducted from interchange income. The cost of the rewards programs related to securitized loans is deducted from servicing and securitizations income.

 

Annual membership fees and direct loan origination costs are deferred and amortized over one year on a straight-line basis. Dealer fees and premiums are deferred and amortized over five years on a straight-line basis for auto loan originations. Direct loan origination costs consist of both internal and external costs associated with the origination of a loan. Deferred fees (net of deferred costs of $109.9 million and $94.3 million in 2003 and 2002, respectively) were $319.8 million and $332.9 million as of December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

 

67


Loan Securitizations

 

Loan securitization involves the sale, generally to a trust or other special purpose entity, of a pool of loan receivables and is accomplished primarily through the public and private issuance of asset-backed securities by the special purpose entity. The Company removes loan receivables from the Consolidated Balance Sheets for those asset securitizations that qualify as sales in accordance with SFAS 140. The trusts are qualifying special purpose entities as defined by SFAS 140. For those asset securitizations that qualify as sales in accordance with SFAS 140, the trusts to which the loans were sold are not subsidiaries of the Company, and are not included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements in accordance with GAAP. Gains on securitization transactions, fair value adjustments related to residual interests and earnings on the Company’s securitizations are included in servicing and securitizations income in the Consolidated Statements of Income and amounts due from the trusts are included in accounts receivable from securitizations on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

 

Gains on securitization transactions represent the present value of estimated excess cash flows the Company will receive over the estimated life of the receivables. This excess cash flow essentially represents an interest-only strip, consisting of the following estimates: the excess of finance charges and past-due fees over the sum of the return paid to investors, contractual servicing fees and credit losses. To the extent assumptions used by management do not prevail, fair value estimates of the interest-only strip could differ significantly, resulting in either higher or lower future servicing and securitization income, as applicable.

 

Allowance for Loan Losses

 

The allowance for loan losses is maintained at the amount estimated to be sufficient to absorb probable losses, net of principal recoveries (including recovery of collateral), inherent in the existing reported loan portfolio. The provision for loan losses is the periodic cost of maintaining an adequate allowance. The amount of allowance necessary is determined primarily based on a migration analysis of delinquent and current accounts and forward loss curves. The entire balance of an account is contractually delinquent if the minimum payment is not received by the payment due date. In evaluating the sufficiency of the allowance for loan losses, management takes into consideration the following factors: recent trends in delinquencies and charge-offs including bankrupt, deceased and recovered amounts; forecasting uncertainties and size of credit risks; the degree of risk inherent in the composition of the loan portfolio; economic conditions; legal and regulatory guidance; credit evaluations and underwriting policies; seasonality; and the value of the collateral supporting the loans. To the extent credit experience is not indicative of future performance or other assumptions used by management do not prevail, loss experience could differ significantly, resulting in either higher or lower future provision for loan losses, as applicable.

 

The Company charges off credit card loans at 180 days past the due date, and generally charges off other consumer loans at 120 days past the due date or upon repossession of collateral. Bankrupt consumers’ accounts are generally charged-off within 30 days of receipt of the bankruptcy petition. Amounts collected on previously charged-off accounts related to principal are included in recoveries for the determination of net charge-offs. Costs to recover previously charged-off accounts are recorded as collection expense in other non-interest expenses.

 

Premises and Equipment

 

Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. The Company capitalizes direct costs (including external costs for purchased software, contractors, consultants and internal staff costs) for internally developed software projects that have been identified as being in the application development stage. Depreciation and amortization expenses are computed generally by the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Useful lives for premises and equipment are as follows: buildings and improvements—5-39 years; furniture and equipment—3-10 years; computers and software—3 years.

 

Goodwill

 

The Company performs annual impairment tests for acquisition goodwill in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets (“SFAS 142”).

 

68


Marketing

 

The Company expenses marketing costs as incurred. Television advertising costs are expensed during the period in which the advertisements are aired.

 

Credit Card Fraud Losses

 

The Company experiences fraud losses from the unauthorized use of credit cards. Transactions suspected of being fraudulent are charged to non-interest expense after a sixty-day investigation period.

 

Income Taxes

 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities, and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse.

 

Segments

 

The accounting policies of operating and reportable segments, as defined by the Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 131, Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information , (“SFAS 131”) are the same as those described elsewhere in this footnote. Revenue for all segments is derived from external parties. Performance evaluation of and resource allocation to each reportable segment is based on a wide range of indicators to include both historical and forecasted operating results. See Note B, Segments, for further discussion of the Company’s operating and reportable segments.

 

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

 

The Company recognizes all of its derivative instruments as either assets or liabilities in the balance sheet at fair value. The accounting for changes in the fair value (i.e., gains and losses) of a derivative instrument depends on whether it has been designated and qualifies as part of a hedging relationship and, further, on the type of hedging relationship. For those derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as hedging instruments, a company must designate the hedging instrument, based upon the exposure being hedged, as a fair value hedge, a cash flow hedge or a hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation.

 

For derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as fair value hedges (i.e., hedging the exposure to changes in the fair value of an asset or a liability or an identified portion thereof that is attributable to a particular risk), the gain or loss on the derivative instrument as well as the offsetting loss or gain on the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk is recognized in current earnings during the period of the change in fair values. For derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges (i.e., hedging the exposure to variability in expected future cash flows that is attributable to a particular risk), the effective portion of the gain or loss on the derivative instrument is reported as a component of other comprehensive income and reclassified into earnings in the same period or periods during which the hedged transaction affects earnings. The remaining gain or loss on the derivative instrument in excess of the cumulative change in the present value of future cash flows of the hedged item, if any, is recognized in current earnings during the period of change. For derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as hedges of a net investment in a foreign operation, the gain or loss is reported in other comprehensive income as part of the cumulative translation adjustment to the extent it is effective. For derivative instruments not designated as hedging instruments, the gain or loss is recognized in current earnings during the period of change in the fair value.

 

The Company formally documents all hedging relationships, as well as its risk management objective and strategy for undertaking the hedge transaction. The hedge instrument and the hedged item are designated at the execution of the hedge instrument or upon re-designation during the life of the hedge. At inception, at least quarterly or upon re-designation, the Company also formally assesses whether the derivatives that are used in

 

69


hedging transactions have been highly effective in offsetting changes in the hedged items to which they are designated and whether those derivatives may be expected to remain highly effective in future periods. Hedge effectiveness is assessed and measured under identical time periods To the extent that hedges qualify under paragraph 68 of SFAS 133, the Company uses the short-cut method to assess effectiveness. Otherwise, the Company utilizes the dollar-offset method or matches the significant terms of the derivative and hedge item to determine that the hedging transactions are/or have been highly effective. Changes in fair value of the hedged item and the hedge instrument are maintained over the life of the hedge and are recorded as of the last day of the month or quarter. The Company will discontinue hedge accounting prospectively when it is determined that a derivative has ceased to be highly effective as a hedge.

 

Stock-Based Compensation

 

Prior to 2003, the Company applied Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees (“APB 25”) and related Interpretations in accounting for its stock-based compensation plans. No compensation cost has been recognized for the Company’s fixed stock options for years prior to 2003, as the exercise price of all such options equals or exceeds the market value of the underlying common stock on the date of grant. In December 2003 as discussed above, the Company adopted the expense recognition provisions of SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock Based Compensation , (“SFAS 123”), prospectively to all awards granted, modified, or settled after January 1, 2003. Typically, awards under the Company’s plans vest over a three year period. Therefore, cost related to stock-based compensation included in net income for 2003 is less than that which would have been recognized if the fair value method had been applied to all awards since the original effective date of SFAS 123. The effect on net income and earnings per share if the fair value based method had been applied to all outstanding and unvested awards in each period is presented in the table below. The fair value of options was estimated at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model and is amortized into expense over the options’ vesting period.

 

    For the Years Ended
December 31
 

    2003     2002     2001  

 

Pro Forma Information

                       

Net income, as reported

  $ 1,135,842     $ 899,644     $ 641,965  

Stock-based employee compensation expense included in reported net income

    31,842       17,204       610  

Stock-based employee compensation expense determined under fair value based method (1)

    (173,707 )     (174,439 )     (97,331 )

 

Pro forma net income

  $ 993,977     $ 742,409     $ 545,244  

Earnings per share:

                       

Basic—as reported

  $ 5.05     $ 4.09     $ 3.06  

Basic—pro forma

  $ 4.42     $ 3.37     $ 2.60  

Diluted—as reported

  $ 4.85     $ 3.93     $ 2.91  

Diluted—pro forma

  $ 4.33     $ 3.37     $ 2.55  

 
(1) Includes amortization of compensation expense for current year grants and prior year grants over the options’ vesting period.

 

Change in Recoveries Classification

 

During 2002, the Company changed its financial statement presentation of recoveries of charged-off loans in response to guidelines that were published by the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council (“FFIEC”) with respect to credit card account management. Prior to 2002, the Company recognized all recoveries of charged-off loans in the allowance for loan losses and provision for loan losses. Starting in 2002, the Company classifies the portion of recoveries related to finance charges and fees as revenue. All prior period recoveries were reclassified to conform to the current financial statement presentation of recoveries. This classification had no impact on prior period earnings.

 

70


The 2002 change in the classification of recoveries resulted in a change to the 2002 recoveries estimate used as part of the calculation of the Company’s December 31, 2002 allowance for loan losses and 2002 finance charge and fee revenue. The change in the recoveries estimate resulted in an increase to the allowance for loan losses and a reduction of the amount of finance charges and fees deemed uncollectible under the Company’s revenue recognition policy for the year ended December 31, 2002. The change in estimate resulted in an increase of $38.4 million to interest income and $44.4 million to non-interest income offset by an increase in the provision for loan losses of $133.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2002. Therefore, net income for the year ended December 31, 2002, was negatively impacted by $31.4 million or $.14 per diluted share as a result of the change in estimate.

 

Note B

Segments

 

Based on an internal assessment of the information the Company uses to make resource allocation decisions and measure performance, reportable segments, as defined by SFAS 131, were revised during the fourth quarter of 2003. Prior years’ amounts have been reclassified to conform to the new presentation.

 

The Company maintains three distinct operating segments: U.S. Card, Auto Finance, and Global Financial Services. The U.S. Card segment consists of domestic credit card lending activities. The Auto Finance segment consists of automobile financing activities. The Global Financial Services segment is comprised of international lending activities, installment lending, small business lending, patient financing, and other investment businesses. The U.S. Card, Auto Finance and Global Financial Services segments are considered reportable segments based on quantitative thresholds applied to the managed loan portfolio for reportable segments provided by SFAS No. 131 and are disclosed separately. The Other caption includes the Company’s liquidity portfolio, emerging businesses not included in the reportable segments, investments in external companies, and various non-lending activities. The Other caption also includes the net impact of transfer pricing, certain unallocated expenses and gains/losses related to the securitization of assets.

 

Management decision making is performed on a managed portfolio basis. An adjustment to reconcile the managed financial information to the reported financial information in the consolidated financial statements is provided. This adjustment reclassifies a portion of net interest income, non-interest income and provision for loan losses into non-interest income from servicing and securitization.

 

71


The Company maintains its books and records on a legal entity basis for the preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP. The following tables present information prepared from the Company’s internal management information system, which is maintained on a line of business level through allocations from legal entities.

 

    For the Year Ended December 31, 2003

    U.S. Card   Auto
Finance
  Global
Financial
Services
  Other     Total
Managed
  Securitization
Adjustments
    Total
Reported

Net interest income

  $ 4,287,814   $ 727,987   $ 1,072,098   $ (49,985 )   $ 6,037,914   $ (3,252,825 )   $ 2,785,089

Non-interest income

    3,583,357     101,984     605,821     (90,536 )     4,200,626     1,215,298       5,415,924

Provision for loan losses

    2,647,406     382,952     595,543     (70,877 )     3,555,024     (2,037,527 )     1,517,497

Non-interest expenses

    3,348,894     289,414     988,321     253,963       4,880,592     —         4,880,592

Income tax provision (benefit)

    693,702     58,314     29,216     (114,150 )     667,082     —         667,082

Net income (loss)

  $ 1,181,169   $ 99,291   $ 64,839   $ (209,457 )   $ 1,135,842   $ —       $ 1,135,842

Loans receivable

  $ 46,278,750   $ 8,466,873   $ 16,507,937   $ (8,764 )   $ 71,244,796   $ (38,394,527 )   $ 32,850,269

 

    For the Year Ended December 31, 2002

    U.S. Card   Auto
Finance
  Global
Financial
Services
    Other     Total
Managed
  Securitization
Adjustments
   

Total

Reported


Net interest income

  $ 3,931,880   $ 544,501   $ 750,540     $ 57,417     $ 5,284,338   $ (2,565,226 )   $ 2,719,112

Non-interest income

    3,874,987     65,509     504,438       (33,760 )     4,411,174     1,055,662       5,466,836

Provision for loan losses

    2,801,423     361,717     440,616       55,136       3,658,892     (1,509,564 )     2,149,328

Non-interest expenses

    3,391,283     231,741     827,376       135,181       4,585,581     —         4,585,581

Income tax provision (benefit)

    613,381     6,290     (4,883 )     (63,393 )     551,395     —         551,395

Net income (loss)

  $ 1,000,780   $ 10,262   $ (8,131 )   $ (103,267 )   $ 899,644   $ —       $ 899,644

Loans receivable

  $ 40,862,142   $ 6,992,541   $ 11,868,006     $ 23,848     $ 59,746,537   $ (32,402,607 )   $ 27,343,930

 

    For the Year Ended December 31, 2001

    U.S. Card   Auto
Finance
    Global
Financial
Services
    Other     Total
Managed
  Securitization
Adjustments
   

Total

Reported


Net interest income

  $ 2,988,939   $ 215,838     $ 484,183     $ (55,143 )   $ 3,633,817   $ (1,883,675 )   $ 1,750,142

Non-interest income

    3,008,536     19,879       324,396       60,966       3,413,777     1,049,985       4,463,762

Provision for loan losses

    1,589,242     174,897       251,862       (61,854 )     1,954,147     (833,690 )     1,120,457

Non-interest expenses

    3,159,370     117,853       632,980       147,824       4,058,027     —         4,058,027

Income tax provision (benefit)

    474,568     (21,672 )     (31,618 )     (27,823 )     393,455     —         393,455

Net income (loss)

  $ 774,295   $ (35,361 )   $ (44,645 )   $ (52,324 )   $ 641,965   $ —       $ 641,965

Loans receivable

  $ 33,037,910   $ 3,957,729     $ 8,318,395     $ (50,071 )   $ 45,263,963   $ (24,342,949 )   $ 20,921,014

 

The $15.0 million ($23.9 million pre-tax) charge for the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle related to the adoption of FIN 46 was included in non-interest expense and reported in the Other category for segment reporting for the year ended December 31, 2003.

 

During the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, the Company sold $1.9 billion and $1.5 billion, respectively, of auto loans. These transactions resulted in gains of $66.4 million and $28.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively, of which $56.9 million and $24.6 million was allocated to the Auto Finance segment while the remainder was held in the Other category.

 

During 2002, the Company realigned certain aspects of its European operations. Charges related to the realignment of $12.5 million ($7.8 million after taxes) were recognized and allocated to the Global Financial Services segment.

 

72


During the third quarter 2002, the Company expensed $38.8 million ($24.1 million after taxes) related to early termination of leases, unused facility capacity, and accelerated depreciation of related fixed assets. The Company allocated $32.8 million of these expenses to the U.S. Card segment, $1.6 million to the Other category, $1.1 million to the Auto Finance segment and $3.3 million to the Global Financial Services segment.

 

Note C

Securities Available for Sale

 

Securities available for sale as of December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 were as follows:

 

     Maturity Schedule

    

1 Year

or Less

  

1–5

Years

  

5–10

Years

  

Over 10

Years

  

Market
Value

Totals

  

Amortized

Cost

Totals


December 31, 2003

                                         

U.S. Treasury and other U.S. government agency obligations

   $ 792,926    $ 1,066,342    $ 1,082,814    $ —      $ 2,942,082    $ 2,920,310

Collateralized mortgage obligations

     270,637      1,681,920      10,718      —        1,963,275      1,958,782

Mortgage backed securities

     24,676      851,237      —        —        875,913      871,062

Other

     3,958      507      —        80,893      85,358      81,710

Total

   $ 1,092,197    $ 3,600,006    $ 1,093,532    $ 80,893    $ 5,866,628    $ 5,831,864

December 31, 2002

                                         

U.S. Treasury and other U.S. government agency obligations

   $ 613,404    $ 1,287,246    $ 669,339    $ —      $ 2,569,989    $ 2,522,429

Collateralized mortgage obligations

     492,163      897,547      10,929      —        1,400,639      1,373,759

Mortgage backed securities

     —        420,726      —        —        420,726      414,822

Other

     3,180      540      1,976      26,627      32,323      32,452

Total

   $ 1,108,747    $ 2,606,059    $ 682,244    $ 26,627    $ 4,423,677    $ 4,343,462

December 31, 2001

                                         

U.S. Treasury and other U.S. government agency obligations

   $ 256,548    $ 748,224    $ 800,184    $ —      $ 1,804,956    $ 1,796,033

Collateralized mortgage obligations

     —        —        19,814      616,863      636,677      628,897

Mortgage backed securities

     —        —        8,536      640,171      648,707      662,098

Other

     1,092      424      244      23,791      25,551      25,678

Total

   $ 257,640    $ 748,648    $ 828,778    $ 1,280,825    $ 3,115,891    $ 3,112,706

 

73


The fair value of the investments in an unrealized loss position at December 31, 2003 was $1.6 billion. Individual investments held at December 31, 2003, have not been in an unrealized loss position for more than twelve months. The Company has determined that these investments have only temporary impairment based on a number of criteria, including the timeframe of the unrealized loss position, the nature of the investments and the Company’s intent to hold the fixed income securities to maturity.

 

     Weighted Average Yields  

    

1 Year

or Less

   

1–5

Years

   

5–10

Years

   

Over 10

Years

 

 

December 31, 2003

                        

U.S. Treasury and other U.S. government agency obligations

   2.05 %   3.26 %   4.44 %   —    

Collateralized mortgage obligations

   6.94     4.75     4.98     —    

Mortgage backed securities

   6.35     5.24     —       —    

Other

   0.16     6.45     —       4.92 %

 

Total

   3.35 %   4.42 %   4.45 %   4.92 %

 

 

The distribution of mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations is based on average expected maturities. Actual maturities could differ because issuers may have the right to call or prepay obligations.

 

Weighted average yields were determined based on amortized cost. Gross realized gains on sales of securities were $10.5 million, $96.9 million, and $19.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively. Gross realized losses were $19.9 million, $19.4 million, and $5.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively.

 

Note D

Allowance for Loan Losses

 

The following is a summary of changes in the allowance for loan losses:

 

     Year Ended December 31  

     2003     2002     2001  

 

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 1,720,000     $ 840,000     $ 527,000  

Provision for loan losses

     1,517,497       2,149,328       1,120,457  

Other

     3,863       (9,644 )     14,800  

Charge-offs

     (2,004,328 )     (1,490,841 )     (1,018,350 )

Principal recoveries

     357,968       231,157       196,093  

 

Net charge-offs

     (1,646,360 )     (1,259,684 )     (822,257 )

 

Balance at end of year

   $ 1,595,000     $ 1,720,000     $ 840,000  

 

 

Loans totaling approximately $454.8 million and $567.4 million, representing amounts which were greater than 90 days past due, were included in the Company’s reported loan portfolio as of December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

 

74


Note E

Premises and Equipment

 

Premises and equipment were as follows:

 

     December 31  

     2003     2002  

 

Land

   $ 111,288     $ 103,954  

Buildings and improvements

     610,419       437,023  

Furniture and equipment

     844,447       773,092  

Computer software

     348,789       298,208  

In process

     182,741       92,550  

 
       2,097,684       1,704,827  

Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (1,195,084 )     (934,501 )

 

Total premises and equipment, net

   $ 902,600     $ 770,326  

 

 

Depreciation and amortization expense was $260.6 million, $264.8 million, and $236.0 million, for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively.

 

Note F

Borrowings

 

Borrowings as of December 31, 2003 and 2002 were as follows:

 

     2003     2002  

     Outstanding    Weighted
Average
Rate
    Outstanding    Weighted
Average
Rate
 

 

Interest-bearing deposits

   $ 22,416,332    4.03 %   $ 17,325,965    4.65 %

 

Senior notes

                          

Bank—fixed rate

   $ 5,242,507    6.37 %   $ 3,723,200    7.00 %

Bank—variable rate

     20,000    2.41       275,000    2.31  

Mandatory convertible securities

     730,580    6.25       718,278    6.25  

Corporation

     1,022,933    7.37       849,137    7.75  

 

Total

   $ 7,016,020          $ 5,565,615       

 

Other borrowings

                          

Secured borrowings

   $ 6,415,697    2.59 %   $ 4,814,030    3.41 %

Facility financing

     83,762    6.86       —      —    

Junior subordinated capital income securities

     99,207    2.71       98,950    3.26  

Federal funds purchased and resale agreements

     45,000    0.97       554,887    1.26  

Other short-term borrowings

     1,152,947    1.44       897,208    2.09  

 

Total

   $ 7,796,613          $ 6,365,075       

 

 

Interest-Bearing Deposits

 

As of December 31, 2003, the Company had $22.4 billion in interest-bearing deposits of which $10.9 billion represented large denomination certificates of $100 thousand or more, with original maturities of up to ten years.

 

 

75


Senior Notes

 

Bank Notes

 

Senior and Subordinated Global Bank Note Program

 

The Senior and Subordinated Global Bank Note Program gives the Bank the ability to issue securities to both U.S. and non-U.S. lenders and to raise funds in U.S. and foreign currencies. The Senior and Subordinated Global Bank Note Program had $4.7 billion and $2.7 billion outstanding at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively. In January 2003, the Bank increased its capacity under the Senior and Subordinated Global Bank Note Program to $8.0 billion and in May 2003 updated this Program. Prior to the establishment of the Senior and Subordinated Global Bank Note Program, the Bank issued senior unsecured debt through its $8.0 billion Senior Domestic Bank Note Program, of which $526.5 million and $1.3 billion was outstanding at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively. The Bank did not renew the Senior Domestic Bank Note Program for future issuances following the establishment of the Senior and Subordinated Global Bank Note Program.

 

During 2003, the Company issued $600 million of five-year 4.875% fixed rate senior bank notes, $500 million of ten-year 6.5% fixed rate subordinate bank notes, $600 million of seven-year 5.75% fixed rate senior bank notes, and $500 million of five-year 4.25% fixed rate senior bank notes under the Senior and Subordinated Global Bank Note Program.

 

In July 2002, the Company repurchased senior bank notes in the amount of $230.4 million, which resulted in a pre-tax gain of $27.0 million.

 

In February 2004, the Company issued $500 million of ten-year 5.125% fixed rate senior bank notes under the Senior and Subordinated Global Bank Note Program.

 

Mandatory Convertible Securities

 

In April 2002, the Company completed a public offering of mandatory convertible debt securities (the “Upper Decs ® ”), that resulted in net proceeds of approximately $725.1 million. The net proceeds were used for general corporate purposes. Each Upper Dec ® initially consists of and represents (i) a senior note due May 17, 2007 with a principal amount of $50, on which the Company will pay interest quarterly at the initial annual rate of 6.25%, and (ii) a forward purchase contract pursuant to which the holder has agreed to purchase, for $50, shares of the Company’s common stock on May 17, 2005 (or earlier under certain conditions), with such number of shares to be determined based upon the average closing price per share of the Company’s common stock for 20 consecutive trading days ending on the third trading day immediately preceding the stock purchase date at a minimum per share price of $63.91 and a maximum per share price of $78.61. The minimum and maximum amount of shares to be issued by the Company is 9.5 million and 11.7 million shares, respectively.

 

The senior notes will initially be pledged to secure the holder’s obligations under the forward purchase contracts. Each holder of an Upper Dec ® may elect to withdraw the pledged senior notes or treasury securities underlying the Upper Decs ® by substituting, as pledged securities, specifically identified treasury securities that will pay $50 on the relevant stock purchase date, which is the amount due on that date under each forward purchase contract. In February 2005, the senior notes will be remarketed, and the interest rate will be reset based on interest rates in effect at the time of remarketing. The holders will use the proceeds of the remarketing to fund their obligations to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock under the forward purchase contract, with such number of shares to be determined based upon the average closing price per share of the Company’s common stock for 20 consecutive trading days ending on the third trading day immediately preceding the stock purchase date at a minimum per share price of $63.91 and a maximum per share price of $78.61.

 

Corporation Shelf Registration Statement

 

As of December 31, 2003, the Corporation had one effective shelf registration statements under which the Corporation from time to time may offer and sell senior or subordinated debt securities, preferred stock, common

 

76


stock, common equity units and stock purchase contracts. The Corporation’s shelf registration statement had $1.9 billion available at December 31, 2003. There was $2.2 billion available at December 31, 2002.

 

In November 2003, the Company issued $300.0 million ten-year 6.25% fixed rate senior notes through its shelf registration.

 

On November 11, 2002, the Corporation issued shares of its common stock having an aggregate value of $54.9 million to certain former shareholders of AmeriFee Corporation (“AmeriFee”) in connection with the termination of the stock purchase agreement relating to the Corporation’s acquisition of AmeriFee. Of this amount, $43.9 million of the Corporation’s common stock was issued through its shelf registration statement and $11.0 million was issued in an unregistered offering.

 

In January 2002, the Company issued $300.0 million of five-year senior notes with a coupon rate of 8.75%.

 

Other Borrowings

 

Secured Borrowings

 

COAF, a subsidiary of the Company, maintained eleven agreements to transfer pools of consumer loans accounted for as secured borrowings at December 31, 2003. The agreements were entered into between 1999 and 2003, relating to the transfers of pools of consumer loans totaling $10.0 billion. Principal payments on the borrowings are based on principal collections, net of losses, on the transferred consumer loans. The secured borrowings accrue interest predominantly at fixed rates and mature between June 2006 and November 2008, or earlier depending upon the repayment of the underlying consumer loans. At December 31, 2003 and 2002, $6.4 billion and $4.6 billion, respectively, of the secured borrowings were outstanding.

 

PeopleFirst, a subsidiary of COAF, previously maintained agreements to transfer pools of consumer loans accounted for as secured borrowings. At December 31, 2002, $243.0 million of the secured borrowings were outstanding. Since all agreements are now maintained under COAF, Peoplefirst had no agreements outstanding at December 31, 2003.

 

Effective February 2, 2004, PeopleFirst Finance, LLC merged into its parent, PeopleFirst, Inc., which then merged into its parent, Capital One Auto Finance, Inc.

 

Facility Financing

 

As a result of the adoption of FIN 46, the Company consolidated certain variable interest entities related to structured operating leases of several office facilities, bringing the buildings and related facility financing on-balance sheet. At December 31, 2003, the Company had $83.8 million in other borrowings on the consolidated balance sheet.

 

Junior Subordinated Capital Income Securities

 

In January 1997, Capital One Capital I, a subsidiary of the Bank created as a Delaware statutory business trust, issued $100.0 million aggregate amount of Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Capital Income Securities that mature on February 1, 2027. The securities represent a preferred beneficial interest in the assets of the trust.

 

Other Short-Term Borrowings

 

Revolving Credit Facility

 

In May 2003, the Company terminated the Domestic Revolving Credit Facility and replaced it with a new revolving credit facility providing for an aggregate of $1.0 billion in unsecured borrowings from various lending

 

77


institutions to be used for general corporate purposes (the “Revolving Credit Facility”). The Revolving Credit Facility is available to the Corporation, the Bank, the Savings Bank and Capital One Bank (Europe) plc; however, the Corporation’s availability is limited to $250.0 million. All borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility are based on varying terms of London InterBank Offering Rate (“LIBOR”).

 

In January 2004, the Company increased the capacity of the Revolving Credit Facility to $1.1 billion.

 

Domestic Revolving Credit Facility

 

The Domestic Revolving Credit Facility (the “Credit Facility”), which expired in May of 2003, was available for general corporate purposes of the Company. At December 31, 2002, the Credit Facility had a total capacity of $1.2 billion all of which was available.

 

Multicurrency Facility

 

The Euro 300 million multicurrency revolving credit facility (the “Multicurrency Facility”) is available for general purposes of the Bank’s business in the United Kingdom. The Corporation and the Bank serve as guarantors of all borrowings by Capital One Bank (Europe), plc under the Multicurrency Facility. Internationally, the Company has funding programs available to foreign investors or to raise funds in foreign currencies, allowing the Company to borrow from U.S. and non-U.S. lenders, including foreign currency funding options under the Credit Facility discussed above. The Company funds its foreign assets by directly or synthetically borrowing or securitizing in the local currency to mitigate the financial statement effect of currency translations. All borrowings under the Multicurrency Facility are based on varying terms of LIBOR. The Multicurrency Facility has a total capacity of Euro 300 million ($377.4 million equivalent based on the exchange rate at December 31, 2003). As of December 31, 2003 and 2002, the Company had no outstandings under the Multicurrency Facility.

 

Collateralized Revolving Credit Facility

 

In April 2002, COAF entered into a revolving warehouse credit facility collateralized by a security interest in certain auto loan assets (the “Collateralized Revolving Credit Facility”). As of December 31, 2003, the credit facility had the capacity to issue up to $3.9 billion in secured notes. The Collateralized Revolving Credit Facility has multiple participants, each with a separate renewal date. The facility does not have a final maturity date. Instead, each participant may elect to renew the commitment for another set period of time. Interest on the facility is based on commercial paper rates. At December 31, 2003 and 2002, $1.2 billion and $894.0 million, respectively, were outstanding under the facility.

 

Interest-bearing deposits, senior notes and other borrowings as of December 31, 2003, mature as follows:

 

     Interest-
Bearing
Deposits
   Senior
Notes
  

Other

Borrowings

   Total

2004

   $ 7,427,191    $ 1,031,272    $ 3,040,336    $ 11,498,799

2005

     5,055,481      1,545,380      2,257,350      8,858,211

2006

     3,596,956      1,245,888      1,626,053      6,468,897

2007

     3,290,187      299,852      688,933      4,278,972

2008

     2,418,922      1,496,599      180,636      4,096,157

Thereafter

     627,595      1,397,029      3,305      2,027,929

Total

   $ 22,416,332    $ 7,016,020    $ 7,796,613    $ 37,228,965

 

78


Note G

Stock Plans

 

The Company has five stock-based compensation plans: three employee plans and two non-employee directors plans. Under the plans, the Company reserves common shares for the issuance in various forms including incentive stock options, nonstatutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards, restricted stock units and incentive stock awards. The form of stock compensation is specific to each plan. Generally the exercise price of each stock option will equal or exceed the market price of the Company’s stock on the date of grant, the maximum term will be ten years, and vesting is determined at the time of grant, typically either 33  1 / 3 percent per year beginning with the first anniversary of the grant date for options, three years from the time of grant for restricted stock or accelerated vesting option grants as described below.

 

The following table provides the number of reserved common shares and the number of common shares available for future issuance for each of the Company’s stock-based compensation plans as of December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001:

 

          Available For Issuance

Plan Name    Shares
Reserved
   2003    2002    2001

2002 Non-Executive Officer Stock Incentive Plan

   8,500,000    1,464,227    2,167,450    —  

1999 Stock Incentive Plan

   600,000    338,800    322,300    305,350

1994 Stock Incentive Plan (1)

   67,112,640    1,423,352    2,186,615    2,770,459

1999 Non-Employee Directors Stock Incentive Plan

   825,000    195,920    220,000    22,510

1995 Non-Employee Directors Stock Incentive Plan (2)

   600,000    —      —      —  

(1) Available for issuance includes the CEO incentive stock grant at its maximum amount.
(2) The plan’s ability to issue grants was terminated in 1999. There are currently 457,500 options outstanding under the plan.

 

A summary of the status of the Company’s options as of December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, and changes for the years then ended is presented below:

 

     2003    2002    2001

     Options
(000s)
    Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price Per
Share
   Options
(000s)
   

Weighted-
Average
Exercise

Price Per
Share

   Options
(000s)
   

Weighted-
Average
Exercise

Price Per
Share


Outstanding at beginning of year

   52,108     $ 40.06    49,180     $ 40.74    36,689     $ 30.57

Granted

   1,930       55.42    6,631       36.52    20,148       49.84

Exercised

   (5,737 )     23.99    (1,623 )     27.19    (6,950 )     12.29

Cancelled

   (3,647 )     50.76    (2,080 )     53.31    (707 )     55.89

Outstanding at end of year

   44,654     $ 42.00    52,108     $ 40.06    49,180     $ 40.74

Exercisable at end of year

   23,923     $ 35.87    23,340     $ 30.20    18,714     $ 23.25

Weighted-average fair value of options granted during the year

         $ 27.27          $ 16.53          $ 29.73

 

79


The fair value of the options granted during 2003, 2002 and 2001 was estimated at the date of grant using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the weighted average assumptions described below:

 

     For the Years Ended December 31  

Assumptions    2003     2002     2001  

 

Dividend yield

   .24 %   .25 %   .19 %

Volatility factors of expected market price of stock

   54 %   55 %   50 %

Risk-free interest rate

   3.25 %   3.15 %   4.15 %

Expected option lives (in years)

   5.0     5.0     8.5  

 

 

The following table summarizes information about options outstanding as of December 31, 2003:

 

     Options Outstanding    Options Exercisable

Range of

Exercise Prices

   Number
Outstanding
(000s)
   Weighted-Average
Remaining
Contractual Life
   

Weighted-Average
Exercise Price

Per Share

   Number
Exercisable
(000s)
  

Weighted-Average
Exercise Price

Per Share


$4.31-$6.46

   98    1.1  years   $ 6.10    98    $ 6.10

$6.47-$9.70

   211    1.9       7.99    211      7.99

$9.71-$14.56

   4,954    1.8       9.95    4,954      9.95

$14.57-$21.85

   1,319    4.0       16.13    1,319      16.13

$21.86-$32.79

   842    6.2       31.65    639      31.61

$32.80-$49.20

   27,587    7.6       44.32    14,156      43.62

$49.21-$73.82

   9,636    6.7       57.37    2,539      57.88

$73.83-$76.37

   7    5.7       76.37    7      76.37

 

The Company recognized $29.4 million, $22.0 million and $113.5 million of tax benefits from the exercise of stock options by its associates during 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively.

 

The Company granted 3.1 million and 2.5 million restricted stock awards with a weighted average grant date value of $56.07 and $34.58 per share for 2003 and 2002, respectively. Restrictions generally expire in three years from the date of grant. The compensation cost that has been charged against income for the Company’s restricted stock awards was $40.7 million and $27.7 million for 2003 and 2002, respectively.

 

2003 CEO Grant

 

In December 2003, the Company’s Board of Directors approved a compensation package for the Company’s Chief Executive Officer (CEO). This package was comprised of stock options and incentive stock. 360,000 options were granted at the fair market value at the date of grant and will vest in one-third increments over three years. The amount of incentive stock issued will be based on the Company’s three year cumulative earnings per share growth compared to the earnings per share growth of a peer group that includes thirty-three companies. The number of shares will be determined at the end of the three year period; the CEO will receive the shares, if any, on March 31, 2007. If Capital One stockholders approve a new employee stock incentive plan permitting the issuance of restricted stock units prior to March 31, 2007, then the CEO will instead receive an equal number of restricted stock units that will vest and become payable on January 1 following the CEO’s retirement or other departure from employment with Capital One. The target amount for the incentive stock issuance is 236,940 shares but could vary from a minimum amount of zero to the maximum amount of 355,410 shares. Compensation expense was recorded for the options and incentive stock in accordance with SFAS 123.

 

Accelerated Vesting Option Grants

 

EntrepreneurGrant V

 

In October 2001, the Company’s Board of Directors approved a stock options grant to senior management (“EntrepreneurGrant V”). This grant was composed of 6,502,318 options to certain key managers (including 3,535,000 performance-based options to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and Chief Operating

 

80


Officer (“COO”)) at the fair market value on the date of grant. The CEO and COO gave up their salaries, annual cash incentives, annual option grants and Senior Executive Retirement Plan contributions for the years 2002 and 2003 in exchange for their EntrepreneurGrant V options. Other members of senior management had the opportunity to forego up to 50 percent of their expected annual cash incentives for 2002 through 2004 in exchange for performance-based options. All performance-based options under this grant will vest on October 18, 2007. Vesting will be accelerated if the Company’s common stock’s fair market value is at or above $83.87 per share, $100.64 per share, $120.77 per share or $144.92 per share in any five trading days during the performance period on or before October 18, 2004, 2005, 2006 or 2007, respectively. In addition, the performance-based options under this grant will also vest upon the achievement of at least $5.03 cumulative diluted earnings per share in any four consecutive quarters ending in the fourth quarter of 2004, or upon a change of control of the Company. Options under this grant qualify as fixed as defined by APB 25, accordingly no compensation expense is recognized.

 

EntrepreneurGrant IV

 

In April 1999, the Company’s Board of Directors approved a stock option grant to senior management (“Entrepreneur Grant IV”). This grant was composed of 7,636,107 options to certain key managers (including 1,884,435 options to the Company’s CEO and COO) with an exercise price equal to the fair market value on the date of grant. The CEO and COO gave up their salaries for the year 2001 and their annual cash incentives, annual option grants and Senior Executive Retirement Plan contributions for the years 2000 and 2001 in exchange for their Entrepreneur Grant IV options. Other members of senior management had the opportunity to give up all potential annual stock option grants for 1999 and 2000 in exchange for this one-time grant. Under the original terms, all options under this grant would have vested on April 29, 2008, or earlier if the common stock’s fair market value was at or above $100 per share for at least ten trading days in any 30 consecutive calendar day period on or before June 15, 2002, or upon a change of control of the Company. In May 2001, the Company’s Board of Directors approved an amendment to EntrepreneurGrant IV that provides additional vesting criteria. As amended, EntrepreneurGrant IV will continue to vest under its original terms, and will also vest if the Company’s common stock price reaches a fair market value of at least $120 per share or $144 per share for ten trading days within 30 calendar days prior to June 15, 2003 or June 15, 2004, respectively. In addition, 50% of the EntrepreneurGrant IV stock options held by middle management as of the grant date will vest on April 29, 2005, regardless of stock performance. Options under this grant qualify as fixed as defined by APB 25, accordingly no compensation expense is recognized.

 

Director Accelerated Vesting Option Grants

 

In October 2001, the Company granted 305,000 options to the non-executive members of the Board of Directors for director compensation for the years 2002, 2003 and 2004. These options were granted at the fair market value on the date of grant and vest on October 18, 2010. Vesting will be accelerated if the stock’s fair market value is at or above $83.87 per share, $100.64 per share, $120.77 per share, $144.92 per share, $173.91 per share, $208.70 per share or $250.43 per share for at least five days during the performance period on or before October 18, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 or 2010, respectively. In addition, the options under this grant will vest upon the achievement of at least $5.03 cumulative diluted earnings per share for any four consecutive quarters ending in the fourth quarter 2004, or upon a change in control of the Company. Options under this grant qualify as fixed, as defined by APB 25, accordingly no compensation expense is recognized.

 

In April 1999, all non-employee directors of the Company were given the option to receive performance-based options under this plan in lieu of their annual cash retainer and their time-vesting options for each of 1999, 2000 and 2001. As a result, 497,490 performance-based options were granted to certain non-employee directors of the Company. The options would have vested in full if, on or before June 15, 2002, the market value of the Company’s stock would have equaled or exceeded $100 per share for ten trading days in a 30 consecutive calendar day period or upon change of control of the Company on or before June 15, 2002. The vesting provisions were not achieved and as such the unvested options were cancelled during 2002.

 

81


Associate Stock Purchase Plan

 

The Company maintains an Associate Stock Purchase Plan (the “Purchase Plan”). The Purchase Plan is a compensatory plan under SFAS 123; accordingly the Company recognized $3.9 million in compensation expense in 2003.

 

Under the Purchase Plan, associates of the Company are eligible to purchase common stock through monthly salary deductions of a maximum of 15% and a minimum of 1% of monthly base pay. To date, the amounts deducted are applied to the purchase of unissued common or treasury stock of the Company at 85% of the current market price. Shares may also be acquired on the market. The Company terminated its 1995 Associate Stock Purchase Plan in October 2002 when shares available for issuance under such plan were exhausted, and implemented in substitution its 2002 Associate Stock Purchase Plan under substantially similar terms. An aggregate of 3.0 million common shares has been authorized for issuance under the 2002 Associate Stock Purchase Plan, of which 2.1 million shares were available for issuance as of December 31, 2003.

 

Dividend Reinvestment and Stock Purchase Plan

 

In 1997, the Company implemented its dividend reinvestment and stock purchase plan (“1997 DRP”), which allows participating stockholders to purchase additional shares of the Company’s common stock through automatic reinvestment of dividends or optional cash investments. The Company issued 10.4 thousand and 3.0 million shares of new common stock in 2003 and 2002, respectively, under the 1997 DRP. The Company also instituted an additional dividend reinvestment and stock purchase plan in 2002 (“2002 DRP”) with an additional 7.5 million shares reserved, all of which were available for issuance at December 31, 2003.

 

Note H

Common and Preferred Shares

 

Share Repurchase Program

 

In July 1997, the Company’s Board of Directors voted to repurchase up to 6.0 million shares of the Company’s common stock to mitigate the dilutive impact of shares issuable under its benefit plans, including the Purchase Plan, dividend reinvestment plan and stock incentive plans. In July 1998 and February 2000, the Company’s Board of Directors voted to increase this amount by 4,500,000 and 10,000,000 shares, respectively, of the Company’s common stock. For the years ended December 31, 2003, and 2002, the Company did not repurchase shares under this program. Certain treasury shares have been reissued in connection with the Company’s benefit plans.

 

Cumulative Participating Junior Preferred Stock

 

On November 16, 1995, the Board of Directors of the Company declared a dividend distribution of one Right for each outstanding share of common stock. As amended, each Right entitles a registered holder to purchase from the Company 1/300th of a share of the Company’s authorized Cumulative Participating Junior Preferred Stock (the “Junior Preferred Shares”) at a price of $200 per 1/300th of a share, subject to adjustment. The Company has reserved one million shares of its authorized preferred stock for the Junior Preferred Shares. Because of the nature of the Junior Preferred Shares’ dividend and liquidation rights, the value of the 1/300th interest in a Junior Preferred Share purchasable upon exercise of each Right should approximate the value of one share of common stock. Initially, the Rights are not exercisable and trade automatically with the common stock. However, the Rights generally become exercisable and separate certificates representing the Rights will be distributed, if any person or group acquires 15% or more of the Company’s outstanding common stock or a tender offer or exchange offer is announced for the Company’s common stock. Upon such event, provisions would also be made so that each holder of a Right, other than the acquiring person or group, may exercise the Right and buy common stock with a market value of twice the $200 exercise price. The Rights expire on November 29, 2005, unless earlier redeemed by the Company at $0.01 per Right prior to the time any person or group acquires 15% of the outstanding common stock. Until the Rights become exercisable, the Rights have no dilutive effect on earnings per share.

 

82


Note I

Retirement Plans

 

Associate Savings Plan

 

The Company sponsors a contributory Associate Savings Plan in which substantially all full-time and certain part-time associates are eligible to participate. The Company makes contributions to each eligible employee’s account, matches a portion of associate contributions and makes discretionary contributions based upon the Company meeting a certain earnings per share target. The Company’s contributions to this plan, all of which were in cash, amounted to $66.8 million, $65.9 million and $64.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively.

 

Other Postretirement Benefits

 

The Company sponsors postretirement benefit plans to provide health care and life insurance to retired employees. Net periodic postretirement benefit expense was $9.4 million, $6.8 million and $3.1 million in 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively. The liabilities recognized on the consolidated balance sheets for the Company’s defined postretirement benefit plan at December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 were $26.8 million, $17.4 million and $10.6 million, respectively.

 

Note J

Other Non-Interest Expense

 

     Year Ended December 31

     2003    2002    2001

Professional services

   $ 373,404    $ 308,593    $ 230,502

Collections

     493,057      360,437      253,728

Fraud losses

     49,176      78,733      65,707

Bankcard association assessments

     107,493      107,185      83,255

Other

     167,418      132,567      174,757

Total

   $ 1,190,548    $ 987,515    $ 807,949

 

83


Note K

Income Taxes

 

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2003 and 2002 were as follows:

 

     December 31  

     2003     2002  

 

Deferred tax assets:

                

Allowance for loan losses

   $ 337,715     $ 442,393  

Unearned income

     260,324       323,404  

Stock incentive plan

     64,585       49,585  

Foreign

     25,890       17,469  

Net operating losses

     15,212       19,165  

State taxes, net of federal benefit

     42,140       61,649  

Derivative instruments

     32,228       61,491  

Other

     204,505       142,033  

 

Subtotal

     982,599       1,117,189  

Valuation allowance

     (52,083 )     (60,368 )

 

Total deferred tax assets

     930,516       1,056,821  

Deferred tax liabilities:

                

Securitizations

     59,771       57,962  

Deferred revenue

     760,021       915,953  

Securities available for sale

     20,511       33,735  

Other

     73,756       53,964  

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

     914,059       1,061,614  

 

Net deferred tax assets(liabilities)

   $ 16,457     $ (4,793 )

 

 

During 2003, the Company had a net $8.2 million decrease in its valuation allowance for certain loss carryforwards. This was due to a $13.7 million decrease in the valuation allowance associated with the reversal of timing differences for state purposes, and a net increase of $5.5 million of the valuation allowance for international loss carryforwards generated during the year.

 

At December 31, 2003, the Company had net operating losses available for federal income taxes purposes of $43.7 million which are subject to certain annual limitations under the Internal Revenue Code, and expire on various dates from 2018 to 2020. Also, foreign net operating losses of $254.0 thousand (net of related valuation allowances) are available and expire in 2009.

 

Significant components of the provision for income taxes attributable to continuing operations were as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31

     2003    2002     2001

Federal taxes

   $ 596,397    $ 708,667     $ 138

State taxes

     8,346      5,485       2,214

International taxes

     5,914      2,654       555

Deferred income taxes

     56,425      (165,411 )     390,548

Income taxes

   $ 667,082    $ 551,395     $ 393,455

 

84


The reconciliation of income tax attributable to continuing operations computed at the U.S. federal statutory tax rate to income tax expense was:

 

     Year Ended December 31  

     2003      2002      2001  

 

Income tax at statutory federal tax rate

   35.00 %    35.00 %    35.00 %

Other, including state taxes

   2.00      3.00      3.00  

 

Income taxes

   37.00 %    38.00 %    38.00 %

 

 

Note L

Earnings Per Share

 

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share:

 

     Year Ended December 31

(Shares in Thousands)    2003      2002    2001

Numerator:

                      

Income before change in accounting principle

   $ 1,150,879      $ 899,644    $ 641,965

Cumulative effect of accounting change

     (15,037 )      —        —  

Net income

   $ 1,135,842      $ 899,644    $ 641,965

Denominator:

                      

Denominator for basic earnings per share-

                      

Weighted-average shares

     224,832        219,984      209,867

Effect of dilutive securities:

                      

Stock options

     8,471        8,224      10,709

Restricted stock

     800        37      —  

Contingently issuable shares

     —          499      —  

Dilutive potential common shares

     9,271        8,760      10,709

Denominator for diluted earnings per share-

                      

Adjusted weighted-average shares

     234,103        228,744      220,576

Basic earnings per share

                      

Before cumulative effect of accounting change

   $ 5.12      $ 4.09    $ 3.06

Cumulative effect of accounting change

     (0.07 )      —        —  

After cumulative effect of accounting change

   $ 5.05      $ 4.09    $ 3.06

Diluted earnings per share

                      

Before cumulative effect of accounting change

   $ 4.92      $ 3.93    $ 2.91

Cumulative effect of accounting change

     (0.07 )      —        —  

After cumulative effect of accounting change

   $ 4.85      $ 3.93    $ 2.91

 

Securities of approximately 20,755,000, 23,000,000 and 5,217,000 during 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively, were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because their inclusion would be antidilutive.

 

85


Note M

Cumulative Other Comprehensive Income

 

The following table presents the cumulative balances of the components of other comprehensive income, net of tax of $11.7 million, $27.8 million, and $39.9 million as of December 31, 2003, 2002, and 2001, respectively:

 

     As of December 31  

     2003      2002      2001  

 

Unrealized gains on securities

   $ 34,735      $ 55,588      $ 8,894  

Foreign currency translation adjustments

     93,640        22,350        (19,466 )

Unrealized losses on cash flow hedging instruments

     (45,217 )      (93,504 )      (74,026 )

 

Total cumulative other comprehensive income (loss)

   $ 83,158      $ (15,566 )    $ (84,598 )

 

 

Unrealized gains (losses) on securities included gross unrealized gains of $43.0 million, $80.6 million, and $44.6 million, and gross unrealized losses of $11.6 million, $.4 million, and $30.2 million, as of December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively.

 

During 2003 and 2002, the Company reclassified $110.5 million and $101.5 million, respectively, of net losses, after tax, on derivative instruments from cumulative other comprehensive income into earnings.

 

During 2003 and 2002, the Company reclassified $8.3 million and $4.2 million, respectively, of net gains on sales of securities, after tax, from cumulative other comprehensive income into earnings.

 

Note N

Goodwill

 

The following table provides a summary of goodwill.

 

     Auto
Finance
  

Global

Financial
Services

     Total  

 

Balance at December 31, 2002

   $ 218,957    $ 140,018      $ 358,975  

Impairment Loss

     —        (4,591 )      (4,591 )

Foreign Currency Translation

     —        1,551        1,551  

 

Balance at December 31, 2003

   $ 218,957    $ 136,978      $ 355,935  

 

 

In December 2003, the Company recognized a $4.6 million impairment loss on goodwill associated with a joint venture investment. This impairment was recorded in other non-interest income in the Consolidated Income Statement.

 

Note O

Regulatory Matters

 

The Bank and the Savings Bank are subject to capital adequacy guidelines adopted by the Federal Reserve Board (the “Federal Reserve”) and the Office of Thrift Supervision (the “OTS”) (collectively, the “regulators”), respectively. The capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action require the Bank and the Savings Bank to maintain specific capital levels based upon quantitative measures of their assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet items.

 

The most recent notifications received from the regulators categorized the Bank and the Savings Bank as “well-capitalized.” To be categorized as “well-capitalized,” the Bank and the Savings Bank must maintain minimum capital ratios as set forth in the following table. As of December 31, 2003, there were no conditions or events

 

86


since the notifications discussed above that management believes would have changed either the Bank or the Savings Bank’s capital category.

 

    

Regulatory
Filing

Basis
Ratios

   

Applying
Subprime

Guidance
Ratios

    Minimum for Capital
Adequacy Purposes
   

To Be “Well-Capitalized”
Under

Prompt Corrective
Action Provisions

 

 

December 31, 2003

                        

Capital One Bank

                        

Tier 1 Capital

   14.14 %   11.54 %   4.00 %   6.00 %

Total Capital

   18.34     15.15     8.00     10.00  

Tier 1 Leverage

   13.17     13.17     4.00     5.00  

Capital One, F.S.B.

                        

Tier 1 Capital

   14.79 %   11.59 %   4.00 %   6.00 %

Total Capital

   16.10     12.88     8.00     10.00  

Tier 1 Leverage

   14.00     14.00     4.00     5.00  

December 31, 2002

                        

Capital One Bank

                        

Tier 1 Capital

   15.56 %   11.50 %   4.00 %   6.00 %

Total Capital

   17.78     13.39     8.00     10.00  

Tier 1 Leverage

   13.79     13.79     4.00     5.00  

Capital One, F.S.B.

                        

Tier 1 Capital

   15.10 %   11.02 %   4.00 %   6.00 %

Total Capital

   16.80     12.59     8.00     10.00  

Tier 1 Leverage

   14.45     14.45     4.00     5.00  

 

 

The Bank and Savings Bank treat a portion of their loans as “subprime” under the “Expanded Guidance for Subprime Lending Programs” (the “Subprime Guidelines”) and have assessed their capital and allowance for loan losses accordingly. Under the Subprime Guidelines, the Bank and the Savings Bank each exceed the requirements for a “well-capitalized” institution as of December 31, 2003.

 

For purposes of the Subprime Guidelines, the Company has treated as “subprime” all loans in the Bank’s and Savings Bank’s targeted “subprime” programs to customers either with a FICO score of 660 or below or with no FICO score. The Bank and Savings Bank hold on average 200% of the total risk-based capital charge that would otherwise apply to such assets. This results in higher levels of required regulatory capital at the Bank and the Savings Bank. As of December 31, 2003, approximately $4.2 billion or 17% of the Bank’s, and $2.8 billion or 23% of the Savings Bank’s, on-balance sheet assets were treated as “subprime” for purposes of the Subprime Guidelines.

 

On May 17, 2002, the regulators issued an advisory related to the application of the regulatory capital standards to a residual interest commonly referred to as accrued interest receivable (“AIR Advisory”). The effect of this AIR Advisory was to require all insured depository institutions, including the Bank and the Savings Bank, to hold significantly higher levels of regulatory capital against accrued interest receivables beginning December 31, 2002. The Bank and the Savings Bank have met this capital requirement and remain “well-capitalized” after applying the provisions of the AIR Advisory at December 31, 2002.

 

In August 2000, the Bank received regulatory approval and established a subsidiary bank in the United Kingdom. In connection with the approval of its former branch office in the United Kingdom, the Company committed to the Federal Reserve that, for so long as the Bank maintains a branch or subsidiary bank in the United Kingdom, the Company will maintain a minimum Tier 1 Leverage ratio of 3.0%. As of December 31, 2003 and 2002, the Company’s Tier 1 Leverage ratio was 13.01% and 11.95%, respectively.

 

87


Additionally, federal banking laws exist that limit the ability of the Bank and the Savings Bank to transfer funds to the Corporation. As of December 31, 2003, retained earnings of the Bank and the Savings Bank of $1.6 billion and $426.7 million, respectively, were available for payment of dividends to the Corporation without prior approval by the regulators. The Savings Bank, however, is required to give the OTS at least 30 days advance notice of any proposed dividend and the OTS, in its discretion, may object to such dividend.

 

Note P

Commitments, Contingencies and Guarantees

 

Line of Credit Commitments

 

As of December 31, 2003, the Company had outstanding lines of credit of approximately $190.3 billion committed to its customers. Of that total commitment, approximately $119.0 billion was unused. While this amount represented the total available lines of credit to customers, the Company has not experienced, and does not anticipate, that all of its customers will exercise their entire available line at any given point in time. The Company generally has the right to increase, reduce, cancel, alter or amend the terms of these available lines of credit at any time.

 

Lease Commitments

 

Certain premises and equipment are leased under agreements that expire at various dates through 2012, without taking into consideration available renewal options. Many of these leases provide for payment by the lessee of property taxes, insurance premiums, cost of maintenance and other costs. In some cases, rentals are subject to increases in relation to a cost of living index. Total rent expenses amounted to approximately $63.7 million, $63.2 million, and $64.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively.

 

Future minimum rental commitments as of December 31, 2003, for all non-cancelable operating leases with initial or remaining terms of one year or more are as follows:

 

2004

   $ 40,041

2005

     36,361

2006

     31,903

2007

     31,318

2008

     31,090

Thereafter

     48,873

Total

   $ 219,586

 

Guarantees

 

Residual Value Guarantees

 

The Company has entered into synthetic lease transactions to finance several facilities. A synthetic lease structure typically involves establishing a special purpose vehicle (“SPV”) that owns the properties to be leased. The SPV is funded and its equity is held by outside investors. In accordance with the FIN 46, these entities are evaluated to determine whether they are variable interest entities and, if so, whether the Company is the primary beneficiary. Variable interest entities for which the Company is the primary beneficiary are required to be consolidated. Entities which are not determined to be variable interest and/or for which the Company is not deemed to be the primary beneficiary are not required to be consolidated. Synthetic lease transactions, where the SPV is not required to be consolidated, are treated as operating leases in accordance with SFAS No. 13, Accounting for Leases .

 

In December 2000, the Company entered into a 10-year agreement for the lease of the headquarters building being constructed in McLean, Virginia. The agreement called for monthly rent to commence upon completion,

 

88


which occurred in the first quarter of 2003, and is based on LIBOR rates applied to the cost of the building funded. If, at the end of the lease term, the Company does not purchase the property, the Company guarantees a maximum residual value of up to $114.8 million representing approximately 72% of the $159.5 million cost of the building. This agreement, made with a multi-purpose entity that is a wholly-owned subsidiary of one of the Company’s lenders, provides that in the event of a sale of the property, the Company’s obligation would be equal to the sum of all amounts owed by the Company under a note issuance made in connection with the lease inception. As of December 31, 2003, the value of the building was estimated to be above the maximum residual value that the Company guarantees; thus, no deficiency existed and no liability was recorded relative to this property.

 

Other Guarantees

 

In connection with an installment loan securitization transaction, the transferee (off-balance sheet special purpose entity receiving the installment loans) entered into an interest rate hedge agreement (the “swap”) with a counterparty to reduce interest rate risk associated with the transaction. In connection with the swap, the Corporation entered into a letter agreement guaranteeing the performance of the transferee under the swap. If at anytime the Class A invested amount equals zero and the notional amount of the swap is greater than zero resulting in an “Early Termination Date” (as defined in the securitization transaction’s Master Agreement), then (a) to the extent that, in connection with the occurrence of such Early Termination Date, the transferee is obligated to make any payments to the counterparty pursuant to the Master Agreement, the Corporation shall reimburse the transferee for the full amount of such payment and (b) to the extent that, in connection with the occurrence of an Early Termination Date, the transferee is entitled to receive any payment from the counterparty pursuant to the Master Agreement, the transferee will pay to the Corporation the amount of such payment. At December 31, 2003, the maximum exposure to the Corporation under the letter agreement was approximately $10.4 million.

 

Securities Litigation

 

Beginning in July 2002, the Corporation was named as a defendant in twelve putative class action securities cases. All twelve actions were filed in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Virginia. Each complaint also named as “Individual Defendants” several of the Corporation’s executive officers.

 

On October 1, 2002, the Court consolidated these twelve cases. Pursuant to the Court’s order, Plaintiffs filed an amended complaint on October 17, 2002, which alleged that the Corporation and the Individual Defendants violated Section 10(b) of the Exchange Act, Rule 10b-5 promulgated thereunder, and Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act. The amended complaint asserted a class period of January 16, 2001, through July 16, 2002, inclusive. The amended complaint alleged generally that, during the asserted class period, the Corporation misrepresented the adequacy of its capital levels and loan loss allowance relating to higher risk assets. In addition, the amended complaint alleged generally that the Corporation failed to disclose that it was experiencing serious infrastructure deficiencies and systemic computer problems as a result of its growth.

 

On December 4, 2002, the Court granted defendants’ motion to dismiss plaintiffs’ amended complaint with leave to amend. Pursuant to that order, plaintiffs filed a second amended complaint on December 23, 2002, which asserted the same class period and alleged violations of the same statutes and rule. The second amended complaint also added a new Individual Defendant and asserted violations of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles. Defendants moved to dismiss the second amended complaint on January 8, 2003, and plaintiffs filed a motion on March 6, 2003, seeking leave to amend their complaint. On April 10, 2003, the Court granted defendants’ motion to dismiss plaintiffs’ second amended complaint, denied plaintiffs’ motion for leave to amend, and dismissed the consolidated action with prejudice. Plaintiffs appealed the Court’s order, opinion, and judgment to the United States Court of Appeals for the Fourth Circuit on May 8, 2003, and a briefing on the appeal concluded in September 2003. Oral argument was held on February 25, 2004.

 

89


The Corporation believes that it has meritorious defenses with respect to this case and intends to defend the case vigorously. At the present time, management is not in a position to determine whether the resolution of this case will have a material adverse effect on either the consolidated financial position of the Corporation or the Corporation’s results of operations in any future reporting period.

 

Other Pending and Threatened Litigation

 

In addition, the Company is also commonly subject to various pending and threatened legal actions relating to the conduct of its normal business activities. In the opinion of management, the ultimate aggregate liability, if any, arising out of any such pending or threatened legal actions will not be material to the consolidated financial position or results of operations of the Company.

 

Note Q

Related Party Transactions

 

In the ordinary course of business, executive officers and directors of the Company may have consumer loans issued by the Company. Pursuant to the Company’s policy, such loans are issued on the same terms as those prevailing at the time for comparable loans to unrelated persons and do not involve more than the normal risk of collectibility.

 

Note R

Off-Balance Sheet Securitizations

 

Off-balance sheet securitizations involve the transfer of pools of consumer loan receivables by the Company to one or more third-party trusts or qualified special purpose entities in transactions which are accounted for as sales in accordance with SFAS 140. Certain undivided interests in the pool of consumer loan receivables are sold to investors as asset-backed securities in public underwritten offerings or private placement transactions. The proceeds from off-balance sheet securitizations are distributed by the trusts to the Company as consideration for the consumer loan receivables transferred. Each new off-balance sheet securitization results in the removal of consumer loan principal receivables equal to the sold undivided interests in the pool from the Company’s consolidated balance sheet (“off-balance sheet loans”), the recognition of certain retained residual interests and a gain on the sale. The remaining undivided interests in principal receivables of the pool, as well as the billed finance charge and fee receivables related to the Company’s undivided interest in the principal receivables, are retained by the Company and recorded as consumer loans on the consolidated balance sheet. The amounts of the remaining undivided interests fluctuate as the accountholders make principal payments and incur new charges on the selected accounts. The amount of retained consumer loan receivables was $8.3 billion and $6.1 billion as of December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

 

90


The following table presents the year-end and average balances, as well as the delinquent and net charge-off amounts of the reported, off-balance sheet and managed consumer loan portfolios.

 

Supplemental Loan Information

 

     Year Ended December 31  

     2003     2002  

    

Loans

Outstanding

   

Loans

Delinquent

   

Loans

Outstanding

   

Loans

Delinquent

 

 

Managed loans

   $ 71,244,796     $ 3,177,929     $ 59,746,537     $ 3,345,394  

Securitization adjustments

     (38,394,527 )     (1,604,470 )     (32,402,607 )     (1,671,525 )

 

Reported consumer loans

   $ 32,850,269     $ 1,573,459     $ 27,343,930     $ 1,673,869  

 
    

Average

Loans

   

Net
Charge-

Offs

   

Average

Loans

    Net
Charge-
Offs
 

 

Managed loans

   $ 62,911,953     $ 3,683,887     $ 52,799,566     $ 2,769,249  

Securitization adjustments

     (34,234,337 )     (2,037,527 )     (27,763,547 )     (1,509,565 )

 

Reported consumer loans

   $ 28,677,616     $ 1,646,360     $ 25,036,019     $ 1,259,684  

 

 

The Company’s retained residual interests in the off-balance sheet securitizations are recorded in accounts receivable from securitizations and are comprised of interest-only strips, retained subordinated undivided interests in the transferred receivables, cash collateral accounts, cash reserve accounts and unpaid interest and fees on the investors’ portion of the transferred principal receivables. The interest-only strip is recorded at fair value, while the other residual interests are carried at cost, which approximates fair value. Retained residual interests totaled $2.2 billion and $1.6 billion at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively. The Company’s retained residual interests are generally restricted or subordinated to investors’ interests and their value is subject to substantial credit, repayment and interest rate risks on the transferred financial assets. The investors and the trusts have no recourse to the Company’s assets, other than the retained residual interests, if the off-balance sheet loans are not paid when due.

 

The gain on sale recorded from off-balance sheet securitizations is based on the estimated fair value of the assets sold and retained and liabilities incurred, and is recorded at the time of sale in servicing and securitizations income on the Consolidated Statements of Income. The related receivable is the interest-only strip, which is based on the present value of the estimated future cash flows from excess finance charges and past-due fees over the sum of the return paid to security holders, estimated contractual servicing fees and credit losses. The Company periodically reviews the key assumptions and estimates used in determining the value of the interest-only strip. Prior to December 31, 2002, decreases in fair value below the carrying amount as a result of changes in the key assumptions were recognized in “servicing and securitizations” income, while increases in fair values as a result of changes in key assumptions were recorded as unrealized gains and included as a component of cumulative other comprehensive income, on a net-of-tax basis, in accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 115, Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities . Effective December 31, 2002 and for all subsequent periods, the Company recognizes all changes in the fair value of the interest-only strip immediately in servicing and securitizations income on the consolidated statements of income. In accordance with Emerging Issues Task Force 99-20 (“EITF 99-20”) , Recognition of Interest Income and Impairment of Purchased and Retained Beneficial Interests in Securitized Financial Assets , the interest component of cash flows attributable to retained interests in securitizations is recorded in other interest income.

 

The key assumptions used in determining the fair value of the interest-only strips resulting from securitizations of consumer loan receivables completed during the period included the weighted average ranges for charge-off rates, principal repayment rates, lives of receivables and discount rates included in the following table. The charge-off rates are determined using forecasted net charge-offs expected for the trust calculated consistently

 

91


with other company charge-off forecasts. The principal repayment rate assumptions are determined using actual and forecasted trust principal repayment rates based on the collateral. The lives of receivables are determined as the number of months necessary to pay off the investors given the principal repayment rate assumptions. The discount rates are determined using primarily trust specific statistics and forward rate curves, and are reflective of what market participants would use in a similar valuation.

 

Securitization Key Assumptions

 

Year Ended December 31    2003   2002

Weighted average life for receivables (months)

         9 to 10         8 to 10

Principal repayment rate (weighted average rate)

   14% to 15%   13% to 15%

Charge-off rate (weighted average rate)

       5% to 6%       5% to 6%

Discount rate (weighted average rate)

       8% to 9%       8% to 9%

 

If these assumptions are not met, or if they change, the interest-only strip and related servicing and securitizations income would be affected. The following adverse changes to the key assumptions and estimates, presented in accordance with SFAS 140, are hypothetical and should be used with caution. As the figures indicate, any change in fair value based on a 10% or 20% variation in assumptions cannot be extrapolated because the relationship of a change in assumption to the change in fair value may not be linear. Also, the effect of a variation in a particular assumption on the fair value of the interest-only strip is calculated independently from any change in another assumption. However, changes in one factor may result in changes in other factors, which might magnify or counteract the sensitivities.

 

Securitization Key Assumptions and Sensitivities

 

As of December 31    2003     2002  

 

Interest-only strip

   $ 304,227     $ 236,398  

 

Weighted average life for receivables (months)

     9       9  

 

Principal repayment rate (weighted average rate)

     14 %     14 %

Impact on fair value of 10% adverse change

   $ 15,480     $ 15,353  

Impact on fair value of 20% adverse change

     27,898       27,252  

 

Charge-off rate (weighted average rate)

     5 %     6 %

Impact on fair value of 10% adverse change

   $ 60,261     $ 46,083  

Impact on fair value of 20% adverse change

     119,014       92,167  

 

Discount rate (weighted average rate)

     9 %     8 %

Impact on fair value of 10% adverse change

   $ 1,326     $ 1,387  

Impact on fair value of 20% adverse change

     3,226       2,733  

 

 

Static pool credit losses are calculated by summing the actual and projected future credit losses and dividing them by the original balance of each pool of assets. Due to the short-term revolving nature of the consumer loan receivables, the weighted average percentage of static pool credit losses is not considered materially different from the assumed charge-off rates used to determine the fair value of the retained interests.

 

The Company acts as a servicing agent and receives contractual servicing fees of between 2% and 6% of the investor principal outstanding, based upon the type of assets serviced. The servicing revenues associated with transferred receivables adequately compensate the Company for servicing the accounts. Accordingly, no material servicing asset or liability has been recorded.

 

92


Securitization Cash Flows

 

Year Ended December 31    2003    2002

Proceeds from new securitizations

   $ 11,466,122    $ 12,533,886

Collections reinvested in revolving-period securitizations

     59,279,548      45,740,377

Repurchases of accounts from the trust

     —        —  

Servicing fees received

     693,166      490,935

Cash flows received on retained interests (1)

     3,196,036      3,033,951

(1) Includes all cash receipts of excess spread and other payments (excluding servicing fees) from the Trust to the Company.

 

For the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, the Company recognized $26.6 million in losses and $30.1 million in gains, respectively, related to new securitization transactions accounted for as sales, net of transaction costs. These gains and losses are included in servicing and securitizations income. The remainder of servicing and securitizations income represents servicing income and excess interest and non-interest income generated by the transferred receivables, less the related net losses on the transferred receivables and interest expense related to the securitization debt.

 

Note S

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

 

The Company maintains a risk management strategy that incorporates the use of derivative instruments to minimize significant unplanned fluctuations in earnings caused by interest rate and foreign exchange rate volatility. The Company’s goal is to manage sensitivity to changes in rates by modifying the repricing or maturity characteristics of certain balance sheet assets and liabilities, thereby limiting the impact on earnings. By using derivative instruments, the Company is exposed to credit and market risk. If the counterparty fails to perform, credit risk is equal to the extent of the fair value gain in a derivative. When the fair value of a derivative contract is positive, this generally indicates that the counterparty owes the Company, and, therefore, creates a repayment risk for the Company. When the fair value of a derivative contract is negative, the Company owes the counterparty, and therefore, has no repayment risk. The Company minimizes the credit (or repayment) risk in derivative instruments by entering into transactions with high-quality counterparties that are reviewed periodically by the Company’s Asset and Liability Committee, a committee of senior management. The Company also maintains a policy of requiring that all derivative contracts be governed by an International Swaps and Derivatives Association Master Agreement; depending on the nature of the derivative transaction, bilateral collateral agreements may be required as well.

 

Market risk is the adverse effect that a change in interest rates, currency, or implied volatility rates has on the value of a financial instrument. The Company manages the market risk associated with interest rate and foreign exchange contracts by establishing and monitoring limits as to the types and degree of risk that may be undertaken.

 

The Company periodically uses interest rate swaps as part of its interest rate risk management strategy. Interest rate swaps generally involve the exchange of fixed and variable rate interest payments between two parties, based on a common notional principal amount and maturity date. As a result of interest rate fluctuations, hedged assets and liabilities will appreciate or depreciate in market value. To the extent that there is a high degree of correlation between the hedged asset or liability and the derivative instrument, the income or loss generated will generally offset the effect of this unrealized appreciation or depreciation.

 

The Company’s foreign currency denominated assets and liabilities expose it to foreign currency exchange risk. The Company enters into various foreign exchange derivative contracts for managing foreign currency exchange risk. Changes in the fair value of the derivative instrument effectively offset the related foreign exchange gains or losses on the items to which they are designated.

 

93


The Company has non-trading derivatives that do not qualify as hedges. These derivatives are carried at fair value and changes in value are included in current earnings.

 

The Asset and Liability Management Committee, as part of that committee’s oversight of the Company’s asset/liability and treasury functions, monitors the Company’s derivative activities. In accordance with the Company’s asset/liability management policies, the Company reviews its risk profile on a monthly basis. The Company’s Asset and Liability Management Committee is responsible for approving hedging strategies. The resulting strategies are then incorporated into the Company’s overall interest rate risk management strategies.

 

Fair Value Hedges

 

The Company has entered into forward exchange contracts to hedge foreign currency denominated investments against fluctuations in exchange rates. The purpose of the Company’s foreign currency hedging activities is to protect the Company from the risk of adverse affects from movements in exchange rates.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, the Company recognized substantially no net gains or losses related to the ineffective portions of its fair value hedging instruments.

 

Cash Flow Hedges

 

The Company has entered into interest rate swap agreements for the management of its interest rate risk exposure. The interest rate swap agreements utilized by the Company effectively modify the Company’s exposure to interest rate risk by converting floating rate debt to a fixed rate over the next five years. The agreements involve the receipt of floating rate amounts in exchange for fixed rate interest payments over the life of the agreement without an exchange of underlying principal amounts. The Company had entered into interest rate swaps and amortizing notional interest rate swaps to effectively reduce the interest rate sensitivity of anticipated net cash flows of its interest-only strip from securitization transactions over the next four years. During the year ended December 31, 2002, the Company terminated the interest rate swaps and amortizing interest rate swaps that effectively reduced the interest rate sensitivity of anticipated net cash flows of its interest-only strip from securitization transactions. These derivative fair values, net of taxes, were included in cumulative other comprehensive income and will be amortized into interest or servicing and securitizations income over the previous lives of the terminated swaps.

 

The Company has also entered into currency swaps that effectively convert fixed rate foreign currency denominated interest receipts to fixed dollar interest receipts on foreign currency denominated assets. The purpose of these hedges is to protect against adverse movements in exchange rates over the next four years.

 

The Company has entered into forward exchange contracts to reduce the Company’s sensitivity to foreign currency exchange rate changes on its foreign currency denominated loans. The forward rate agreements allow the Company to “lock-in” functional currency equivalent cash flows associated with the foreign currency denominated loans.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, the Company recognized no net gains or losses related to the ineffective portions of its cash flow hedging instruments. The Company recognized no net gains or losses during the year ended December 31, 2003, and net losses of $1.7 million during the year ended December 31, 2002, respectively, for cash flow hedges that have been discontinued because the forecasted transaction was no longer probable of occurring.

 

At December 31, 2003, the Company expects to reclassify $58.0 million of net losses, after tax, on derivative instruments from cumulative other comprehensive income to earnings during the next 12 months as terminated swaps are amortized and as interest payments and receipts on derivative instruments occur.

 

94


Hedge of Net Investment in Foreign Operations

 

The Company uses cross-currency swaps and forward exchange contracts to protect the value of its investment in its foreign subsidiaries. Realized and unrealized foreign currency gains and losses from these hedges are not included in the income statement, but are shown in the translation adjustments in other comprehensive income. The purpose of these hedges is to protect against adverse movements in exchange rates.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, net losses of $6.0 million and $3.2 million related to these derivatives were included in the cumulative translation adjustment.

 

Non-Trading Derivatives

 

The Company uses interest rate swaps to manage interest rate sensitivity related to loan securitizations. The Company enters into interest rate swaps with its securitization trust and essentially offsets the derivative with separate interest rate swaps with third parties.

 

The Company uses interest rate swaps in conjunction with its auto securitizations that are not designated hedges. These swaps have zero balance notional amounts unless the paydown of auto securitizations differs from its scheduled amortization.

 

These derivatives do not qualify as hedges and are recorded on the balance sheet at fair value with changes in value included in current earnings. During the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, the Company had net losses of $2.2 million and $2.3 million, respectively. The Company recognized net losses of $2.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2003, for non-trading derivatives that were terminated.

 

95


Note T

Significant Concentration of Credit Risk

 

The Company is active in originating consumer loans, primarily in the United States. The Company reviews each potential customer’s credit application and evaluates the applicant’s financial history and ability and willingness to repay. Loans are made primarily on an unsecured basis; however, certain loans require collateral in the form of cash deposits and automobiles and other motor vehicles serve as collateral for auto loans. International consumer loans are originated primarily in Canada and the United Kingdom. The geographic distribution of the Company’s consumer loans was as follows:

 

     December 31  

     2003     2002  

     Loans    

Percentage

of Total

    Loans    

Percentage

of Total

 

 

Geographic Region:

                

Domestic

                

South

   $ 23,262,643     32.65 %   $ 20,394,077     34.13 %

West

     14,662,193     20.58       12,507,242     20.93  

Midwest

     13,643,202     19.15       11,396,942     19.08  

Northeast

     12,029,894     16.89       10,117,735     16.94  

 

Total Domestic

     63,597,932     89.27 %     54,415,996     91.08 %

International

                            

U.K.

     5,546,644     7.78 %     3,847,287     6.44 %

Canada

     1,935,396     2.72       1,317,532     2.20  

Other

     164,824     0.23       165,722     0.28  

 

Total International

     7,646,864     10.73 %     5,330,541     8.92 %

 
       71,244,796     100.00 %     59,746,537     100.00 %

Less securitization adjustments

     (38,394,527 )           (32,402,607 )      

 

Total

   $ 32,850,269           $ 27,343,930        

 

 

Note U

Disclosures About Fair Value of Financial Instruments

 

The following discloses the fair value of financial instruments whether or not recognized in the balance sheets as of December 31, 2003 and 2002. In cases where quoted market prices were not available, fair values were based on estimates using present value or other valuation techniques. Those techniques were significantly affected by the assumptions used, including the discount rate and estimates of future cash flows. In that regard, the derived fair value estimates cannot be substantiated by comparison to independent markets and, in many cases, could not be realized in immediate settlement of the instrument. As required under GAAP, these disclosures exclude certain financial instruments and all non-financial instruments. Accordingly, the aggregate fair value amounts presented do not represent the underlying value of the Company.

 

The Company, in estimating the fair value of its financial instruments as of December 31, 2003 and 2002, used the following methods and assumptions:

 

Financial Assets

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

The carrying amounts of cash and due from banks, federal funds sold and resale agreements and interest-bearing deposits at other banks approximated fair value.

 

96


Securities available for sale

 

The fair value of securities available for sale was determined using current market prices. See Note C for fair values by type of security.

 

Consumer loans

 

The net carrying amount of consumer loans other than auto loans approximated fair value due to the relatively short average life and variable interest rates on a substantial number of these loans. This amount excluded any value related to account relationships.

 

The fair value of auto loans was estimated by discounting future cash flows using a rate at which a similar portfolio of loans would be made under current conditions.

 

Interest receivable

 

The carrying amount approximated the fair value of this asset due to its relatively short-term nature.

 

Accounts receivable from securitizations

 

The carrying amount approximated fair value.

 

Derivatives

 

The carrying amount of derivatives approximated fair value and was represented by the estimated unrealized gains as determined by quoted market prices. This value generally reflects the estimated amounts that the Corporation would have received to terminate the interest rate swaps, currency swaps and forward foreign currency exchange (“f/x”) contracts at the respective dates, taking into account the forward yield curve on the swaps and the forward rates on the currency swaps and f/x contracts. These derivatives are included in other assets on the balance sheet.

 

Financial Liabilities

 

Interest-bearing deposits

 

The fair value of interest-bearing deposits was calculated by discounting the future cash flows using estimates of market rates for corresponding contractual terms.

 

Other borrowings

 

The carrying amount of federal funds purchased and resale agreements and other short-term borrowings approximated fair value. The fair value of secured borrowings was calculated by discounting the future cash flows using estimates of market rates for corresponding contractual terms and assumed maturities when no stated final maturity was available. The fair value of the junior subordinated capital income securities was determined based on quoted market prices.

 

Senior notes

 

The fair value of senior notes was determined based on quoted market prices.

 

Interest payable

 

The carrying amount approximated the fair value of this asset due to its relatively short-term nature.

 

97


Derivatives

 

The carrying amount of derivatives approximated fair value and was represented by the estimated unrealized losses as determined by quoted market prices. This value generally reflects the estimated amounts that the Corporation would have paid to terminate the interest rate swaps, currency swaps and f/x contracts at the respective dates, taking into account the forward yield curve on the swaps and the forward rates on the currency swaps and f/x contracts. These derivatives are included in other liabilities on the balance sheet.

 

     2003    2002

     Carrying
Amount
   Estimated
Fair Value
  

Carrying

Amount

   Estimated
Fair Value

Financial Assets

                           

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 1,980,282    $ 1,980,282    $ 918,778    $ 918,778

Securities available for sale

     5,866,628      5,866,628      4,423,677      4,423,677

Net loans

     31,255,269      31,571,269      25,623,930      25,623,930

Interest receivable

     214,295      214,295      217,512      217,512

Accounts receivable from securitizations

     4,748,962      4,748,962      3,606,549      3,606,549

Derivatives

     338,549      338,549      435,383      435,383

Financial Liabilities

                           

Interest-bearing deposits

   $ 22,416,332    $ 23,138,228    $ 17,325,965    $ 18,260,362

Senior notes

     7,016,020      7,423,326      5,565,615      5,432,411

Other borrowings

     7,796,613      7,793,758      6,365,075      6,446,669

Interest payable

     256,015      256,015      236,081      236,081

Derivatives

     481,228      481,228      500,471      500,471

 

Note V

International Activities

 

The Company’s international activities are primarily performed through Capital One Bank (Europe) plc, a subsidiary bank of the Bank that provides consumer lending and other financial products in Europe and Capital One Bank—Canada Branch, a foreign branch office of the Bank that provides consumer lending products in Canada. The total assets, revenue, income before income taxes and net income of the international operations are summarized below.

 

     2003    2002    2001  

 

Domestic

                      

Total Assets

   $ 42,230,859    $ 34,420,099    $ 25,254,438  

Revenue (1)

     7,461,825      7,604,075      5,738,433  

Income before income taxes and cumulative accounting change

     1,736,362      1,436,706      1,064,420  

Net Income

     1,090,296      899,429      660,809  

International

                      

Total Assets

     4,052,847      2,962,281      2,929,609  

Revenue (1)

     739,188      581,873      475,471  

Income before income taxes and cumulative accounting change

     90,431      14,333      (29,000 )

Net Income (loss)

     45,546      215      (18,844 )

 

Total Company

                      

Total Assets

   $ 46,283,706    $ 37,382,380    $ 28,184,047  

Revenue (1)

     8,201,013      8,185,948      6,213,904  

Income before income taxes and cumulative accounting change

     1,826,793      1,451,039      1,035,420  

Net Income (loss)

     1,135,842      899,644      641,965  

 
(1) Revenue equals net interest income plus non-interest income.

 

98


The Company maintains its books and records on a legal entity basis for the preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP. Because certain international operations are integrated with many of the Company’s domestic operations, estimates and assumptions have been made to assign certain expense items between domestic and foreign operations.

 

Note W

Capital One Financial Corporation (Parent Company Only)

Condensed Financial Information

 

The following Parent Company Only financial statements are provided in accordance with Regulation S-X of the Securities and Exchange Commission which requires all issuers or guarantors of registered securities to include separate annual financial statements.

 

     December 31

Balance Sheets    2003    2002

Assets:

             

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 33,873    $ 6,385

Investment in subsidiaries

     6,000,005      5,146,632

Loans to subsidiaries (1)

     1,748,608      1,105,005

Other

     134,360      157,648

Total assets

   $ 7,916,846    $ 6,415,670

Liabilities:

             

Senior notes

   $ 1,753,514    $ 1,567,415

Borrowings from subsidiaries

     75,180      192,878

Other

     36,341      32,206

Total liabilities

     1,865,035      1,792,499

Stockholders’ equity

     6,051,811      4,623,171

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 7,916,846    $ 6,415,670

(1) As of December 31, 2003 and 2002, includes $576.6 million and $293.9 million, respectively, of cash invested at the Bank instead of the open market.

 

     Year Ended December 31  

Statements of Income    2003     2002     2001  

 

Interest from temporary investments

   $ 50,808     $ 44,220     $ 48,595  

Interest expense

     (146,940 )     (124,097 )     (53,536 )

Dividends, principally from bank subsidiaries

     776,019       880,069       125,000  

Non-interest income

     6,410       1,154       4,847  

Non-interest expense

     (3,119 )     (1,852 )     (45,223 )

 

Income before income taxes and equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries

     683,178       799,494       79,683  

Income tax benefit

     47,786       30,619       17,221  

Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries

     404,878       69,531       545,061  

 

Net income

   $ 1,135,842     $ 899,644     $ 641,965  

 

 

99


     Year Ended December 31  

Statements of Cash Flows    2003     2002     2001  

 

Operating Activities:

                        

Net income

   $ 1,135,842     $ 899,644     $ 641,965  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

                        

Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries

     (404,878 )     (69,531 )     (545,061 )

Amortization of discount of senior notes

     12,518       —         —    

Stock plan compensation expense

     49,449       27,749       (11,134 )

Decrease (increase) in other assets

     53,197       50,788       (36,567 )

Decrease (increase) in other liabilities

     4,135       (33,328 )     (22,118 )

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     850,263       875,322       27,085  

Investing Activities:

                        

Increase in investment in subsidiaries

     (350,000 )     (1,210,000 )     (653,202 )

Increase in loans to subsidiaries

     (643,603 )     (559,774 )     (252,257 )

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (993,603 )     (1,769,774 )     (905,459 )

Financing Activities:

                        

(Decrease) increase in borrowings from subsidiaries

     (117,698 )     (376,598 )     365,109  

Issuance of senior notes

     298,581       300,000       —    

Issuance of mandatory convertible securities

     —         725,075       —    

Maturities of senior notes

     (125,000 )     —         —    

Dividends paid

     (24,282 )     (23,457 )     (22,310 )

Purchases of treasury stock

     (4,069 )     —         —    

Net proceeds from issuances of common stock

     25,147       232,321       473,334  

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

     118,149       33,649       62,804  

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     170,828       890,990       878,937  

 

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     27,488       (3,462 )     563  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

     6,385       9,847       9,284  

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

   $ 33,873     $ 6,385     $ 9,847  

 

 

100


MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND INTERNAL CONTROLS OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

 

The Management of Capital One Financial Corporation is responsible for the preparation, integrity and fair presentation of the financial statements and footnotes contained in this Annual Report. The Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States and are free of material misstatement. The Company also prepared other information included in this Annual Report and is responsible for its accuracy and consistency with the financial statements. In situations where financial information must be based upon estimates and judgments, they represent the best estimates and judgments of Management.

 

The Consolidated Financial Statements have been audited by the Company’s independent auditors, Ernst & Young LLP, whose independent professional opinion appears separately. Their audit provides an objective assessment of the degree to which the Company’s Management meets its responsibility for financial reporting. Their opinion on the financial statements is based on auditing procedures, which include reviewing accounting systems and internal controls and performing selected tests of transactions and records as they deem appropriate. These auditing procedures are designed to provide reasonable assurance that the financial statements are free of material misstatement.

 

Management depends on its accounting systems and internal controls in meeting its responsibilities for reliable financial statements. In Management’s opinion, these systems and controls provide reasonable assurance that assets are safeguarded and that transactions are properly recorded and executed in accordance with Management’s authorizations. As an integral part of these systems and controls, the Company maintains a professional staff of internal auditors that conducts operational and special audits and coordinates audit coverage with the independent auditors.

 

The Audit and Risk Committee of the Board of Directors, composed solely of outside directors, meets periodically with the internal auditors, the independent auditors and Management to review the work of each and ensure that each is properly discharging its responsibilities. The independent auditors have free access to the Committee to discuss the results of their audit work and their evaluations of the adequacy of accounting systems and internal controls and the quality of financial reporting.

 

There are inherent limitations in the effectiveness of internal controls, including the possibility of human error or the circumvention or overriding of controls. Accordingly, even effective internal controls can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to reliability of financial statements and safeguarding of assets. Furthermore, because of changes in conditions, internal control effectiveness may vary over time.

 

The Company assessed its internal controls over financial reporting as of December 31, 2003, in relation to the criteria described in the “Internal Control-Integrated Framework” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this assessment, the Company believes that as of December 31, 2003, in all material respects, the Company maintained effective internal controls over financial reporting.

 

/s/    R ICHARD D. F AIRBANK               /s/    G ARY L. P ERLIN        

     
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer       Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

 

101


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

 

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

Capital One Financial Corporation

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Capital One Financial Corporation as of December 31, 2003 and 2002, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2003. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Capital One Financial Corporation at December 31, 2003 and 2002, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2003, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.

 

As discussed in Note A to the financial statements, in 2003 the Company changed its method of accounting for variable interest entities and accounting for stock based compensation.

 

/s/    E RNST & Y OUNG LLP

 

McLean, Virginia

January 21, 2004

 

102


Selected Quarterly Financial Data

 

     2003 (1)     2002  

(Unaudited)    Fourth
Quarter
    Third
Quarter
    Second
Quarter
    First
Quarter
    Fourth
Quarter
    Third
Quarter
    Second
Quarter
    First
Quarter
 

 

Summary of Operations:

                                                                

(In Thousands)

                                                                

Interest income

   $ 1,087,783     $ 1,103,025     $ 1,070,280     $ 1,106,566     $ 1,113,664     $ 1,108,079     $ 1,024,661     $ 934,361  

Interest expense

     423,682       399,104       388,017       371,762       382,632       385,650       370,249       323,123  

 

Net interest income

     664,101       703,921       682,263       734,804       731,032       722,429       654,412       611,238  

Provision for loan losses

     390,405       364,144       387,097       375,851       543,758       674,111       541,841       389,617  

 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

     273,696       339,777       295,166       358,953       187,274       48,318       112,571       221,621  

Non-interest income

     1,437,491       1,363,208       1,310,622       1,304,603       1,320,322       1,520,178       1,384,812       1,241,524  

Non-interest expense

     1,289,472       1,241,763       1,151,556       1,173,932       1,121,020       1,151,020       1,153,646       1,159,895  

 

Income before income taxes and cumulative effect of accounting change

     421,715       461,222       454,232       489,624       386,576       417,476       343,737       303,250  

Income taxes

     156,034       170,653       168,066       181,161       146,899       158,641       130,620       115,235  

 

Income before cumulative effect of accounting change

     265,681       290,569       286,166       308,463       239,677       258,835       213,117       188,015  

 

Cumulative effect of accounting change, net of taxes of $8,832

     —         15,037       —         —         —         —         —         —    

 

Net income

   $ 265,681     $ 275,532     $ 286,166     $ 308,463     $ 239,677     $ 258,835     $ 213,117     $ 188,015  

 

Per Common Share:

                                                                

Basic earnings per share

   $ 1.16     $ 1.23     $ 1.28       1.38     $ 1.08     $ 1.17     $ 0.97     $ 0.86  

Diluted earnings per share

     1.11       1.17       1.23       1.35       1.05       1.13       0.92       0.83  

Dividends

     0.03       0.03       0.03       0.03       0.03       0.03       0.03       0.03  

Market prices

                                                                

High

     64.25       62.02       54.99       39.70       36.50       61.10       66.50       64.91  

Low

     55.15       44.51       30.05       24.91       25.49       24.05       52.00       43.01  

 

Average common shares (000s)

     228,110       224,615       223,691       222,951       221,807       220,564       219,961       217,548  

Average common shares and common equivalent shares (000s)

     239,206       236,270       232,553       228,422       228,214       228,418       231,684       226,605  

Average Balance Sheet Data:

                                                                

(In Millions)

                                                                

Consumer loans

   $ 31,297     $ 28,949     $ 27,101     $ 27,316     $ 27,260     $ 26,058     $ 24,876     $ 21,880  

Allowance for loan losses

     (1,567 )     (1,590 )     (1,635 )     (1,719 )     (1,596 )     (1,241 )     (994 )     (873 )

Securities

     7,598       7,331       7,535       5,352       5,120       4,666       4,216       3,850  

Other assets

     7,674       7,014       6,677       7,369       6,424       5,987       5,942       5,139  

 

Total assets

   $ 45,002     $ 41,704     $ 39,678     $ 38,318     $ 37,208     $ 35,470     $ 34,040     $ 29,996  

 

Interest-bearing deposits

   $ 21,605     $ 20,303     $ 19,178     $ 17,940     $ 17,077     $ 16,520     $ 15,277     $ 13,505  

Other borrowings

     7,661       6,892       6,683       7,010       6,332       5,631       5,947       4,926  

Senior and deposit notes

     6,735       6,066       5,534       5,310       5,564       5,719       5,959       5,430  

Other liabilities

     3,114       3,019       3,135       3,235       3,667       3,182       2,836       2,563  

Stockholder’s equity

     5,887       5,424       5,148       4,823       4,568       4,418       4,021       3,572  

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 45,002     $ 41,704     $ 39,678     $ 38,318     $ 37,208     $ 35,470     $ 34,040     $ 29,996  

 

 

The above schedule is a tabulation of the Company’s unaudited quarterly results for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002. The Company’s common shares are traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol COF. In addition, shares may be traded in the over-the-counter stock market. There were 10,227 common stockholders of record as of December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively.


(1) In the fourth quarter 2003, the Company adopted the expense recognition provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 123, (“SFAS 123”) Accounting for Stock Based Compensation , under the prospective method for all awards granted, modified or settled after January 1, 2003. Certain prior period amounts and statistics have been restated in accordance with SFAS 123.

 

103


Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.

 

Not applicable.

 

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures.

 

(a)   Disclosure Controls and Procedures.

 

The Corporation carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of the Corporation’s management, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Corporation’s disclosure controls and internal controls and procedures as of December 31, 2003 pursuant to Exchange Act Rules 13a-14 and 13a-15. These controls and procedures for financial reporting are the responsibility of the Corporation’s management. Based upon that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are effective in alerting them in a timely manner to material information relating to the Corporation (including consolidated subsidiaries) required to be included in the Corporation’s periodic filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The Corporation has established a Disclosure Committee consisting of members of senior management to assist in this evaluation.

 

(b)   Internal Controls over Financial Reporting.

 

Not applicable.

 

104


PART III

 

Item 10. Directors and Executive Officers of the Corporation.

 

The information required by Item 10 will be included in the Corporation’s 2004 Proxy Statement (the “Proxy Statement”) under the heading “Information About Our Directors and Executive Officers” and is incorporated herein by reference. The Proxy Statement will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days of the end of the Corporation’s 2003 fiscal year.

 

Item 11. Executive Compensation.

 

The information required by Item 11 will be included in the Proxy Statement under the headings “Information About Our Directors and Executive Officers—Compensation of the Board,” “Compensation of Executive Officers” and “Report of the Compensation Committee on Executive Compensation,” and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.

 

The information required by Item 12 will be included in the Proxy Statement under the heading “Equity Compensation Plan Information,” and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.

 

The information required by Item 13 will be included in the Proxy Statement under the heading “Information About Our Directors and Executive Officers—Related Party Transactions,” and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services .

 

The information required by Item 14 will be included in the Proxy Statement under the heading “Ratification of Selection of Independent Auditors” and is incorporated by reference herein.

 

105


PART IV

 

Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on Form 8-K .

 

a)    (1) The following consolidated financial statements of Capital One Financial Corporation, included in Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data”, are incorporated by reference hereto:

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets—as of December 31, 2003 and 2002

 

Consolidated Statements of Income—Years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001

 

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity—Years ended December 2003, 2002 and 2001

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows—Years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Report of Independent Auditors, Ernst & Young LLP

 

Selected Quarterly and Financial Data—as of and for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002

 

       (2) All schedules are omitted since the required information is either not applicable, not deemed material, or is shown in the respective financial statements or in notes thereto.

 

       (3) Exhibits:

 

A list of the exhibits to this Form 10-K is set forth on the Exhibit Index immediately preceding such exhibits and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

b) Reports on Form 8-K

 

On October 22, 2003, the Company filed under Item 5—“Other Events” and filed under Item 7—“Financial Statements, Proforma Financial Information and Exhibits” and Item 9—“Regulation FD Disclosure” of Form 8-K, on Exhibit 99.1, a copy of its earnings press release for the third quarter 2003 that was issued October 22, 2003. This release, which is required under Item 12, “Results of Operations and Financial Condition,” has been included under Item 9 pursuant to interim reporting guidance provided by the SEC. Additionally, the Company furnished the information in Exhibit 99.2, Third Quarter Earnings Presentation for the quarter ended September 30, 2003.

 

On October 22, 2003, the Company furnished under Item 9—“Regulation FD Disclosure” of Form 8-K on Exhibit 99.1 the Monthly Financial Measures—September 2003 for the month ended September 30, 2003.

 

On October 28, 2003, the Company furnished under Item 9—“Regulation FD Disclosure” of Form 8-K on Exhibit 99.1 its press release dated October 27, 2003.

 

On October 30, 2003, the Company furnished under Item 9—“Regulation FD Disclosure” of Form 8-K on Exhibit 99.1 the 2003 Debt and Equity Conference Introduction Presentation.

 

On October 30, 2003, the Company filed under Item 5—“Other Events” and filed under Item 7—“Financial Statements, Proforma Financial Information and Exhibits” of Form 8-K, on Exhibit 99.1, a copy of its press release dated October 29, 2003.

 

On November 10, 2003, the Company furnished under Item 9—“Regulation FD Disclosure” of Form 8-K on Exhibit 99.1 the Monthly Financial Measures—October 2003 for the month ended October 31, 2003.

 

On December 9, 2003, The Company furnished under Item 9—“Regulation FD Disclosure” of Form 8-K on Exhibit 99.1 the Monthly Financial Measures—November 2003 for the month ended November 30, 2003.

 

106


On December 18, 2003, the Company furnished under Item 9—“Regulation FD Disclosure” of Form 8-K the Board of Directors approval of the 2004 annual compensation of Richard D. Fairbank, Capital One’s Chairman and Chief Executive Officer.

 

*Information in this furnished herewith shall not be deemed to be “filed” for the purposes of Section 18 of the 1934 Act or otherwise subject to the liabilities of that section.

 

The Corporation makes available to investors, free of charge, its reports to the SEC pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, including its Reports on Forms 8-K, 10-Q and 10-K, through the Company’s website at www.capitalone.com/about/invest/financial/ , as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is filed with, or furnished to, the SEC electronically.

 

107


SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

C APITAL O NE F INANCIAL C ORPORATION
By:       /s/    R ICHARD D. F AIRBANK        
   
   

Richard D. Fairbank

Chairman of the Board, Chief

Executive Officer and President

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature


  

Title


 

Date


/s/    R ICHARD D. F AIRBANK        


Richard D. Fairbank

   Director, Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President (Principal Executive Officer)   March 5, 2004

/s/    N IGEL W. M ORRIS        


Nigel W. Morris

   Director, Vice Chairman   March 5, 2004

/s/    G ARY L. P ERLIN        


Gary L. Perlin

   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   March 5, 2004

/s/    W. R ONALD D IETZ        


W. Ronald Dietz

  

Director

  March 5, 2004

/s/    J AMES A. F LICK , J R .        


James A. Flick, Jr.

  

Director

  March 5, 2004

/s/    P ATRICK W. G ROSS        


Patrick W. Gross

  

Director

  March 5, 2004

/s/    L EWIS H AY , III        


Lewis Hay, III

  

Director

  March 5, 2004

/s/    J AMES V. K IMSEY        


James V. Kimsey

  

Director

  March 5, 2004

/s/    M AYO A. S HATTUCK , III        


Mayo A. Shattuck, III

  

Director

  March 5, 2004

/s/    S TANLEY W ESTREICH        


Stanley Westreich

  

Director

  March 5, 2004

 

108


CERTIFICATION FOR ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K OF CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND CONSOLIDATED SUBSIDIARIES

 

I, Richard D. Fairbank, certify that:

 

  1. I have reviewed this annual report of Capital One Financial Corporation;

 

  2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

  3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

  4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have:

 

(a)  Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

(b)  Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

(c)  Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

  5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

(a)  All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

(b)  Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: March 5, 2004

 

C APITAL O NE F INANCIAL C ORPORATION
By:       /s/    R ICHARD D. F AIRBANK        
   
   

Richard D. Fairbank

Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive

Officer and President

 

109


CERTIFICATION FOR ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K OF CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND CONSOLIDATED SUBSIDIARIES

 

I, Gary L. Perlin, certify that:

 

  1. I have reviewed this annual report of Capital One Financial Corporation;

 

  2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

  3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

  4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have:

 

(a)  Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

(b)  Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

(c)  Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

  5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

(a)  All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

(b)  Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: March 5, 2004

 

C APITAL O NE F INANCIAL C ORPORATION
By:       /s/    G ARY L. P ERLIN        
   
   

Gary L. Perlin

Executive Vice President and

Chief Financial Officer

 

110


CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

(SUBSECTIONS (A) AND (B) OF SECTION 1350, CHAPTER 63 OF TITLE 18, UNITED STATES CODE)

 

Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (Subsections (a) and (b) of Section 1350, Chapter 63 of Title 18, United States Code), I, Richard D. Fairbank, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Capital One Financial Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“Capital One”), do hereby certify that:

 

The Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2003 (the “Form 10-K”) of Capital One fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and information contained in the Form 10-K fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of Capital One.

 

Dated: March 5, 2004

 

By:       /s/    R ICHARD D. F AIRBANK        
   
   

Richard D. Fairbank

Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive

Officer and President

 

111


CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 (SUBSECTIONS (A) AND (B) OF SECTION 1350, CHAPTER 63 OF TITLE 18, UNITED STATES CODE)

 

Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (Subsections (a) and (b) of Section 1350, Chapter 63 of Title 18, United States Code), I, Gary L. Perlin, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Capital One Financial Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“Capital One”), do hereby certify that:

 

The Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2003 (the “Form 10-K”) of Capital One fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and information contained in the Form 10-K fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of Capital One.

 

Dated: March 5, 2004

 

By:       /s/    G ARY L. P ERLIN        
   
   

Gary L. Perlin

Executive Vice President and

Chief Financial Officer

 

112


EXHIBIT INDEX

 

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

 

ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K

 

DATED DECEMBER 31, 2003

 

Commission File No. 1-13300

 

The following exhibits are incorporated by reference or filed herewith. References to (i) the “1998 Form 10-K” are to the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998, filed March 26, 1999; (ii) the “1999 Form 10-K/A” are to the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, as amended, for the year ended December 31, 1999, filed March 23, 2000; (iii) the “2000 Form 10-K” are to the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000, filed March 29, 2001; (iv) the “2001 Form 10-K” are to the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001, filed March 22, 2002, as amended on August 14, 2002; (v) the “2002 Form 10-K” are to the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002, filed March 17, 2003.

 

Exhibit

Number


  

Description


3.1        Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Capital One Financial Corporation and Certificate of Amendment to Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Capital One Financial Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1.2 of the Corporation’s Report on Form 8-K, filed January 16, 2001).
3.2        Amended and Restated Bylaws of Capital One Financial Corporation (as amended November 18, 1999) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 of the 1999 Form 10-K/A).
4.1*      Specimen certificate representing the Common Stock.
4.2.1    Rights Agreement dated as of November 16, 1995 between Capital One Financial Corporation and Mellon Bank, N.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2.1 of the 2002 Form 10-K).
4.2.2    Amendment to Rights Agreement dated as of April 29, 1999 between Capital One Financial Corporation and First Chicago Trust Company of New York, as successor to Mellon Bank, N.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2.2 of the 1999 Form 10-K/A).
4.2.3    Amendment Number 2 to Rights Agreement dated as of October 18, 2001 between Capital One Financial Corporation and EquiServe Trust Company, N.A. (as successor to First Trust Company of New York) as Rights Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 of the Corporation’s Report on Form 8-K, filed November 2, 2001).
4.3        Amended and Restated Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement dated as of April 30, 1996 between Capital One Bank and Chemical Bank (including exhibits A-1, A-2, A-3 and A-4 thereto) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 of the 2002 Form 10-K).
4.4.1    Distribution Agreement dated May 8, 2003 among Capital One Bank, J.P. Morgan Securities, Inc. and the agents named therein (incorporated by reference to the Corporation’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the period ending June 30, 2003).
4.4.2    Copy of 6.50% Notes, due 2004, of Capital One Bank (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4.5 of the 2001 Form 10-K).
4.4.3    Copy of 6.875% Notes due 2006, of Capital One Bank (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4.6 of the 2001 Form 10-K).

 

1


Exhibit

Number


  

Description


  4.4.4*    Copy of 4.25% Notes, due 2008, of Capital One Bank.
  4.4.5*    Copy of 5.75% Notes, due 2010, of Capital One Bank.
  4.4.6*    Copy of 6.50% Notes, due 2013, of Capital One Bank.
  4.4.7*    Copy of 4.875% Notes, due 2008, of Capital One Bank.
  4.4.8    Copy of 8.25% Notes, due 2005, of Capital One Bank (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4.4 of the 2000 Form 10-K).
  4.5.1      Senior Indenture and Form T-1 dated as of November 1, 1996 among Capital One Financial Corporation and Harris Trust and Savings Bank (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5.1 of the 2002 Form 10-K).
  4.5.2      Copy of 8.75% Notes, due 2007, of Capital One Financial Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5.5 of the 2001 Form 10-K).
  4.5.3      Copy of 7.125% Notes, due 2008, of Capital One Financial Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.8 of the 1998 Form 10-K).
  4.5.4      Copy of 7.25% Notes, due 2006, of the Capital One Financial Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.10 of the 1999 Form 10-K/A).
  4.5.5*    Copy of 6.25% Notes, due 2013, of Capital One Financial Corporation.
  4.6.1      Declaration of Trust, dated as of January 28, 1997, between Capital One Bank and The First National Bank of Chicago, as trustee (including the Certificate of Trust executed by First Chicago Delaware Inc., as Delaware trustee) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6.1 of the 2002 Form 10-K).
  4.6.2      Copies of Certificates Evidencing Capital Securities (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6.2 of the 2002 Form 10-K).
  4.6.3*    Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust, dated as of January 31, 1997, by and among Capital One Bank, The First National Bank of Chicago and First Chicago Delaware Inc.
  4.7          Issue and Paying Agency Agreement dated as of October 24, 1997 between Capital One Bank, Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York, London Office, and the Paying Agents named therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.9 of the 1998 Form 10-K).
  4.8          Upper DECs ® form of certificate (incorporated herein by reference to each of the Corporation’s registration statement on Form 424B3 filed on April 17, 2002, and prospectus supplement on Form 424B5 filed on April 19, 2002, and Exhibit 4.5 to the Corporation’s Report on Form 8-K, filed on April 23, 2002).
10.1.1      1995 Associate Stock Purchase Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1.1 of the 2002 Form 10-K).
10.1.2      2002 Associate Stock Purchase Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Corporation’s Form S-8 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 10, 2002).
10.2.1      Lease Agreement, dated as of December 5, 2000, among First Union Development Corporation, as Lessor, and Capital One F.S.B. and Capital One Bank, jointly and severally, as Lessees (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2.1 of the 2000 Form 10-K).

 

2


Exhibit

Number


  

Description


10.2.2      Participation Agreement, dated as of December 5, 2000, among Capital One F.S.B. and Capital One Bank as construction agents and lessees, Capital One Financial Corporation as guarantor, First Union Development Corporation as Lessor, the various financing parties named therein, and First Union National Bank as Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2.2 of the 2000 Form 10-K).
10.2.3         Guaranty, dated as of December 5, 2000, from Capital One Financial Corporation in favor of First Union Development Corporation and the various other parties to the Participation Agreement, dated as of December 5, 2000 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2.3 of the 2000 Form 10-K).
10.3            Form of Change of Control Employment Agreement dated as of January 25, 2000 between Capital One Financial Corporation and each of Richard D. Fairbank and John G. Finneran Jr. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the 1999 Form 10-K/A).
10.4            Capital One Financial Corporation 1999 Non-Employee Directors Stock Incentive Plan, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the 2002 Form 10-K).
10.5.1         Employment Agreement between David R. Lawson and Summit Acceptance Corporation, dated July 13, 1998, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of the 2002 Form 10-K).
10.5.2         Employment Agreement between Nigel W. Morris and Capital One Financial Corporation, dated July 18, 2003 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Corporation’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the period ending June 30, 2003).
10.5.3         Separation Agreement between David M. Willey and Capital One Financial Corporation, dated July 8, 2003, (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Corporation’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the period ending June 30, 2003).
10.6            Capital One Financial Corporation 1999 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4 of the Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-8, Commission File No. 333-78609, filed May 17, 1999).
10.7            Capital One Financial Corporation 1994 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 of the 2002 Form 10-K).
10.8.1         Multicurrency Revolving Credit Facility Agreement dated as of August 11, 2000 by and between Capital One Bank, as borrower, Capital One Financial Corporation, as guarantor, and Chase Manhattan PLC, as lender (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of the Corporation’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the period ending September 30, 2000).
10.8.2         Amendment No. 2 to Multicurrency Credit Facility Agreement dated June 28, 2002 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8.1 to the Company’s Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2002, filed on August 13, 2002).
10.10          Form of Amended and Restated Change of Control Employment Agreement between Capital One Financial Corporation and certain of its senior executives (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 of the 2002 Form 10-K).
10.10.1*     Revised Schedule of Counterparts.
10.11          Capital One Financial Corporation Excess Savings Plan, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 of the 2002 Form 10-K).
10.12          Capital One Financial Corporation Excess Benefit Cash Balance Plan, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 of the 2002 Form 10-K).

 

3


Exhibit

Number


  

Description


10.13          Capital One Financial Corporation 1994 Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 of the 2002 Form 10-K).
10.14          1995 Non-Employee Directors Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to the Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-8, Commission File No. 33-91790, filed May 1, 1995).
10.15        Consulting Agreement dated as of April 5, 1995, by and between Capital One Financial Corporation and American Management Systems, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 of the 2002 Form 10-K).
10.16.1     Amended and Restated Lease Agreement dated as of October 14, 1998 between First Security Bank of Utah, N.A., as owner trustee for the COB Real Estate Trust 1995-1, as Lessor and Capital One Realty, Inc., as lessee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17.1 of the 1998 Form 10-K).
10.16.2     Guaranty dated as of October 14, 1998 from Capital One Bank in favor of First Security Bank, N.A., as owner trustee for the COB Real Estate Trust 1995-1, First Union National Bank, as indenture trustee, Lawyers Title Realty Services, Inc., as deed of trust trustee, and the Note Purchasers, Registered Owners and LC Issuer referred to therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17.2 of the 1998 Form 10-K).
10.16.3     Amendment to Lease Documents dated as of October 1, 1999 between First Security Bank of Utah, N.A., and Val T. Orton, as owner trustees for COB Real Estate Trust 1995-1, as lessor and Capital One Bank and Capital One Realty, Inc., as lessees (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17.3 of the 1999 Form 10-K/A).
10.16.4     Amendment to Guaranty dated as of April 1, 1999 between Capital One Bank and First Security Bank, N.A., as owner trustee for the COB Real Estate Trust 1995-1, First Union National Bank, as indenture trustee, Lawyers Title Realty Services, Inc., as deed of trust trustee, and the Note Purchasers, Registered Owners and LC Issuer referred to therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17.4 of the 1999 Form 10-K/A).
10.17         Revolving Credit Facility Agreement, dated May 5, 2003 by and between Capital One Financial Corporation, Capital One Bank, Capital One, F.S.B. and Capital One Bank (Europe), plc, as borrowers and JP Morgan Chase Bank (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Corporation’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the period ending June 30, 2003).
10.18         Form of Intellectual Property Protection Agreement dated as of April 29,1999 by and among Capital One Financial Corporation and certain of its senior executives (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 of the 1999 Form 10-K/A).
10.19         2002 Non-Executive Officer Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to the Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-8, Commission File No. 333-97123, filed July 25, 2002).
21*              Subsidiaries of the Company.
23*              Consent of Ernst & Young LLP.

* Indicates a management contract or compensation plan or arrangement required to be filed as an exhibit to this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

4

Exhibit 4.1

 

NUMBER   [GRAPHIC]   SHARES
         
CO        
         
COMMON STOCK       COMMON STOCK
         
    THIS CERTIFICATE IS TRANSFERABLE IN NEW YORK, N.Y. AND RIDGEFIELD PARK, N.J.    
         
   

SEE REVERSE

FOR CERTAIN

DEFINITIONS

   
         
   

INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS

OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE

   
         
    [GRAPHIC]   CUSIP 14040H 10 5

 

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

 

THIS CERTIFIES THAT                                                                              

 

IS THE OWNER OF                         

 

FULLY PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE SHARES OF THE COMMON STOCK OF Capital One Financial Corporation transferable on the books of the Corporation in person or by duly authorized Attorney upon surrender of this Certificate properly endorsed.

 

This Certificate is not valid until countersigned and registered by the Transfer Agent and Registrar.

 

Witness the facsimile seal of the Corporation and the facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers.

 

Dated                     

 

CERTIFICATE OF STOCK

 

/s/ John G. Finneran, Jr.  

[SEAL OF CAPITAL

ONE APPEARS HERE]

  /s/ Richard D. Fairbank

   
CORPORATE SECRETARY     CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

 

COUNTERSIGNED AND REGISTERED:

 

FIRST CHICAGO TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK

 

TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR,

 

BY    
   
   

AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE

 

© UNITED STATES BANKNOTE CORPORATION

  AMERICAN BANK NOTE COMPANY

 


CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

 

The Corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests a statement of the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional, or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Any such request should be addressed to the Corporate Secretary of the Corporation or to the Transfer Agent named on the face of this certificate.

 


 

KEEP THIS CERTIFICATE IN A SAFE PLACE. IF IT IS LOST, STOLEN OR DESTROYED THE CORPORATION WILL REQUIRE A BOND OF INDEMNITY AS A CONDITION TO THE ISSUANCE OF A REPLACEMENT CERTIFICATE.

 


 

The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:

 

TEN COM — as tenants in common

 

UNIF GIFT MIN ACT — Custodian

 

TEN ENT — as tenants by the entireties

 

JT TEN — as joint tenants with right of (Cust) (Minor) survivorship and not as tenants under Uniform Gifts to Minors in common Act

 

__________

    (State)

 

Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

 

For value received,              hereby sell, assign and transfer unto

 

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER

IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE

 

 

 
 

(PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING

ZIP CODE, OF ASSIGNEE)

 

 

shares


of the capital stock represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint Attorney to transfer the said stock on the books of the within named Corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

Dated                     

 

   

NOTICE: THE SIGNATURE TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE IN EVERY PARTICULAR, WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT OR ANY CHANGE WHATEVER.

 

SIGNATURES(S) GUARANTEED

 

 
By    
   
    THE SIGNATURE(S) SHOULD BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION, (Banks, Stockbrokers, Savings and Loan Associations and Credit Unions) WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15.

 

This certificate also evidences and entitles the holder hereof to certain Rights as set forth in a Rights Agreement between Capital One Financial Corporation and First Chicago Trust Company of New York, dated as of November 16, 1995, as it may from time to time be supplemented or amended pursuant to its terms (the “Rights Agreement”), the terms of which are hereby incorporated by reference and a copy of which is on file at the principal executive offices of Capital One Financial Corporation. Under certain circumstances as set forth in the Rights Agreement, such Rights will be evidenced by separate certificates and will no longer be evidenced by this certificate. Capital One Financial Corporation will mail to the registered holder of this certificate a copy of the Rights Agreement without charge promptly after receipt of a written request therefor. Under certain circumstances provided for in the Rights Agreement, Rights issued to, or beneficially owned by any Person who is an Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or Associate thereof (as such terms are defined in the Rights Agreement) or any subsequent holder of such Rights shall become null and void.

 

PRICING SUPPLEMENT DATED November 17, 2003

(to Offering Circular dated May 8, 2003)

 

Capital One Bank

(a Bank organized pursuant to the Laws of Virginia)

 

Global Bank Notes

 

Issue of US$500,000,000 4.250% Senior Bank Notes due 2008

 

UNDER THE U.S.$8,000,000,000 GLOBAL BANK NOTE PROGRAM

 

This document constitutes the Pricing Supplement relating to the issue of Notes described herein. Terms used herein shall be deemed to be defined as such for the purposes of the conditions set forth in the Offering Circular dated May 8, 2003. This Pricing Supplement is supplemental to and must be read in conjunction with such Offering Circular.

 

1.   Issuer:    Capital One Bank
2.  

(i)     Series Number:

   4
   

(ii)    Tranche Number:

   Not Applicable
3.   Specified Currency or Currencies (in the case of Dual Currency Notes):    USD
4.   Aggregate Principal Amount:    $500,000,000
5.   Original Issue Date and Interest Commencement Date:    November 24, 2003
6.   Stated Maturity Date:    December 1, 2008
7.   Status of the Notes:    Senior
8.   Interest Basis:    4.250 per cent Fixed Rate
9.   Redemption/Payment Basis:    Redemption at par
10.   Change of Interest or Redemption/Payment Basis:    Not Applicable
11.   Redeemable at Option of Issuer/Holder:    Not Applicable
12.   Issue Price:    99.874 per cent of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes
13.   Default Rate (if other than Interest Rate):    Not Applicable (Required only for listed issues)
14.   Authorized Denominations:    Minimum denominations of $100,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof
15.   Listing:    None
16.   Method of distribution:    Syndicated


PROVISIONS RELATING TO INTEREST (IF ANY) PAYABLE

 

17.   Fixed Rate Note Provisions:    Applicable
   

(i)     Interest Rate(s):

   4.250 per cent per annum payable semi-annually in arrears
   

(ii)    Interest Payment Date(s):

   December 1 and June 1 (or the next Business Day) in each year commencing on June 1, 2004 up to and including the Stated Maturity Date
   

(iii)  Day Count Convention:

   30/360
   

(iv)   Interest Determination Date(s):

   Not Applicable
   

(v)    Other terms relating to the method of calculating interest for Fixed Rate Notes:

   None
18.   Floating Rate Note Provisions:    Not Applicable
19.   Discount Note (including Zero Coupon Note) Provisions:    Not Applicable
20.   Index/Formula Linked Interest Note Provisions:    Not Applicable
21.   Dual Currency Note Provisions:    Not Applicable

 

PROVISIONS RELATING TO REDEMPTION

 

22.   Redeemable at Option of Issuer:    Not Applicable
23.   Repayable at Option of Holders:    Not Applicable


GENERAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO THE NOTES

 

24.   Form of Notes:     
   

(i)     Bearer Notes:

   Not Applicable
   

(ii)    Registered Notes:

    
   

— Registrar:

   JP Morgan Chase Bank
   

— Transfer Agent:

   JP Morgan Chase Bank
   

— Record Dates:

   15 th calendar day (whether or not a Business Day) next preceding the applicable Interest Payment Date
25.   Partly Paid Notes:    Not Applicable
26.   Installment Notes:     
   

(i)     Installment amount(s):

   Not Applicable
   

(ii)    Installment date(s):

   Not Applicable
27.   Other terms or specified conditions:    Not Applicable
28.   Talons for future Coupons or Receipts to be attached to Definitive Bearer Notes (and dates on which such Talons mature):    Not Applicable
29.   Details of any additional or different Paying Agents, Registrars, London Issuing Agents, Transfer Agents:    Not Applicable

 

DISTRIBUTION

 

30.   (i) If syndicated, names of Distribution Agents:    Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Credit Suisse First Boston LLC, Barclays Capital Inc., Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Lehman Brothers Inc., Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC
    (ii) Stabilization Manager (if any):   

Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Credit Suisse First Boston LLC

The Stabilization Manager or any other person acting for the Stabilization Manager may over-allot or effect transactions with a view to supporting the market price of the Notes at a level higher than that which might otherwise prevail for a limited period. However, there may be no obligation on the Stabilization Manager or any agent of the Stabilization Manager to do this. Such stabilization, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time and must be terminated after a limited period. Such stabilization, if any, must comply with all applicable laws, regulations and rules.


31.   If non-syndicated, name of Distribution Agent:    Not Applicable
32.   Additional selling restrictions:    Not applicable

 

OPERATIONAL INFORMATION

 

33.   CUSIP Code:    14040EHJ4
34.   ISIN Code:    US14040EHJ47
35.   Common Code:    018113783
36.   Clearing System(s):    DTC, Euroclear and Clearstream, Luxembourg
37.   Delivery:    Delivery against payment
38.   Redenomination applicable:    Redenomination not applicable
39.   “Business Day” definition (if other than as defined in the Offering Circular):    Not Applicable
40.   Governing Law:    New York


RESPONSIBILITY

 

The Issuer accepts responsibility for the information contained in this Pricing Supplement.

Signed on behalf of the Issuer:

 

By:

 

/s/    TOM FEIL


   

Tom Feil, Vice President, Capital Markets

Duly Authorized


REGISTERED GLOBAL NOTE

 

UNLESS THIS NOTE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) (THE “ DEPOSITARY ”) TO CAPITAL ONE BANK (THE “ BANK ”) OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY NOTE ISSUED UPON REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER OF, OR IN EXCHANGE FOR, OR IN LIEU OF, THIS NOTE IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITARY (AND ANY PAYMENT HEREON IS MADE TO CEDE & CO), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL SINCE THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

 

THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL SECURITY AND, UNLESS AND UNTIL THIS NOTE IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, IT MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY.

 

THE OBLIGATION EVIDENCED BY THIS NOTE IS A DIRECT, UNCONDITIONAL, UNSECURED AND UNSUBORDINATED GENERAL OBLIGATION OF THE BANK. THE OBLIGATIONS EVIDENCED BY THIS NOTE RANK PARI PASSU WITH ALL OTHER UNSECURED AND UNSUBORDINATED INDEBTEDNESS OF THE BANK, EXCEPT OBLIGATIONS, INCLUDING ITS DEPOSIT LIABILITIES, THAT ARE SUBJECT TO ANY PRIORITIES OR PREFERENCES UNDER APPLICABLE LAW. THIS NOTE DOES NOT EVIDENCE A DEPOSIT AND IS NOT INSURED OR GUARANTEED BY THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION (“ FDIC ”) OR ANY OTHER INSURER OR GOVERNMENT AGENCY.

 

THIS NOTE IS ISSUABLE ONLY IN MINIMUM DENOMINATIONS OF US$100,000 AND INTEGRAL MULTIPLES OF US$1,000 IN EXCESS THEREOF. EACH OWNER OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THIS NOTE IS REQUIRED TO HOLD A BENEFICIAL INTEREST OF US$100,000 PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OR ANY INTEGRAL MULTIPLE OF US$1,000 IN EXCESS THEREOF OF THIS NOTE AT ALL TIMES.


No. R-                     

CUSIP No.: 14040EHJ4

ISIN No.: US14040EHJ47

Common Code: 018113783

  REGISTERED

 

CAPITAL ONE BANK

GLOBAL BANK NOTE

(Registered Global Note)

 

ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE:

  

November 24,

2003

  

PRINCIPAL AMOUNT: $500,000,000

         

SPECIFIED CURRENCY:

MATURITY DATE:

  

December 1,

2008

  

x   U.S. dollar

x   FIXED RATE NOTE

       

¨   Other:

¨   FLOATING RATE NOTE

         

 

CAPITAL ONE BANK, a bank organized under the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia (the “ Bank ”), for value received, hereby promises to pay to Cede & Co., or registered assigns, the principal amount specified above as adjusted in accordance with Schedule 1 hereto, on the Maturity Date specified above (except to the extent redeemed or repaid prior to the Maturity Date) and to pay interest thereon in accordance with the provisions set forth on the reverse hereof under the caption “Fixed Rate Interest Provisions,” as such provisions may be modified or supplemented by the terms and provisions set forth in the Pricing Supplement attached hereto (the “ Pricing Supplement ”), and (to the extent that the payment of such interest shall be legally enforceable) to pay interest at the Interest Basis specified in the Pricing Supplement on any overdue principal and premium, if any, and on any overdue installment or interest. The interest so payable, and punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date will be paid to the person in whose name this Note (or any predecessor Note) is registered at the close of business on the fifteenth calendar day (whether or not a Business Day (as defined on the reverse hereof)) next preceding the applicable Interest Payment Date (unless otherwise specified in the Pricing Supplement) (each, a “ Regular Record Date ); provided, however , that interest payable at Maturity (as defined on the reverse hereof) will be payable to the person to whom principal shall be payable. Any such interest not so punctually paid or duly provided for shall forthwith cease to be payable to the holder as of the close of business on such Regular Record Date, and shall instead be payable to the person in whose name this Note (or any predecessor Note) is registered at the close of business on a special record date for the payment of such defaulted interest (the “ Special Record Date ”) to be fixed by the Registrar (as defined below), notice whereof shall be given by the Registrar to the holder of this Note not less than 15 calendar days prior to such Special Record Date.

 

7


This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of the Bank’s notes due from 30 days to 30 years or more from date of issue (the “ Notes ”). The Notes are issued in accordance with the Amended and Restated Global Agency Agreement, dated as of May 8, 2003 (the “ Global Agency Agreement ”), among the Bank and JPMorgan Chase Bank as paying agent (the “ Domestic Paying Agent ”) and as registrar (the “ Registrar ”), JPMorgan Chase Bank, London Branch, as paying agent (the “ London Paying Agent ”) and as issuing agent (the “ London Issuing Agent ”) and J.P. Morgan Bank Luxembourg S.A. as transfer agent (the “ Transfer Agent ”) and as paying agent (the “ Luxembourg Paying Agent ,” together with the Domestic Paying Agent and the London Paying Agent, the “ Paying Agents ,” and individually, a “ Paying Agent ”) and Kredietbank S.A. Luxembourgeoise as listing agent (the “ Listing Agent ”). The terms Domestic Paying Agent, Registrar, London Paying Agent, London Issuing Agent, Luxembourg Paying Agent, Transfer Agent and Listing Agent shall include any additional or successor agents appointed in such capacities by the Bank.

 

The Bank shall cause to be kept at the office of the Registrar designated below a register (the register maintained in such office or any other office or agency of the Registrar, herein referred to as the “ Note Register ”) in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Registrar shall provide for the registration of Notes issued in registered form and of transfers of such Notes. The Bank has initially appointed JPMorgan Chase Bank, acting through its principal office at 4 New York Plaza, 15 th Floor, New York, New York 10004, as “Registrar” for the purpose of registering Notes issued in registered form and transfers of such Notes. The Bank reserves the right to rescind such designation at any time, and to transfer such function to another bank or financial institution.

 

The transfer of this Note is registrable in the Note Register, upon surrender of the Note for registration of transfer at the office or agency of the Registrar or any transfer agent maintained for that purpose, accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar (or such transfer agent), duly executed by the holder hereof or its attorney duly authorized in writing.

 

The total amount of principal, premium, if any, and interest due on this Note on any Interest Payment Date or at Maturity, as the case may be, will be made available to the relevant Paying Agent on such date.

 

Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof and in the Pricing Supplement, which further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place. In the event of any conflict between the provisions contained herein or on the reverse hereof and the provisions contained in the Pricing Supplement attached hereto, the latter shall control. References herein to “this Note,” “hereof,” “herein” and comparable terms shall include the Pricing Supplement attached hereto.

 

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Registrar, by manual signature of an authorized signatory, this Note shall not be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

 

This Note shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without regard to the conflicts of law principles thereof.

 

8


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Bank has caused this Note to be duly executed.

 

CAPITAL ONE BANK

By:

 

/s/ Stephen Linehan


   

Name: Stephen Linehan

   

Title: Senior Vice President and Treasurer

 

Dated:

 

REGISTRAR’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

 

This is one of the Notes referred to in the

within-mentioned Global Agency Agreement.

 

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK,

as Registrar

 

By:

 

/s/ Guy Marzella


   

Name: Guy Marzella

   

Title: Assistant Vice President

 

9


REVERSE OF NOTE

 

The Notes are issuable only in denominations of US$100,000 and integral multiples of US$1,000 in excess thereof (or equivalent denominations in other currencies, subject to any other statutory or regulatory minimums). This Note, and any Note issued in exchange or substitution herefor or in place hereof, or upon registration of transfer, exchange or partial redemption or repayment of this Note, may be issued only in an Authorized Denomination specified in the Pricing Supplement (or, if this Note is in definitive form, specified on the face hereof).

 

Unless otherwise provided herein or, in the Pricing Supplement, the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on, this Note are payable in the Specified Currency indicated on the face hereof (or, if such Specified Currency is not at the time of such payment legal tender for the payment of public and private debts, in such other coin or currency of the country which issued such Specified Currency as at the time of such payment is legal tender for the payment of debts).

 

JPMorgan Chase Bank shall initially act as domestic paying agent (the “ Domestic Paying Agent ”) and the Bank has initially appointed JPMorgan Chase Bank, London Branch, acting through its specified office in London as London paying agent (the “ London Paying Agent ”) and J.P. Morgan Chase Bank Luxembourg S.A. as Luxembourg paying agent (the “ Luxembourg Paying Agent ” and together with the Domestic Paying Agent and the London Paying Agent, the “ Paying Agents ,” and each individually, a “ Paying Agent ,” and such terms shall include any additional or successor paying agents appointed pursuant to the Global Agency Agreement (as defined on the face hereof)) in respect of the Notes. If this Note is in registered form, this Note may be presented or surrendered for payment, and notices, designations or requests in respect of payments with respect to this Note may be served, at the office or agency of any Paying Agent maintained for that purpose. The Bank may at any time rescind any designation of a Paying Agent, appoint any additional or successor Paying Agents or approve a change in the office through which a Paying Agent acts.

 

Fixed Rate Interest Provisions

 

The Bank will pay interest on each Interest Payment Date specified in the Pricing Supplement and on the Maturity Date or any Redemption Date (as defined below) or Holder’s Optional Repayment Date (as defined below) (each such Maturity Date, Redemption Date and Holder’s Optional Repayment Date and the date on which the principal or an installment of principal is due and payable by declaration of acceleration as provided herein being hereinafter referred to as a “Maturity” with respect to the principal repayable on such date), commencing on the first Interest Payment Date next succeeding the Original Issue Date specified on the face hereof (or if the Original Issue Date is between a Record Date and the Interest Payment Date immediately following such Record Date, on the Second Interest Payment Date following the Original Issue Date), at the Interest Rate per annum specified in the Pricing Supplement, until the principal hereof is paid or duly made available for payment.

 

Payments of interest hereon will include interest accrued from and including the most recent Interest Payment Date to which interest on this Note (or any predecessor Note) has been paid or duly provided for (or, if no interest has been paid or duly provided for, from and including the Original Issue Date) to but excluding the relevant Interest Payment Date or Maturity, as the case


may be. Unless otherwise specified in the Pricing Supplement, if the Maturity Date specified on the face hereof falls more than one year from the Original Issue Date, interest payments for this Note shall be computed and paid on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

 

Unless otherwise provided herein, if any Interest Payment Date or the Maturity of this Note falls on a day which is not a Business Day, the related payment of principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on, this Note shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as if made on the date such payments were due, and no interest shall accrue on the amount so payable for the period from and after such Interest Payment Date or the Maturity, as the case may be.

 

Additional Amounts

 

All payments of principal (and premium, if any) and interest with respect to this Note will be made without withholding or deduction at source for, or on account of, any present or future taxes, fees, duties, assessments or governmental charges of whatever nature imposed or levied by the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein, unless such withholding or deduction is required by (i) the laws (or any regulations or rulings promulgated thereunder) of the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein or (ii) an official position regarding the application, administration, interpretation or enforcement of any such laws, regulations or rulings including, without limitation, a holding by a court of competent jurisdiction or by a taxing authority in the United States or any political subdivision thereof). If a withholding or deduction at source is required, the Bank will (subject to certain limitations and exceptions set forth below) pay to the holder hereof on behalf of an owner of a beneficial interest herein (an “ Owner ”) who is a United States Alien (as defined below) such additional amounts (“ Additional Amounts ”) as may be necessary so that every net payment of principal (and premium, if any) or interest made to the holder hereof on behalf of such Owner, after such withholding or deduction, will not be less than the amount provided for in this Note with respect to such Owner’s interest; provided, however , that the Bank shall not be required to make any payment of Additional Amounts for or on account of:

 

(a) any tax, fee, duty, assessment or other governmental charge which would not have been imposed but for (i) the existence of any present or former connection between such Owner (or between a fiduciary, settlor, beneficiary, member or shareholder of, or possessor of a power over, such Owner, if such Owner is an estate, trust, partnership or corporation) and the United States, including, without limitation, such Owner (or such fiduciary, settlor, beneficiary, member, shareholder or possessor) being or having been a citizen or resident thereof or being or having been present or engaged in trade or business therein or having had a permanent establishment therein, or (ii) the presentation of this Note for payment on a date more than 15 days after the date on which such payment became due and payable or the date on which payment thereof is duly provided for, whichever occurs later;

 

(b) any estate, inheritance, gift, sales, transfer, personal property or similar tax, assessment or other governmental charge;

 

(c) any tax, fee, duty, assessment or other governmental charge imposed by reason of such Owner’s past or present status as a personal holding company, foreign personal holding company, passive foreign investment company or controlled foreign corporation with respect to the United States or as a corporation which accumulates earnings to avoid United States federal income tax;

 

11


(d) any tax, fee, duty, assessment or other governmental charge which is payable otherwise than by withholding from payments of principal or interest with respect to this Note;

 

(e) any tax, fee, duty, assessment or other governmental charge imposed on interest received by anyone who owns (actually or constructively) 10% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Bank;

 

(f) any tax, fee, duty, assessment or other governmental charge required to be withheld by any Paying Agent from any payment of principal (and premium, if any) or interest with respect to this Note, if such payment can be made without such withholding by any other Paying Agent with respect to this Note;

 

(g) any tax, fee, duty, assessment or other governmental charge which would not have been imposed but for the failure to comply with certification, information or other reporting requirements concerning the nationality, residence, identity or connection with the United States of the holder hereof or of such Owner, if such compliance is required by statute or by regulation of the United States Treasury Department as a precondition to relief or exemption from such tax, assessment or other governmental charge;

 

(h) any tax, assessment or other governmental charge imposed as a result of such holder of the Notes or Coupon being a bank receiving payments on an extension of credit made pursuant to a loan agreement entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

(i) any tax, assessment or other governmental charge required to be imposed or withheld on a payment to an individual and such deduction or withholding is required to be made pursuant to any European Union Directive on the taxation of savings implementing the political agreement reached at the ECOFIN Council meeting of January 21, 2003 or any law implementing or complying with, or introduced in order to conform to, such Directive; or

 

(j) any combination of items (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (f), (g), (h) and (i);

 

nor shall Additional Amounts be paid to any holder of this Note on behalf of any Owner who is a fiduciary or partnership or other than the sole Owner to the extent a beneficiary or settlor with respect to such fiduciary or a member of such partnership or Owner would not have been entitled to payment of the Additional Amounts had such beneficiary, settlor, member or Owner been the sole Owner of this Note.

 

As used herein, the term “United States Alien” means any corporation, individual, fiduciary or partnership that for United States federal income tax purposes is a foreign corporation, nonresident alien individual, nonresident alien fiduciary of a foreign estate or trust, or foreign partnership one or more members of which is a foreign corporation, nonresident alien individual or nonresident alien fiduciary of a foreign estate or trust.

 

12


Whenever in this Note there is mentioned, in any context, the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on, or in respect of, this Note, such mention shall be deemed to include mention of the payment of Additional Amounts provided for herein to the extent that, in such context, Additional Amounts are, were or would be payable in respect hereof pursuant to the provisions of this Note and express mention of the payment of Additional Amounts (if applicable) in any provisions hereof shall not be construed as including Additional Amounts in those provisions hereof where such express mention is not made.

 

Except as specifically provided in the Pricing Supplement (i) neither the Bank nor any Paying Agent shall be required to make, any payment with respect to any tax, fee, duty, assessment or other governmental charge imposed by any government or a political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein; (ii) a Paying Agent on behalf of the Bank shall have the right, but not the duty, to withhold from any amounts otherwise payable to a holder of this Note such amount as is necessary for the payment of any such taxes, fees, duties, assessments or other governmental charges; and (iii) if such an amount is withheld, the amount payable to the holder of this Note shall be the amount otherwise payable reduced by the amount so withheld.

 

The Bank may redeem this Note in whole but not in part at any time at a redemption price equal to the principal amount hereof, together with accrued interest to but excluding the date fixed for redemption, if the Bank shall determine, based upon a written opinion of independent counsel selected by the Bank, that as a result of any change in or amendment to the laws (or any regulations or rulings promulgated hereunder) of the United States or of any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein affecting taxation, or any change in application or official interpretation of any such laws, regulations or rulings, which amendment or change is effective on or after the Original Issue Date, the Bank would be required to pay Additional Amounts on the occasion of the next payment due with respect to such Note.

 

Notice of intention to redeem this Note, in whole but not in part, pursuant to the immediately preceding paragraph will be given to the registered holder of this Note at least once not less than 30 days nor more than 60 days prior to the date fixed for redemption, provided that at the time notice of such redemption is given, such obligation to pay such Additional Amounts remains in effect and cannot be avoided by the Bank’s taking reasonable measures available to it. From and after any redemption date, if monies for the redemption of this Note shall have been made available for redemption on such redemption date, this Note shall cease to bear interest, and the only right of the holder of this Note shall be to receive payment of the principal amount hereof and all unpaid interest accrued to such redemption date.

 

Events of Default, Acceleration of Maturity

 

In respect of this Senior Note, the occurrence of any of the following events shall constitute an “Event of Default” with respect to this Note:

 

(i) default in the payment of any interest (including any Additional Amounts) with respect to this Note when due, which continues for 30 days;

 

(ii) default, in the payment of any principal of, or premium, if any, on, this Note when due;

 

(iii) whatever the reason for such and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any

 

13


court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body, the entry by a court having jurisdiction in the premises of:

 

(a) a decree or order for relief in respect of the Bank in an involuntary case or proceeding under any applicable United States federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law; or

 

(b) a decree or order appointing a conservator, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or any other similar official of the Bank, or of substantially all of the property of the Bank, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of the affairs of the Bank, and the continuance of any such decree or order for relief or any such other decree or order unstayed and in effect for a period of 60 consecutive days; or

 

(iv) the commencement by the Bank of a voluntary case or proceeding under any applicable United States federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law or the commencement of any bankruptcy or insolvency case or proceeding, or the filing by the Bank of a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization or relief under any applicable United States federal or state law, or the consent by the Bank to the filing of such petition or to the appointment of or taking possession by a custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or similar official of the Bank or of substantially all of the property of the Bank, or the making by the Bank of an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or the taking of corporate action by the Bank in furtherance of any such action.

 

If an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, the holder of this Note may declare the principal amount of, and accrued interest and premium, if any, on, this Note due and payable immediately by written notice to the Bank. Upon such declaration and notice, such principal amount (and premium, if any) and accrued interest shall become immediately due and payable. Any Event of Default with respect to this Note may be waived by the holder thereof.

 

This Note contains no limitation on the amount of senior debt, deposits or other obligations that rank senior to this Note that may be hereafter incurred or assumed by the Bank.

 

Miscellaneous

 

As used herein, “Business Day” means, unless otherwise specified in the Pricing Supplement, a day which is a day (other than a Saturday or a Sunday) on which commercial banks and foreign exchange markets settle payments and are open for general business (including dealings in foreign exchange and foreign currency deposits) in The City of New York, McLean, Virginia, and London. As used herein, “London Business Day” means any day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which commercial banks and foreign exchange markets settle payments in London.

 

Any action by the holder of this Note shall bind all future holders of this Note, and of any Note issued in exchange or substitution hereof or in place hereof, in respect of anything done or permitted by the Bank or by the Paying Agents in pursuance of such action.

 

In case any Note shall at any time become mutilated, defaced, destroyed, lost or stolen, and such Note or evidence of the loss, theft or destruction thereof satisfactory to the Bank and the

 

14


Registrar or London Issuing Agent, as the case may be, and such other documents or proof as may be required by the Bank and the Registrar or London Issuing Agent, as the case may be, shall be delivered to the Registrar or London Issuing Agent, as the case may be, the Registrar or London Issuing Agent, as the case may be, shall issue a new Note of like tenor and principal amount, having a serial number not contemporaneously outstanding, in exchange and substitution for the mutilated or defaced Note or in lieu of the Note destroyed, lost or stolen but, in the case of any destroyed, lost or stolen Note, only upon receipt of evidence satisfactory to the Bank and the Registrar or London Issuing Agent, as the case may be, that such Note was destroyed, stolen or lost, and, if required, upon receipt of indemnity satisfactory to the Bank and the Registrar or London Issuing Agent, as the case may be. Upon the issuance of any substituted Note, the Bank may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover all expenses and reasonable charges connected with the preparation and delivery of a new Note. If any Note which has matured or has been redeemed or repaid or is about to mature or to be redeemed or repaid shall become mutilated, defaced, destroyed, lost or stolen, the Bank may, instead of issuing a substitute Note, pay or authorize the payment of the same (without surrender thereof except in the case of a mutilated or defaced Note) upon compliance by the holder with the provisions of this paragraph.

 

No recourse shall be had for the payment of principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on, this Note for any claim based hereon, or otherwise in respect hereof, against any shareholder, employee, agent, officer or director, as such, past, present or future, of the Bank or of any successor organization, either directly or through the Bank or any successor organization, whether by virtue of any constitution, statute or rule of law or by the enforcement of any assessment or penalty or otherwise, all such liability being, by the acceptance hereof and as part of the consideration for the issue hereof, expressly waived and released.

 

The Notes are issued in accordance with the Global Agency Agreement. The Notes, and any receipts or interest coupons appertaining thereto, may be amended by the Bank, and the Global Agency Agreement may be amended by the parties thereto, (i) for the purpose of curing any ambiguity, or of curing, correcting or supplementing any defective provision contained therein, (ii) to make any further modifications of the terms of the Global Agency Agreement necessary or desirable to allow for the issuance of any additional Notes (which modifications shall not be materially adverse to holders of outstanding Notes) or (iii) in any manner which the Bank (and, in the case of the Global Agency Agreement, the parties thereto) may deem necessary or desirable and which shall not materially adversely affect the interests of the holders of the Notes, or any receipts, talons or interest coupons appertaining thereto, to all of which each holder of Notes, receipts, talons or interest coupons shall, by acceptance thereof, be deemed to have consented; provided, however , that no such modification or amendment may, without the consent of the holder of each outstanding Note affected thereby, (1) change the Maturity Date with respect to any Note or reduce or cancel the amount payable at Maturity; (2) reduce the amount payable or modify the payment date for any interest with respect to any Note or vary the method of calculating the rate of interest with respect to any Note; (3) reduce any Minimum Interest Rate and/or Maximum Interest Rate with respect to any Note; (4) modify the currency in which payments under any Note and/or any receipts, coupons or talons appertaining thereto are to be made; (5) change the obligation of the Bank to pay Additional Amounts with respect to Notes, receipts, talons or coupons; or (6) reduce the percentage in principal amount of outstanding Notes the consent of the holders of which is necessary to modify the provisions of the Notes or to waive any future compliance or past default. Any instrument given by or on behalf of any holder

 

15


of a Note in connection with any consent to any such modification, amendment or waiver shall be irrevocable once given and shall be conclusive and binding on all subsequent holders of such Note. Any modifications, amendments or waivers to this Agreement or the provisions of the Notes, receipts, talons or coupons shall be conclusive and binding on all holders of Notes, receipts, talons or coupons, whether or not notation of such modifications, amendments or waivers is made upon the Notes, receipts, talons or coupons. It will not be necessary for the consent of the holders of Notes to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, but it shall be sufficient if such consent shall approve the substance thereof.

 

No provision of this Note shall alter or impair the obligation of the Bank, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on, and any Additional Amounts with respect to, this Note in the Specified Currency indicated on the face hereof (or, as provided herein, in the equivalent in U.S. dollars) at the times, places and rate herein prescribed.

 

No service charge shall be made to a holder of this Note for any transfer or exchange of this Note, but the Bank may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection therewith.

 

If this Note is in registered form, prior to due presentment of this Note for registration of transfer, the Bank, Domestic Paying Agent, Registrar, London Paying Agent, Luxembourg Paying Agent, Transfer Agent and Listing Agent (collectively, together with any successors thereto, the “ Agents ”) or any agent of the Bank or the Agents may treat the holder in whose name this Note is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes, whether or not this Note be overdue, and neither the Bank, the Agents nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary except as required by applicable law.

 

All notices to the Bank under this Note shall be in writing and addressed to the Bank at Capital One Bank, 1680 Capital One Drive, McLean, Virginia 22102, USA, Attention: Treasurer; telephone: (703) 8751000; and facsimile: (703) 875-1099 or to such other address of the Bank as the Bank may notify the holders of the Notes.

 

16


OPTION TO ELECT REPAYMENT

 

The undersigned hereby irrevocably request(s) and instruct(s) the Bank to repay this Note (or portion hereof specified below) pursuant to its terms at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount hereof to be repaid, together with accrued and unpaid interest hereon, payable to the date of repayment, to the undersigned, at                     

 

 


(Please print or typewrite name and address of the undersigned.)

 

For this Note to be repaid, the undersigned must give to the Domestic Paying Agent at JPMorgan Chase Bank, 4 New York Plaza, 15 th Floor, New York, New York 10004, United States of America, or to the London Paying Agent at Trinity Tower, 9 Thomas Moore Street, London, E1W 1YT, as the case may be, or at such other place or places of which the Bank shall from time to time notify the holders of the Notes not more than 60 days nor less than 30 days prior to the date of repayment, this Note with this “Option to Elect Repayment” form duly completed.

 

If less than the entire principal amount of this Note is to be repaid, specify the portion hereof (which shall be increments of US$1,000, or equivalent denominations in other currencies) which the holder elects to have repaid and specify the denomination or denominations (which shall be an Authorized Denomination specified on the face of the within Note) of the Notes to be issued to the holder for the portion of this Note not being repaid (in the absence of any such specification, one such Note will be issued for the portion not being repaid):

 

US$                                                                                                   

  

 


     Signature
Dated:                                                                                                       NOTICE: The signature on this “Option to Elect Repayment” form must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the within Note in every particular, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatsoever.

 


    
Signature Guarantee     
NOTICE: The signature(s) should be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan associations, and credit unions with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program), pursuant to Rule 17Ad- 15 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.”     

 

17

PRICING SUPPLEMENT dated September 3, 2003

(To Offering Circular dated May 8, 2003)

 

CAPITAL ONE BANK

(a Bank organized pursuant to the Laws of Virginia)

 

Global Bank Notes

 

Issue of $600,000,000 5.75% Senior Global Bank Notes due 2010

 

UNDER THE U.S.$8,000,000,000 GLOBAL BANK NOTE PROGRAM

 

This document constitutes the Pricing Supplement relating to the issue of Notes described herein. Terms used herein shall be deemed to be defined as such for the purposes of the conditions set forth in the Offering Circular dated May 8, 2003. This Pricing Supplement is supplemental to and must be read in conjunction with such Offering Circular.

 

1.  

Issuer:

   Capital One Bank
2.  

(i)     Series Number:

   3
   

(ii)    Tranche Number:

   Not Applicable
3.   Specified Currency or Currencies (in the case of Dual Currency Notes):    USD
4.  

Aggregate Principal Amount:

   $600,000,000
5.  

Original Issue Date and Interest Commencement Date:

   September 8, 2003
6.  

Stated Maturity Date:

   September 15, 2010
7.  

Status of the Notes:

   Senior
8.  

Interest Basis:

   5.75 per cent Fixed Rate
9.  

Redemption/Payment Basis:

   Redemption at par
10.  

Change of Interest or Redemption/Payment Basis:

   Not Applicable
11.  

Redeemable at Option of Issuer/Holder:

   Not Applicable
12.  

Issue Price:

   99.964 per cent of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes
13.  

Default Rate (if other than Interest Rate):

   Not Applicable (Required only for listed issues)
14.  

Authorized Denominations:

   Minimum denominations of $100,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof
15.  

Listing:

   None
16.  

Method of distribution:

   Syndicated


PROVISIONS RELATING TO INTEREST (IF ANY) PAYABLE

 

17.  

Fixed Rate Note Provisions:

  

Applicable

   

(i)     Interest Rate(s):

  

5.75 per cent per annum payable semi-annually in arrears

   

(ii)    Interest Payment Date(s):

   September 15 and March 15 (or the next Business Day) of each year commencing March 15, 2004 up to and including the Stated Maturity Date
   

(iii)  Day Count Convention:

  

30/360

   

(iv)   Interest Determination Date(s):

   September 15 and March 15 (or the next Business Day) of each year
   

(v)    Other terms relating to the method of calculating interest for Fixed Rate Notes:

  

None

18.  

Floating Rate Note Provisions:

  

Not Applicable

19.  

Discount Note (including Zero Coupon Note)

Provisions:

  

Not Applicable

20.  

Index/Formula Linked Interest Note Provisions:

  

Not Applicable

21.  

Dual Currency Note Provisions:

  

Not Applicable

 

PROVISIONS RELATING TO REDEMPTION

 

22.   Redeemable at Option of Issuer:    Not Applicable
23.   Repayable at Option of Holders:    Not Applicable
    Holder’s Optional Repayment Date(s):    Not Applicable


GENERAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO THE NOTES

 

24.   Form of Notes:     
   

(i)     Bearer Notes:

   Not Applicable
   

(ii)    Registered Notes:

    
   

— Registrar:

   JP Morgan Chase Bank
   

— Transfer Agent:

   JP Morgan Chase Bank
   

— Record Dates:

   the 15 th calendar day (whether or not a Business Day) next preceding the applicable Interest Payment Date
25.   Partly Paid Notes: amount of each payment comprising the Issue Price and date on which each payment is to be made and consequences (if any) of failure to pay, including the right of the Issuer to forfeit the Notes and interest due on late payment:    Not Applicable
26.   Installment Notes:     
   

(i)     Installment amount(s):

   Not Applicable
   

(ii)    Installment date(s):

   Not Applicable
27.   Other terms or specified conditions:    Not Applicable
28.   Talons for future Coupons or Receipts to be attached to Definitive Bearer Notes (and dates on which such Talons mature):    Not Applicable
29.   Details of any additional or different Paying Agents, Registrars, London Issuing Agents, Transfer Agents:    Not Applicable

 

DISTRIBUTION

 

30.  

(i)     If syndicated, names of Distribution Agents:

   Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Barclays Capital Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC.
   

(ii)    Stabilization Manager (if any):

  

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

The Stabilization Manager or any other person acting for the Stabilization Manager may over-allot or effect transactions with a view to supporting the market price of the Notes at a level higher than that which might otherwise prevail for a limited period. However, there may be no obligation on the Stabilization Manager or any agent of the Stabilization Manager to do this. Such stabilization, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time and must be terminated after a limited period. Such stabilization, if any, must comply with all applicable laws, regulations and rules.

31.   If non-syndicated, name of Distribution Agent:    Not Applicable
32.   Additional selling restrictions:    Not Applicable


OPERATIONAL INFORMATION

 

33.   CUSIP Code:    14040EHH8
34.   ISIN Code:    Not Applicable
35.   Common Code:    Not Applicable
36.   Clearing System(s):    DTC
37.   Delivery:    Delivery against payment
38.   Redenomination applicable:    Redenomination not applicable
39.   “Business Day” definition (if other than as defined in the Offering Circular):    Not Applicable
40.   Governing Law:    New York


RESPONSIBILITY

 

The Issuer accepts responsibility for the information contained in this Pricing Supplement.

Signed on behalf of the Issuer:

 

By:

 

/s/    STEPHEN LINEHAN


    Duly authorized


REGISTERED GLOBAL NOTE

 

UNLESS THIS NOTE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) (THE “ DEPOSITARY ”) TO CAPITAL ONE BANK (THE “ BANK ”) OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY NOTE ISSUED UPON REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER OF, OR IN EXCHANGE FOR, OR IN LIEU OF, THIS NOTE IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITARY (AND ANY PAYMENT HEREON IS MADE TO CEDE & CO), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL SINCE THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

 

THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL SECURITY AND, UNLESS AND UNTIL THIS NOTE IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, IT MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY.

 

THE OBLIGATION EVIDENCED BY THIS NOTE IS A DIRECT, UNCONDITIONAL, UNSECURED AND UNSUBORDINATED GENERAL OBLIGATION OF CAPITAL ONE BANK (THE “ BANK ”). THE OBLIGATIONS EVIDENCED BY THIS NOTE RANK PARI PASSU WITH ALL OTHER UNSECURED AND UNSUBORDINATED OBLIGATIONS OF THE BANK, EXCEPT OBLIGATIONS, INCLUDING ITS DOMESTIC (U.S.) DEPOSITS, THAT ARE SUBJECT TO ANY PRIORITIES OR PREFERENCES UNDER APPLICABLE LAW. THIS NOTE DOES NOT EVIDENCE A DEPOSIT AND IS NOT INSURED BY THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION (“ FDIC ”) OR ANY OTHER INSURER.

 

THIS NOTE IS ISSUABLE ONLY IN MINIMUM DENOMINATIONS OF US$100,000 AND INTEGRAL MULTIPLES OF US$1,000 IN EXCESS THEREOF. EACH OWNER OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THIS NOTE IS REQUIRED TO HOLD A BENEFICIAL INTEREST OF US$100,000 PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OR ANY INTEGRAL MULTIPLE OF US$1,000 IN EXCESS THEREOF OF THIS NOTE AT ALL TIMES.

 

No. R-                     

   REGISTERED    

CUSIP No.: 14040 EHH8

    

 

CAPITAL ONE BANK

GLOBAL BANK NOTE

(Registered Global Note)


ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE:

  

September 8,

2003

  

PRINCIPAL AMOUNT: $600,000,000

         

SPECIFIED CURRENCY:

MATURITY DATE:

  

September 15,

2010

  

x   U.S. dollar

x   FIXED RATE NOTE

       

¨   Other:

¨   FLOATING RATE NOTE

         

 

CAPITAL ONE BANK, a bank organized under the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia (the “ Bank ”), for value received, hereby promises to pay to Cede & Co., or registered assigns, the principal amount specified above as adjusted in accordance with Schedule 1 hereto, on the Maturity Date specified above (except to the extent redeemed or repaid prior to the Maturity Date) and to pay interest thereon in accordance with the provisions set forth on the reverse hereof under the caption “Fixed Rate Interest Provisions,” as such provisions may be modified or supplemented by the terms and provisions set forth in the Pricing Supplement attached hereto (the “ Pricing Supplement ”), and (to the extent that the payment of such interest shall be legally enforceable) to pay interest at the Interest Basis specified in the Pricing Supplement on any overdue principal and premium, if any, and on any overdue installment or interest. The interest so payable, and punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date will be paid to the person in whose name this Note (or any predecessor Note) is registered at the close of business on the fifteenth calendar day (whether or not a Business Day (as defined on the reverse hereof)) next preceding the applicable Interest Payment Date (unless otherwise specified in the Pricing Supplement) (each, a “ Regular Record Date ); provided, however , that interest payable at Maturity (as defined on the reverse hereof) will be payable to the person to whom principal shall be payable. Any such interest not so punctually paid or duly provided for shall forthwith cease to be payable to the holder as of the close of business on such Regular Record Date, and shall instead be payable to the person in whose name this Note (or any predecessor Note) is registered at the close of business on a special record date for the payment of such defaulted interest (the “ Special Record Date ”) to be fixed by the Registrar (as defined below), notice whereof shall be given by the Registrar to the holder of this Note not less than 15 calendar days prior to such Special Record Date.

 

This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of the Bank’s notes due from 30 days to 30 years or more from date of issue (the “ Notes ”). The Notes are issued in accordance with the Amended and Restated Global Agency Agreement, dated as of May 8, 2003 (the “ Global Agency Agreement ”), among the Bank and JPMorgan Chase Bank as paying agent (the “ Domestic Paying Agent ”) and as registrar (the “ Registrar ”), JPMorgan Chase Bank, London Branch, as paying agent (the “ London Paying Agent ”) and as issuing agent (the “ London Issuing Agent ”) and J.P. Morgan Bank Luxembourg S.A. as transfer agent (the “ Transfer Agent ”) and as paying agent (the “ Luxembourg Paying Agent ,” together with the Domestic Paying Agent and the London Paying Agent, the “ Paying Agents ,” and individually, a “ Paying Agent ”) and Kredietbank S.A. Luxembourgeoise as listing agent (the “ Listing Agent ”). The terms Domestic

 

7


Paying Agent, Registrar, London Paying Agent, London Issuing Agent, Luxembourg Paying Agent, Transfer Agent and Listing Agent shall include any additional or successor agents appointed in such capacities by the Bank.

 

The Bank shall cause to be kept at the office of the Registrar designated below a register (the register maintained in such office or any other office or agency of the Registrar, herein referred to as the “ Note Register ”) in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Bank shall provide for the registration of Notes issued in registered form and of transfers of such Notes. The Bank has initially appointed JPMorgan Chase Bank, acting through its principal office at 4 New York Plaza, 15 th Floor, New York, New York 10004, as “Registrar” for the purpose of registering Notes issued in registered form and transfers of such Notes. The Bank reserves the right to rescind such designation at any time, and to transfer such function to another bank or financial institution.

 

The transfer of this Note is registrable in the Note Register, upon surrender of the Note for registration of transfer at the office or agency of the Registrar or any transfer agent maintained for that purpose, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar (or such transfer agent) duly executed by, the holder hereof or its attorney duly authorized in writing.

 

Payment of principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on, this Note due at Maturity will be made in immediately available funds upon presentation and surrender of this Note at the office of a Paying Agent maintained for that purpose; provided , that this Note is presented to such Paying Agent in time for such Paying Agent to make such payment in accordance with its normal procedures. Payments of interest on this Note (other than at Maturity) will be made by wire transfer to such account as has been appropriately designated to a Paying Agent by the person entitled to such payments.

 

Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof and in the Pricing Supplement, which further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place. In the event of any conflict between the provisions contained herein or on the reverse hereof and the provisions contained in the Pricing Supplement attached hereto, the latter shall control. References herein to “this Note,” “hereof,” “herein” and comparable terms shall include the Pricing Supplement attached hereto.

 

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Registrar, by manual signature of an authorized signatory, this Note shall not be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

 

This Note shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without regard to the conflicts of law principles thereof.

 

8


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Bank has caused this Note to be duly executed.

 

CAPITAL ONE BANK

By:

 

/s/ Stephen Linehan


   

Name: Stephen Linehan

   

Title: Senior Vice President and Treasurer

 

Dated:

 

REGISTRAR’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

 

This is one of the Notes referred to in the

within-mentioned Global Agency Agreement.

 

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK,

as Registrar

 

By:

 

/s/ Guy Marzella


   

Name: Guy Marzella

   

Title: Assistant Vice President

 

9


REVERSE OF NOTE

 

The Notes are issuable only in denominations of US$100,000 and integral multiples of US$1,000 in excess thereof (or equivalent denominations in other currencies, subject to any other statutory or regulatory minimums). This Note, and any Note issued in exchange or substitution herefor or in place hereof, or upon registration of transfer, exchange or partial redemption or repayment of this Note, may be issued only in an Authorized Denomination specified in the Pricing Supplement (or, if this Note is in definitive form, specified on the face hereof).

 

Unless otherwise provided herein (or in the Pricing Supplement), the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on, this Note are payable in the Specified Currency indicated on the face hereof (or, if such Specified Currency is not at the time of such payment legal tender for the payment of public and private debts, in such other coin or currency of the country which issued such Specified Currency as at the time of such payment is legal tender for the payment of debts).

 

JPMorgan Chase Bank shall initially act as domestic paying agent (the “ Domestic Paying Agent ”) and the Bank has initially appointed JPMorgan Chase Bank, London Branch, acting through its specified office in London as London paying agent (the “ London Paying Agent ”) and J.P. Morgan Chase Bank Luxembourg S.A. as Luxembourg paying agent (the “ Luxembourg Paying Agent ” and together with the Domestic Paying Agent and the London Paying Agent, the “ Paying Agents ,” and each individually, a “ Paying Agent ,” and such terms shall include any additional or successor paying agents appointed pursuant to the Global Agency Agreement (as defined on the face hereof)) in respect of the Notes. If this Note is in registered form, this Note may be presented or surrendered for payment, and notices, designations or requests in respect of payments with respect to this Note may be served, at the office or agency of any Paying Agent maintained for that purpose. The Bank may at any time rescind any designation of a Paying Agent, appoint any additional or successor Paying Agents or approve a change in the office through which a Paying Agent acts.

 

Fixed Rate Interest Provisions

 

The Bank will pay interest on each Interest Payment Date specified in the Pricing Supplement and on the Maturity Date or any Redemption Date (as defined below) or Holder’s Optional Repayment Date (as defined below) (each such Maturity Date, Redemption Date and Holder’s Optional Repayment Date and the date on which the principal or an installment of principal is due and payable by declaration of acceleration as provided herein being hereinafter referred to as a “Maturity” with respect to the principal repayable on such date), commencing on the first Interest Payment Date next succeeding the Original Issue Date specified on the face hereof (or if the Original Issue Date is between a Record Date and the Interest Payment Date immediately following such Record Date, on the Second Interest Payment Date following the Original Issue Date), at the Interest Rate per annum specified in the Pricing Supplement, until the principal hereof is paid or duly made available for payment.

 

Payments of interest hereon will include interest accrued from and including the most recent Interest Payment Date to which interest on this Note (or any predecessor Note) has been paid or duly provided for (or, if no interest has been paid or duly provided for, from and including the Original Issue Date) to but excluding the relevant Interest Payment Date or Maturity, as the case may be. Unless otherwise specified in the Pricing Supplement, if the Maturity Date specified on the face hereof falls more than one year from the Original Issue Date, interest payments for this Note shall be computed and paid on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.


Unless otherwise provided herein, if any Interest Payment Date or the Maturity of this Note falls on a day which is not a Business Day, the related payment of principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on, this Note shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as if made on the date such payments were due, and no interest shall accrue on the amount so payable for the period from and after such Interest Payment Date or the Maturity, as the case may be.

 

Additional Amounts

 

All payments of principal (and premium, if any) and interest with respect to this Note will be made without withholding or deduction at source for, or on account of, any present or future taxes, fees, duties, assessments or governmental charges of whatever nature imposed or levied by the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein, unless such withholding or deduction is required by (i) the laws (or any regulations or rulings promulgated thereunder) of the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein or (ii) an official position regarding the application, administration, interpretation or enforcement of any such laws, regulations or rulings including, without limitation, a holding by a court of competent jurisdiction or by a taxing authority in the United States or any political subdivision thereof). If a withholding or deduction at source is required, the Bank will (subject to certain limitations and exceptions set forth below) pay to the holder hereof on behalf of an owner of a beneficial interest herein (an “ Owner ”) who is a United States Alien (as defined below) such additional amounts (“ Additional Amounts ”) as may be necessary so that every net payment of principal (and premium, if any) or interest made to the holder hereof on behalf of such Owner, after such withholding or deduction, will not be less than the amount provided for in this Note with respect to such Owner’s interest; provided, however , that the Bank shall not be required to make any payment of Additional Amounts for or on account of:

 

(a) any tax, fee, duty, assessment or other governmental charge which would not have been imposed but for (i) the existence of any present or former connection between such Owner (or between a fiduciary, settlor, beneficiary, member or shareholder of, or possessor of a power over, such Owner, if such Owner is an estate, trust, partnership or corporation) and the United States, including, without limitation, such Owner (or such fiduciary, settlor, beneficiary, member, shareholder or possessor) being or having been a citizen or resident thereof or being or having been present or engaged in trade or business therein or having had a permanent establishment therein, or (ii) the presentation of this Note for payment on a date more than 15 days after the date on which such payment became due and payable or the date on which payment thereof is duly provided for, whichever occurs later;

 

(b) any estate, inheritance, gift, sales, transfer, personal property or similar tax, assessment or other governmental charge;

 

(c) any tax, fee, duty, assessment or other governmental charge imposed by reason of such Owner’s past or present status as a personal holding company, foreign personal holding company, passive foreign investment company or controlled foreign corporation with respect to the United States or as a corporation which accumulates earnings to avoid United States federal income tax;

 

11


(d) any tax, fee, duty, assessment or other governmental charge which is payable otherwise than by withholding from payments of principal or interest with respect to this Note;

 

(e) any tax, fee, duty, assessment or other governmental charge imposed on interest received by anyone who owns (actually or constructively) 10% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Bank;

 

(f) any tax, fee, duty, assessment or other governmental charge required to be withheld by any Paying Agent from any payment of principal (and premium, if any) or interest with respect to this Note, if such payment can be made without such withholding by any other Paying Agent with respect to this Note;

 

(g) any tax, fee, duty, assessment or other governmental charge which would not have been imposed but for the failure to comply with certification, information or other reporting requirements concerning the nationality, residence, identity or connection with the United States of the holder hereof or of such Owner, if such compliance is required by statute or by regulation of the United States Treasury Department as a precondition to relief or exemption from such tax, assessment or other governmental charge;

 

(h) any tax, assessment or other governmental charge imposed as a result of such holder of the Notes or Coupon being a bank receiving payments on an extension of credit made pursuant to a loan agreement entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

(i) any tax, assessment or other governmental charge required to be imposed or withheld on a payment to an individual and such deduction or withholding is required to be made pursuant to any European Union Directive on the taxation of savings implementing the political agreement reached at the ECOFIN Council meeting of January 21, 2003 or any law implementing or complying with, or introduced in order to conform to, such Directive; or

 

(j) any combination of items (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (f), (g), (h) and (i);

 

nor shall Additional Amounts be paid to any holder of this Note on behalf of any Owner who is a fiduciary or partnership or other than the sole Owner to the extent a beneficiary or settlor with respect to such fiduciary or a member of such partnership or Owner would not have been entitled to payment of the Additional Amounts had such beneficiary, settlor, member or Owner been the sole Owner of this Note.

 

As used herein, the term “United States Alien” means any corporation, individual, fiduciary or partnership that for United States federal income tax purposes is a foreign corporation, nonresident alien individual, nonresident alien fiduciary of a foreign estate or trust, or foreign partnership one or more members of which is a foreign corporation, nonresident alien individual or nonresident alien fiduciary of a foreign estate or trust.

 

12


Whenever in this Note there is mentioned, in any context, the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on, or in respect of, this Note, such mention shall be deemed to include mention of the payment of Additional Amounts provided for herein to the extent that, in such context, Additional Amounts are, were or would be payable in respect hereof pursuant to the provisions of this Note and express mention of the payment of Additional Amounts (if applicable) in any provisions hereof shall not be construed as including Additional Amounts in those provisions hereof where such express mention is not made.

 

Except as specifically provided herein (or in the Pricing Supplement) (i) neither the Bank nor any Paying Agent shall be required to make, any payment with respect to any tax, fee, duty, assessment or other governmental charge imposed by any government or a political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein; (ii) a Paying Agent on behalf of the Bank shall have the right, but not the duty, to withhold from any amounts otherwise payable to a holder of this Note such amount as is necessary for the payment of any such taxes, fees, duties, assessments or other governmental charges; and (iii) if such an amount is withheld, the amount payable to the holder of this Note shall be the amount otherwise payable reduced by the amount so withheld.

 

The Bank may redeem this Note in whole but not in part at any time at a redemption price equal to the principal amount hereof, together with accrued interest to but excluding the date fixed for redemption, if the Bank shall determine, based upon a written opinion of independent counsel selected by the Bank, that as a result of any change in or amendment to the laws (or any regulations or rulings promulgated hereunder) of the United States or of any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein affecting taxation, or any change in application or official interpretation of any such laws, regulations or rulings, which amendment or change is effective on or after the Original Issue Date, the Bank would be required to pay Additional Amounts on the occasion of the next payment due with respect to such Note.

 

Notice of intention to redeem this Note, in whole but not in part, pursuant to the immediately preceding paragraph will be given to the registered holder of this Note at least once not less than 30 days nor more than 60 days prior to the date fixed for redemption, provided that at the time notice of such redemption is given, such obligation to pay such Additional Amounts remains in effect and cannot be avoided by the Bank’s taking reasonable measures available to it. From and after any redemption date, if monies for the redemption of this Note shall have been made available for redemption on such redemption date, this Note shall cease to bear interest and the only right of the holder of this Note shall be to receive payment of the principal amount hereof and all unpaid interest accrued to such redemption date.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent then required under or pursuant to applicable capital regulations, this Note may not be redeemed by the Bank prior to the Maturity Date pursuant to the provisions set forth in this section entitled “Additional Amounts”, without the prior written consent of the Federal Reserve Board.

 

Events of Default, Acceleration of Maturity

 

In respect of this Subordinated Note, the occurrence of any of the following events (whatever the reason for such and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body) shall constitute an “Event of Default” with respect to this Note:

 

13


(i) the Bank shall consent to the appointment of a receiver or other similar official (other than a conservator) in any liquidation, insolvency or similar proceeding with respect to the Bank or all or substantially all of the property of the Bank; or

 

(ii) a court or other governmental agency or body having jurisdiction in the premises shall enter a decree or order for the appointment of a receiver or other similar official (other than a conservator) in any liquidation, insolvency or similar proceeding with respect to the Bank or all or substantially all of the property of the Bank, and such decree or order shall have remained in force undischarged or unstayed for a period of 60 days.

 

If an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, the registered holder of this Note may declare the principal amount of, and accrued interest and premium, if any, on, this Note due and payable immediately by written notice to the Bank. Upon such declaration and notice, such principal amount (and premium, if any) and accrued interest shall become immediately due and payable. Any Event of Default with respect to this Note may be waived by the registered holder of this Note.

 

The indebtedness of the Bank evidenced by this Note, including the principal (and premium, if any) and interest (including any Additional Amounts), shall be, and the registered holder of this Note, by its acceptance hereof, agrees that the indebtedness of the Bank evidenced by this Note, including the principal (and premium, if any) and interest (including any Additional Amounts) is, unsecured and subordinate and junior in right of payment to the Bank’s obligations to its depositors, the Bank’s obligations under bankers’ acceptances and letters of credit, and the Bank’s obligations to its other creditors, including its obligations to any Federal Reserve Bank and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “ FDIC” ) (except for obligations to the FDIC arising under provisions of Section 1815(e) of Title 12 of the United States Code) and any rights acquired by the FDIC as a result of loans made by the FDIC to the Bank or the purchase or guarantee of any of its assets by the FDIC pursuant to the provisions of Section 1823(c) or (d) of Title 12 of the United States Code, whether now outstanding or hereafter incurred, in that in case of any insolvency, receivership, conservatorship, reorganization, readjustment of debt, marshalling of assets and liabilities or similar proceedings or any liquidation or winding up of or relating to the Bank, whether voluntary or involuntary, all such obligations shall be entitled to be paid in full before any payment shall be made on account of the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on this Note. In the event of any such proceedings, after payment in full of all sums owing on such prior obligations, the holder of this Note, together with the holders of any obligations of the Bank ranking on a parity with this Note, shall be entitled to be paid from the remaining assets of the Bank the unpaid principal thereof (and unpaid premium, if any) and interest with respect to this Note and such other obligations, before any payment or other distribution, whether in cash, property, or otherwise, shall be made on account of any capital stock or any obligations of the Bank ranking junior to this Note. Nothing herein shall impair the obligation of the Bank, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of (and premium, if any) and any interest on this Note in accordance with its terms.

 

This Note and any Subordinated Notes issued subsequently hereto pursuant to the Offering Circular, will rank pari passu among themselves and pari passu , in the event of a liquidation or similar proceeding with respect to the Bank, whether voluntary or involuntary, with all other present or future unsecured subordinated debt obligations of the Bank, except any unsecured subordinated debt which may be expressly stated to be subordinated to this Note.

 

14


Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Note, including specifically those set forth in the paragraphs relating to subordination, Events of Default and covenants of the Bank, it is expressly understood and agreed that the FDIC or any receiver or conservator of the Bank shall have the right in the performance of his legal duties, and as part of any transaction or plan of reorganization or liquidation designed to protect or further the continued existence of the Bank or the rights of any parties or agencies with an interest in, or claim against, the Bank or its assets, to transfer or direct the transfer of the obligations represented by this Note to any state bank, national banking association, or bank holding company selected by such official which shall expressly assume the obligation of the due and punctual payment of the unpaid principal (and premium, if any) and interest on this Note and the due and punctual performance of all covenants and conditions contained herein; and that the completion of such transfer and assumption shall serve to supersede and void any default, acceleration or subordination which may have occurred, or which may occur due or related to such transaction, plan, transfer or assumption, pursuant to the provisions of this Note, and shall serve to return the holder hereof to the same position, other than for substitution of the obligor, it would have occupied had no default, acceleration or subordination occurred; except that any interest and principal (and premium, if any) previously due, other than by reason of acceleration, and not paid shall, in the absence of a contrary agreement by the holder of this Note, be deemed to be immediately due and payable as of the date of such transfer and assumption, together with interest from its original due date at the rate provided for herein.

 

This Note contains no limitation on the amount of senior debt, deposits or other obligations that rank senior to this Note that may be hereafter incurred or assumed by the Bank.

 

Miscellaneous

 

As used herein, “Business Day” means, unless otherwise specified in the Pricing Supplement), a day which is both a day (other than a Saturday or a Sunday) on which commercial banks and foreign exchange markets settle payments and are open for general business (including dealings in foreign exchange and foreign currency deposits) in The City of New York, McLean, Virginia, and London. As used herein, “London Business Day” means any day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which commercial banks and foreign exchange markets settle payments in London.

 

Any action by the holder of this Note shall bind all future holders of this Note, and of any Note issued in exchange or substitution hereof or in place hereof, in respect of anything done or permitted by the Bank or by the Paying Agents in pursuance of such action.

 

In case any Note shall at any time become mutilated, defaced, destroyed, lost or stolen, and such Note or evidence of the loss, theft or destruction thereof satisfactory to the Bank and the Registrar or London Issuing Agent, as the case may be, and such other documents or proof as may be required by the Bank and the Registrar or London Issuing Agent, as the case may be, shall be delivered to the Registrar or London Issuing Agent, as the case may be, the Registrar or London Issuing Agent, as the case may be, shall issue a new Note of like tenor and principal amount, having a serial number not contemporaneously outstanding, in exchange and substitution for the mutilated or defaced Note or in lieu of the Note destroyed, lost or stolen but, in the case of any destroyed, lost or stolen Note, only upon receipt of evidence satisfactory to the

 

15


Bank and the Registrar or London Issuing Agent, as the case may be, that such Note was destroyed, stolen or lost, and, if required, upon receipt of indemnity satisfactory to the Bank and the Registrar or London Issuing Agent, as the case may be. Upon the issuance of any substituted Note, the Bank may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover all expenses and reasonable charges connected with the preparation and delivery of a new Note. If any Note which has matured or has been redeemed or repaid or is about to mature or to be redeemed or repaid shall become mutilated, defaced, destroyed, lost or stolen, the Bank may, instead of issuing a substitute Note, pay or authorize the payment of the same (without surrender thereof except in the case of a mutilated or defaced Note) upon compliance by the holder with the provisions of this paragraph.

 

No recourse shall be had for the payment of principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on, this Note for any claim based hereon, or otherwise in respect hereof, against any shareholder, employee, agent, officer or director, as such, past, present or future, of the Bank or of any successor organization, either directly or through the Bank or any successor organization, whether by virtue of any constitution, statute or rule of law or by the enforcement of any assessment or penalty or otherwise, all such liability being, by the acceptance hereof and as part of the consideration for the issue hereof, expressly waived and released.

 

The Notes are issued in accordance with the Global Agency Agreement. The Notes, and any receipts or interest coupons appertaining thereto, may be amended by the Bank, and the Global Agency Agreement may be amended by the parties thereto, (i) for the purpose of curing any ambiguity, or of curing, correcting or supplementing any defective provision contained therein, (ii) to make any further modifications of the terms of the Global Agency Agreement necessary or desirable to allow for the issuance of any additional Notes (which modifications shall not be materially adverse to holders of outstanding Notes) or (iii) in any manner which the Bank (and, in the case of the Global Agency Agreement, the parties thereto) may deem necessary or desirable and which shall not materially adversely affect the interests of the holders of the Notes, or any receipts, talons or interest coupons appertaining thereto, to all of which each holder of Notes, receipts, talons or interest coupons shall, by acceptance thereof, be deemed to have consented; provided, however , that no such modification or amendment may, without the consent of the holder of each outstanding Note affected thereby, (1) change the Maturity Date with respect to any Note or reduce or cancel the amount payable at Maturity; (2) reduce the amount payable or modify the payment date for any interest with respect to any Note or vary the method of calculating the rate of interest with respect to any Note; (3) reduce any Minimum Interest Rate and/or Maximum Interest Rate with respect to any Note; (4) modify the currency in which payments under any Note and/or any receipts, coupons or talons appertaining thereto are to be made; (5) change the obligation of the Bank to pay Additional Amounts with respect to Notes, receipts, talons or coupons; or (6) reduce the percentage in principal amount of outstanding Notes the consent of the holders of which is necessary to modify the provisions of the Notes or to waive any future compliance or past default. Any instrument given by or on behalf of any holder of a Note in connection with any consent to any such modification, amendment or waiver shall be irrevocable once given and shall be conclusive and binding on all subsequent holders of such Note. Any modifications, amendments or waivers to this Agreement or the provisions of the Notes, receipts, talons or coupons shall be conclusive and binding on all holders of Notes, receipts, talons or coupons, whether or not notation of such modifications, amendments or waivers is made upon the Notes, receipts, talons or coupons. It will not be necessary for the consent of the holders of Notes to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, but it shall be sufficient if such consent shall approve the substance thereof.

 

16


No provision of this Note shall alter or impair the obligation of the Bank, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on, and any Additional Amounts with respect to, this Note in the Specified Currency indicated on the face hereof (or, as provided herein, in the equivalent in U.S. dollars) at the times, places and rate herein prescribed.

 

No service charge shall be made to a holder of this Note for any transfer or exchange of this Note, but the Bank may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection therewith.

 

If this Note is in registered form, prior to due presentment of this Note for registration of transfer, the Bank, Domestic Paying Agent, Registrar, London Paying Agent, Luxembourg Paying Agent, Transfer Agent and Listing Agent (collectively, together with any successors thereto, the “ Agents ”) or any agent of the Bank or the Agents may treat the holder in whose name this Note is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes, whether or not this Note be overdue, and neither the Bank, the Agents nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary except as required by applicable law.

 

All notices to the Bank under this Note shall be in writing and addressed to the Bank at Capital One Bank, 1680 Capital One Drive, McLean, Virginia 22102, USA, Attention: Treasurer; telephone: (703) 8751000; and facsimile: (703) 875-1099 or to such other address of the Bank as the Bank may notify the holders of the Notes.

 

17

PRICING SUPPLEMENT dated June 9, 2003

(To Offering Circular dated May 8, 2003)

 

CAPITAL ONE BANK

(a Bank organized pursuant to the Laws of Virginia)

 

Global Bank Notes

 

Issue of $500,000,000 6.50% Subordinated Global Bank Notes due 2013

 

UNDER THE U.S.$8,000,000,000 GLOBAL BANK NOTE PROGRAM

 

This document constitutes the Pricing Supplement relating to the issue of Notes described herein. Terms used herein shall be deemed to be defined as such for the purposes of the conditions set forth in the Offering Circular dated May 8, 2003. This Pricing Supplement is supplemental to and must be read in conjunction with such Offering Circular.

 

If the Notes have a maturity of less than one year, the minimum denomination may need to be £100,000 or its equivalent in any other Specified Currency.

 

1.    Issuer:    Capital One Bank
2.   

(i)     Series Number:

   2
    

(ii)    Tranche Number:

   Not Applicable
3.    Specified Currency or Currencies (in the case of Dual Currency Notes):    USD
4.    Aggregate Principal Amount:    $500,000,000
5.   

(i)     Original Issue Date and Interest Commencement Date:

   June 13, 2003
    

(ii)    Interest Commencement Date (if different from the Original Issue Date):

   Not Applicable
6.    Stated Maturity Date:    June 13, 2013
7.    Status of the Notes:    Subordinated
8.    Interest Basis:    6.50 per cent Fixed Rate
9.    Redemption/Payment Basis:    Redemption at par
10.    Change of Interest or Redemption/Payment Basis:    Not Applicable
11.    Redeemable at Option of Issuer/Holder:    Not Applicable
12.    (i) Issue Price:    98.96 per cent of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes
     (ii) Net proceeds:    Not Applicable
13.    Default Rate (if other than Interest Rate):    Not Applicable (Required only for listed issues)


14.    Authorized Denominations:    Minimum denominations of $100,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof
15.    Listing:    None
16.    Method of distribution:    Syndicated
PROVISIONS RELATING TO INTEREST (IF ANY) PAYABLE
17.    Fixed Rate Note Provisions:    Applicable
    

(i)     Interest Rate(s):

   6.50 per cent per annum payable semi-annually in arrears
    

(ii)    Interest Payment Date(s):

   June 13 and December 13 (or the next Business Day) of each year commencing December 13, 2003 up to and including the Stated Maturity Date
    

(iii)  Day Count Convention:

   30/360
    

(iv)   Interest Determination Date(s):

   Not Applicable
    

(v)    Other terms relating to the method of calculating interest for Fixed Rate Notes:

   None
18.    Floating Rate Note Provisions:    Not Applicable
19.   

Discount Note (including Zero Coupon Note)

Provisions:

   Not Applicable
20.    Index/Formula Linked Interest Note Provisions:    Not Applicable
21.    Dual Currency Note Provisions:    Not Applicable
PROVISIONS RELATING TO REDEMPTION
22.    Redeemable at Option of Issuer:    Not Applicable
23.    Repayable at Option of Holders:    Not Applicable
     Holder’s Optional Repayment Date(s):    Not Applicable


GENERAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO THE NOTES

 

24.    Form of Notes:     
    

(i)     Bearer Notes:

   Not Applicable
    

(ii)    Registered Notes:

    
    

— Registrar:

   JP Morgan Chase Bank
    

— Transfer Agent:

   JP Morgan Chase Bank
    

— Record Dates:

   the 15 th calendar day (whether or not a Business Day) next preceding the applicable Interest Payment Date
25.    Partly Paid Notes: amount of each payment comprising the Issue Price and date on which each payment is to be made and consequences (if any) of failure to pay, including the right of the Issuer to forfeit the Notes and interest due on late payment:    Not Applicable
26.    Installment Notes:     
    

(i)     Installment amount(s):

   Not Applicable
    

(ii)    Installment date(s):

   Not Applicable
27.    Other terms or specified conditions:    Not Applicable
28.    Talons for future Coupons or Receipts to be attached to Definitive Bearer Notes (and dates on which such Talons mature):    Not Applicable
29.    Details of any additional or different Paying Agents, Registrars, London Issuing Agents, Transfer Agents:    Not Applicable
DISTRIBUTION
30.    (i) If syndicated, names of Distribution Agents:    Banc of America Securities LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., Credit Suisse First Boston LLC, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Lehman Brothers Inc.
     (ii) Stabilization Manager (if any):    J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.
          The Stabilization Manager or any other person acting for the Stabilization Manager may over-allot or effect transactions with a view to supporting the market price of the Notes at a level higher than that which might otherwise prevail for a limited period. However, there may be no obligation on the Stabilization Manager or any agent of the Stabilization Manager to do this. Such stabilization, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time and must be terminated after a limited period. Such stabilization, if any, must comply with all applicable laws, regulations and rules.
31.    If non-syndicated, name of Distribution Agent:    Not Applicable
32.    Additional selling restrictions:    Not Applicable


OPERATIONAL INFORMATION
33.    CUSIP Code:    14040EHG0
34.    ISIN Code:    Not Applicable
35.    Common Code:    Not Applicable
36.    Clearing System(s):    DTC
37.    Delivery:    Delivery against payment
38.    Redenomination applicable:    Redenomination not applicable
39.    “Business Day” definition (if other than as defined in the Offering Circular):    Not Applicable
40.    Governing Law:    New York


RESPONSIBILITY

 

The Issuer accepts responsibility for the information contained in this Pricing Supplement.

Signed on behalf of the Issuer:

 

By:

 

/s/    STEPHEN LINEHAN


    Duly authorized


REGISTERED GLOBAL NOTE

 

UNLESS THIS NOTE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) (THE “ DEPOSITARY ”) TO CAPITAL ONE BANK (THE “ BANK ”) OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY NOTE ISSUED UPON REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER OF, OR IN EXCHANGE FOR, OR IN LIEU OF, THIS NOTE IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITARY (AND ANY PAYMENT HEREON IS MADE TO CEDE & CO), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL SINCE THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

 

THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL SECURITY AND, UNLESS AND UNTIL THIS NOTE IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, IT MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY.

 

THE OBLIGATION EVIDENCED BY THIS NOTE IS AN OBLIGATION OF CAPITAL ONE BANK (THE “ BANK ”) AND IS SUBORDINATED TO THE CLAIMS OF DEPOSITORS AND OTHER CREDITORS OF THE BANK, IS INELIGIBLE AS COLLATERAL FOR A LOAN BY THE BANK AND IS NOT SECURED. THIS OBLIGATION IS NOT A DEPOSIT AND IS NOT INSURED BY THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION (“ FDIC ”) OR ANY OTHER INSURER.

 

THIS NOTE IS ISSUABLE ONLY IN MINIMUM DENOMINATIONS OF US$100,000 AND INTEGRAL MULTIPLES OF US$1,000 IN EXCESS THEREOF. EACH OWNER OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THIS NOTE IS REQUIRED TO HOLD A BENEFICIAL INTEREST OF US$100,000 PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OR ANY INTEGRAL MULTIPLE OF US$1,000 IN EXCESS THEREOF OF THIS NOTE AT ALL TIMES.

 

No. R-                     

 

REGISTERED

CUSIP No.:             

   


CAPITAL ONE BANK

GLOBAL BANK NOTE

(Registered Global Note)

 

ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE:

  

June 13, 2003

  

PRINCIPAL AMOUNT: $500,000,000

         

SPECIFIED CURRENCY:

MATURITY DATE:

  

June 13, 2013

  

x   U.S. dollar

x   FIXED RATE NOTE

       

¨   Other:

¨   FLOATING RATE

         

NOTE

         

 

CAPITAL ONE BANK, a bank organized under the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia (the “ Bank ”), for value received, hereby promises to pay to Cede & Co., or registered assigns, the principal amount specified above as adjusted in accordance with Schedule 1 hereto, on the Maturity Date specified above (except to the extent redeemed or repaid prior to the Maturity Date) and to pay interest thereon in accordance with the provisions set forth on the reverse hereof under the caption “Fixed Rate Interest Provisions,” as such provisions may be modified or supplemented by the terms and provisions set forth in the Pricing Supplement attached hereto (the “ Pricing Supplement ”), and (to the extent that the payment of such interest shall be legally enforceable) to pay interest at the Interest Basis specified in the Pricing Supplement on any overdue principal and premium, if any, and on any overdue installment or interest. The interest so payable, and punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date will be paid to the person in whose name this Note (or any predecessor Note) is registered at the close of business on the fifteenth calendar day (whether or not a Business Day (as defined on the reverse hereof)) next preceding the applicable Interest Payment Date (unless otherwise specified in the Pricing Supplement) (each, a “ Regular Record Date ); provided, however , that interest payable at Maturity (as defined on the reverse hereof) will be payable to the person to whom principal shall be payable. Any such interest not so punctually paid or duly provided for shall forthwith cease to be payable to the holder as of the close of business on such Regular Record Date, and shall instead be payable to the person in whose name this Note (or any predecessor Note) is registered at the close of business on a special record date for the payment of such defaulted interest (the “ Special Record Date ”) to be fixed by the Registrar (as defined below), notice whereof shall be given by the Registrar to the holder of this Note not less than 15 calendar days prior to such Special Record Date.

 

This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of the Bank’s notes due from 30 days to 30 years or more from date of issue (the “ Notes ”). The Notes are issued in accordance with the Amended and Restated Global Agency Agreement, dated as of May 8, 2003 (the “ Global Agency Agreement ”), among the Bank and JPMorgan Chase Bank as paying agent (the “ Domestic Paying Agent ”) and as registrar (the “ Registrar ”), JPMorgan Chase Bank, London Branch, as paying agent (the “ London Paying Agent ”) and as issuing agent (the “ London Issuing Agent ”)

 

7


and J.P. Morgan Bank Luxembourg S.A. as transfer agent (the “ Transfer Agent ”), as paying agent (the “ Luxembourg Paying Agent ”, together with the Domestic Paying Agent and the London Paying Agent, the “ Paying Agents ”, and individually, a “ Paying Agent ”) and Kredietbank S.A. Luxembourgeoise as listing agent (the “ Listing Agent ”). The terms Domestic Paying Agent, Registrar, London Paying Agent, London Issuing Agent, Luxembourg Paying Agent, Transfer Agent and Listing Agent shall include any additional or successor agents appointed in such capacities by the Bank.

 

The Bank shall cause to be kept at the office of the Registrar designated below a register (the register maintained in such office or any other office or agency of the Registrar, herein referred to as the “ Note Register ”) in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Bank shall provide for the registration of Notes issued in registered form and of transfers of such Notes. The Bank has initially appointed JPMorgan Chase Bank, acting through its principal office at 4 New York Plaza, 15 th Floor, New York, New York 10004, as “Registrar” for the purpose of registering Notes issued in registered form and transfers of such Notes. The Bank reserves the right to rescind such designation at any time, and to transfer such function to another bank or financial institution.

 

The transfer of this Note is registrable in the Note Register, upon surrender of the Note for registration of transfer at the office or agency of the Registrar or any transfer agent maintained for that purpose, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar (or such transfer agent) duly executed by, the holder hereof or its attorney duly authorized in writing.

 

Payment of principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on, this Note due at Maturity will be made in immediately available funds upon presentation and surrender of this Note at the office of a Paying Agent maintained for that purpose; provided , that this Note is presented to such Paying Agent in time for such Paying Agent to make such payment in accordance with its normal procedures. Payments of interest on this Note (other than at Maturity) will be made by wire transfer to such account as has been appropriately designated to a Paying Agent by the person entitled to such payments.

 

Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof and in the Pricing Supplement, which further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place. In the event of any conflict between the provisions contained herein or on the reverse hereof and the provisions contained in the Pricing Supplement attached hereto, the latter shall control. References herein to “this Note,” “hereof,” “herein” and comparable terms shall include the Pricing Supplement attached hereto.

 

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Registrar, by manual signature of an authorized signatory, this Note shall not be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

 

This Note shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without regard to the conflicts of law principles thereof.

 

8


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Bank has caused this Note to be duly executed.

 

CAPITAL ONE BANK

By:

 

/s/ Stephen Linehan


   

Name: Stephen Linehan

   

Title: Vice President and Treasurer

 

Dated: 6/13/03

 

REGISTRAR’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

 

This is one of the Notes referred to in the

within-mentioned Global Agency Agreement.

 

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK,

as Registrar

 

By:

 

/s/ Guy Marzella


   

Name: Guy Marzella

   

Title: Assistant Vice President

 

9


REVERSE OF NOTE

 

The Notes are issuable only in denominations of US$100,000 and integral multiples of US$1,000 in excess thereof (or equivalent denominations in other currencies, subject to any other statutory or regulatory minimums). This Note, and any Note issued in exchange or substitution herefor or in place hereof, or upon registration of transfer, exchange or partial redemption or repayment of this Note, may be issued only in an Authorized Denomination specified in the Pricing Supplement (or, if this Note is in definitive form, specified on the face hereof).

 

Unless otherwise provided herein (or in the Pricing Supplement), the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on, this Note are payable in the Specified Currency indicated on the face hereof (or, if such Specified Currency is not at the time of such payment legal tender for the payment of public and private debts, in such other coin or currency of the country which issued such Specified Currency as at the time of such payment is legal tender for the payment of debts).

 

JPMorgan Chase Bank shall initially act as domestic paying agent (the “ Domestic Paying Agent ”) and the Bank has initially appointed JPMorgan Chase Bank, London Branch, acting through its specified office in London as London paying agent (the “ London Paying Agent ”) and J.P. Morgan Chase Bank Luxembourg S.A. as Luxembourg paying agent (the “ Luxembourg Paying Agent ” and together with the Domestic Paying Agent and the London Paying Agent, the “ Paying Agents ,” and each individually, a “ Paying Agent ,” and such terms shall include any additional or successor paying agents appointed pursuant to the Global Agency Agreement (as defined on the face hereof)) in respect of the Notes. If this Note is in registered form, this Note may be presented or surrendered for payment, and notices, designations or requests in respect of payments with respect to this Note may be served, at the office or agency of any Paying Agent maintained for that purpose. The Bank may at any time rescind any designation of a Paying Agent, appoint any additional or successor Paying Agents or approve a change in the office through which a Paying Agent acts.

 

Fixed Rate Interest Provisions

 

The Bank will pay interest on each Interest Payment Date specified in the Pricing Supplement and on the Maturity Date or any Redemption Date (as defined below) or Holder’s Optional Repayment Date (as defined below) (each such Maturity Date, Redemption Date and Holder’s Optional Repayment Date and the date on which the principal or an installment of principal is due and payable by declaration of acceleration as provided herein being hereinafter referred to as a “Maturity” with respect to the principal repayable on such date), commencing on the first Interest Payment Date next succeeding the Original Issue Date specified on the face hereof (or if the Original Issue Date is between a Record Date and the Interest Payment Date immediately following such Record Date, on the Second Interest Payment Date following the Original Issue Date), at the Interest Rate per annum specified in the Pricing Supplement, until the principal hereof is paid or duly made available for payment.

 

Payments of interest hereon will include interest accrued from and including the most recent Interest Payment Date to which interest on this Note (or any predecessor Note) has been paid or duly provided for (or, if no interest has been paid or duly provided for, from and including the Original Issue Date) to but excluding the relevant Interest Payment Date or Maturity, as the case


may be. Unless otherwise specified in the Pricing Supplement, if the Maturity Date specified on the face hereof falls more than one year from the Original Issue Date, interest payments for this Note shall be computed and paid on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

 

Unless otherwise provided herein, if any Interest Payment Date or the Maturity of this Note falls on a day which is not a Business Day, the related payment of principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on, this Note shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as if made on the date such payments were due, and no interest shall accrue on the amount so payable for the period from and after such Interest Payment Date or the Maturity, as the case may be.

 

Additional Amounts

 

All payments of principal (and premium, if any) and interest with respect to this Note will be made without withholding or deduction at source for, or on account of, any present or future taxes, fees, duties, assessments or governmental charges of whatever nature imposed or levied by the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein, unless such withholding or deduction is required by (i) the laws (or any regulations or rulings promulgated thereunder) of the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein or (ii) an official position regarding the application, administration, interpretation or enforcement of any such laws, regulations or rulings including, without limitation, a holding by a court of competent jurisdiction or by a taxing authority in the United States or any political subdivision thereof). If a withholding or deduction at source is required, the Bank will (subject to certain limitations and exceptions set forth below) pay to the holder hereof on behalf of an owner of a beneficial interest herein (an “ Owner ”) who is a United States Alien (as defined below) such additional amounts (“ Additional Amounts ”) as may be necessary so that every net payment of principal (and premium, if any) or interest made to the holder hereof on behalf of such Owner, after such withholding or deduction, will not be less than the amount provided for in this Note with respect to such Owner’s interest; provided, however , that the Bank shall not be required to make any payment of Additional Amounts for or on account of:

 

(a) any tax, fee, duty, assessment or other governmental charge which would not have been imposed but for (i) the existence of any present or former connection between such Owner (or between a fiduciary, settlor, beneficiary, member or shareholder of, or possessor of a power over, such Owner, if such Owner is an estate, trust, partnership or corporation) and the United States, including, without limitation, such Owner (or such fiduciary, settlor, beneficiary, member, shareholder or possessor) being or having been a citizen or resident thereof or being or having been present or engaged in trade or business therein or having had a permanent establishment therein, or (ii) the presentation of this Note for payment on a date more than 15 days after the date on which such payment became due and payable or the date on which payment thereof is duly provided for, whichever occurs later;

 

(b) any estate, inheritance, gift, sales, transfer, personal property or similar tax, assessment or other governmental charge;

 

(c) any tax, fee, duty, assessment or other governmental charge imposed by reason of such Owner’s past or present status as a personal holding company, foreign personal holding company, passive foreign investment company or controlled foreign corporation with respect to the United States or as a corporation which accumulates earnings to avoid United States federal income tax;

 

11


(d) any tax, fee, duty, assessment or other governmental charge which is payable otherwise than by withholding from payments of principal or interest with respect to this Note;

 

(e) any tax, fee, duty, assessment or other governmental charge imposed on interest received by anyone who owns (actually or constructively) 10% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Bank;

 

(f) any tax, fee, duty, assessment or other governmental charge required to be withheld by any Paying Agent from any payment of principal (and premium, if any) or interest with respect to this Note, if such payment can be made without such withholding by any other Paying Agent with respect to this Note;

 

(g) any tax, fee, duty, assessment or other governmental charge which would not have been imposed but for the failure to comply with certification, information or other reporting requirements concerning the nationality, residence, identity or connection with the United States of the holder hereof or of such Owner, if such compliance is required by statute or by regulation of the United States Treasury Department as a precondition to relief or exemption from such tax, assessment or other governmental charge;

 

(h) any tax, assessment or other governmental charge imposed as a result of such holder of the Notes or Coupon being a bank receiving payments on an extension of credit made pursuant to a loan agreement entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

(i) any tax, assessment or other governmental charge required to be imposed or withheld on a payment to an individual and such deduction or withholding is required to be made pursuant to any European Union Directive on the taxation of savings implementing the political agreement reached at the ECOFIN Council meeting of January 21, 2003 or any law implementing or complying with, or introduced in order to conform to, such Directive; or

 

(j) any combination of items (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (f), (g), (h) and (i);

 

nor shall Additional Amounts be paid to any holder of this Note on behalf of any Owner who is a fiduciary or partnership or other than the sole Owner to the extent a beneficiary or settlor with respect to such fiduciary or a member of such partnership or Owner would not have been entitled to payment of the Additional Amounts had such beneficiary, settlor, member or Owner been the sole Owner of this Note.

 

As used herein, the term “United States Alien” means any corporation, individual, fiduciary or partnership that for United States federal income tax purposes is a foreign corporation, nonresident alien individual, nonresident alien fiduciary of a foreign estate or trust, or foreign partnership one or more members of which is a foreign corporation, nonresident alien individual or nonresident alien fiduciary of a foreign estate or trust.

 

12


Whenever in this Note there is mentioned, in any context, the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on, or in respect of, this Note, such mention shall be deemed to include mention of the payment of Additional Amounts provided for herein to the extent that, in such context, Additional Amounts are, were or would be payable in respect hereof pursuant to the provisions of this Note and express mention of the payment of Additional Amounts (if applicable) in any provisions hereof shall not be construed as including Additional Amounts in those provisions hereof where such express mention is not made.

 

Except as specifically provided herein (or in the Pricing Supplement) (i) neither the Bank nor any Paying Agent shall be required to make, any payment with respect to any tax, fee, duty, assessment or other governmental charge imposed by any government or a political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein; (ii) a Paying Agent on behalf of the Bank shall have the right, but not the duty, to withhold from any amounts otherwise payable to a holder of this Note such amount as is necessary for the payment of any such taxes, fees, duties, assessments or other governmental charges; and (iii) if such an amount is withheld, the amount payable to the holder of this Note shall be the amount otherwise payable reduced by the amount so withheld.

 

The Bank may redeem this Note in whole but not in part at any time at a redemption price equal to the principal amount hereof, together with accrued interest to but excluding the date fixed for redemption, if the Bank shall determine, based upon a written opinion of independent counsel selected by the Bank, that as a result of any change in or amendment to the laws (or any regulations or rulings promulgated hereunder) of the United States or of any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein affecting taxation, or any change in application or official interpretation of any such laws, regulations or rulings, which amendment or change is effective on or after the Original Issue Date, the Bank would be required to pay Additional Amounts on the occasion of the next payment due with respect to such Note.

 

Notice of intention to redeem this Note, in whole but not in part, pursuant to the immediately preceding paragraph will be given to the registered holder of this Note at least once not less than 30 days nor more than 60 days prior to the date fixed for redemption, provided that at the time notice of such redemption is given, such obligation to pay such Additional Amounts remains in effect and cannot be avoided by the Bank’s taking reasonable measures available to it. From and after any redemption date, if monies for the redemption of this Note shall have been made available for redemption on such redemption date, this Note shall cease to bear interest, and the only right of the holder of this Note shall be to receive payment of the principal amount hereof and all unpaid interest accrued to such redemption date.

 

Events of Default, Acceleration of Maturity

 

In respect of this Senior Note, the occurrence of any of the following events shall constitute an “Event of Default” with respect to this Note:

 

(i) default in the payment of any interest (including any Additional Amounts) with respect to this Note when due, which continues for 30 days;

 

(ii) default, in the payment of any principal of, or premium, if any, on, this Note when due;

 

(iii) whatever the reason for such and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any

 

13


court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body, the entry by a court having jurisdiction in the premises of:

 

(a) a decree or order for relief in respect of the Bank in an involuntary case or proceeding under any applicable United States federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law; or

 

(b) a decree or order appointing a conservator, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or any other similar official of the Bank, or of substantially all of the property of the Bank, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of the affairs of the Bank, and the continuance of any such decree or order for relief or any such other decree or order unstayed and in effect for a period of 60 consecutive days; or

 

(iv) the commencement by the Bank of a voluntary case or proceeding under any applicable United States federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law or the commencement of any bankruptcy or insolvency case or proceeding, or the filing by the Bank of a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization or relief under any applicable United States federal or state law, or the consent by the Bank to the filing of such petition or to the appointment of or taking possession by a custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or similar official of the Bank or of substantially all of the property of the Bank, or the making by the Bank of an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or the taking of corporate action by the Bank in furtherance of any such action.

 

If an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, the holder of this Note may declare the principal amount of, and accrued interest and premium, if any, on, this Note due and payable immediately by written notice to the Bank. Upon such declaration and notice, such principal amount (and premium, if any) and accrued interest shall become immediately due and payable. Any Event of Default with respect to this Note may be waived by the holder thereof.

 

This Note contains no limitation on the amount of senior debt, deposits or other obligations that rank senior to this Note that may be hereafter incurred or assumed by the Bank.

 

Miscellaneous

 

As used herein, “Business Day” means, unless otherwise specified in the Pricing Supplement, a day which is both a day (other than a Saturday or a Sunday) on which commercial banks and foreign exchange markets settle payments and are open for general business (including dealings in foreign exchange and foreign currency deposits) in The City of New York, McLean, Virginia, and London. As used herein, “London Business Day” means any day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which commercial banks and foreign exchange markets settle payments in London.

 

Any action by the holder of this Note shall bind all future holders of this Note, and of any Note issued in exchange or substitution hereof or in place hereof, in respect of anything done or permitted by the Bank or by the Paying Agents in pursuance of such action.

 

In case any Note shall at any time become mutilated, defaced, destroyed, lost or stolen, and such Note or evidence of the loss, theft or destruction thereof satisfactory to the Bank and the

 

14


Registrar or London Issuing Agent, as the case may be, and such other documents or proof as may be required by the Bank and the Registrar or London Issuing Agent, as the case may be, shall be delivered to the Registrar or London Issuing Agent, as the case may be, the Registrar or London Issuing Agent, as the case may be, shall issue a new Note of like tenor and principal amount, having a serial number not contemporaneously outstanding, in exchange and substitution for the mutilated or defaced Note or in lieu of the Note destroyed, lost or stolen but, in the case of any destroyed, lost or stolen Note, only upon receipt of evidence satisfactory to the Bank and the Registrar or London Issuing Agent, as the case may be, that such Note was destroyed, stolen or lost, and, if required, upon receipt of indemnity satisfactory to the Bank and the Registrar or London Issuing Agent, as the case may be. Upon the issuance of any substituted Note, the Bank may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover all expenses and reasonable charges connected with the preparation and delivery of a new Note. If any Note which has matured or has been redeemed or repaid or is about to mature or to be redeemed or repaid shall become mutilated, defaced, destroyed, lost or stolen, the Bank may, instead of issuing a substitute Note, pay or authorize the payment of the same (without surrender thereof except in the case of a mutilated or defaced Note) upon compliance by the holder with the provisions of this paragraph.

 

No recourse shall be had for the payment of principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on, this Note for any claim based hereon, or otherwise in respect hereof, against any shareholder, employee, agent, officer or director, as such, past, present or future, of the Bank or of any successor organization, either directly or through the Bank or any successor organization, whether by virtue of any constitution, statute or rule of law or by the enforcement of any assessment or penalty or otherwise, all such liability being, by the acceptance hereof and as part of the consideration for the issue hereof, expressly waived and released.

 

The Notes are issued in accordance with the Global Agency Agreement. The Notes, and any receipts or interest coupons appertaining thereto, may be amended by the Bank, and the Global Agency Agreement may be amended by the parties thereto, (i) for the purpose of curing any ambiguity, or of curing, correcting or supplementing any defective provision contained therein, (ii) to make any further modifications of the terms of the Global Agency Agreement necessary or desirable to allow for the issuance of any additional Notes (which modifications shall not be materially adverse to holders of outstanding Notes) or (iii) in any manner which the Bank (and, in the case of the Global Agency Agreement, the parties thereto) may deem necessary or desirable and which shall not materially adversely affect the interests of the holders of the Notes, or any receipts, talons or interest coupons appertaining thereto, to all of which each holder of Notes, receipts, talons or interest coupons shall, by acceptance thereof, be deemed to have consented; provided, however , that no such modification or amendment may, without the consent of the holder of each outstanding Note affected thereby, (1) change the Maturity Date with respect to any Note or reduce or cancel the amount payable at Maturity; (2) reduce the amount payable or modify the payment date for any interest with respect to any Note or vary the method of calculating the rate of interest with respect to any Note; (3) reduce any Minimum Interest Rate and/or Maximum Interest Rate with respect to any Note; (4) modify the currency in which payments under any Note and/or any receipts, coupons or talons appertaining thereto are to be made; (5) change the obligation of the Bank to pay Additional Amounts with respect to Notes, receipts, talons or coupons; or (6) reduce the percentage in principal amount of outstanding Notes the consent of the holders of which is necessary to modify the provisions of the Notes or to waive any future compliance or past default. Any instrument given by or on behalf of any holder

 

15


of a Note in connection with any consent to any such modification, amendment or waiver shall be irrevocable once given and shall be conclusive and binding on all subsequent holders of such Note. Any modifications, amendments or waivers to this Agreement or the provisions of the Notes, receipts, talons or coupons shall be conclusive and binding on all holders of Notes, receipts, talons or coupons, whether or not notation of such modifications, amendments or waivers is made upon the Notes, receipts, talons or coupons. It will not be necessary for the consent of the holders of Notes to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, but it shall be sufficient if such consent shall approve the substance thereof.

 

No provision of this Note shall alter or impair the obligation of the Bank, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on, and any Additional Amounts with respect to, this Note in the Specified Currency indicated on the face hereof (or, as provided herein, in the equivalent in U.S. dollars) at the times, places and rate herein prescribed.

 

No service charge shall be made to a holder of this Note for any transfer or exchange of this Note, but the Bank may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection therewith.

 

If this Note is in registered form, prior to due presentment of this Note for registration of transfer, the Bank, Domestic Paying Agent, Registrar, London Paying Agent, Luxembourg Paying Agent, Transfer Agent and Listing Agent (collectively, together with any successors thereto, the “ Agents ”) or any agent of the Bank or the Agents may treat the holder in whose name this Note is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes, whether or not this Note be overdue, and neither the Bank, the Agents nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary except as required by applicable law.

 

All notices to the Bank under this Note shall be in writing and addressed to the Bank at Capital One Bank, 1680 Capital One Drive, McLean, Virginia 22102, USA, Attention: Treasurer; telephone: (703) 720-1000; and facsimile: (703) 720-2165 or to such other address of the Bank as the Bank may notify the holders of the Notes.

 

16

PRICING SUPPLEMENT DATED May 12, 2003

(to Offering Circular dated May 8, 2003)

 

CAPITAL ONE BANK

(a Bank organized pursuant to the Laws of Virginia)

 

Global Bank Notes

 

Issue of $600,000,000 4.875% Senior Global Bank Notes due 2008

 

UNDER THE U.S.$8,000,000,000 GLOBAL BANK NOTE PROGRAM

 

This document constitutes the Pricing Supplement relating to the issue of Notes described herein. Terms used herein shall be deemed to be defined as such for the purposes of the conditions set forth in the Offering Circular dated May 8, 2003. This Pricing Supplement is supplemental to and must be read in conjunction with such Offering Circular.

 

If the Notes have a maturity of less than one year, the minimum denomination may need to be £100,000 or its equivalent in any other Specified Currency.

 

[Include whichever of the following apply or specify as “Not Applicable” (N/A). Note that the numbering should remain as set out below, even if “Not Applicable” is indicated for individual paragraphs or sub-paragraphs.]

 

1.   Issuer:    Capital One Bank
2.  

(i)     Series Number:

   1
   

(ii)    Tranche Number:

  

Not Applicable

(If fungible with an existing Series, details of that Series, including the date on which the Notes become fungible and the aggregate principal amount of the Series)

3.   Specified Currency or Currencies (in the case of Dual Currency Notes):    USD
4.   Aggregate Principal Amount:    $600,000,000
   

(i)     Series:

   1
   

(ii)    Tranche:

   Not Applicable
5.  

(i)     Original Issue Date and Interest Commencement Date:

   May 15, 2003
   

(ii)    Interest Commencement Date (if different from the Original Issue Date):

   Not Applicable
6.   Stated Maturity Date:   

May 15, 2008

[Specify date or (for floating rate notes) Interest Payment Date falling in or nearest to the relevant month and year]

Notes having a maturity of less than one year will, if the proceeds of issue of such notes are to be accepted by the Issuer in the United Kingdom, constitute deposits for the purposes of the prohibition on accepting deposits contained in Section 19 of the United Kingdom Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (the “FSMA”) unless they are issued to a limited class of professional investors and have a minimum denomination of £100,000 (or its equivalent in other Specified Currencies) (or another applicable exemption from Section 19 of the FSMA must be available)


7.   Status of the Notes:    Senior
8.   Interest Basis:    4.875 per cent. Fixed Rate
9.   Redemption/Payment Basis:    Redemption at par
10.   Change of Interest or Redemption/Payment Basis:    Not Applicable
11.   Redeemable at Option of Issuer/Holder:    Not Applicable
12.  

(i)     Issue Price:

   99.562 per cent. of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes
   

(ii)    Net proceeds:

   Not Applicable
13.   Default Rate (if other than Interest Rate):    Not Applicable (Required only for listed issues)
14.   Authorized Denominations:    Minimum denominations of $100,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof
15.   Listing:    None
16.   Method of distribution:    Syndicated

 

PROVISIONS RELATING TO INTEREST (IF ANY) PAYABLE

 

17.   Fixed Rate Note Provisions:    Applicable
         (If not applicable, delete the remaining sub-paragraphs of this paragraph)
   

(i)     Interest Rate(s):

   4.875 per cent. per annum payable semi-annually
   

(ii)    Interest Payment Date(s):

   November 15 and May 15 (or the next Business Day) in each year, commencing November 15, 2003 up to and including the Stated Maturity Date
   

(iii)  Day Count Convention:

   30/360
   

(iv)   Interest Determination Date(s):

   November 15 and May 15 (or the next Business Day) in each year
   

(v)    Other terms relating to the method of calculating interest for Fixed Rate Notes:

   None
18.   Floating Rate Note Provisions:    Not Applicable


19.   Discount Note (including Zero Coupon Note) Provisions:    Not Applicable
         (If not applicable, delete the remaining sub-paragraphs of this paragraph)
20.   Index/Formula Linked Interest Note Provisions:    Not Applicable
         (If not applicable, delete the remaining sub-paragraphs of this paragraph)
21.   Dual Currency Note Provisions:    Not Applicable
         (If not applicable, delete the remaining sub-paragraphs of this paragraph)

 

PROVISIONS RELATING TO REDEMPTION

 

22.   Redeemable at Option of Issuer:   

Not Applicable

(If not applicable, delete the remaining sub-paragraphs of this paragraph)

23.   Repayable at Option of Holders:    Not Applicable
    Holder’s Optional Repayment Date(s):    Not Applicable

 

GENERAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO THE NOTES

 

24.   Form of Notes:     
   

(i)     Bearer Notes:

   Not Applicable
   

(ii)    Registered Notes:

    
   

— Registrar:

   JP Morgan Chase Bank
   

— Transfer Agent:

   JP Morgan Chase Bank
   

— Record Dates:

   November 1 st , May 1 st
25.   Partly Paid Notes: amount of each payment comprising the Issue Price and date on which each payment is to be made and consequences (if any) of failure to pay, including the right of the Issuer to forfeit the Notes and interest due on late payment:    Not Applicable
26.   Installment Notes:     
   

(i)     Installment amount(s):

   Not Applicable
   

(ii)    Installment date(s):

   Not Applicable
27.   Other terms or specified conditions:    Not Applicable


28.   Talons for future Coupons or Receipts to be attached to Definitive Bearer Notes (and dates on which such Talons mature):    Not Applicable
29.   Details of any additional or different Paying Agents, Registrars, London Issuing Agents, Transfer Agents:    Not Applicable

 

DISTRIBUTION

 

30.  

(i)     If syndicated, names of Distribution Agents:

   Banc of America Securities LLC, Barclays Capital Inc., JP Morgan Securities Inc., Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Credit Suisse First Boston LLC, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Lehman Brothers Inc., Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Wachovia Securities, Inc.
   

(ii)    Stabilization Manager (if any):

  

Banc of America Securities LLC

The Stabilization Manager or any other person acting for the Stabilization Manager may over-allot or effect transactions with a view to supporting the market price of the Notes at a level higher than that which might otherwise prevail for a limited period. However, there may be no obligation on the Stabilization Manager or any agent of the Stabilization Manager to do this. Such stabilization, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time and must be terminated after a limited period. Such stabilization, if any, must comply with all applicable laws, regulations and rules.

31.   If non-syndicated, name of Distribution Agent:    Not Applicable
32.   Additional selling restrictions:    Not Applicable

 

OPERATIONAL INFORMATION

 

33.   CUSIP Code:    14040 EHF2
34.   ISIN Code:    Not Applicable
35.   Common Code:    Not Applicable
36.   Clearing System(s):    DTC
37.   Delivery:    Delivery against payment
38.   Redenomination applicable:   

Redenomination not applicable

(If Redenomination is applicable, any provisions necessary to deal with floating rate interest calculation (including alternative reference rates))

39.   “Business Day” definition (if other than as defined in the Offering Circular):    Not Applicable
40.   Governing Law:    New York


RESPONSIBILITY

 

The Issuer accepts responsibility for the information contained in this Pricing Supplement.

Signed on behalf of the Issuer:

 

By:

 

/s/    STEPHEN LINEHAN


    Duly authorized


REGISTERED GLOBAL NOTE

 

UNLESS THIS NOTE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) (THE “ DEPOSITARY ”) TO CAPITAL ONE BANK (THE “ BANK ”) OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY NOTE ISSUED UPON REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER OF, OR IN EXCHANGE FOR, OR IN LIEU OF, THIS NOTE IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITARY (AND ANY PAYMENT HEREON IS MADE TO CEDE & CO), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL SINCE THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

 

THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL SECURITY AND, UNLESS AND UNTIL THIS NOTE IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, IT MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY.

 

THIS NOTE IS A DIRECT, UNCONDITIONAL, UNSECURED AND UNSUBORDINATED GENERAL OBLIGATION OF CAPITAL ONE BANK (THE “ BANK ”). THE OBLIGATIONS EVIDENCED BY THIS NOTE RANK PARI PASSU WITH ALL OTHER UNSECURED AND UNSUBORDINATED OBLIGATIONS OF THE BANK, EXCEPT OBLIGATIONS, INCLUDING ITS DOMESTIC (U.S.) DEPOSITS, THAT ARE SUBJECT TO ANY PRIORITIES OR PREFERENCES UNDER APPLICABLE LAW. THIS NOTE DOES NOT EVIDENCE A DEPOSIT AND IS NOT INSURED BY THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION (“ FDIC ”) OR ANY OTHER INSURER.

 

THIS NOTE IS ISSUABLE ONLY IN MINIMUM DENOMINATIONS OF US$100,000 AND INTEGRAL MULTIPLES OF US$1,000 IN EXCESS THEREOF. EACH OWNER OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THIS NOTE IS REQUIRED TO HOLD A BENEFICIAL INTEREST OF US$100,000 PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OR ANY INTEGRAL MULTIPLE OF US$1,000 IN EXCESS THEREOF OF THIS NOTE AT ALL TIMES.

 

No. R-                     

   REGISTERED        

CUSIP No.: 14040 EHF2

    

 

CAPITAL ONE BANK

GLOBAL BANK NOTE

(Registered Global Note)


ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE:    May 15, 2003    PRINCIPAL AMOUNT: $600,000,000
          SPECIFIED CURRENCY:
MATURITY DATE:    May 15, 2008    x   U.S. dollar
x   FIXED RATE NOTE         ¨   Other:
¨   FLOATING RATE NOTE          

 

CAPITAL ONE BANK, a bank organized under the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia (the “ Bank ”), for value received, hereby promises to pay to Cede & Co., or registered assigns, the principal amount specified above as adjusted in accordance with Schedule 1 hereto, on the Maturity Date specified above (except to the extent redeemed or repaid prior to the Maturity Date) and to pay interest thereon in accordance with the provisions set forth on the reverse hereof under the caption “Fixed Rate Interest Provisions,” as such provisions may be modified or supplemented by the terms and provisions set forth in the Pricing Supplement attached hereto (the “ Pricing Supplement ”), and (to the extent that the payment of such interest shall be legally enforceable) to pay interest at the same Note interest basis on any overdue principal and premium, if any, and on any overdue installment or interest. The interest so payable, and punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date will be paid to the person in whose name this Note (or any predecessor Note) is registered at the close of business on the fifteenth calendar day (whether or not a Business Day (as defined on the reverse hereof)) next preceding the applicable Interest Payment Date (unless otherwise specified in the Pricing Supplement) (each, a “ Regular Record Date ); provided, however , that interest payable at Maturity (as defined on the reverse hereof) will be payable to the person to whom principal shall be payable. Any such interest not so punctually paid or duly provided for shall forthwith cease to be payable to the holder as of the close of business on such Regular Record Date, and shall instead be payable to the person in whose name this Note (or any predecessor Note) is registered at the close of business on a special record date for the payment of such defaulted interest (the “ Special Record Date ”) to be fixed by the Registrar (as defined below), notice whereof shall be given by the Registrar to the holder of this Note not less than 15 calendar days prior to such Special Record Date.

 

This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of the Bank’s notes due from 30 days to 30 years or more from date of issue (the “ Notes ”). The Notes are issued in accordance with the Amended and Restated Global Agency Agreement, dated as of May 8, 2003 (the “ Global Agency Agreement ”), among the Bank and JPMorgan Chase Bank as paying agent (the “ Domestic Paying Agent ”) and as registrar (the “ Registrar ”), JPMorgan Chase Bank, London Branch, as paying agent (the “ London Paying Agent ”) and as issuing agent (the “ London Issuing Agent ”) and J.P. Morgan Bank Luxembourg S.A. as transfer agent (the “ Transfer Agent ”), as paying agent (the “ Luxembourg Paying Agent ”, together with the Domestic Paying Agent and the London Paying Agent, the “ Paying Agents ”, and individually, a “ Paying Agent ”) and Kredietbank S.A. Luxembourgeoise as listing agent (the “ Listing Agent ”). The terms Domestic Paying Agent, Registrar, London Paying Agent, London Issuing Agent, Luxembourg Paying Agent, Transfer Agent and Listing Agent shall include any additional or successor agents appointed in such capacities by the Bank.

 

7


The Bank shall cause to be kept at the office of the Registrar designated below a register (the register maintained in such office or any other office or agency of the Registrar, herein referred to as the “ Note Register ”) in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Bank shall provide for the registration of Notes issued in registered form and of transfers of such Notes. The Bank has initially appointed JPMorgan Chase Bank, acting through its principal office at 4 New York Plaza, 15 th Floor, New York, New York 10004, as “Registrar” for the purpose of registering Notes issued in registered form and transfers of such Notes. The Bank reserves the right to rescind such designation at any time, and to transfer such function to another bank or financial institution.

 

The transfer of this Note is registrable in the Note Register, upon surrender of the Note for registration of transfer at the office or agency of the Registrar or any transfer agent maintained for that purpose, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar (or such transfer agent) duly executed by, the holder hereof or its attorney duly authorized in writing.

 

Payment of principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on, this Note due at Maturity will be made in immediately available funds upon presentation and surrender of this Note at the office of a Paying Agent maintained for that purpose; provided , that this Note is presented to such Paying Agent in time for such Paying Agent to make such payment in accordance with its normal procedures. Payments of interest on this Note (other than at Maturity) will be made by wire transfer to such account as has been appropriately designated to a Paying Agent by the person entitled to such payments.

 

Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof and in the Pricing Supplement, which further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place. In the event of any conflict between the provisions contained herein or on the reverse hereof and the provisions contained in the Pricing Supplement attached hereto, the latter shall control. References herein to “this Note,” “hereof,” “herein” and comparable terms shall include the Pricing Supplement attached hereto.

 

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Registrar, by manual signature of an authorized signatory, this Note shall not be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

 

This Note shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without regard to the conflicts of law principles thereof.

 

8


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Bank has caused this Note to be duly executed.

 

CAPITAL ONE BANK

By:

 

/s/    STEPHEN LINEHAN


   

Name: S TEPHEN L INEHAN

   

Title: S ENIOR V ICE P RESIDENT AND T REASURER

 

Dated:

 

REGISTRAR’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

 

This is one of the Notes referred to in the

within-mentioned Global Agency Agreement.

 

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK,

as Registrar

By:

 

/s/    GUY MARZELLA


   

Name: G UY M ARZELLA

   

Title: A SSISTANT V ICE P RESIDENT

 

9


REVERSE OF NOTE

 

The Notes are issuable only in denominations of US$100,000 and integral multiples of US$1,000 in excess thereof (or equivalent denominations in other currencies, subject to any other statutory or regulatory minimums). This Note, and any Note issued in exchange or substitution herefor or in place hereof, or upon registration of transfer, exchange or partial redemption or repayment of this Note, may be issued only in an Authorized Denomination specified in the Pricing Supplement.

 

Unless otherwise provided herein (or in the Pricing Supplement), the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on, this Note are payable in the Specified Currency indicated on the face hereof (or, if such Specified Currency is not at the time of such payment legal tender for the payment of public and private debts, in such other coin or currency of the country which issued such Specified Currency as at the time of such payment is legal tender for the payment of debts).

 

JPMorgan Chase Bank shall initially act as domestic paying agent (the “ Domestic Paying Agent ”) and the Bank has initially appointed JPMorgan Chase Bank, London Branch, acting through its specified office in London as London paying agent (the “ London Paying Agent ”) and J.P. Morgan Chase Bank Luxembourg S.A. as Luxembourg paying agent (the “ Luxembourg Paying Agent ” and together with the Domestic Paying Agent and the London Paying Agent, the “ Paying Agents ,” and each individually, a “ Paying Agent ,” and such terms shall include any additional or successor paying agents appointed pursuant to the Global Agency Agreement (as defined on the face hereof)) in respect of the Notes. This Note may be presented or surrendered for payment, and notices, designations or requests in respect of payments with respect to this Note may be served, at the office or agency of any Paying Agent maintained for that purpose. The Bank may at any time rescind any designation of a Paying Agent, appoint any additional or successor Paying Agents or approve a change in the office through which a Paying Agent acts.

 

Fixed Rate Interest Provisions

 

The Bank will pay interest on each Interest Payment Date specified in the Pricing Supplement and on the Maturity Date or any redemption date (each such Maturity Date, redemption date and the date on which the principal or an installment of principal is due and payable by declaration of acceleration as provided herein being hereinafter referred to as a “Maturity” with respect to the principal repayable on such date), commencing on the first Interest Payment Date next succeeding the Original Issue Date specified on the face hereof (or if the Original Issue Date is between a Record Date and the Interest Payment Date immediately following such Record Date, on the Second Interest Payment Date following the Original Issue Date), at the Interest Rate per annum specified in the Pricing Supplement, until the principal hereof is paid or duly made available for payment.

 

Payments of interest hereon will include interest accrued from and including the most recent Interest Payment Date to which interest on this Note (or any predecessor Note) has been paid or duly provided for (or, if no interest has been paid or duly provided for, from and including the Original Issue Date) to but excluding the relevant Interest Payment Date or Maturity, as the case may be. Unless otherwise specified in the Pricing Supplement, interest payments for this Note shall be computed and paid on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.


Unless otherwise provided herein, if any Interest Payment Date or the Maturity of this Note falls on a day which is not a Business Day, the related payment of principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on, this Note shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as if made on the date such payments were due, and no interest shall accrue on the amount so payable for the period from and after such Interest Payment Date or the Maturity, as the case may be.

 

Redemption

 

This Note will not be subject to any sinking fund. This Note may not be redeemed prior to the Maturity Date except as provided below in the event that any Additional Amounts (as defined below) are required to be paid by the Bank with respect to this Note.

 

This Note will not be repayable at the option of the holder hereof prior to the Maturity Date.

 

Additional Amounts

 

All payments of principal (and premium, if any) and interest with respect to this Note will be made without withholding or deduction at source for, or on account of, any present or future taxes, fees, duties, assessments or governmental charges of whatever nature imposed or levied by the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein, unless such withholding or deduction is required by (i) the laws (or any regulations or rulings promulgated thereunder) of the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein or (ii) an official position regarding the application, administration, interpretation or enforcement of any such laws, regulations or rulings including, without limitation, a holding by a court of competent jurisdiction or by a taxing authority in the United States or any political subdivision thereof). If a withholding or deduction at source is required, the Bank will (subject to certain limitations and exceptions set forth below) pay to the holder hereof on behalf of an owner of a beneficial interest herein (an “ Owner ”) who is a United States Alien (as defined below) such additional amounts (“ Additional Amounts ”) as may be necessary so that every net payment of principal (and premium, if any) or interest made to the holder hereof on behalf of such Owner, after such withholding or deduction, will not be less than the amount provided for in this Note with respect to such Owner’s interest; provided, however , that the Bank shall not be required to make any payment of Additional Amounts for or on account of:

 

(a) any tax, fee, duty, assessment or other governmental charge which would not have been imposed but for (i) the existence of any present or former connection between such Owner (or between a fiduciary, settlor, beneficiary, member or shareholder of, or possessor of a power over, such Owner, if such Owner is an estate, trust, partnership or corporation) and the United States, including, without limitation, such Owner (or such fiduciary, settlor, beneficiary, member, shareholder or possessor) being or having been a citizen or resident thereof or being or having been present or engaged in trade or business therein or having had a permanent establishment therein, or (ii) the presentation of this Note for payment on a date more than 15 days after the date on which such payment became due and payable or the date on which payment thereof is duly provided for, whichever occurs later;

 

(b) any estate, inheritance, gift, sales, transfer, personal property or similar tax, assessment or other governmental charge;

 

11


(c) any tax, fee, duty, assessment or other governmental charge imposed by reason of such Owner’s past or present status as a personal holding company, foreign personal holding company, passive foreign investment company or controlled foreign corporation with respect to the United States or as a corporation which accumulates earnings to avoid United States federal income tax;

 

(d) any tax, fee, duty, assessment or other governmental charge which is payable otherwise than by withholding from payments of principal or interest with respect to this Note;

 

(e) any tax, fee, duty, assessment or other governmental charge imposed on interest received by anyone who owns (actually or constructively) 10% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Bank;

 

(f) any tax, fee, duty, assessment or other governmental charge required to be withheld by any Paying Agent from any payment of principal (and premium, if any) or interest with respect to this Note, if such payment can be made without such withholding by any other Paying Agent with respect to this Note;

 

(g) any tax, fee, duty, assessment or other governmental charge which would not have been imposed but for the failure to comply with certification, information or other reporting requirements concerning the nationality, residence, identity or connection with the United States of the holder hereof or of such Owner, if such compliance is required by statute or by regulation of the United States Treasury Department as a precondition to relief or exemption from such tax, assessment or other governmental charge;

 

(h) any tax, assessment or other governmental charge imposed as a result of such holder of the Notes or Coupon being a bank receiving payments on an extension of credit made pursuant to a loan agreement entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

(i) any tax, assessment or other governmental charge required to be imposed or withheld on a payment to an individual and such deduction or withholding is required to be made pursuant to any European Union Directive on the taxation of savings implementing the political agreement reached at the ECOFIN Council meeting of January 21, 2003 or any law implementing or complying with, or introduced in order to conform to, such Directive; or

 

(j) any combination of items (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (f), (g), (h) and (i);

 

nor shall Additional Amounts be paid to any holder of this Note on behalf of any Owner who is a fiduciary or partnership or other than the sole Owner to the extent a beneficiary or settlor with respect to such fiduciary or a member of such partnership or Owner would not have been entitled to payment of the Additional Amounts had such beneficiary, settlor, member or Owner been the sole Owner of this Note.

 

As used herein, the term “United States Alien” means any corporation, individual, fiduciary or partnership that for United States federal income tax purposes is a foreign corporation,

 

12


nonresident alien individual, nonresident alien fiduciary of a foreign estate or trust, or foreign partnership one or more members of which is a foreign corporation, nonresident alien individual or nonresident alien fiduciary of a foreign estate or trust.

 

Whenever in this Note there is mentioned, in any context, the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on, or in respect of, this Note, such mention shall be deemed to include mention of the payment of Additional Amounts provided for herein to the extent that, in such context, Additional Amounts are, were or would be payable in respect hereof pursuant to the provisions of this Note and express mention of the payment of Additional Amounts (if applicable) in any provisions hereof shall not be construed as excluding Additional Amounts in those provisions hereof where such express mention is not made.

 

Except as specifically provided herein (or in the Pricing Supplement) (i) neither the Bank nor any Paying Agent shall be required to make, any payment with respect to any tax, fee, duty, assessment or other governmental charge imposed by any government or a political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein; (ii) a Paying Agent on behalf of the Bank shall have the right, but not the duty, to withhold from any amounts otherwise payable to a holder of this Note such amount as is necessary for the payment of any such taxes, fees, duties, assessments or other governmental charges; and (iii) if such an amount is withheld, the amount payable to the holder of this Note shall be the amount otherwise payable reduced by the amount so withheld.

 

The Bank may redeem this Note in whole but not in part at any time at a redemption price equal to the principal amount hereof, together with accrued interest to but excluding the date fixed for redemption, if the Bank shall determine, based upon a written opinion of independent counsel selected by the Bank, that as a result of any change in or amendment to the laws (or any regulations or rulings promulgated hereunder) of the United States or of any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein affecting taxation, or any change in application or official interpretation of any such laws, regulations or rulings, which amendment or change is effective on or after the Original Issue Date, the Bank would be required to pay Additional Amounts on the occasion of the next payment due with respect to such Note.

 

Notice of intention to redeem this Note, in whole but not in part, pursuant to the immediately preceding paragraph will be given to the registered holder of this Note at least once not less than 30 days nor more than 60 days prior to the date fixed for redemption, provided that no such notice of redemption shall be given earlier than 90 days prior to the effective date of such change or amendment and that at the time notice of such redemption is given, such obligation to pay such Additional Amounts remains in effect and cannot be avoided by the Bank’s taking reasonable measures available to it. From and after any redemption date, if monies for the redemption of this Note shall have been made available for redemption on such redemption date, this Note shall cease to bear interest, and the only right of the holder of this Note shall be to receive payment of the principal amount hereof and all unpaid interest accrued to such redemption date.

 

Events of Default, Acceleration of Maturity

 

In respect of this Senior Note, the occurrence of any of the following events shall constitute an “Event of Default” with respect to this Note:

 

(i) default in the payment of any interest (including any Additional Amounts) with respect to this Note when due, which continues for 30 calendar days;

 

13


(ii) default, in the payment of any principal of, or premium, if any, on, this Note when due;

 

(iii) whatever the reason for such and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body, the entry by a court having jurisdiction in the premises of:

 

(a) a decree or order for relief in respect of the Bank in an involuntary case or proceeding under any applicable United States federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law; or

 

(b) a decree or order appointing a conservator, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or any other similar official of the Bank, or of substantially all of the property of the Bank, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of the affairs of the Bank, and the continuance of any such decree or order for relief or any such other decree or order unstayed and in effect for a period of 60 consecutive days; or

 

(iv) the commencement by the Bank of a voluntary case or proceeding under any applicable United States federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law or the commencement of any bankruptcy or insolvency case or proceeding, or the filing by the Bank of a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization or relief under any applicable United States federal or state law, or the consent by the Bank to the filing of such petition or to the appointment of or taking possession by a custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or similar official of the Bank or of substantially all of the property of the Bank, or the making by the Bank of an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or the taking of corporate action by the Bank in furtherance of any such action.

 

If an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, the holder of this Note may declare the principal amount of, and accrued interest and premium, if any, on, this Note due and payable immediately by written notice to the Bank. Upon such declaration and notice, such principal amount (and premium, if any) and accrued interest shall become immediately due and payable. Any Event of Default with respect to this Note may be waived by the holder thereof.

 

This Note contains no limitation on the amount of senior debt, deposits or other obligations that rank senior to this Note that may be hereafter incurred or assumed by the Bank.

 

Miscellaneous

 

As used herein, “Business Day” means, unless otherwise specified in the Pricing Supplement, a day which is both a day (other than a Saturday or a Sunday) on which commercial banks and foreign exchange markets settle payments and are open for general business (including dealings in foreign exchange and foreign currency deposits) in The City of New York, McLean, Virginia, and London. As used herein, “London Business Day” means any day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which commercial banks and foreign exchange markets settle payments in London.

 

14


Any action by the holder of this Note shall bind all future holders of this Note, and of any Note issued in exchange or substitution hereof or in place hereof, in respect of anything done or permitted by the Bank or by the Paying Agents in pursuance of such action.

 

In case this Note shall at any time become mutilated, defaced, destroyed, lost or stolen, the London Issuing Agent or the Registrar, as applicable, shall issue a replacement Note of like tenor and principal amount, having a serial number not contemporaneously outstanding, in exchange and substitution for the mutilated or defaced Note or in lieu of this Note if it is destroyed, lost or stolen, provided the applicant therefor prior to the issuance of such replacement Note shall have (i) in the case of (x) any mutilated or defaced Note, surrendered such Note or (y) in the case of a lost, stolen or destroyed Note, furnished evidence of the loss, theft or destruction thereof satisfactory to the Bank and the Registrar or London Issuing Agent, as the case may be, and such indemnity as the Bank and the Registrar or the London Issuing Agent may require, (ii) provided such other documents or proof as may be required by the Bank and the Registrar or London Issuing Agent, as the case may be, and (iii) paid a sum sufficient to cover all expenses and reasonable charges connected with the preparation and delivery of a new Note. If any Note which has matured or has been redeemed or repaid or is about to mature or to be redeemed or repaid shall become mutilated, defaced, destroyed, lost or stolen, the Bank may, instead of issuing a substitute Note, pay or authorize the payment of the same (without surrender thereof except in the case of a mutilated or defaced Note) upon compliance by the holder with the provisions of this paragraph.

 

No recourse shall be had for the payment of principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on, this Note for any claim based hereon, or otherwise in respect hereof, against any shareholder, employee, agent, officer or director, as such, past, present or future, of the Bank or of any successor organization, either directly or through the Bank or any successor organization, whether by virtue of any constitution, statute or rule of law or by the enforcement of any assessment or penalty or otherwise, all such liability being, by the acceptance hereof and as part of the consideration for the issue hereof, expressly waived and released.

 

The Notes are issued in accordance with the Global Agency Agreement. The Notes, and any receipts or interest coupons appertaining thereto, may be amended by the Bank, and the Global Agency Agreement may be amended by the parties thereto, (i) for the purpose of curing any ambiguity, or of curing, correcting or supplementing any defective provision contained therein, (ii) to make any further modifications of the terms of the Global Agency Agreement necessary or desirable to allow for the issuance of any additional Notes (which modifications shall not be materially adverse to holders of outstanding Notes) or (iii) in any manner which the Bank (and, in the case of the Global Agency Agreement, the parties thereto) may deem necessary or desirable and which shall not materially adversely affect the interests of the holders of the Notes, or any receipts, talons or interest coupons appertaining thereto, to all of which each holder of Notes, receipts, talons or interest coupons shall, by acceptance thereof, be deemed to have consented; provided, however , that no such modification or amendment may, without the consent of the holder of each outstanding Note affected thereby, (1) change the Maturity Date with respect to any Note or reduce or cancel the amount payable at Maturity; (2) reduce the amount payable or modify the payment date for any interest with respect to any Note or vary the method of calculating the rate of interest with respect to any Note; (3) reduce any Minimum Interest Rate and/or Maximum Interest Rate with respect to any Note; (4) modify the currency in which payments under any Note and/or any receipts, coupons or talons appertaining thereto are to be

 

15


made; (5) change the obligation of the Bank to pay Additional Amounts with respect to Notes, receipts, talons or coupons; or (6) reduce the percentage in principal amount of outstanding Notes the consent of the holders of which is necessary to modify the provisions of the Notes or to waive any future compliance or past default. Any instrument given by or on behalf of any holder of a Note in connection with any consent to any such modification, amendment or waiver shall be irrevocable once given and shall be conclusive and binding on all subsequent holders of such Note. Any modifications, amendments or waivers to this Agreement or the provisions of the Notes, receipts, talons or coupons shall be conclusive and binding on all holders of Notes, receipts, talons or coupons, whether or not notation of such modifications, amendments or waivers is made upon the Notes, receipts, talons or coupons. It will not be necessary for the consent of the holders of Notes to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, but it shall be sufficient if such consent shall approve the substance thereof.

 

No provision of this Note shall alter or impair the obligation of the Bank, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on, and any Additional Amounts with respect to, this Note in the Specified Currency indicated on the face hereof (or, as provided herein, in the equivalent in U.S. dollars) at the times, places and rate herein prescribed.

 

No service charge shall be made to a holder of this Note for any transfer or exchange of this Note, but the Bank may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection therewith.

 

If this Note is in registered form, prior to due presentment of this Note for registration of transfer, the Bank, Domestic Paying Agent, Registrar, London Paying Agent, Luxembourg Paying Agent, Transfer Agent and Listing Agent (collectively, together with any successors thereto, the “ Agents ”) or any agent of the Bank or the Agents may treat the holder in whose name this Note is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes, whether or not this Note be overdue, and neither the Bank, the Agents nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary except as required by applicable law.

 

All notices to the Bank under this Note shall be in writing and addressed to the Bank at Capital One Bank, 1680 Capital One Drive, McLean, Virginia 22102, USA, Attention: Treasurer; telephone: (703) 720-1000; and facsimile: (703) 720-2165 or to such other address of the Bank as the Bank may notify the holders of the Notes.

 

16

THIS IS A SECURITY IN GLOBAL FORM WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE SENIOR INDENTURE REFERRED TO HEREINAFTER.

 

UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (THE “DEPOSITARY”) TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITARY (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY, AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITARY), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

 

TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO NOMINEES OF THE DEPOSITARY OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE SENIOR INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF.

 

CUSIP No. 14040HAJ4

ISIN No. US14040HAJ41

    

No. R-00l

  

Principal Amount $300,000,000

 

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

 

6.25% SENIOR NOTES DUE NOVEMBER 15, 2013

 

Capital One Financial Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), for value received, hereby promises to pay to Cede & Co. or registered assigns the principal sum of THREE HUNDRED MILLION United States Dollars, at the Company’s office or agency for said purposes, on November 15, 2013.

 

Interest Payment Dates: May 15 and November 15

 

Regular Record Dates: May 1 and November 1

 

Reference is made to the further provisions set forth on the reverse hereof, including the definitions of certain capitalized terms. Such further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as though fully set forth at this place.

 

This Security shall not be valid or obligatory until the certificate of authentication hereon shall have been duly signed by the Trustee acting under the Senior Indenture.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be duly executed.

 

Dated: November 6, 2003

 

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

By:

 

/s/ Stephen Linehan


   

Name: Stephen Linehan

   

Title: Senior Vice President and Treasurer

 

Attest By:

 

/s/ Frank R. Borchert, III


   

Name: Frank R. Borchert, III

   

Title: Assistant Secretary

 

2


TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

 

This is one of the Securities issued under the within-mentioned Senior Indenture.

 

Dated: November 6, 2003

 

BNY MIDWEST TRUST COMPANY,

as Trustee

By:

 

/s/ L.Garcia


    Authorized Signatory

 

 

3


[Reverse of Note]

 

Capital One Financial Corporation

 

6.25% Senior Notes Due November 15, 2013

 

This Security is one of a duly authorized issue of debt securities of the Company, of the series hereinafter specified, all issued or to be issued under a Senior Indenture, dated as of November 1, 1996 (the “Senior Indenture”), and duly executed and delivered by the Company to BNY Midwest Trust Company, as successor to Harris Trust and Savings Bank, as trustee (hereinafter, the “Trustee”). Reference to the Senior Indenture is hereby made for a description of the respective rights and duties thereunder of the Trustee, the Company and the Holders of the Securities. This Security is one of a series designated as the “6.25% Senior Notes Due November 15, 2013” of the Company (hereinafter called the “Notes”), issued under the Senior Indenture. Each Holder by accepting a Note, agrees to be bound by all terms and provisions of the Senior Indenture, as amended from time to time, applicable to the Notes.

 

Neither the Senior Indenture nor the Notes limit or otherwise restrict the amount of indebtedness which may be incurred or other securities which may be issued by the Company. The Notes issued under the Senior Indenture are direct, unsecured obligations of the Company and will mature on November 15, 2013. The Notes rank on parity with all other unsecured, unsubordinated indebtedness of the Company.

 

The Company promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at the rate per annum shown above. The Company will pay interest semi-annually in arrears on May 15 and November 15 of each year (each an “interest payment date”), commencing on May 15, 2004. Interest on the Note will accrue from November 6, 2003 or from the most recent May 15 or November 15, as the case may be, to which interest on the Notes has been paid or duly provided for, until payment of said principal sum has been made or duly provided for. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. The Company will pay interest to the Person in whose name this Note is registered at the close of business on the May 1 or November 1, as the case may be, next preceding the applicable interest payment date. The Company will pay interest in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment shall be legal tender for the payment of public and private debts. The Company will make payments in respect of Notes in global form (including principal and interest) to the Holder thereof or a nominee of the Holder, by wire transfer of immediately available funds on the date such payments are due.

 

If the Company defaults in the payment of interest due on any interest payment date after taking into account any applicable grace period, such defaulted interest shall be paid as set forth in the Senior Indenture.

 

The Notes are not redeemable prior to maturity.

 

The Notes are not entitled to any sinking fund.


The Notes are subject to defeasance pursuant to Section 402 of the Senior Indenture.

 

The provisions in Section 305 of the Senior Indenture are applicable to the Notes.

 

The Notes are not convertible into common stock of the Company.

 

In case an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing with respect to the Notes, the principal hereof may be declared, and upon such declaration shall become, due and payable, in the manner, with the effect and subject to the conditions provided in the Senior Indenture. The Senior Indenture provides that in certain circumstances such declaration and its consequences may be waived by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then Outstanding. However, any such consent or waiver by the Holder shall not affect any subsequent default or impair any right consequent thereon.

 

The Senior Indenture permits the Company and the Trustee, without the consent of the Holders of the Notes for certain situations and with the consent of not less than two-thirds of the Holders in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes in other situations, to execute supplemental indentures adding to, modifying, or changing various provisions of, the Senior Indenture; provided that no such supplemental indenture, without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Note affected thereby, shall (i) change the Stated Maturity of the principal of, or any installment of interest on, the Notes, or reduce the principal amount thereof or the interest thereon, or change the place or currency of payment of principal of, or interest on, the Notes, or impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or after the Stated Maturity thereof; (ii) reduce the percentage in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes, the consent of whose Holders is required for any such supplemental indenture, or the consent of whose Holders is required for any waiver (of compliance with certain provisions of the Senior Indenture or certain defaults thereunder and their consequences) provided for in the Senior Indenture, or reduce the requirements of Section 1504 for quorum voting; or (iii) modify any of the provisions of Sections 902, 513 or 1008 of the Senior Indenture, except to increase any such percentage or provide that certain other provisions of the Senior Indenture cannot be modified or waived without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Note affected thereby.

 

The Company may omit in any particular instance to comply with any term, provision or condition set forth in Section 1005, 1006 or 1007 of the Senior Indenture, if before the time it would have to comply, the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes, by act of such Holders, either shall waive such compliance in such instance or generally shall have waived compliance with such term, provision or condition, but no such waiver shall extend to or affect such term, provision or condition except to the extent so expressly waived, and, until such waiver shall become effective, the obligations of the Company and the duties of the Trustee in respect of any such term, provision or condition shall remain in full force and effect.

 

2


No reference herein to the Senior Indenture and no provision of this Note or of the Senior Indenture shall alter or impair the obligations of the Company, which are absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on this Note at the place, at the respective times, at the rate and in the coin and currency herein prescribed.

 

The Notes are issuable in registered form without coupons in denominations of $1,000 and any multiple thereof. A Holder may exchange the Notes for a like aggregate principal amount of Notes of other authorized denominations in the manner and subject to the limitations provided in the Senior Indenture.

 

Upon due presentment for registration of transfer of the Notes at the office or agency for said purpose of the Company, a new Note or Notes of authorized denominations, for a like aggregate principal amount, will be issued to the transferee as provided in the Senior Indenture. No service charge shall be made for any such transfer, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto.

 

Prior to due presentation of this Note for registration of transfer, the Company, the Trustee, and any authorized agent of the Company or the Trustee, may deem and treat the Holder hereof as the absolute owner of the Note (whether or not any payment with respect to this Note shall be overdue), for the purpose of receiving payment of, or on account of, the principal hereof and, subject to the provisions herein, interest hereon and for all other purposes, and neither the Company nor the Trustee nor any authorized agent of the Company or the Trustee shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.

 

No recourse shall be had for the payment of the principal of, or interest on, this Note, for any claim based hereon, or otherwise in respect hereof, or based on or in respect of the Senior Indenture or any indenture supplemental thereto, against any incorporator, shareholder, officer or director, as such, past, present or future, of the Company or of any successor corporation, either directly or through the Company or any successor corporation, whether by virtue of any constitution, statute or rule of law or by the enforcement of any assessment or penalty or otherwise, all such liability being, by the acceptance hereof and as part of the consideration for the issue hereof, expressly waived and released.

 

THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK .

 

All terms used in this Note (and not otherwise defined in this Note) that are defined in the Senior Indenture shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Senior Indenture.

 

3

EXHIBIT 4.6.3

 


 

AMENDED AND RESTATED DECLARATION OF TRUST

 

CAPITAL ONE CAPITAL I

 

Dated as of January 31, 1997

 



TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page

ARTICLE 1     
INTERPRETATION AND DEFINITIONS    2

Section 1.1

 

Interpretation and Definitions

   2
   

Affiliate

   2
   

Authorization Certificate

   2
   

Authorized Officer

   3
   

Business Day

   3
   

Business Trust Act

   3
   

Capital Security

   3
   

Capital Security Beneficial Owner

   3
   

Capital Security Certificate

   3
   

Cedel

   3
   

Certificate

   3
   

Certificate of Trust

   3
   

Closing Date

   4
   

Code

   4
   

Commission

   4
   

Common Securities Holder

   4
   

Common Security

   4
   

Common Security Certificate

   4
   

Corporate Trust Office

   4
   

Covered Person

   4
   

Custodian

   4
   

Debenture Issuer

   5
   

Debenture Maturity Date

   5
   

Debenture Redemption Date

   5
   

Debenture Trustee

   5
   

Debentures

   5
   

Delaware Trustee

   5
   

Depositary

   5
   

Direct Action

   5
   

Distribution

   5
   

DTC

   5
   

DWAC

   5
   

Euroclear

   6
   

Exchange Act

   6
   

Fiscal Year

   6
   

Global Security

   6
   

Guarantee

   6
   

Holder

   6
   

Indemnified Person

   6

 

i


         Page

   

Indenture

   6
   

Indenture Event of Default

   6
   

Initial Purchasers

   7
   

Institutional Accredited Investor

   7
   

Investment Company

   7
   

Investment Company Act

   7
   

Investment Company Event

   7
   

Legal Action

   7
   

List of Holders

   7
   

Majority in Liquidation Amount

   7
   

Non-U.S. Certificate

   8
   

Officers’ Certificate

   8
   

Paying Agent

   8
   

Payment Amount

   8
   

Person

   8
   

PORTAL

   8
   

Private Placement Legend

   9
   

Property Account

   9
   

Property Trustee

   9
   

Pro Rata

   9
   

Qualified Institutional Buyer

   9
   

Quorum

   9
   

Redemption Price

   9
   

Regulation S

   9
   

Regulation S Certificate

   9
   

Regulation S Global Security

   9
   

Regulatory Capital Event

   9
   

Related Party

   10
   

Release Date

   10
   

Responsible Officer

   10
   

Restricted Global Security

   10
   

Restricted Period

   10
   

Restricted Security

   10
   

Rule 144A

   11
   

Rule 3a-7

   11
   

Securities

   11
   

Securities Act

   11
   

Special Event

   11
   

Sponsor

   11
   

Successor Delaware Trustee

   11
   

Successor Entity

   11
   

Successor Property Trustee

   11

 

ii


         Page

   

Successor Security

   11
   

Super Majority

   11
   

Tax Event

   11
   

Treasury Regulations

   12
   

Trust Enforcement Event

   12
   

Trust Indenture Act

   12
   

Trustee or Trustees

   12
   

25% in Liquidation Amount

   12
ARTICLE 2     
TRUST INDENTURE ACT    13

Section 2.1

 

Trust Indenture Act; Application

   13

Section 2.2

 

Lists of Holders of Securities

   13

Section 2.3

 

Reports by the Property Trustee

   14

Section 2.4

 

Periodic Reports to the Property Trustee

   14

Section 2.5

 

Evidence of Compliance with Conditions Precedent

   14

Section 2.6

 

Trust Enforcement Events; Waiver

   15

Section 2.7

 

Trust Enforcement Event; Notice

   17
ARTICLE 3     
ORGANIZATION    18

Section 3.1

 

Name and Organization

   18

Section 3.2

 

Office

   18

Section 3.3

 

Purpose

   19

Section 3.4

 

Authority

   19

Section 3.5

 

Title to Property of the Trust

   21

Section 3.6

 

Powers and Duties of the Administrators

   21

Section 3.7

 

Prohibition of Actions by the Trust and the Trustees

   27

Section 3.8

 

Powers and Duties of the Property Trustee

   29

Section 3.9

 

Certain Duties and Responsibilities of the Property Trustee

   32

Section 3.10

 

Certain Rights of Property Trustee

   35

Section 3.11

 

Delaware Trustee

   39

Section 3.12

 

Execution of Documents

   39

Section 3.13

 

Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Securities

   39

Section 3.14

 

Duration of Trust

   40

Section 3.15

 

Mergers

   40

 

iii


         Page

Section 3.16

 

Property Trustee May File Proofs of Claim

   42
ARTICLE 4     
SPONSOR    44

Section 4.1

 

Responsibilities of the Sponsor

   44

Section 4.2

 

Compensation, Indemnification and Expenses of the Trustee

   44
ARTICLE 5     
TRUST COMMON SECURITIES HOLDER    45

Section 5.1

 

Debenture Issuer’s Purchase of Common Securities

   45

Section 5.2

 

Covenants of the Common Securities Holder

   45
ARTICLE 6     
TRUSTEES    46

Section 6.1

 

Number of Trustees

   46

Section 6.2

 

Delaware Trustee

   46

Section 6.3

 

Property Trustee; Eligibility

   47

Section 6.4

 

Qualifications of Administrators and Delaware Trustee Generally

   48

Section 6.5

 

Appointment of Administrators

   48

Section 6.6

 

Appointment, Removal and Resignation of Trustees

   49

Section 6.7

 

Vacancies among Trustees

   51

Section 6.8

 

Effect of Vacancies

   51

Section 6.9

 

Delegation of Power

   51

Section 6.10

 

Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business

   51
ARTICLE 7     
THE SECURITIES    52

Section 7.1

 

General Provisions Regarding Securities

   52

Section 7.2

 

Distributions

   55

Section 7.3

 

Redemption of Securities; Distribution of Debentures

   57

Section 7.4

 

Redemption Procedures

   57

 

iv


         Page

Section 7.5

 

Voting Rights of Capital Securities

   60

Section 7.6

 

Voting Rights of Common Securities

   63

Section 7.7

 

Paying Agent

   65

Section 7.8

 

Transfer of Securities

   65

Section 7.9

 

Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Certificates

   67

Section 7.10

 

Deemed Security Holders

   67

Section 7.11

 

Global Securities

   68

Section 7.12

 

Restrictive Legend

   71

Section 7.13

 

Regulation S Global Securities; Regulation S Certificates

   74

Section 7.14

 

Special Transfer Provisions

   76
ARTICLE 8     
DISSOLUTION AND TERMINATION OF TRUST    81

Section 8.1

 

Dissolution and Termination of Trust

   81

Section 8.2

 

Liquidation Distribution Upon Termination and Dissolution of the Trust

   82
ARTICLE 9     
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY OF HOLDERS OF SECURITIES, TRUSTEES OR OTHERS    83

Section 9.1

 

Liability

   83

Section 9.2

 

Exculpation

   84

Section 9.3

 

Fiduciary Duty

   84

Section 9.4

 

Indemnification

   86

Section 9.5

 

Outside Businesses

   89
ARTICLE 10     
ACCOUNTING    89

Section 10.1

 

Fiscal Year

   89

Section 10.2

 

Certain Accounting Matters

   89

Section 10.3

 

Banking

   90

Section 10.4

 

Withholding

   91
ARTICLE 11     
AMENDMENTS AND MEETINGS    91

Section 11.1

 

Amendments

   91

 

v


         Page

Section 11.2

 

Meetings of the Holders of Securities; Action by Written Consent

   94
ARTICLE 12     
REPRESENTATIONS OF PROPERTY TRUSTEE AND DELAWARE TRUSTEE    97

Section 12.1

 

Representations and Warranties of the Property Trustee

   97

Section 12.2

 

Representations and Warranties of the Delaware Trustee

   98
ARTICLE 13     
MISCELLANEOUS    99

Section 13.1

 

Notices

   99

Section 13.2

 

Governing Law

   100

Section 13.3

 

Intention of the Parties

   100

Section 13.4

 

Headings

   100

Section 13.5

 

Successors and Assigns

   101

Section 13.6

 

Partial Enforceability

   101

Section 13.7

 

Counterparts

   101

Section 13.8

 

Undertaking for Costs

   101

 

vi


AMENDED AND RESTATED DECLARATION OF TRUST

OF CAPITAL ONE CAPITAL I

 

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED DECLARATION OF TRUST (“Declaration”) dated as of January 31, 1997 among CAPITAL ONE BANK, a Virginia state chartered bank, as Sponsor, THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF CHICAGO, a national banking association, as the initial Property Trustee and FIRST CHICAGO DELAWARE INC., as the initial Delaware Trustee, not in their individual capacities but solely as Trustees, and the holders, from time to time, of undivided beneficial ownership interests in the assets of the Trust to be issued pursuant to this Declaration.

 

WHEREAS, the Trustees, the Property Trustee and the Sponsor established Capital One Capital I (the “Trust”), a business trust under the Business Trust Act (as defined, together with other capitalized terms, herein) pursuant to a Declaration of Trust dated as of January 31, 1997 (the “Original Declaration”) and a Certificate of Trust (the “Certificate of Trust”) filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on January 28, 1997; and

 

WHEREAS, the sole purpose of the Trust shall be to issue and sell certain securities representing undivided beneficial ownership interests in the assets of the Trust, to invest the proceeds from such sales in the Debentures issued by the Debenture Issuer and to engage in only those activities necessary or incidental thereto; and

 

WHEREAS, all of the Trustees and the Sponsor, by this Declaration, amend and restate each and every term and provision of the Original Declaration.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, it being the intention of the parties hereto that the Trust constitute a business trust under the Business Trust Act, the Trustees hereby declare that all assets contributed to the Trust be held in trust for the benefit of the Holders, from time to time, of the Securities representing undivided beneficial ownership interests in the assets of the Trust issued hereunder, subject to the provisions of this Declaration.

 

1


ARTICLE 1

 

INTERPRETATION AND DEFINITIONS

 

Section 1.1 Interpretation and Definitions.

 

Unless the context otherwise requires:

 

(a) capitalized terms used in this Declaration but not defined in the preamble above have the respective meanings assigned to them in this Section 1.1;

 

(b) a term defined anywhere in this Declaration has the same meaning throughout;

 

(c) all references to “the Declaration” or “this Declaration” are to this Declaration as modified, supplemented or amended from time to time;

 

(d) all references in this Declaration to Articles and Sections are to Articles and Sections of this Declaration unless otherwise specified;

 

(e) a term defined in the Trust Indenture Act has the same meaning when used in this Declaration unless otherwise defined in this Declaration or unless the context otherwise requires; and

 

(f) a reference to the singular includes the plural and vice versa and a reference to any masculine form of a term shall include the feminine form of a term, as applicable.

 

“Administrators” means each Person appointed pursuant to Section 6.5, solely in such Person’s capacity as Administrator of the Trust created and continued hereunder and not in such Person’s individual capacity, or such Administrator’s successor in interest in such capacity, or any successor appointed as herein provided.

 

“Affiliate” has the same meaning as given to that term in Rule 405 of the Securities Act or any successor rule thereunder.

 

“Authorization Certificate” means a written certificate signed by two of the Administrators for the purpose of

 

2


establishing the terms and form of the Capital Securities and the Common Securities as determined by the Administrators.

 

“Authorized Officer” of a Person means the Chairman of the Board, a Vice Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, a Vice President, the principal financial officer, the Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer, the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of such Person.

 

“Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday or Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in Wilmington, Delaware, Richmond, Virginia or New York, New York are authorized or required by law or executive order to remain closed or a day on which the Corporate Trust Office of the Property Trustee is closed for business.

 

“Business Trust Act” means Chapter 38 of Title 12 of the Delaware Code, 12 Del. C. Section 3801, et seq., as it may be amended from time to time, or any successor legislation.

 

“Capital Security” has the meaning specified in Section 7.1.

 

“Capital Security Beneficial Owner” means, with respect to any beneficial interest in a Global Security, ownership and transfers of which shall be maintained and made through book entries by a Depositary, a Person who is the beneficial owner of such beneficial interest, as reflected on the books of the Depositary, or on the books of a Person maintaining an account with such Depositary (as a direct or indirect participant, in each case in accordance with the rules of such Depositary).

 

“Capital Security Certificate” means a certificate representing a Capital Security.

 

“Cedel” means Cedel Bank, societe anonyme.

 

“Certificate” means a Common Security Certificate or a Capital Security Certificate.

 

“Certificate of Trust” has the meaning specified in the recitals hereto.

 

3


“Closing Date” means the date or dates on which the Capital Securities are issued and sold.

 

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, or any successor legislation. A reference to a specific section of the Code refers not only to such specific section but also to any corresponding provision of any federal tax statute enacted after the date of this Declaration, as such specific section or corresponding provision is in effect on the date of application of the provisions of this Declaration containing such reference.

 

“Commission” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

“Common Securities Holder” means Capital One Bank in its capacity as purchaser and holder of all of the Common Securities issued by the Trust.

 

“Common Security” has the meaning specified in Section 7.1

 

“Common Security Certificate” means a definitive certificate in fully registered form representing a Common Security.

 

“Corporate Trust Office” means the office of the Property Trustee at which the corporate trust business of the Property Trustee shall, at any particular time, be principally administered, which office at the date of execution of this Declaration is located at One First National Plaza, Suite 0126, Chicago, Illinois 60670-0126.

 

“Corporation” means Capital One Financial Corporation.

 

“Covered Person” means (a) any officer, director, shareholder, partner, member, representative, employee or agent of (i) the Trust or (ii) the Trust’s Affiliates; and (b) any Holder of Securities.

 

“Custodian” means The First National Bank of Chicago in its capacity as Custodian.

 

4


“Debenture Issuer” means Capital One Bank in its capacity as issuer of the Debentures under the Indenture.

 

“Debenture Maturity Date” means the date specified pursuant to the terms of the Debentures as the date on which the principal of the Debentures is due and payable, as such date may be shortened pursuant to the terms of the Debentures including any such date resulting from a Maturity Advancement (as defined in the Indenture).

 

“Debenture Redemption Date” means, with respect to any Debentures to be redeemed under the Indenture, the date fixed for redemption under the Indenture.

 

“Debenture Trustee” means The First National Bank of Chicago, in its capacity as trustee under the Indenture until a successor is appointed thereunder, and thereafter means such successor trustee.

 

“Debentures” means the Securities (as defined in the Indenture) to be issued by the Debenture Issuer and to be held by the Property Trustee.

 

“Delaware Trustee” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.2.

 

“Depositary” means, with respect to Securities issuable in whole or in part in the form of one or more Global Securities, a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act that is designated to act as Depositary for such Securities.

 

“Direct Action” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.8(e).

 

“Distribution” means a distribution payable to Holders of Securities in accordance with Section 7.2.

 

“DTC” means The Depository Trust Company, the initial Depositary.

 

“DWAC” means Deposit and Withdrawal At Custodian Service.

 

5


“Euroclear” means Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York, Brussels office, as operator of the Euroclear System.

 

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, or any successor legislation.

 

“Fiscal Year” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.1.

 

“Global Security” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.11.

 

“Guarantee” means the guarantee agreement of the Corporation in respect of the Capital Securities and the Common Securities.

 

“Holder” means a Person in whose name a Certificate representing a Security is registered, such Person being a beneficial owner within the meaning of the Business Trust Act; provided, however, that in determining whether the Holders of the requisite liquidation amount of Capital Securities have voted on any matter provided for in this Declaration, then for the purpose of such determination only (and not for any other purpose hereunder), if the Capital Securities remain in the form of one or more Global Securities, the term “Holders” shall mean the holder of the Global Security acting at the direction of the beneficial owners of the Capital Securities.

 

“Indemnified Person” means (a) any Trustee; (b) any Administrator; (c) any Affiliate of any Trustee or any Administrator; (d) any officers, directors, shareholders, members, partners, employees, representatives or agents of any Trustee, any Administrator or any Affiliate thereof; or (e) any officer, employee or agent of the Trust or its Affiliates.

 

“Indenture” means the Indenture dated as of January 31, 1997, between the Debenture Issuer and the Debenture Trustee, and any indenture supplemental thereto pursuant to which the Debentures are to be issued.

 

“Indenture Event of Default” means an “Event of Default” as defined in the Indenture.

 

6


“Initial Purchasers” means Lehman Brothers Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.

 

“Institutional Accredited Investor” means an institution that is an “accredited investor” as the term is defined in Rule 501(a) (1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act.

 

“Investment Company” means an investment company as defined in the Investment Company Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

“Investment Company Act” means the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended from time to time, or any successor legislation.

 

“Investment Company Event” means the receipt by the Trust of an opinion of counsel, rendered by a law firm having a recognized national securities practice, to the effect that, as a result of the occurrence of a change in law or regulation by any legislative body, court, governmental agency or regulatory authority (a “Change in 1940 Act Law”), the Trust is or will be considered an “investment company” that is required to be registered under the Investment Company Act, which Change in 1940 Act Law becomes effective on or after the Closing Date.

 

“Legal Action” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.6(g).

 

“List of Holders” has the meaning specified in Section 2.2(a).

 

“Majority in Liquidation Amount” means, except as provided in the terms of the Capital Securities or by the Trust Indenture Act, Holder(s) of outstanding Securities, voting together as a single class, or, as the context may require, Holders of outstanding Capital Securities or Holders of outstanding Common Securities, voting separately as a class, who are the record owners of more than 50% of the aggregate liquidation amount (including the stated amount that would be paid on redemption, liquidation or otherwise, plus accrued and unpaid Distributions to the date upon which the voting percentages are determined) of all outstanding Securities of the relevant class.

 

7


“Non-U.S. Certificate” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.13(c).

 

“Officers’ Certificate” means, with respect to any Person (other than Administrators who are natural persons), a certificate signed by two Authorized Officers of such Person on behalf of such Person. Any Officers’ Certificate delivered with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Declaration shall include:

 

(a) a statement that each officer signing the Officers’ Certificate has read the covenant or condition and the definitions relating thereto;

 

(b) a statement that each such officer has made such examination or investigation as, in such officer’s opinion, is necessary to enable such officer to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

 

(c) a statement as to whether, in the opinion of each such officer and on behalf of such Person, such condition or covenant has been complied with; provided, that the term “Officers’ Certificate”, when used with reference to Administrators who are natural persons shall mean a certificate signed by two of the Administrators which otherwise satisfies the foregoing requirements.

 

“Paying Agent” has the meaning specified in Section 3.8(h).

 

“Payment Amount” has the meaning specified in Section 7.2(a).

 

“Person” means a legal person, including any individual, corporation, estate, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, limited liability company, trust, unincorporated association, or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity of whatever nature.

 

“PORTAL” has the meaning specified in Section 3.6

 

8


“Private Placement Legend” has the meaning specified in Section 314 of the Indenture.

 

“Property Account” has the meaning specified in Section 3.8(c).

 

“Property Trustee” means the Trustee meeting the eligibility requirements set forth in Section 6.3.

 

“Pro Rata” means pro rata to each Holder of Securities according to the aggregate liquidation amount of the Securities held by the relevant Holder in relation to the aggregate liquidation amount of all Securities outstanding.

 

“Qualified Institutional Buyer” or “QIB” has the meaning specified in Rule 144A under the Securities Act.

 

“Quorum” means a majority of the Regular Trustees or, if there are only two Regular Trustees, both of them.

 

“Redemption Price” has the meaning specified in Section 7.3(a).

 

“Regulation S” means Regulation S under the Securities Act and any successor regulation thereto.

 

“Regulation S Certificate” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.2.

 

“Regulation S Global Security” means any Global Security or Securities evidencing Securities that are to be traded pursuant to Regulation S.

 

“Regulation S Permanent Security” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.2.

 

“Regulation S Temporary Security” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.2.

 

“Regulatory Capital Event” means that the Bank shall have reasonably determined that, as a result of (a) any amendment to or change (including any announced prospective change) in the laws (or any regulations thereunder) of the United States or any rules, guidelines or policies of the Federal Reserve Board or (b)

 

9


any official or administrative pronouncement or action or judicial decision interpreting or applying such laws or regulations, which amendment or change is effective or such pronouncement or action or decision is announced on or after the date of original issuance of the Capital Securities, there is more than an insubstantial risk that the Bank will not be entitled to treat an amount equal to the liquidation amount of the Capital Securities as either Tier 1 capital (or its then equivalent) or Tier 2 capital (or its then equivalent), provided, however, that the distribution of the Debentures in connection with the liquidation of the Trust by the Bank shall not in and of itself constitute a Regulatory Capital Event unless such liquidation shall have occurred in connection with a Tax Event or an Investment Company Event.

 

“Related Party” means, with respect to the Sponsor, any direct or wholly owned subsidiary of the Sponsor or any Person that owns, directly or indirectly, 100% of the outstanding voting securities of the Sponsor.

 

“Release Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.2.

 

“Responsible Officer”, when used with respect to the Property Trustee, means any officer within the Corporate Trust Office, including any Vice-President, any Assistant Vice-President, the Secretary, any Assistant Secretary or any other officer of the Property Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of that officer’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.

 

“Restricted Global Security” means any Global Security or Securities evidencing Securities that are to be sold pursuant to Rule 144A.

 

“Restricted Period” shall mean the period prior to or on the fortieth day after the later of the commencement of the offering of the Capital Securities and the Closing Date.

 

“Restricted Security” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 144(a)(3) under the Securities Act.

 

10


“Rule 144A” means Rule 144A under the Securities Act.

 

“Rule 3a-7” means Rule 3a-7 under the Investment Company Act or any successor rule thereunder.

 

“Securities” means the Common Securities and the Capital Securities.

 

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time, or any successor legislation.

 

“Special Event” means a Tax Event, a Regulatory Capital Event or an Investment Company Event.

 

“Sponsor” means Capital One Bank, a Virginia state chartered bank, or any successor entity in a merger, consolidation or amalgamation, in its capacity as sponsor of the Trust.

 

“Successor Delaware Trustee” has the meaning specified in Section 6.6(b).

 

“Successor Entity” has the meaning specified in Section 3.15(b)(i).

 

“Successor Property Trustee” has the meaning specified in Section 6.6(b).

 

“Successor Security” has the meaning specified in Section 3.15(b)(i)b.

 

“Super Majority” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.6(a)(ii).

 

“Tax Event” means the receipt by the Debenture Issuer of an opinion of counsel, rendered by a law firm having a recognized national tax practice, to the effect that, as a result of any amendment to, change in or announced proposed change in the laws (or any regulations thereunder) of the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein, or as a result of any official or administrative pronouncement or action or judicial decision interpreting or applying such laws or regulations, which amendment or change is adopted or which proposed change, pronouncement or decision is announced or which

 

11


action is taken on or after the Closing Date, there is more than an insubstantial risk that (i) the Trust is, or will be within 90 days of the date of such opinion, subject to the United States federal income tax with respect to income received or accrued on the Debentures, (ii) interest payable by the Debenture Issuer on such Debentures is not, or within 90 days of the date of such opinion, will not be deductible by the Debenture Issuer, in whole or in part, for United States federal income tax purposes, or (iii) the Trust is, or will be within 90 days of the date of such opinion, subject to more than a de minimis amount of other taxes, duties or other governmental charges.

 

“Treasury Regulations” means the income tax regulations, including temporary and proposed regulations, promulgated under the Code by the United States Treasury, as such regulations may be amended from time to time (including corresponding provisions of succeeding regulations).

 

“Trust Enforcement Event” in respect of the Securities means an Indenture Event of Default has occurred and is continuing in respect of the Debentures.

 

“Trust Indenture Act” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended from time to time, or any successor legislation.

 

“Trustee” or “Trustees” means each Person who has signed this Declaration as a trustee, so long as such Person shall continue in office in accordance with the terms hereof, and all other Persons who may from time to time be duly appointed, qualified and serving as Trustees in accordance with the provisions hereof, and references herein to a Trustee or the Trustees shall refer to such Person or Persons solely in their capacity as trustees hereunder.

 

“25% in Liquidation Amount” means, except as provided in the terms of the Capital Securities or by the Trust Indenture Act, Holder(s) of outstanding Securities, voting together as a single class, or, as the context may require, Holders of outstanding Capital Securities or Holders of outstanding Common Securities, voting separately as a class, who are the record owners of 10% or more of the aggregate liquidation amount (including the stated amount that would be paid on redemption, liquidation or otherwise, plus accrued and unpaid Distributions

 

12


to the date upon which the voting percentages are determined) of all outstanding Securities of the relevant class.

 

ARTICLE 2

 

TRUST INDENTURE ACT

 

Section 2.1 Trust Indenture Act; Application.

 

(a) This Declaration is subject to the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act that are required to be part of this Declaration and shall, to the extent applicable, be governed by such provisions.

 

(b) The Property Trustee shall be the only Trustee which is a Trustee for the purposes of the Trust Indenture Act.

 

(c) If and to the extent that any provision of this Declaration conflicts with the duties imposed by Sections 310 to 317, inclusive, of the Trust Indenture Act, such imposed duties shall control.

 

(d) The application of the Trust Indenture Act to this Declaration shall not affect the Trust’s classification as a grantor trust for United States federal income tax purposes and shall not affect the nature of the Securities as equity securities representing undivided beneficial ownership interests in the assets of the Trust.

 

Section 2.2 Lists of Holders of Securities.

 

(a) Each of the Sponsor and the Administrators on behalf of the Trust shall provide the Property Trustee with a list, in such form as the Property Trustee may reasonably require, of the names and addresses of the Holders of the Securities (“List of Holders”), (i) quarterly, not later than January 15, April 15, July 15 and October 15 of each year and current as of such date, and (ii) at any other time, within 30 days of receipt by the Trust of a written request from the Property Trustee for a List of Holders as of a date no more than 15 days before such List of Holders is given to the Property Trustee; provided that neither the Sponsor nor the Regular Trustees on behalf of the Trust shall be obligated to provide

 

13


such List of Holders at any time the List of Holders does not differ from the most recent List of Holders given to the Property Trustee by the Sponsor and the Regular Trustees on behalf of the Trust. The Property Trustee shall preserve, in as current a form as is reasonably practicable, all information contained in Lists of Holders given to it or which it receives in the capacity as Paying Agent (if acting in such capacity), provided that the Property Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, destroy any List of Holders previously given to it on receipt of a new List of Holders.

 

(b) The Property Trustee shall comply with its obligations under, and shall be entitled to the benefits of, Sections 311(a), 311(b) and 312(b) of the Trust Indenture Act.

 

Section 2.3 Reports by the Property Trustee.

 

Within 60 days after May 15 of each year (commencing in the year of the first anniversary of the issuance of the Capital Securities), the Property Trustee shall provide to the Holders of the Capital Securities such reports as are required by Section 313 of the Trust Indenture Act, if any, in the form and in the manner provided by Section 313 of the Trust Indenture Act. The Property Trustee shall also comply with the requirements of Section 313(d) of the Trust Indenture Act.

 

Section 2.4 Periodic Reports to the Property Trustee.

 

Each of the Sponsor and the Administrators on behalf of the Trust shall provide to the Property Trustee such documents, reports and information as required by Section 314 of the Trust Indenture Act (if any) and the compliance certificate required by Section 314 of the Trust Indenture Act in the form, in the manner and at the times required by Section 314 of the Trust Indenture Act and an Officer’s Certificate as to its compliance with all conditions and covenants under this Declaration on an annual basis on or before 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Sponsor.

 

Section 2.5 Evidence of Compliance with Conditions Precedent.

 

Each of the Sponsor and the Administrators on behalf of the Trust shall provide to the Property Trustee such evidence of

 

14


compliance with any conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Declaration that relate to any of the matters set forth in Section 314(c) of the Trust Indenture Act. Any certificate or opinion required to be given by an officer pursuant to Section 314(c)(1) shall be given in the form of an Officers’ Certificate.

 

Section 2.6 Trust Enforcement Events; Waiver.

 

(a) The Holders of a Majority in Liquidation Amount of the Capital Securities may, by vote or written consent, on behalf of the Holders of all of the Capital Securities, waive any past Trust Enforcement Event in respect of the Capital Securities and its consequences, provided that, if the underlying Indenture Event of Default:

 

  (i) is not waivable under the Indenture, the Trust Enforcement Event under the Declaration shall also not be waivable; or

 

  (ii) requires the consent or vote of greater than a majority in principal amount of the holders of the Debentures (a “Super Majority”) to be waived under the Indenture, the Trust Enforcement Event under the Declaration may only be waived by the vote or written consent of the Holders of at least the proportion in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities that the relevant Super Majority represents of the aggregate principal amount of the Debentures outstanding.

 

The foregoing provisions of this Section 2.6(a) shall be in lieu of Section 316(a)(1)(B) of the Trust Indenture Act and such Section 316(a)(1)(B) of the Trust Indenture Act is hereby expressly excluded from this Declaration and the Securities, as permitted by the Trust Indenture Act. Upon such waiver, any such default shall cease to exist, and any Trust Enforcement Event with respect to the Capital Securities arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured, for every purpose of this Declaration and the Capital Securities, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Trust Enforcement Event with respect to the Capital Securities or impair any right consequent thereon. Any waiver by the Holders of the Capital Securities of a Trust Enforcement Event with respect to the Capital Securities shall also be deemed to constitute a waiver by the Holders of the

 

15


Common Securities of any such Trust Enforcement Event with respect to the Common Securities for all purposes of this Declaration without any further act, vote, or consent of the Holders of the Common Securities.

 

(b) The Holders of a Majority in Liquidation Amount of the Capital Securities will have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding of any remedy available to the Property Trustee or to direct the exercise of any trust or power conferred upon the Property Trustee, including the right to direct the Property Trustee to exercise the remedies available to it as Holder of the Debentures.

 

(c) The Holders of a Majority in Liquidation Amount of the Common Securities may, by vote or written consent, on behalf of the Holders of all of the Common Securities, waive any past Trust Enforcement Event in respect of the Common Securities and its consequences, provided that, if the underlying Indenture Event of Default:

 

  (i) is not waivable under the Indenture, except where the Holders of the Common Securities are deemed to have waived such Trust Enforcement Event under the Declaration as provided below in this Section 2.6(c), the Trust Enforcement Event under the Declaration shall also not be waivable; or

 

  (ii) requires the consent or vote of a Super Majority to be waived under the Indenture, except where the Holders of the Common Securities are deemed to have waived such Trust Enforcement Event under the Declaration as provided below in this Section 2.6(c), the Trust Enforcement Event under the Declaration may only be waived by the vote or written consent of the Holders of at least the proportion in liquidation amount of the Common Securities that the relevant Super Majority represents of the aggregate principal amount of the Debentures outstanding;

 

provided further, each Holder of Common Securities will be deemed to have waived any Trust Enforcement Event and all Trust Enforcement Events with respect to the Common Securities and the consequences thereof until all Trust Enforcement Events with

 

16


respect to the Capital Securities have been cured, waived or otherwise eliminated, and until such Trust Enforcement Events with respect to the Capital Securities have been so cured, waived or otherwise eliminated, the Property Trustee will be deemed to be acting solely on behalf of the Holders of the Capital Securities and only the Holders of the Capital Securities will have the right to direct the Property Trustee in accordance with the terms of the Securities. The foregoing provisions of this Section 2.6(c) shall be in lieu of Sections 316(a)(1)(A) and 316(a)(1)(B) of the Trust Indenture Act and such Sections 316(a)(1)(A) and 316(a)(1)(B) of the Trust Indenture Act are hereby expressly excluded from this Declaration and the Securities, as permitted by the Trust Indenture Act. Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.6(c), upon such waiver, any such default shall cease to exist and any Trust Enforcement Event with respect to the Common Securities arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Declaration, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Trust Enforcement Event with respect to the Common Securities or impair any right consequent thereon.

 

(d) A waiver of an Indenture Event of Default by the Property Trustee at the direction of the Holders of the Capital Securities constitutes a waiver of the corresponding Trust Enforcement Event with respect to the Capital Securities under this Declaration. The foregoing provisions of this Section 2.6(d) shall be in lieu of Section 316(a)(1)(B) of the Trust Indenture Act and such Section 316(a)(1)(B) of the Trust Indenture Act is hereby expressly excluded from this Declaration and the Securities, as permitted by the Trust Indenture Act.

 

Section 2.7 Trust Enforcement Event; Notice.

 

(a) The Property Trustee shall, within 90 days after the occurrence of a Trust Enforcement Event actually known to a Responsible Officer of the Property Trustee, transmit by mail, first class postage prepaid, to the Holders of the Securities, notices of all such defaults with respect to the Securities unless such defaults have been cured before the giving of such notice (the term “defaults” for the purposes of this Section 2.7(a) being hereby defined to be an Indenture Event of Default, not including any periods of grace provided for therein and irrespective of the giving of any notice provided therein); provided that, except for a default in the payment of principal

 

17


of (or premium, if any) or interest on any of the Debentures, the Property Trustee shall be fully protected in withholding such notice if and so long as a Responsible Officer of the Property Trustee in good faith determines that the withholding of such notice is in the interests of the Holders of the Securities.

 

(b) The Property Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any default except:

 

  (i) a default under Sections 501(1) and 501(2) of the Indenture; or

 

  (ii) any default as to which the Property Trustee shall have received written notice or of which a Responsible Officer of the Property Trustee charged with the administration of this Declaration shall have actual knowledge.

 

ARTICLE 3

 

ORGANIZATION

 

Section 3.1 Name and Organization.

 

The Trust hereby continued is named “Capital One Capital I” as such name may be modified from time to time by the Administrators following written notice to the Holders of Securities and the Trustees, in which name the Trustees may conduct the business of the Trust, make and execute contracts and other instruments on behalf of the Trust and sue and be sued. The Trust’s activities may be conducted under the name of the Trust or any other name deemed advisable by the Regular Trustees.

 

Section 3.2 Office.

 

The address of the principal executive office of the Trust is 2980 Fairview Park Drive, Suite 1300, Falls Church, Virginia 22042-4525. On 10 Business Days’ written notice to the Holders of Securities and the Trustees, the Administrators may designate another principal office.

 

18


Section 3.3 Purpose.

 

The exclusive purposes and functions of the Trust are (a) to issue and sell the Securities and use the gross proceeds from such sale to acquire the Debentures, and (b) except as otherwise limited herein, to engage in only those other activities necessary or incidental thereto. The Trust shall not borrow money, issue debt or reinvest proceeds derived from investments, mortgage, pledge any of its assets or otherwise undertake (or permit to be undertaken) any activity that would cause the Trust not to be classified as a grantor trust for United States federal income tax purposes.

 

By the acceptance of this Trust, none of the Trustees, the Administrators, the Sponsor, the Holders of the Capital Securities or Common Securities or the Capital Security Beneficial Owners will take any position which is contrary to the classification of the Trust as a grantor trust for United States federal income tax purposes.

 

Section 3.4 Authority.

 

The Sponsor hereby appoints the Trustees as trustees of the Trust, to have all the rights, powers and duties to the extent set forth herein, and the Trustees hereby accept such appointment. The Property Trustee hereby declares that it will hold the trust property in trust upon and subject to the conditions set forth herein for the benefit of the Trust and the Holders of the Securities. The Administrators shall have only those ministerial duties set forth herein with respect to accomplishing the purposes of the Trust and shall not be trustees or fiduciaries with respect to the Trust or the Holders of the Securities. The Property Trustee shall have the right, but shall not be obligated except as provided in Section 3.8(i), to perform those duties assigned to the Administrators. An action taken by the Administrators in accordance with their powers shall constitute the act of and serve to bind the Trust and an action taken by the Property Trustee on behalf of the Trust in accordance with its powers shall constitute the act of and serve to bind the Trust. In dealing with the Trustees acting on behalf of the Trust, no person shall be required to inquire into the authority of the Trustees to bind the Trust. Persons dealing

 

19


with the Trust are entitled to rely conclusively on the power and authority of the Trustees as set forth in this Declaration.

 

(a) Except as expressly set forth in this Declaration and except if a meeting of the Administrators is called with respect to any matter over which the Administrators have power to act, any power of the Administrators may be exercised by, or with the consent of, any one such Administrator.

 

(b) Unless otherwise determined by the Administrators, and except as otherwise required by the Business Trust Act or applicable law, any Administrator is authorized to execute on behalf of the Trust any documents which the Administrators have the power and authority to cause the Trust to execute pursuant to Section 3.6(b); and

 

(c) An Administrator may, by power of attorney consistent with applicable law, delegate to any other natural person over the age of 21 his or her power for the purposes of signing any documents which the Administrators have power and authority to cause the Trust to execute pursuant to Section 3.6.

 

(d) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Administrators and the Property Trustee are authorized and directed to conduct the affairs of the Trust and to operate the Trust so that the Trust will not be deemed to be an “investment company” required to be registered under the 1940 Act, or fail to be classified as a grantor trust for United States Federal income tax purposes and so that the Debentures will be treated as indebtedness of the Debenture Issuer for United States Federal income tax purposes. In this connection, the Administrators, the Property Trustee and the Holders of a Majority in Liquidation Amount of Common Securities are authorized to take any action, not inconsistent with applicable law, the Certificate of Trust or this Declaration, that each of any Administrator, the Property Trustee and the Holders of a Majority in Liquidation Amount of Common Securities determines in its discretion to be necessary or desirable for such purposes, as long as such action does not adversely affect in any material respect the interests of the holders of the Capital Securities.

 

20


Section 3.5 Title to Property of the Trust.

 

Except as provided in Section 3.8 with respect to the Debentures and the Property Account or as otherwise provided in this Declaration, legal title to all assets of the Trust shall be vested in the Trust. The Holders shall not have legal title to any part of the assets of the Trust, but shall have an undivided beneficial ownership interest in the assets of the Trust.

 

Section 3.6 Powers and Duties of the Administrators.

 

The Administrators shall have the power, duty and authority to cause the Trust to engage in the following activities, subject to the limitations and restrictions of applicable laws:

 

(a) to establish the terms and form of the Capital Securities and the Common Securities in the manner specified in Section 7.1 and issue and sell the Capital Securities and the Common Securities in accordance with this Declaration; provided, that there shall be no interests in the Trust other than the Securities, and no more than one series of Common Securities and one series of Capital Securities;

 

(b) in connection with the issue and sale of the Capital Securities, at the direction of the Sponsor, to:

 

  (i) execute and file any documents prepared by the Sponsor, or take any acts as determined by the Sponsor to be necessary, in order to qualify or register all or part of the Capital Securities in any State in which the Sponsor has determined to qualify or register such Capital Securities for sale;

 

  (ii) execute and file an application, prepared by the Sponsor, to the Private Offerings, Resales and Trading through Automated Linkages (“PORTAL”) Market and if and at such time determined by the Sponsor, to The New York Stock Exchange, Inc. or any other national stock exchange or the Nasdaq Stock Market’s National Market for listing upon notice of issuance of any Capital Securities; and

 

21


  (iii) execute and deliver letters or documents to, or instruments with, DTC relating to the Capital Securities.

 

(c) to acquire the Debentures with the proceeds of the sale of the Capital Securities and the Common Securities; provided, however, that the Administrators shall cause legal title to the Debentures to be held of record in the name of the Property Trustee for the benefit of the Holders of the Capital Securities and the Holders of the Common Securities;

 

(d) to give the Sponsor and the Property Trustee prompt written notice of the occurrence of a Special Event; provided that the Administrators shall consult with the Sponsor and the Property Trustee before taking or refraining from taking any action in relation to any such Special Event;

 

(e) to establish a record date with respect to all actions to be taken hereunder that require a record date be established, including and with respect to, for the purposes of Section 316(c) of the Trust Indenture Act, Distributions, voting rights, redemptions and exchanges, and to issue relevant notices to the Holders of Capital Securities and Holders of Common Securities as to such actions and applicable record dates;

 

(f) to take all actions and perform such duties as may be required of the Administrators pursuant to the terms of this Declaration and the Securities;

 

(g) to bring or defend, pay, collect, compromise, arbitrate, resort to legal action or otherwise adjust claims or demands of or against the Trust (“Legal Action”), unless pursuant to Section 3.8(e), the Property Trustee has the exclusive power to bring such Legal Action;

 

(h) to employ or otherwise engage employees and agents (who may be designated as officers with titles) and managers, contractors, advisors and consultants to conduct only those services that the Administrators have authority to conduct directly, and to and pay reasonable compensation for such services;

 

(i) to incur expenses that are necessary or incidental to carry out any of the purposes of the Trust;

 

22


(j) to consent to the appointment of a registrar, paying agent and transfer agent for the Securities which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld;

 

(k) to give prompt written notice to the Holders of the Securities of any notice received from the Debenture Issuer of its election to defer payments of interest on the Debentures by extending the interest payment period under the Debentures as authorized by the Indenture;

 

(l) to take all action that may be necessary or appropriate for the preservation and the continuation of the Trust’s valid existence, rights, franchises and privileges as a statutory business trust under the laws of the State of Delaware and of each other jurisdiction in which such existence is necessary to protect the limited liability of the Holders of the Capital Securities or to enable the Trust to effect the purposes for which the Trust was created;

 

(m) to take all action necessary to cause all applicable tax returns and tax information reports that are required to be filed with respect to the Trust to be duly prepared and filed by the Regular Trustees, on behalf of the Trust;

 

(n) to execute all documents or instruments, perform all duties and powers, and do all things for and on behalf of the Trust in all matters necessary or incidental to the foregoing; and

 

(o) No provision of this Declaration shall be construed to relieve an Administrator from liability for his own negligent action, his own negligent failure to act, or his own willful misconduct, except that:

 

  (i) prior to the occurrence of a Trust Enforcement Event and after the curing or waiving of such Trust Enforcement Event that may have occurred:

 

  (A)

the duties and obligations of the Administrators shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Declaration and the Administrators shall not be liable except for the performance of such duties and

 

23


 

obligations as are specifically set forth in this Declaration, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Declaration against the Administrators; and

 

  (B) in the absence of bad faith on the part of an Administrator, such Administrator may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon any certificates or opinions furnished to such Administrator and conforming to the requirements of this Declaration; but in the case of any such certificates or opinions that by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to such Administrator, such Administrator shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Declaration;

 

  (ii) an Administrator shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith unless it shall be proved that such Administrator was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts;

 

  (iii) no provision of this Declaration shall require an Administrator to expend or risk his own funds or otherwise incur personal financial liability in the performance of any of his duties or in the exercise of any of his rights or powers, if he shall have reasonable grounds for believing that the repayment of such funds or liability is not reasonably assured to him under the terms of this Declaration or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to such Administrator against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to him;

 

  (iv) an Administrator shall not be responsible for monitoring the compliance by the Property Trustee or the Sponsor with their respective duties under this Declaration, nor shall such Administrator be liable for any default or misconduct of the Property Trustee or the Sponsor;

 

24


  (v) an Administrator may conclusively rely and shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document believed by him to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or presented by the proper party or parties;

 

  (vi) an Administrator shall have no duty to see to any recording, filing or registration of any instrument (including any financing or continuation statement or any filing under tax or securities laws) or any rerecording, refiling or registration thereof;

 

  (vii) the Administrators may consult with counsel or other experts of their selection and the advice or opinion of such counsel and experts with respect to legal matters or advice within the scope of such experts’ area of expertise shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by them hereunder in good faith and in accordance with such advice or opinion, such counsel may be counsel to the Sponsor or any of its Affiliates, and may include any of its employees. The Administrators shall have the right at any time to seek instructions concerning the administration of this Declaration from any court of competent jurisdiction;

 

  (viii)

the Administrators shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in them by this Declaration at the request or direction of any Holder, unless such Holder shall have provided to the Administrators security and indemnity, reasonably satisfactory to the Administrators, against the costs, expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses) and liabilities that might be incurred by them in complying with such request or direction,

 

25


 

including such reasonable advances as may be requested by them;

 

  (ix) an Administrator shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, but he, in his discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as he may see fit;

 

  (x) an Administrator may execute any of the powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents, custodians, nominees or attorneys and such Administrator shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any agent or attorney appointed with due care by him hereunder;

 

  (xi) any action taken by an Administrator or his agents hereunder shall bind the Trust and the Holders of the Securities, and the signature of such Administrator or his agents alone shall be sufficient and effective to perform any such action and no third party shall be required to inquire as to the authority of such Administrator to so act or as to his compliance with any of the terms and provisions of this Declaration, both of which shall be conclusively evidenced by such Administrator’s or his agent’s taking such action;

 

  (xii) except as otherwise expressly provided by this Declaration, an Administrator shall not be under any obligation to take any action that is discretionary under the provisions of this Declaration; and

 

  (xiii) an Administrator shall not be liable for any action taken, suffered, or omitted to be taken by it in good faith and reasonably believed by it to be authorized or within the discretion or rights or powers conferred upon it by this Declaration.

 

26


The Administrators shall exercise the powers set forth in this Section 3.6 in a manner that is consistent with the purposes and functions of the Trust set out in Section 3.3 and subject to the limitations and restrictions of applicable law, and the Administrators shall have no power to, and shall not, take any action that is inconsistent with the purposes and functions of the Trust set forth in Section 3.3 or that is inconsistent with or in contravention of any applicable law.

 

Subject to this Section 3.6, the Administrators shall have none of the powers or the authority of the Property Trustee set forth in Section 3.8.

 

Any expenses incurred by the Regular Trustees pursuant to this Section 3.6 shall be reimbursed by the Debenture Issuer.

 

Section 3.7 Prohibition of Actions by the Trust and the Trustees.

 

(a) The Trust shall not, and the Trustees (including the Property Trustee) shall cause the Trust not to, engage in any activity other than as required or authorized by this Declaration. In particular, the Trust shall not and the Trustees (including the Property Trustee) shall cause the Trust not to:

 

  (i) invest any proceeds received by the Trust from holding the Debentures, but shall distribute all such proceeds to Holders of Securities pursuant to the terms of this Declaration and of the Securities;

 

  (ii) acquire any assets other than the Debentures (and any interest or proceeds received thereon) and the Guarantee (and the proceeds received thereon or with respect thereto);

 

  (iii) possess Trust property for other than a Trust purpose;

 

  (iv) make any loans or incur any indebtedness;

 

  (v) possess any power or otherwise act in such a way as to vary the Trust assets;

 

27


  (vi) possess any power or otherwise act in such a way as to vary the terms of the Securities in any way whatsoever (except to the extent expressly authorized in this Declaration or by the terms of the Securities);

 

  (vii) issue any securities or other evidences of beneficial ownership of, or beneficial interest in, the Trust other than the Securities; or

 

  (viii) other than as provided in this Declaration or by the terms of the Securities, (A) direct the time, method and place of exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Debenture Trustee with respect to the Debentures, (B) waive any past default that is waivable under the Indenture, (C) exercise any right to rescind or annul any declaration that the principal of all the Debentures shall be due and payable, or (D) consent to any amendment, modification or termination of the Indenture or the Debentures where such consent shall be required unless, in each case, the Trust shall have received (A) the prior approval of the Majority in Liquidation Amount of the Capital Securities; provided, however, that where a consent or action under the Indenture would require the consent or act of the holders of more than a majority of the aggregate liquidation amount of Debentures affected thereby, only the Holders of the percentage of the aggregate stated liquidation amount of the Capital Securities which is at least equal to the percentage required under the Indenture may direct the Property Trustee to give such consent to take such action and (B) an opinion of counsel to the effect that such modification will not cause more than an insubstantial risk that the Trust will be deemed an Investment Company required to be registered under the Investment Company Act, or the Trust will not be classified as a grantor trust for United States federal income tax purposes; or

 

28


  (ix) take any action inconsistent with the status of the Trust as a grantor trust for United States federal income tax purposes; or

 

  (x) revoke any action previously authorized or approved by a vote of the Holders of the Capital Securities except pursuant to a subsequent vote of the Holders of the Capital Securities.

 

Section 3.8 Powers and Duties of the Property Trustee.

 

As among the Trustees and the Administrators, the Property Trustee shall have the power, duty and authority to act on behalf of the Trust with respect to the following matters:

 

(a) The legal title to the Debentures shall be owned by and held of record in the name of the Property Trustee in trust for the benefit of the Trust and the Holders of the Securities. The right, title and interest of the Property Trustee to the Debentures shall vest automatically in each Person who may hereafter be appointed as Property Trustee in accordance with Section 6.6. Such vesting and cessation of title shall be effective whether or not conveyancing documents with regard to the Debentures have been executed and delivered.

 

(b) The Property Trustee shall not transfer its right, title and interest in the Debentures to the Administrators or to the Delaware Trustee (if the Property Trustee does not also act as Delaware Trustee).

 

(c) The Property Trustee shall:

 

  (i)

establish and maintain a segregated non-interest bearing trust account (the “Property Account”) in the name of and under the exclusive control of the Property Trustee on behalf of the Holders of the Securities and, upon the receipt of payments of funds made in respect of the Debentures held by the Property Trustee, deposit such funds into the Property Account and make payments to the Holders of the Capital Securities and Holders of the Common Securities from the Property Account in accordance with Section 7.2. Funds in the Property Account shall be held uninvested until

 

29


 

disbursed in accordance with this Declaration. The Property Account shall be an account that is maintained with a banking institution the rating on whose long-term unsecured indebtedness is at least equal to the rating assigned to the Capital Securities by a “nationally recognized statistical rating organization”, as that term is defined for purposes of Rule 436(g)(2) under the Securities Act;

 

  (ii) engage in such ministerial activities as shall be necessary or appropriate to effect the redemption of the Capital Securities and the Common Securities to the extent the Debentures are redeemed or mature; and

 

  (iii) upon written notice of distribution issued by the Regular Trustees in accordance with the terms of the Securities, engage in such ministerial activities as so directed and as shall be necessary or appropriate to effect the distribution of the Debentures to Holders of Securities upon the occurrence of a Special Event.

 

(d) The Property Trustee shall take all actions and perform such duties as may be specifically required of the Property Trustee pursuant to the terms of this Declaration and the Securities.

 

(e) The Property Trustee shall take any Legal Action which arises out of or in connection with a Trust Enforcement Event of which a Responsible Officer of the Property Trustee has actual knowledge or the Property Trustee’s duties and obligations under this Declaration or the Trust Indenture Act; provided, however, that if a Trust Enforcement Event has occurred and is continuing and such event is attributable to the failure of the Debenture Issuer to pay interest or principal (or premium, if any) on the Debentures on the date such interest or principal (or premium, if any) is otherwise payable (or in the case of redemption, on the redemption date), then a Holder of Capital Securities may directly institute a proceeding for enforcement of payment to such Holder of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on the Debentures having a principal amount equal to the aggregate liquidation amount of the Capital Security of such

 

30


Holder (a “Direct Action”), on or after the respective due date specified in the Debentures. In connection with such Direct Action, the rights of the Holders of the Common Securities will be subrogated to the rights of such Holder of Capital Securities to the extent of any payment made by the Debenture Issuer to such Holder of Capital Securities in such Direct Action; provided, however, that no Holder of the Common Securities may exercise any such right of subrogation so long as an Trust Enforcement Event with respect to the Capital Securities has occurred and is continuing. Except as provided in the preceding sentences, the Holders of Capital Securities will not be able to exercise directly any other remedy available to the Holders of the Debentures.

 

(f) The Property Trustee shall continue to serve as a Trustee until either:

 

  (i) the Trust has been completely liquidated and the proceeds of the liquidation distributed to the Holders of Securities pursuant to the terms of the Securities;

 

  (ii) a Successor Property Trustee has been appointed and has accepted that appointment in accordance with Section 6.6; or

 

  (iii) the Property Trustee has resigned in accordance with Section 6.6.

 

(g) Subject to such limitations as are necessary to insure compliance with Section 3.3, the Property Trustee shall have the legal power to exercise all of the rights, powers and privileges of a holder of Debentures under the Indenture and, if a Trust Enforcement Event actually known to a Responsible Officer of the Property Trustee occurs and is continuing, the Property Trustee shall, for the benefit of Holders of the Securities, enforce its rights as holder of the Debentures subject to the rights of the Holders pursuant to the terms of such Securities.

 

(h) The Property Trustee may authorize one or more Persons (each, a “Paying Agent”) to pay Distributions, redemption payments or liquidation payments on behalf of the Trust with respect to all Securities and any such Paying Agent shall comply with Section 317(b) of the Trust Indenture Act. Any Paying Agent

 

31


may be removed by the Property Trustee at any time and a successor Paying Agent or additional Paying Agents may be appointed at any time by the Property Trustee. In the event the Capital Securities do not remain in the form of one or more Global Securities, the Property Trustee will act as Paying Agent. The Property Trustee may designate additional or substitute Paying Agents at any time.

 

(i) The Property Trustee shall have the power and authority to act with respect to any of the duties, liabilities, powers or the authority of the Administrators set forth in Sections 3.6(e), (k) or (l) herein, but shall not have a duty to do any such act unless specifically directed to do so in writing by the Sponsor and then shall be fully protected in acting pursuant to such direction; and in the event of a conflict between the action of the Administrators and the action of the Property Trustee, the action of the Property Trustee shall prevail.

 

The Property Trustee shall exercise the powers set forth in this Section 3.8 in a manner that is consistent with the purposes and functions of the Trust set out in Section 3.3 and subject to the limitations and restrictions of applicable law, and the Property Trustee shall have no power to, and shall not, take any action that is inconsistent with the purposes and functions of the Trust set out in Section 3.3.

 

Section 3.9 Certain Duties and Responsibilities of the Property Trustee.

 

(a) The Property Trustee, before the occurrence of any Trust Enforcement Event and after the curing of all Trust Enforcement Events that may have occurred, shall undertake to perform only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Declaration and no implied covenants shall be read into this Declaration against the Property Trustee. In case a Trust Enforcement Event has occurred (that has not been cured or waived pursuant to Section 2.6) of which a Responsible Officer of the Property Trustee has actual knowledge, the Property Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Declaration, and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his or her own affairs.

 

32


(b) No provision of this Declaration shall be construed to relieve the Property Trustee from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act or its own willful misconduct, except that:

 

  (i) prior to the occurrence of a Trust Enforcement Event and after the curing or waiving of all such Trust Enforcement Events that may have occurred:

 

  a. the duties and obligations of the Property Trustee shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Declaration and the Property Trustee shall not be liable except for the performance of such duties and obligations as are specifically set forth in this Declaration, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Declaration against the Property Trustee; and b. in the absence of bad faith on the part of the Property Trustee, the Property Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon any certificates or opinions furnished to the Property Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Declaration; but in the case of any such certificates or opinions that by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Property Trustee, the Property Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not they substantially conform to the requirements of this Declaration;

 

  (ii) the Property Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer of the Property Trustee, unless it shall be proved that the Property Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts;

 

  (iii)

the Property Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken or omitted to be taken

 

33


 

by it without negligence, in good faith in accordance with the direction of the Holders of not less than a Majority in Liquidation Amount of the Securities relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Property Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Property Trustee under this Declaration;

 

  (iv) no provision of this Declaration shall require the Property Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur personal financial liability in the performance of any of its duties or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that the repayment of such funds or liability is not reasonably assured to it under the terms of this Declaration or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Property Trustee against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it;

 

  (v) the Property Trustee’s sole duty with respect to the custody, safe-keeping and physical preservation of the Debentures and the Property Account shall be to deal with such property in a similar manner as the Property Trustee deals with similar property for its own account, subject to the protections and limitations on liability afforded to the Property Trustee under this Declaration and the Trust Indenture Act;

 

  (vi) the Property Trustee shall have no duty or liability for or with respect to the value, genuineness, existence or sufficiency of the Debentures or the payment of any taxes or assessments levied thereon or in connection therewith;

 

  (vii)

the Property Trustee shall not be liable for any interest on any money received by it except as it may otherwise agree with the Sponsor in writing. Money held by the Property Trustee need not be segregated from other funds held by it except in relation to the Property Account maintained by the

 

34


 

Property Trustee pursuant to Section 3.8(c)(i) and except to the extent otherwise required by law;

 

  (viii) the Property Trustee shall not be responsible for monitoring the compliance by the Administrators or the Sponsor with their respective duties under this Declaration, nor shall the Property Trustee be liable for any default or misconduct of the Administrators or the Sponsor; and

 

  (ix) The Trustee shall be under no liability for interest on any money received by it hereunder except as otherwise agreed in writing with the Debenture Issuer.

 

Section 3.10 Certain Rights of Property Trustee.

 

(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 3.9:

 

  (i) the Property Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or presented by the proper party or parties;

 

  (ii) any direction or act of the Sponsor or the Administrators contemplated by this Declaration shall be sufficiently evidenced by an Officers’ Certificate (or, with respect to the establishment of the terms and form of the Securities by the Administrators, by an Authorization Certificate);

 

  (iii)

whenever in the administration of this Declaration, the Property Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established before taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Property Trustee (unless other evidence is herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith on its part, request and conclusively rely upon an Officers’

 

35


 

Certificate which, upon receipt of such request, shall be promptly delivered by the Sponsor or the Administrators;

 

  (iv) the Property Trustee shall have no duty to see to any recording, filing or registration of any instrument (including any financing or continuation statement or any filing under tax or securities laws) or any rerecording, refiling or registration thereof;

 

  (v) the Property Trustee may consult with counsel of its choice or other experts and the advice or opinion of such counsel and experts with respect to legal matters or advice within the scope of such experts’ area of expertise shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with such advice or opinion, such counsel may be counsel to the Sponsor or any of its Affiliates, and may include any of its employees. The Property Trustee shall have the right at any time to seek instructions concerning the administration of this Declaration from any court of competent jurisdiction;

 

  (vi)

the Property Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Declaration at the request or direction of any Holder, unless such Holder shall have provided to the Property Trustee security and indemnity, reasonably satisfactory to the Property Trustee, against the costs, expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses and the expenses of the Property Trustee’s agents, nominees or custodians) and liabilities that might be incurred by it in complying with such request or direction, including such reasonable advances as may be requested by the Property Trustee; provided that, nothing contained in this Section 3.10(a) shall be taken to relieve the Property Trustee, upon the occurrence of an Indenture Event of Default, of

 

36


 

its obligation to exercise the rights and powers vested in it by this Declaration;

 

  (vii) the Property Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, but the Property Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit;

 

  (viii) the Property Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents, custodians, nominees or attorneys and the Property Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any agent or attorney appointed with due care by it hereunder;

 

  (ix) any action taken by the Property Trustee or its agents hereunder shall bind the Trust and the Holders of the Securities, and the signature of the Property Trustee or its agents alone shall be sufficient and effective to perform any such action and no third party shall be required to inquire as to the authority of the Property Trustee to so act or as to its compliance with any of the terms and provisions of this Declaration, both of which shall be conclusively evidenced by the Property Trustee’s or its agent’s taking such action;

 

  (x)

whenever in the administration of this Declaration the Property Trustee shall deem it desirable to receive instructions with respect to enforcing any remedy or right or taking any other action hereunder, the Property Trustee (i) may request instructions from the Holders of the Securities, the Administrators or the Sponsor which instructions may only be given by the Holders of

 

37


 

the same proportion in liquidation amount of the Securities as would be entitled to direct the Property Trustee under the terms of the Securities in respect of such remedy, right or action, (ii) may refrain from enforcing such remedy or right or taking such other action until such instructions are received, and (iii) shall be protected in conclusively relying on or acting in accordance with such instructions;

 

  (xi) if no Trust Enforcement Event has occurred and is continuing and the Property Trustee is required to decide between alternative causes of action, construe ambiguous provisions in their Declaration or is unsure of the application of any provision of their Declaration, and the matter is not one on which Holders of Capital Securities are entitled under the Declaration to vote, then the Property Trustee may, but shall be under no duty to, take such action as is directed by the Sponsor and will have no liability except for its own bad faith, negligence or willful misconduct;

 

  (xii) except as otherwise expressly provided by this Declaration, the Property Trustee shall not be under any obligation to take any action that is discretionary under the provisions of this Declaration;

 

  (xiii) the Property Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken, suffered or omitted to be taken by it without negligence, in good faith and reasonably believed by it to be authorized or within the discretion, rights or powers conferred upon it by this Declaration; and

 

  (xiv) the Trustee shall have a lien prior to the Securities as to all property and funds held by it hereunder for any amount owing it or any predecessor Trustee, except with respect to funds held in trust for the benefit of the Holders of particular Securities.

 

38


(b) No provision of this Declaration shall be deemed to impose any duty or obligation on the Property Trustee to perform any act or acts or exercise any right, power, duty or obligation conferred or imposed on it, in any jurisdiction in which it shall be illegal, or in which the Property Trustee shall be unqualified or incompetent in accordance with applicable law, to perform any such act or acts, or to exercise any such right, power, duty or obligation. No permissive power or authority available to the Property Trustee shall be construed to be a duty.

 

Section 3.11 Delaware Trustee.

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Declaration other than Section 6.2, the Delaware Trustee shall not be entitled to exercise any powers, nor shall the Delaware Trustee have any of the duties and responsibilities of the Administrators, the Property Trustee or the Trustees, generally (except as may be required by the Business Trust Act) described in this Declaration. Except as set forth in Section 6.2, the Delaware Trustee shall be a Trustee for the sole and limited purpose of fulfilling the requirements of Section 3807 of the Business Trust Act.

 

Section 3.12 Execution of Documents.

 

Unless otherwise determined by the Property Trustee or the Holders of a Majority in Liquidation Amount of the outstanding Capital Securities or the Holders of a Majority in Liquidation Amount of the outstanding Common Securities or as otherwise required by the Business Trust Act or the Trust Indenture Act, and except as otherwise required by the Business Trust Act, any Administrator is authorized to execute on behalf of the Trust any documents that the Regular Trustees have the power and authority to execute pursuant to Section 3.6.

 

Section 3.13 Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Securities.

 

The recitals contained in this Declaration and the Securities shall be taken as the statements of the Sponsor, and the Trustees and the Administrators do not assume any responsibility for their correctness. The Trustees and the Administrators make no representations as to the value or

 

39


condition of the property of the Trust or any part thereof. The Trustees and the Administrators make no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Declaration, the Securities, the Debentures or the Indenture.

 

Section 3.14 Duration of Trust.

 

The Trust shall exist until terminated pursuant to the provisions of Article 8 hereof.

 

Section 3.15 Mergers.

 

(a) The Trust may not consolidate, amalgamate, merge with or into, or be replaced by, or convey, transfer or lease its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any corporation or other body, except as described in Section 3.15(b) and (c).

 

(b) The Trust may, at the request of the Holders of the Common Securities, and with the consent of the Holders of a Majority in Liquidation Amount of the Capital Securities, consolidate, amalgamate, merge with or into, or be replaced by or convey, transfer or lease its properties substantially as an entirety to a trust organized as such under the laws of any State; provided that:

 

  (i) if the Trust is not the successor, such successor entity (the “Successor Entity”) either:

 

  a. expressly assumes all of the obligations of the Trust under the Securities; or

 

  b. substitutes for the Capital Securities other securities having substantially the same terms as the Capital Securities (the “Successor Securities”) so long as the Successor Securities rank the same as the Capital Securities rank with respect to Distributions and payments upon liquidation, redemption and otherwise;

 

  (ii)

if the Trust is not the successor entity, the Property Trustee expressly appoints a trustee of such Successor Entity that possesses substantially

 

40


 

the same powers and duties as the Property Trustee as the holder of the Debentures;

 

  (iii) the Capital Securities or any Successor Securities are listed, or any Successor Securities will be listed upon notification of issuance, on any national securities exchange or with any other organization on which the Capital Securities are then listed or quoted, if any;

 

  (iv) such merger, consolidation, amalgamation, replacement, conveyance, transfer or lease does not cause the Capital Securities (including any Successor Securities) to be downgraded by any nationally recognized statistical rating organization;

 

  (v) such merger, consolidation, amalgamation, replacement, conveyance, transfer or lease does not adversely affect the rights, preferences and privileges of the Holders of the Capital Securities (including any Successor Securities) in any material respect;

 

  (vi) such Successor Entity has a purpose substantially identical to that of the Trust;

 

  (vii) prior to such merger, consolidation, amalgamation, replacement, conveyance, transfer or lease the Trust has received an opinion of independent counsel to the Trust experienced in such matters to the effect that:

 

  a. such merger, consolidation, amalgamation, replacement, conveyance, transfer or lease does not adversely affect the rights, preferences and privileges of the Holders of the Capital Securities (including any Successor Securities) in any material respect;

 

  b.

following such merger, consolidation, amalgamation, replacement, conveyance, transfer or lease neither the Trust nor the

 

41


 

Successor Entity will be required to register as an Investment Company; and

 

  c. following such merger, consolidation, amalgamation or replacement, the Trust (or the Successor Entity) will continue to be classified as a grantor trust for United States federal income tax purposes;

 

  (viii) the Sponsor or any permitted successor or assignee owns all of the Common Securities the Corporation or any permitted successor or assignee and guarantees the obligations of such Successor Entity under the Successor Securities at least to the extent provided by the Guarantee; and

 

  (ix) such Successor Entity expressly assumes all of the obligations of the Trust with respect to the Trustees.

 

(c) Notwithstanding Section 3.15(b), the Trust shall not, except with the consent of Holders of 100% in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities, consolidate, amalgamate, merge with or into, or be replaced by any other entity or permit any other entity to consolidate, amalgamate, merge with or into, or replace it if such consolidation, amalgamation, merger or replacement would cause the Trust or Successor Entity to be classified as other than a grantor trust for United States federal income tax purposes and each Holder of the Securities not to be treated as owning an undivided beneficial ownership interest in the Debentures.

 

Section 3.16 Property Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.

 

In case of the pendency of any receivership, insolvency, liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, composition or other similar judicial proceeding relative to the Trust or any other obligor upon the Securities or the property of the Trust or of such other obligor or their creditors, the Property Trustee (irrespective of whether any Distributions on the Securities shall then be due and payable as therein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Property Trustee shall have made any demand on the

 

42


Trust for the payment of any past due Distributions) shall be entitled and empowered, to the fullest extent permitted by law, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise:

 

(a) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of any Distributions owing and unpaid in respect of the Securities (or, if the Securities are original issue discount Securities, such portion of the liquidation amount as may be specified in the terms of such Securities) and to file such other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Property Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Property Trustee, its agents and counsel) and of the Holders allowed in such judicial proceeding, and

 

(b) to collect and receive any moneys or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same; and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Property Trustee and, in the event the Property Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Property Trustee any amount due it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Property Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Property Trustee.

 

Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Property Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement adjustment or compensation affecting the Securities or the rights of any Holder thereof or to authorize the Property Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

 

43


ARTICLE 4

 

SPONSOR

 

Section 4.1 Responsibilities of the Sponsor.

 

In connection with the issue and sale of the Capital Securities, the Sponsor shall have the exclusive right and responsibility to engage in the following activities:

 

(a) to determine the States in which to take appropriate action to qualify or register for sale all or part of the Capital Securities and to do any and all such acts, other than actions which must be taken by the Trust, and advise the Trust of actions it must take, and prepare for execution and filing any documents to be executed and filed by the Trust, as the Sponsor deems necessary or advisable in order to comply with the applicable laws of any such States;

 

(b) to prepare for filing and cause the filing by the Trust, as may be appropriate, of an application to the PORTAL, The New York Stock Exchange, Inc. or any other national stock exchange or the Nasdaq National Market for listing or quotation upon notice of issuance of any Capital Securities;

 

(c) to negotiate the terms of and execute and deliver a purchase agreement and other related agreements providing for the sale of the Capital Securities to the Initial Purchasers; and

 

(d) the taking of any other actions necessary or desirable to carry out any of the foregoing activities.

 

Section 4.2 Compensation, Indemnification and Expenses of the Trustee.

 

Pursuant to Sections 607 and 1009 of the Indenture, the Sponsor, in its capacity as Debenture Issuer, agrees:

 

(1) to pay to the Trustees from time to time such compensation as the Debenture Issuer and the Trustees shall from time to time agree in writing for all services rendered by it hereunder (which compensation shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust);

 

44


(2) to reimburse the Trustees upon their request for all reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by the Trustees in accordance with any provision of the Indenture (including the compensation and the expenses and disbursements of its agent and counsel), except any such expense, disbursement or advance as may be attributable to its negligence or bad faith; and

 

(3) to indemnify the Property Trustee and the Delaware Trustee and their respective officers, directors, employees and authorized agents for, and to hold each of them harmless against, any loss, liability or expense including taxes (other than taxes based upon, measured by or determined by the income of any Trustee) incurred without negligence or bad faith on the part of the Property Trustee, the Delaware Trustee or their respective officers, directors, employees and authorized agents, as the case may be, arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of the trust or trusts hereunder, including the costs and expenses of defending any of them against any claim or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of their respective powers or duties hereunder; the provisions of this Section 4.2 shall survive the resignation or removal of the Delaware Trustee or the Property Trustee or the termination of this Declaration.

 

ARTICLE 5

 

TRUST COMMON SECURITIES HOLDER

 

Section 5.1 Debenture Issuer’s Purchase of Common Securities.

 

On the Closing Date the Debenture Issuer will purchase all of the Common Securities issued by the Trust, for an amount at least equal to 3% of the capital of the Trust, at the same time as the Capital Securities are sold.

 

Section 5.2 Covenants of the Common Securities Holder.

 

For so long as the Capital Securities remain outstanding, the Common Securities Holder will covenant (i) to

 

45


maintain directly or indirectly 100% ownership of the Common Securities, (ii) to cause the Trust to remain a statutory business trust and not to voluntarily dissolve, wind up, liquidate or be terminated, except as permitted by this Declaration, (iii) to use its commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that the Trust will not be an investment company for purposes of the Investment Company Act, and (iv) to take no action which would be reasonably likely to cause the Trust to be classified as an association or a publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes.

 

ARTICLE 6

 

TRUSTEES

 

Section 6.1 Number of Trustees.

 

The number of Trustees initially shall be two (2). The Property Trustee and the Delaware Trustee may be the same Person, in which case the number of Trustees may be one (1).

 

Section 6.2 Delaware Trustee.

 

If required by the Business Trust Act, one Trustee (the” Delaware Trustee”) shall be:

 

(a) a natural person who is a resident of the State of Delaware; or

 

(b) if not a natural person, an entity which has its principal place of business in the State of Delaware, and otherwise meets the requirements of applicable law,

 

provided that, if the Property Trustee has its principal place of business in the State of Delaware and otherwise meets the requirements of applicable law, then the Property Trustee shall also be the Delaware Trustee and Section 3.11shall have no application.

 

46


Section 6.3 Property Trustee; Eligibility.

 

(a) There shall at all times be one Trustee which shall act as Property Trustee which shall:

 

  (i) not be an Affiliate of the Sponsor or any Person involved in the organization or operation of the Sponsor;

 

  (ii) not offer or provide credit or credit enhancement to the Trust; and

 

  (iii) be a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or any State or Territory thereof or of the District of Columbia, or a corporation or other Person permitted by the Commission to act as an institutional trustee under the Trust Indenture Act, authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust owners, having a combined capital and surplus of at least 50 million U.S. dollars ($50,000,000), and subject to supervision or examination by Federal, State, Territorial or District of Columbia authority. If such corporation publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of the supervising or examining authority referred to above, then for the purposes of this Section 6.3(a)(ii), the combined capital and surplus of such corporation shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published.

 

(b) If at any time the Property Trustee shall cease to be eligible to so act under Section 6.3(a), the Property Trustee shall promptly resign in the manner and with the effect set forth in Section 6.6(c).

 

(c) If the Property Trustee has or shall acquire any “conflicting interest” within the meaning of Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act, the Property Trustee and the Holder of the Common Securities (as if it were the Obliger referred to in Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act) shall in all respects

 

47


comply with the provisions of Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act.

 

(d) The Guarantee, the Indenture, the Debentures and the Securities shall be deemed to be specifically described in this Declaration for purposes of clause (i) of the first provision contained in Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act.

 

Section 6.4 Qualifications of Administrators and Delaware Trustee Generally.

 

Each Administrator and the Delaware Trustee (unless the Property Trustee also acts as Delaware Trustee) shall be either a natural person who is at least 21 years of age or a legal entity that shall act through one or more Authorized Officers.

 

Section 6.5 Appointment of Administrators.

 

(a) The Administrators shall be appointed by the Holder of Common Securities and may be removed by the Holder of Common Securities at any time. If at any time there is no Administrator, the Property Trustee or any Holder who has been a Holder of Trust Securities for at least six months may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of one or more Administrators.

 

(b) Whenever a vacancy in the manner of Administrators shall occur, until such vacancy is filled by the appointment of an Administrator in accordance with this Section 6.5, the Administrators in office, regardless of their number (and notwithstanding any other provision of this Declaration), shall have all the powers granted to the Administrators and shall discharge all the duties imposed upon the Administrators by this Declaration.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision of this Declaration, in the event any Administrator who is a natural person dies or becomes, in the opinion of the Holder of Common Securities, incompetent or incapacitated, the vacancy created by such death, incompetence or incapacity may be filled by the unanimous act of the remaining Administrators if there were at least two of them prior to such vacancy (with the successor in each case being a Person who satisfies the eligibility requirement for Administrators set forth in Section 6.4).

 

48


The initial Administrators shall be:

 

Susanna Tisa, Scott DeVine and Murray Abrams, the business address of all of whom is c/o Capital One Bank, 2980 Fairview Park Drive, Suite 1300, Falls Church, Virginia 22042.

 

Section 6.6 Appointment, Removal and Resignation of Trustees.

 

(a) Subject to Section 6.6(b), Trustees may be appointed or removed without cause at any time except, if a Trust Enforcement Event has occurred and is continuing:

 

  (i) until the issuance of any Securities, by written instrument executed by the Sponsor; and

 

  (ii) after the issuance of any Securities, by vote of the Holders of a Majority in Liquidation Amount of the Common Securities voting as a class at a meeting of the Holders of the Common Securities.

 

(b) The Trustee that acts as Property Trustee shall not be removed in accordance with Section 6.6(a) until a successor Trustee possessing the qualifications to act as Property Trustee under Section 3.8(h) (a “Successor Property Trustee”) has been appointed and has accepted such appointment by written instrument executed by such Successor Property Trustee and delivered to the Administrators and the Sponsor. The Trustee that acts as Delaware Trustee shall not be removed in accordance with Section 6.6(a) until a successor Trustee possessing the qualifications to act as Delaware Trustee under Sections 6.2 and 6.4 (a “Successor Delaware Trustee”) has been appointed and has accepted such appointment by written instrument executed by such Successor Delaware Trustee and delivered to the Administrators and the Sponsor.

 

49


(c) A Trustee appointed to office shall hold office until his or its successor shall have been appointed, until his death or its dissolution or until his or its removal or resignation. Any Trustee may resign from office (without need for prior or subsequent accounting) by an instrument in writing signed by the Trustee and delivered to the Sponsor and the Trust, which resignation shall take effect upon such delivery or upon such later date as is specified therein; provided, however, that:

 

  (i) No such resignation of the Trustee that acts as the Property Trustee shall be effective:

 

  a. until a Successor Property Trustee has been appointed and has accepted such appointment by instrument executed by such Successor Property Trustee and delivered to the Trust, the Sponsor and the resigning Property Trustee; or

 

  b. until the assets of the Trust have been completely liquidated and the proceeds thereof distributed to the holders of the Securities; and

 

  (ii) no such resignation of the Trustee that acts as the Delaware Trustee shall be effective until a Successor Delaware Trustee has been appointed and has accepted such appointment by instrument executed by such Successor Delaware Trustee and delivered to the Trust, the Sponsor and the resigning Delaware Trustee.

 

(d) The Holders of the Common Securities shall use their best efforts to promptly appoint a Successor Delaware Trustee or Success or Property Trustee, as the case may be, if the Property Trustee or the Delaware Trustee delivers an instrument of resignation in accordance with this Section 6.6.

 

(e) If no Successor Property Trustee or Successor Delaware Trustee, as the case may be, shall have been appointed and accepted appointment as provided in this Section 6.6 within 30 days after delivery to the Sponsor and the Trust of an instrument of resignation or removal, the resigning or removed Property Trustee or Delaware Trustee, as applicable, may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for appointment of a Successor Property Trustee or Successor Delaware Trustee, as applicable. Such court may thereupon, after prescribing such notice, if any, as it may deem proper, appoint a Successor Property Trustee or Successor Delaware Trustee, as the case may be.

 

50


(f) No Property Trustee or Delaware Trustee shall be liable for the acts or omissions to act of any Successor Property Trustee or Successor Delaware Trustee, as the case may be.

 

(g) Upon the resignation or removal of the Property Trustee, such Property Trustee shall be paid all amounts due and owing.

 

Section 6.7 Vacancies among Trustees.

 

If a Trustee ceases to hold office for any reason a vacancy shall occur. The vacancy shall be filled with a Trustee appointed in accordance with Section 6.6.

 

Section 6.8 Effect of Vacancies.

 

The death, resignation, retirement, removal, bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation, incompetence or incapacity to perform the duties of a Trustee shall not operate to annul the Trust.

 

Section 6.9 Delegation of Power.

 

(a) Any Administrator may, by power of attorney consistent with applicable law, delegate to any natural person over the age of 21 his, her or its power for the purpose of executing any documents contemplated in Section 3.6, including making governmental filings.

 

(b) The Administrators shall have power to delegate from time to time to such of their number or to officers of the Trust the doing of such things and the execution of such instruments either in the name of the Trust or the names of the Administrators or otherwise as the Administrator may deem expedient, to the extent such delegation is not prohibited by applicable law or contrary to the provisions of the Trust, as set forth herein.

 

Section 6.10 Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business.

 

Any corporation into which the Property Trustee or the Delaware Trustee, as the case may be, may be merged or converted or with which either may be consolidated, or any corporation

 

51


resulting from an merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Property Trustee or the Delaware Trustee, as the case may be, shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to all or substantially all the corporate trust business of the Property Trustee or the Delaware Trustee, as the case may be, shall be the successor of the Property Trustee or the Delaware Trustee, as the case may be, hereunder, provided such corporation shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto.

 

ARTICLE 7

 

THE SECURITIES

 

Section 7.1 General Provisions Regarding Securities.

 

(a) The Administrators shall on behalf of the Trust issue a class of capital securities representing undivided beneficial ownership interests in the assets of the Trust (the “Capital Securities”), and one class of common securities representing undivided beneficial ownership interests in the assets of the Trust (the “Common Securities”). The aggregate liquidation amount of Capital Securities and Common Securities that may be issued by the Trust is unlimited; provided that the Common Securities outstanding at any time must have an aggregate liquidation amount with respect to the assets of the Trust equal to at least 3% of the assets of the Trust; and provided further that after the initial issuance of Capital Securities and Common Securities, the Trust may not issue additional Capital Securities or Common Securities unless the Trustees have received an opinion of counsel to the effect that the issuance of such securities will not affect the Trust’s status as a grantor trust for United States federal income tax purposes.

 

  (i)

Capital Securities. The Capital Securities of the Trust have a liquidation amount with respect to the assets of the Trust of $1,000 per Capital Security. The Capital Security Certificates evidencing the Capital Securities shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 to the Declaration, with such changes and additions

 

52


 

thereto or deletions therefrom as may be required by ordinary usage, custom or practice.

 

  (ii) Common Securities. The Common Securities of the Trust have a liquidation amount with respect to the assets of the Trust of $1,000 per Common Security. The Common Security Certificates evidencing the Common Securities shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A-2 to the Declaration, with such changes and additions thereto or deletions therefrom as may be required by ordinary usage, custom or practice.

 

The Trust shall issue no securities or other interests in the assets of the Trust other than the Capital Securities and the Common Securities.

 

(b) Payment of Distributions on, and payments of the Redemption Price upon a redemption of, the Capital Securities and the Common Securities, as applicable, shall be made Pro Rata based on the liquidation amount of such Capital Securities and Common Securities; provided, however, that if on any date on which amounts payable on Distribution or redemption an Indenture Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, no payment of any Distribution on, or Redemption Price, any of the Common Securities, and no other payment on account of the redemption, liquidation or other acquisition of such Common Securities, shall be made unless payment in full in cash of all accumulated and unpaid Distributions on all of the outstanding Capital Securities for all Distribution periods terminating on or prior thereto, or in the case of amounts payable on redemption the full amount of the Redemption Price for all of the outstanding Capital Securities then called for redemption, shall have been made or provided for, and all funds available to the Property Trustee shall first be applied to the payment in full in cash of all Distributions on, or payments of the Redemption Price upon a redemption of, the Capital Securities then due and payable. The Trust shall issue no securities or other interests in the assets of the Trust other than the Capital Securities and the Common Securities.

 

(c) The Certificates shall be signed on behalf of the Trust by an Administrator. Such signature shall be the manual or facsimile signature of any present or any future Administrator.

 

53


In case an Administrator of the Trust who shall have signed any of the Certificates shall cease to be such Administrator before the Certificates so signed shall be delivered by the Trust, such Certificates nevertheless may be delivered as though the person who signed such Certificates had not ceased to be such Administrator; and any Certificate may be signed on behalf of the Trust by such persons who, at the actual date of execution of such Certificate, shall be the Administrators of the Trust, although at the date of the execution and delivery of the Declaration any such person was not an Administrator. Certificates shall be printed, lithographed or engraved or may be produced in any other manner as is reasonably acceptable to the Administrators, as evidenced by their execution thereof, and may have such letters, numbers or other marks of identification or designation and such legends or endorsements as the Administrators may deem appropriate, or as may be required to comply with any law or with any rule or regulation of any stock exchange on which Securities may be listed, or to conform to usage.

 

A Certificate shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of an authorized officer of the Property Trustee. Such signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Certificate has been authenticated under this Declaration.

 

Upon a written order of the Trust signed by one Administrator, the Property Trustee shall authenticate the Certificates for original issue. The aggregate number of Capital Securities outstanding at any time shall not exceed the liquidation amount set forth in Section 7(a)(i).

 

The Property Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Trust to authenticate Certificates. An authenticating agent may authenticate Certificates whenever the Property Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Declaration to authentication by the Property Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as the Property Trustee to deal with the Sponsor or an Affiliate of the Sponsor.

 

(d) The consideration received by the Trust for the issuance of the Securities shall constitute a contribution to the capital of the Trust and shall not constitute a loan to the Trust.

 

54


(e) Upon issuance of the Securities as provided in this Declaration, the Securities so issued shall be deemed to be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

 

(f) Every Person, by virtue of having become a Holder or a Capital Security Beneficial Owner in accordance with the terms of this Declaration, shall be deemed to have expressly assented and agreed to the terms of, and shall be bound by, this Declaration and the terms of the Securities, the Guarantee, the Indenture and the Debentures.

 

(g) The Securities shall have no preemptive rights.

 

Section 7.2 Distributions.

 

(a) Subject to Section 7.2(d), Holders of Securities shall be entitled to receive cumulative cash Distributions at a variable per annum rate on the stated liquidation amount of $1,000 per Security equal to the variable per annum rate on the Debentures calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed in a year consisting of twelve 30-day months. For any period shorter than a full 90-day quarterly period, distributions will be computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed in such 90-day quarterly period. Subject to Section 7.1(b), Distributions shall be made on the Capital Securities and the Common Securities on a Pro Rata basis. Distributions on the Securities shall, from the date of original issue, accrue and be cumulative and shall be payable quarterly only to the extent that the Trust has funds available for the payment of such Distributions in the Property Account. Distributions not paid on the scheduled payment date will accumulate and compound quarterly at the rate payable on the Debentures, to the extent permitted by applicable law (“Compounded Distributions”). “Distributions” shall mean ordinary cumulative distributions together with any Compounded Distributions. If and to the extent that the Debenture Issuer makes a payment of interest, premium and/or principal on the Debentures held by the Property Trustee (the amount of any such payment being a “Payment Amount”), the Property Trustee shall and is directed, to the extent funds are available for that purpose, to make a Pro Rata distribution (a “Distribution”) of the Payment Amount to Holders, subject to the terms of Section 7.1(b).

 

55


(b) Distributions on the Securities will be cumulative, will accrue from the date of initial issuance and will be payable quarterly in arrears on the 1st day of February, May, August and November, commencing April 15, 1997, when, as and if available for payment, by the Property Trustee, except as otherwise described below. If Distributions are not paid when scheduled, the accrued Distributions shall be paid to the Holders of record of Securities as they appear on the books and records of the Trust on the record date as determined under Section 7.2(c).

 

(c) Distributions on the Securities will be payable to the Holders thereof as they appear on the books and records of the Trust on the relevant record dates, which relevant record date shall be the first day of the month of the relevant payment dates. Distributions payable on any Capital Securities that are not punctually paid on any Distribution Date will cease to be payable to the person in whose name such Capital Securities are registered on the relevant record date, and such defaulted Distribution will instead be payable to the person in whose name such Capital Securities are registered on the special record date or other specified date determined in accordance with the Declaration. In the event that any date on which distributions are payable on the Securities is not a Business Day, payment of the distribution payable on such date will be made on the next succeeding day which is a Business Day (without any interest or other payment in respect of any such delay), except that, if such Business Day falls in the next calendar year, such payment will be made on the immediately preceding Business Day, in each case with the same force and effect as if made on such date.

 

(d) Holders of a beneficial interest in Capital Securities sold in reliance on Regulation S and in the form of temporary global Capital Security (the “Regulation S Temporary Global Security”) are prohibited from receiving Distributions or from exchanging beneficial interests in such Regulation S Temporary Global Securities for a permanent global security issued in reliance on Regulation S (the “Regulation S Permanent Global Security”) until (i) the expiration of the Restricted Period (the “Release Date”) and (ii) the furnishing of a certificate, substantially in the form of Exhibit B-2 attached hereto, certifying that the beneficial owner of the Regulation S Temporary Global Security is a non-United States Person (a “Regulation S Certificate”) as provided in Section 7.13.

 

56


Section 7.3 Redemption of Securities; Distribution of Debentures.

 

(a) Upon the repayment or redemption, in whole or in part, of the Debentures on each Debenture Redemption Date and on the Debenture Maturity Date, the proceeds from such repayment or redemption shall be simultaneously applied Pro Rata (subject to Section 7.1(b)) to redeem Securities having an aggregate liquidation amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of the Debentures so repaid or redeemed for an amount equal to the redemption price paid by the Debenture Issuer in respect of such Debentures plus an amount equal to accrued and unpaid Distributions thereon through the date of the redemption or such lesser amount as shall be received by the Trust in respect of the Debentures so repaid or redeemed (the “Redemption Price”). Holders will be given not less than 30 or more than 60 days notice of such redemption.

 

(b) If, at any time, a Special Event shall occur and be continuing, the Sponsor may elect to, unless the Debentures are redeemed, within 90 days following the occurrence of such Special Event, subject to the receipt of any necessary prior regulatory approval, cause the dissolution of the Trust upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice and, after satisfaction of creditors, if any, cause the Debentures to be distributed to the holders of the Common Securities and the Capital Securities in liquidation of the Trust.

 

(c) On the date fixed for any distribution of Debentures, upon dissolution of the Trust, (i) the Capital Securities and the Common Securities will no longer be deemed to be outstanding and (ii) certificates representing Securities will be deemed to represent the Debentures having an aggregate principal amount equal to the stated liquidation amount of, and bearing accrued and unpaid distributions equal to accrued and unpaid distributions on, such Securities until such certificates are presented to the Sponsor or its agent for transfer or reissuance.

 

Section 7.4 Redemption Procedures.

 

(a) Notice of any redemption of, or notice of distribution of Debentures in exchange for, the Securities (a “Redemption/Distribution Notice”) will be given by the Trust by

 

57


mail to each Holder of Securities to be redeemed or exchanged not fewer than 30 nor more than 60 days before the date fixed for redemption or exchange thereof which, in the case of a redemption, will be the date fixed for redemption of the Debentures. For purposes of the calculation of the date of redemption or exchange and the dates on which notices are given pursuant to this Section 7.4, a Redemption/Distribution Notice shall be deemed to be given on the day such notice is first mailed by first-class mail, postage prepaid, to Holders of Securities. Each Redemption/Distribution Notice shall be addressed to the Holders of Securities at the address of each such Holder appearing in the books and records of the Trust. No defect in the Redemption/Distribution Notice or in the mailing of either thereof with respect to any Holder shall affect the validity of the redemption or exchange proceedings with respect to any other Holder.

 

(b) If fewer than all the outstanding Securities are to be so redeemed, the Common Securities and the Capital Securities will be redeemed Pro Rata and the Capital Securities to be redeemed will be redeemed as described below. The Trust may not redeem the Securities in part unless all accrued and unpaid interest has been paid in full on all Securities then outstanding plus accrued but unpaid interest to the date of redemption. For all purposes of this Declaration, unless the context otherwise requires, all provisions relating to the redemption of Capital Securities shall relate, in the case of any Capital Security redeemed or to be redeemed only in part, to the portion of the aggregate liquidation amount of Capital Securities which has been or is to be redeemed.

 

(c) Holders of a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Temporary Global Security are prohibited from receiving payments of the Redemption Price or from exchanging beneficial interests in such Regulation S Temporary Global Securities for a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Permanent Global Security until the latter of (i) the Release Date or (ii) the furnishing of a Regulation S Certificate, substantially in the form of Exhibit B- 2 attached hereto.

 

(d) If Securities are to be redeemed and the Trust gives a Redemption/Distribution Notice, which notice may only be issued if the Debentures are redeemed as set out in this Section 7.4 (which notice will be irrevocable), then (A) by 12:00 noon,

 

58


New York City time, on the redemption date with respect to Global Securities, the Property Trustee, upon receipt of such funds, will deposit irrevocably with the DTC (in the case of book-entry form Capital Securities) or its nominee (or successor Clearing Agency or its nominee) funds sufficient to pay the applicable Redemption Price with respect to the Capital Securities and will give the DTC irrevocable instructions and authority to pay the Redemption Price to the Holders of the Capital Securities, and (B) with respect to Capital Securities and Common Securities issued in definitive form, the trust, to the extent funds are available, will irrevocably deposit with the paying agent for such Capital Securities funds sufficient to pay the applicable Redemption Price and will give the paying agent irrevocable instructions and authority to pay the Redemption Price to the holders thereof upon surrender of their certificates evidencing the Capital Securities. If a Redemption/Distribution Notice shall have been given and funds deposited as required, then immediately prior to the close of business on the date of such deposit, distributions will cease to accrue on the Securities so called for redemption and all rights of Holders of such Securities will cease, except the right of the Holders of such Securities to receive the Redemption Price, but without interest on such Redemption Price. If any date fixed for redemption of Securities is not a Business Day, then payment of the Redemption Price payable on such date will be made on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day (and without any interest or other payment in respect of any such delay) except that, if such Business Day falls in the next calendar year, such payment will be made on the immediately preceding Business Day, in each case with the same force and effect as if made on such date fixed for redemption. If payment of the Redemption Price in respect of any Securities is improperly withheld or refused and not paid either by the Property Trustee or by the Corporation as guarantor pursuant to the Guarantee, Distributions on such Securities will continue to accrue at the then applicable rate from the original redemption date to the actual date of payment, in which case the actual payment date will be considered the date fixed for redemption for purposes of calculating the Redemption Price. For these purposes, the applicable Redemption Price shall not include Distributions which are being paid to Holders who were Holders on a relevant record date. Upon satisfaction of the foregoing conditions, then immediately prior to the close of business on the date of such deposit or payment, all rights of Holders of such Debentures so called for redemption will cease, except the

 

59


right of the Holders to receive the Redemption Price, but without interest on such Redemption Price, and from and after the date fixed for redemption, such Debentures will not accrue distributions or bear interest.

 

None of the Administrators, the Trustees or the Trust shall be required to register or cause to be registered the transfer or exchange of any Securities that have been called for redemption, except in the case of any Securities being redeemed in part, any portion thereof not to be redeemed.

 

(e) Subject to the foregoing and applicable law (including, without limitation, United States Federal securities laws), the Debenture Issuer or its subsidiaries may at any time and from time to time purchase outstanding Capital Securities by tender, in the open market or by private agreement.

 

Section 7.5 Voting Rights of Capital Securities.

 

(a) Except as provided under this Article VII and as otherwise required by the Business Trust Act, the Trust Indenture Act and other applicable law, the Holders of the Capital Securities will have no voting rights.

 

(b) Subject to the requirement of the Property Trustee obtaining a tax opinion in certain circumstances set forth in Section 7.5(d) below, the Holders of a Majority in Liquidation Amount of the Capital Securities have the right to (i) direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Indenture Trustee or executing any trust or power conferred on the Property Trustee with respect to such Debentures, (ii) waive any past default that is waivable under the Indenture, (iii) exercise any right to rescind or annul a declaration that the principal of all the Debentures shall be due and payable, or (iv) consent to any amendment, modification or termination of the Indenture or such Debentures, where such consent shall be required, without, in each case, obtaining the prior approval of the holders of a Majority in Liquidation Amount of all outstanding Capital Securities; provided, however, that where a consent under the Indenture would require the consent of each holder of Debentures affected thereby, no such consent shall be given by the Property Trustee without the prior consent of each holder of Capital Securities. The Issuer Trustees shall not revoke any action previously authorized or approved by a vote of

 

60


the holders of the Capital Securities except pursuant to a subsequent vote of the holders of the Capital Securities.

 

(c) If the Property Trustee fails to enforce its rights under the Debentures after a Holder of record of Capital Securities has made a written request, such Holder of record of Capital Securities may, to the extent permitted by applicable law, institute a legal proceeding directly against the Debenture Issuer to enforce the Property Trustee’s rights under the Indenture without first instituting any legal proceeding against the Property Trustee or any other person or entity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Trust Enforcement Event has occurred and is continuing and such event is attributable to the failure of the Debenture Issuer to make any required payment when due under the Indenture, then a Holder of Capital Securities may directly institute a proceeding against the Debenture Issuer for enforcement of such payment under the Indenture.

 

(d) The Property Trustee shall notify all Holders of the Capital Securities of any written notice of any Indenture Event of Default received from the Debenture Issuer with respect to the Debentures. Such notice shall state that such Indenture Event of Default also constitutes a Trust Enforcement Event. Except with respect to directing the time, method, and place of conducting a proceeding for a remedy, the Property Trustee shall be under no obligation to take any of the actions described in clause 7.5(b)(i) and (ii) above unless the Property Trustee has obtained an opinion of independent tax counsel to the effect that as a result of such action, the Trust will not fail to be classified as a grantor trust for United States federal income tax purposes and each Holder will be treated as owning an undivided beneficial ownership interest in the Debentures.

 

(e) In the event the consent of the Property Trustee, as the Holder of the Debentures, is required under the Indenture with respect to any amendment or modification of the Indenture, the Property Trustee shall request the direction of the Holders of the Securities with respect to such amendment or modification and shall vote with respect to such amendment or modification as directed by a Majority in Liquidation Amount of the Securities voting together as a single class; provided, however, that where a consent under the Indenture would require the consent of the Holders of more than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Debentures, the Property Trustee may only give such consent

 

61


at the direction of the Holders of at least the same proportion in aggregate stated liquidation amount of the Securities. The Property Trustee shall not take any such action in accordance with the directions of the Holders of the Securities unless the Property Trustee has obtained an opinion of tax counsel to the effect that, as a result of such action, the Trust will not be classified as other than a grantor trust for United States federal income tax purposes and each Holder will be treated as owning an undivided beneficial ownership interest in the Debentures.

 

(f) A waiver of an Indenture Event of Default with respect to the Debentures will constitute a waiver of the corresponding Trust Enforcement Event.

 

(g) Any required approval or direction of Holders of Capital Securities may be given at a separate meeting of Holders of Capital Securities convened for such purpose, at a meeting of all of the Holders of Securities or pursuant to written consent. The Property Trustee will cause a notice of any meeting at which Holders of Capital Securities are entitled to vote, or of any matter upon which action by written consent of such Holders is to be taken, to be mailed to each Holder of record of Capital Securities. Each such notice will include a statement setting forth the following information: (i) the date of such meeting or the date by which such action is to be taken; (ii) a description of any resolution proposed for adoption at such meeting on which such Holders are entitled to vote or of such matter upon which written consent is sought; and (iii) instructions for the delivery of proxies or consents.

 

(h) No vote or consent of the Holders of Capital Securities will be required for the Trust to redeem and cancel Capital Securities or distribute Debentures in accordance with the Declaration.

 

(i) Notwithstanding that Holders of Capital Securities are entitled to vote or consent under any of the circumstances described above, any of the Securities that are owned at such time by the Debenture Issuer or any entity directly or indirectly controlled by, or under direct or indirect common control with, the Debenture Issuer, shall not be entitled to vote or consent and shall, for purposes of such vote or consent, be treated as if such Securities were not outstanding, provided, however that

 

62


persons otherwise eligible to vote to whom the Debenture Issuer or any of its subsidiaries have pledged Capital Securities may vote or consent with respect to such pledged Capital Securities under any of the circumstances described herein.

 

(j) Upon the occurrence and continuation of a Trust Enforcement Event, the Property Trustee or the Delaware Trustee, or both of them, may be removed by the Holders of a Majority in Liquidation Amount of the Capital Securities.

 

Section 7.6 Voting Rights of Common Securities.

 

(a) Except as provided under this Section 7.6 or as otherwise required by the Business Trust Act, the Trust Indenture Act or other applicable law or provided by the Declaration, the Holders of the Common Securities will have no voting rights.

 

(b) Subject to Section 2.6 of the Declaration and only after all Trust Enforcement Events with respect to the Capital Securities have been cured, waived, or otherwise eliminated and subject to the requirement of the Property Trustee obtaining a tax opinion in certain circumstances set forth in this paragraph (b), the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Common Securities have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Property Trustee, or direct the exercise of any trust or power conferred upon the Property Trustee under the Declaration, including the right to direct the Property Trustee, as Holder of the Debentures, to (i) exercise the remedies available to it under the Indenture as a Holder of the Debentures, or (ii) consent to any amendment or modification of the Indenture or the Debentures where such consent shall be required; provided, however, that where a consent or action under the Indenture would require the consent or act of the Holders of more than a majority in aggregate principal amount of Debentures affected thereby, only the Holders of the percentage of the aggregate stated liquidation amount of the Common Securities which is at least equal to the percentage required under the Indenture may direct the Property Trustee to have such consent or take such action. Except with respect to directing the time, method, and place of conducting a proceeding for a remedy, the Property Trustee shall be under no obligation to take any of the actions described in clause 7.6(b)(i) and (ii) above unless the Property Trustee has obtained an opinion of independent tax counsel to the effect

 

63


that, as a result of such action, for United States federal income tax purposes the Trust will not fail to be classified as a grantor trust and each Holder will be treated as owning an undivided beneficial interest in the Debentures.

 

(c) If the Property Trustee fails to enforce its rights under the Debentures after a Holder of record of Common Securities has made a written request, such Holder of record of Common Securities may, to the extent permitted by applicable law, directly institute a legal proceeding directly against the Debenture Issuer, as sponsor of the Trust, to enforce the Property Trustee’s rights under the Debentures without first instituting any legal proceeding against the Property Trustee or any other person or entity.

 

(d) A waiver of an Indenture Event of Default with respect to the Debentures will constitute a waiver of the corresponding Trust Enforcement Event.

 

(e) Any required approval or direction of Holders of Common Securities may be given at a separate meeting of Holders of Common Securities convened for such purpose, at a meeting of all of the Holders of Securities or pursuant to written consent. The Property Trustee will cause a notice of any meeting at which Holders of Common Securities are entitled to vote, or of any matter on which action by written consent of such Holders is to be taken, to be mailed to each Holder of Common Securities. Each such notice will include a statement setting forth the following information: (i) the date of such meeting or the date by which such action is to be taken; (ii) a description of any resolution proposed for adoption at such meeting on which such Holders are entitled to vote or of such matter upon which written consent is sought; and (iii) instructions for the delivery of proxies or consents.

 

(f) No vote or consent of the Holders of Common Securities will be required for the Trust to redeem and cancel Common Securities or to distribute Debentures in accordance with the Declaration and the terms of the Securities.

 

64


Section 7.7 Paying Agent.

 

In the event that any Capital Securities are not in book-entry only form, the Trust shall maintain in the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York, State of New York an office or agency where the Capital Securities may be presented for payment (each a “Paying Agent”). The Trust may appoint the Paying Agents and may appoint additional Paying Agents in such other locations as it shall determine. The term “Paying Agent” includes any additional Paying Agents. The Trust may change any Paying Agent without prior notice to the Holders. The Trust shall notify the Property Trustee of the name and address of any Paying Agent not a party to this Declaration. If the Trust fails to appoint or maintain another entity as Paying Agent, the Property Trustee shall act as such. The Trust or any of its Affiliates may act as a Paying Agent. The First National Bank of Chicago shall initially act as Paying Agent for the Capital Securities and The First National Bank of Chicago will act as initial Paying Agent for the Common Securities. In the event the Property Trustee shall no longer be the Paying Agent, the Trust shall appoint a successor (which shall be a bank or trust company acceptable to the Debenture Issuer) to act as Paying Agent. The Paying Agent shall be permitted to resign as Paying Agent upon 30 days’ written notice to the Property Trustee and the Debenture Issuer.

 

Section 7.8 Transfer of Securities.

 

(a) The Trust shall cause to be kept at the Corporate Trust Office of the Property Trustee a register (the register maintained in such office being herein sometimes referred to as the “Security Register”) in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Trust shall provide for the registration of Capital Securities and of transfers of Capital Securities. The Property Trustee is hereby appointed “Security Registrar” for the purpose of registering Capital Securities and transfers of Capital Securities as herein provided.

 

(b) Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Security at an office or agency of the Trust designated for such purpose, the Trust shall execute, upon receipt of an order to authenticate, and the Property Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more new Securities of any authorized denominations and of a like aggregate principal amount.

 

65


(c) At the option of the Holder, Securities may be exchanged for other Securities of any authorized denominations and of a like aggregate principal amount, upon surrender of the Securities to be exchanged at such office or agency. Whenever any Securities are so surrendered for exchange, the Trust shall execute, and the Property Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, the Securities which the Holder making the exchange is entitled to receive.

 

(d) Every Security presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange shall (if so required by the Trust or the Property Trustee) be duly endorsed, or be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Trust and the Security Registrar duly executed, by the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing.

 

(e) No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or exchange of Securities, but the Trust may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any registration of transfer or exchange of Securities.

 

(f) If the Securities are to be redeemed in part, the Trust shall not be required (A) to issue, register the transfer of or exchange any Securities during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of the mailing of a notice of redemption of any such Securities selected for redemption under Section 7.4 and ending at the close of business on the day of such mailing, or (B) to register the transfer of or exchange any Security so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Security being redeemed in part.

 

66


Section 7.9 Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Certificates.

 

If:

 

(a) any mutilated Certificates should be surrendered to the Security Registrar, or if the Security Registrar shall receive evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Certificate; and

 

(b) there shall be delivered to the Security Registrar and the Administrator such security or indemnity as may be required by them to keep each of them, the Sponsor and the Trust harmless, then, in the absence of notice that such Certificate shall have been acquired by a bona fide purchaser, any Administrator on behalf of the Trust shall execute and deliver, in exchange for or in lieu of any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Certificate, a new Certificate of like denomination. In connection with the issuance of any new Certificate under this Section 7.9, the Administrator or the Security Registrar may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection therewith. Any duplicate Certificate issued pursuant to this Section shall constitute conclusive evidence of an ownership interest in the relevant Securities, as if originally issued, whether or not the lost, stolen or destroyed Certificate shall be found at any time.

 

Section 7.10 Deemed Security Holders.

 

The Trustees and the Administrators may treat the Person in whose name any Certificate shall be registered on the books and records of the Trust as the sole holder of such Certificate and of the Securities represented by such Certificate for purposes of receiving Distributions and for all other purposes whatsoever and, accordingly, shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such Certificate or in the Securities represented by such Certificate on the part of any Person, whether or not the Trust shall have actual or other notice thereof.

 

67


Section 7.11 Global Securities.

 

If the Trust shall establish that the Capital Securities are to be issued in global form (each, a “Global Security”), then an Administrator on behalf of the Trust shall execute, upon receipt of an order to authenticate, and the Property Trustee shall authenticate and deliver one or more Global Securities that (i) shall represent and shall be denominated in an amount equal to the aggregate liquidation amount of all of the Capital Securities to be issued in the form of Global Securities and not yet cancelled, (ii) shall be registered in the name of the Depositary for such Global Security or Capital Securities or the nominee of such Depositary, and (iii) shall be delivered by the Property Trustee to such Depositary or pursuant to such Depositary’s instructions. Global Securities shall bear a legend substantially to the following effect:

 

“This Capital Security is a Global Security within the meaning of the Declaration hereinafter referred to and is registered in the name of a Depositary or a nominee of a Depositary. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 7.8 of the Declaration, unless and until it is exchanged in whole or in part for Capital Securities in definitive registered form, a Global Security representing all or a part of the Capital Securities may not be transferred in the manner provided in Section 7.8 of the Declaration except as a whole by the Depositary to a nominee of such Depositary or by a nominee of such Depositary to such Depositary or another nominee of such Depositary or by such Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary. Every Capital Security delivered upon registration or transfer of, or in exchange for, or in lieu of, this Global Security shall be a Global Security subject to the foregoing, except in the limited circumstances described above. Unless this certificate is presented by an authorized representative of DTC to the Trust or its agent for registration of transfer, exchange or payment, and any certificate issued is registered in the name of Cede & Co. or in such other name as is requested by an authorized representative of DTC (and any payment is to be made to Cede & Co. or to such other entity as is requested by an authorized representative of DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL inasmuch as the registered owner hereof, Cede & Co., has an interest herein.”

 

68


Definitive Capital Securities issued in exchange for all or a part of a Global Security pursuant to this Section 7.11 shall be registered in such names and in such authorized denominations as the Depositary, pursuant to instructions from its direct or indirect participants or otherwise, shall instruct the Property Trustee. Upon execution and authentication, the Property Trustee shall deliver such definitive Capital Securities to the persons in whose names such definitive Capital Securities are so registered.

 

At such time as all interests in Global Securities have been redeemed, repurchased or canceled, such Global Securities shall be, upon receipt thereof, canceled by the Property Trustee in accordance with its standing procedures in effect from time to time and instructions existing between the Depositary and the Custodian. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any interest in Global Securities is exchanged for definitive Capital Securities, redeemed, canceled or transferred to a transferee who receives definitive Capital Securities therefor or any definitive Capital Security is exchanged or transferred for part of Global Securities, the principal amount of such Global Securities shall, in accordance with the standing procedures in effect from time to time and instructions existing between the Depositary and the Custodian, be reduced or increased, as the case may be, and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Securities by the Property Trustee or the Custodian, at the direction of the Property Trustee, to reflect such reduction or increase.

 

The Trust and the Property Trustee may for all purposes, including the making of payments due on the Capital Securities, deal with the Depositary as the authorized representative of the Holders for the purposes of exercising the rights of Holders hereunder. The rights of the owner of any beneficial interest in a Global Security shall be limited to those established by law and agreements between such owners and depositary participants or Euroclear and Cedel; provided that no such agreement shall give any rights to any person against the Trust or the Property Trustee without the written consent of the parties so affected. Multiple requests and directions from and votes of the Depositary as holder of Capital Securities in global form with respect to any particular matter shall not be deemed inconsistent to the extent they do not represent an amount of Capital Securities in excess of those held in the name of the Depositary or its nominee.

 

69


If at any time the Depositary for any Capital Securities represented by one or more Global Securities notifies the Trust that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for such Capital Securities or if at any time the Depositary for such Capital Securities shall no longer be eligible under this Section 7.11, the Trust shall appoint a successor Depositary with respect to such Capital Securities. If a successor Depositary for such Capital Securities is not appointed by the Trust within 90 days after the Trust receives such notice or becomes aware of such ineligibility, the Trust’s election that such Capital Securities be represented by one or more Global Securities shall no longer be effective and an Administrator on behalf of the Trust shall execute, and the Property Trustee will authenticate and deliver Capital Securities in definitive registered form, in any authorized denominations, in an aggregate liquidation amount equal to the principal amount of the Global Security or Capital Securities representing such Capital Securities in exchange for such Global Security or Capital Securities.

 

The Trust may at any time and in its sole discretion determine that the Capital Securities issued in the form of one or more Global Securities shall no longer be represented by a Global Security or Capital Securities. In such event an Administrator on behalf of the Trust shall execute, and the Property Trustee, shall authenticate and deliver, Capital Securities in definitive registered form, in any authorized denominations, in an aggregate liquidation amount equal to the principal amount of the Global Security or Capital Securities representing such Capital Securities, in exchange for such Global Security or Capital Securities.

 

Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Declaration (other than the provisions set forth in Section 7.13(a)), Global Securities may not be transferred as a whole except by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary or by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or another nominee of the Depositary or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary.

 

Interests of beneficial owners in Global Securities may be transferred or exchanged for definitive Capital Securities and definitive Capital Securities may be transferred or exchanged for

 

70


Global Securities in accordance with the rules of the Depositary and the provisions of Section 7.13.

 

Any Capital Security in global form may be endorsed with or have incorporated in the text thereof such legends or recitals or changes not inconsistent with the provisions of this Declaration as may be required by the Custodian, the Depositary or by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. in order for the Capital Securities to be tradeable on the PORTAL Market or as may be required for the Capital Securities to be tradeable on any other market developed for trading of securities pursuant to Rule 144A or required to comply with any applicable law or any regulation thereunder or with Regulation S or with the rules and regulations of any securities exchange upon which the Capital Securities may be listed or traded or to conform with any usage with respect thereto, or to indicate any special limitations or restrictions to which any particular Capital Securities are subject.

 

Section 7.12 Restrictive Legend.

 

(a) Each Global Security and definitive Capital Security that constitutes a Restricted Security shall bear the following legend (the “Private Placement Legend”) on the face thereof until three years after the later of the date of original issue and the last date on which the Sponsor or any affiliate of the Sponsor was the owner of such Capital Securities (or any predecessor thereto) (the “Resale Restriction Termination Date”), unless otherwise agreed by the Trust and the Holder thereof:

 

“THIS CAPITAL SECURITY (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”) OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND NEITHER THIS CAPITAL SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM. EACH PURCHASER OF THIS CAPITAL SECURITY IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A, REGULATION S OR ANOTHER EXEMPTION THEREUNDER. THE HOLDER OF THIS CAPITAL SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, REPRESENTS, ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE TRUST THAT: (I) IT HAS ACQUIRED A “RESTRICTED” SECURITY WHICH HAS NOT BEEN

 

71


REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT; (II) IT WILL NOT OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS CAPITAL SECURITY PRIOR TO THE LATER OF THE DATE WHICH IS THREE YEARS AFTER THE DATE OF ORIGINAL ISSUANCE HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE TRUST OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE TRUST WAS THE OWNER OF SUCH RESTRICTED SECURITIES (OR ANY PREDECESSOR) EXCEPT (A) TO THE BANK, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THIS CAPITAL SECURITY IS ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A, TO A PERSON WHO THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (D) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR,” WITHIN THE MEANING OF SUBPARAGRAPH (A) (1), (2), (3) OR (7) OF RULE 501 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS ACQUIRING THE SECURITIES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR,” FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH, ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND, IN EACH CASE, IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES OR ANY APPLICABLE JURISDICTION; AND (III) IT WILL, AND EACH SUBSEQUENT HOLDER IS REQUIRED TO, NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER FROM IT OF THIS CAPITAL SECURITY OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN (II) ABOVE. ANY OFFER, SALE OR OTHER DISPOSITION PURSUANT TO THE FOREGOING CLAUSES (II) (D), (E) AND (F) IS SUBJECT TO THE RIGHT OF THE ISSUER OF THIS CAPITAL SECURITY AND THE PROPERTY TRUSTEE FOR SUCH CAPITAL SECURITIES TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATIONS OR OTHER INFORMATION ACCEPTABLE TO THEM IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE.”

 

Any Capital Security (or security issued in exchange or substitution therefor) as to which such restrictions on transfer shall have expired in accordance with their terms may, upon satisfaction of the requirements of Section 7.12(b) and surrender of such Capital Security for exchange to the Capital Security Registrar in accordance with the provisions of this Section 7.12(a), be exchanged for a new Capital Security or Capital Securities, of like tenor and aggregate liquidation amount, which shall not bear the restrictive legend required by this Section 7.12(a).

 

72


Upon any sale or transfer of any Restricted Security (including any interest in a Global Security) (i) that is effected pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or (ii) in connection with which the Property Trustee receives certificates and other information (including an opinion of counsel, if requested) reasonably acceptable to the Sponsor and the Property Trustee to the effect that such security will no longer be subject to the resale restrictions under federal and state securities laws, then (A) in the case of a Restricted Security in definitive form, the Capital Security registrar or co-registrar shall permit the holder thereof to exchange such Restricted Security for a security that does not bear the legend set forth in Section 7.12(a), and shall rescind any such restrictions on transfer and (B) in the case of Restricted Securities represented by a Global Security, such Capital Security shall no longer be subject to the restrictions contained in the legend set forth in Section 7.12(a) (but still subject to the other provisions hereof). In addition, any Capital Security (or security issued in exchange or substitution therefor) as to which the restrictions on transfer described in the legend set forth in Section 7.12(a) have expired by their terms, may, upon surrender thereof (in accordance with the terms of this Indenture) together with such certifications and other information (including an opinion of counsel having substantial experience in practice under the Securities Act and otherwise reasonably acceptable to the Sponsor, addressed to the Sponsor and the Property Trustee and in a form acceptable to the Sponsor, to the effect that the transfer of such Restricted Security has been made in compliance with Rule 144 or such successor provision) acceptable to the Sponsor and the Property Trustee as either of them may reasonably require, be exchanged for a new Capital Security or Capital Securities of like tenor and aggregate liquidation amount, which shall not bear the restrictive legends set forth in Section 7.12(a). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the Property Trustee may conclusively rely upon the completed certificate set forth in the certificate evidencing the Capital Securities.

 

73


Section 7.13 Regulation S Global Securities; Regulation S Certificates

 

(a) Capital Securities issued in reliance on a Regulation S will initially be in the form of a Regulation S Temporary Global Security and contain the following legend:

 

“THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS A TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE FOR PURPOSES OF REGULATION S UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “1933 ACT”). NEITHER THIS TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE NOR ANY INTEREST HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD OR DELIVERED, EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE DECLARATION REFERRED TO BELOW. NO BENEFICIAL OWNERS OF THIS TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE ENTITLED TO RECEIVE PAYMENT OF PRINCIPAL OR INTEREST HEREON UNLESS THE REQUIRED CERTIFICATIONS HAVE BEEN DELIVERED PURSUANT TO THE TERMS OF THE DECLARATION.”

 

(b) Any Capital Security evidenced by the Regulation S Temporary Global Security is exchangeable for a Regulation S Permanent Global Security upon the latter of the (i) expiration of the Restricted Period and upon certification of non-U.S. beneficial ownership substantially in the form of Exhibit B-2 attached hereto.

 

(c) (i) On or prior to the expiration of the Release Date, each beneficial owner of a Regulation S Temporary Global Security shall deliver to Euroclear or Cedel (as applicable) a Regulation S Certificate in the form of Exhibit B-2 attached hereto; provided, however, that any beneficial owner of a Regulation S Temporary Global Security on the Release Date or on any payment date that has previously delivered a Regulation S Certificate hereunder shall not be required to deliver any subsequent Regulation S Certificate (unless the certificate previously delivered is no longer true as of such subsequent date, in which case such beneficial owner shall promptly notify Euroclear or Cedel, as applicable, thereof and shall deliver an updated Regulation S Certificate). Euroclear or Cedel, as applicable, shall deliver to the Paying Agent or the Property Trustee a certificate (a “Non-U.S. Certificate”) substantially in the form of Exhibit B-1 attached hereto promptly upon the receipt of each such Regulation S Certificate, and no such beneficial owner (or transferee from such beneficial owner) shall be entitled to receive an interest in a Regulation S Permanent Global Security or any payment of Distributions or Redemption Price, if applicable, or any other payment with respect to its

 

74


beneficial interest in a Regulation S Temporary Global Security prior to the Paying Agent or the Property Trustee receiving such Non-U.S. Certificate from Euroclear or Cedel with respect to the portion of the Regulation S Temporary Global Security owned by such beneficial owner (and, with respect to an interest in the Regulation S Permanent Global Security, prior to the Release Date).

 

(ii) Any payments of Distributions or Redemption Price, if applicable, or any other payment on a Regulation S Temporary Global Security received by Euroclear or Cedel with respect to any portion of such Regulation S Global Security owned by a beneficial owner that has not delivered the Regulation S Certificate required by Section 7.13 hereof shall be held by Euroclear and Cedel solely as agents for the Paying Agent and the Property Trustee. Euroclear and Cedel shall remit such payments to the applicable beneficial owner (or to a Euroclear or Cedel member on behalf of such beneficial owner) only after Euroclear or Cedel has received the requisite Regulation S Certificate. Until the Paying Agent or the Property Trustee has received a Non-U.S. Certificate from Euroclear or Cedel, as applicable, that it has received the requisite Regulation S Certificate with respect to the beneficial ownership of any portion of a Regulation S Temporary Global Security, the Paying Agent or the Property Trustee may revoke the right of Euroclear or Cedel, as applicable, to hold any payments made with respect to such portion of such Regulation S Global Security. If the Paying Agent or the Property Trustee exercises its right of revocation pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence, Euroclear or Cedel, as applicable, shall return such payments to the Paying Agent or the Property Trustee and the Paying Agent or the Property Trustee, as applicable, shall hold such payments in the Property Account until Euroclear or Cedel, as applicable, has provided the necessary Non-U.S. Certificates to the Paying Agent or the Property Trustee (at which time the Paying Agent shall forward such payments to Euroclear or Cedel, as applicable, to be remitted to the beneficial owner that is entitled thereto on the records of Euroclear or Cedel (or on the records of their respective members)).

 

(iii) Each beneficial owner of a Regulation S Temporary Global Security shall exchange its interest therein for an interest in a Regulation S Permanent Global Security on or after the Release Date upon furnishing to Euroclear or Cedel (as

 

75


applicable) the Regulation S Certificate and upon receipt by the Paying Agent or the Property Trustee, as applicable of the Non-U.S. Certificate thereof from Euroclear or Cedel, as applicable, in each case pursuant to the terms of Section 7.13 hereof. On and after the Release Date, upon receipt by the Paying Agent or the Property Trustee of any Non-U.S. Certificate from Euroclear or Cedel described in the immediately preceding sentence, (i) with respect to the first such certification, the Trust shall execute, upon receipt of an order to authenticate, and the Property Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Custodian the applicable Regulation S Permanent Global Security and (ii) with respect to the first and all subsequent certifications, the Custodian shall exchange on behalf of the applicable beneficial owners the portion of the applicable Regulation S Temporary Global Security covered by such certification for a comparable portion of the applicable Regulation S Permanent Global Security. Upon any exchange of a portion of a Regulation S Temporary Global Security for a comparable portion of a Regulation S Permanent Global Security, the Custodian shall endorse on the schedules affixed to each of such Regulation S Global Security (or on continuations of such schedules affixed to each of such Regulation S Global Security and made parts thereof) appropriate notations evidencing the date of transfer and (x) with respect to the applicable Regulation S Temporary Global Security, a decrease in the principal amount thereof equal to the amount covered by the applicable certification and (y) with respect to the applicable Regulation S Permanent Global Security, an increase in the principal amount thereof equal to the principal amount of the decrease in the applicable Regulation S Temporary Global Security pursuant to clause (x) above.

 

Section 7.14 Special Transfer Provisions.

 

(a) At any time at the request of the beneficial Holder of a Capital Security in global form, such beneficial holder shall be entitled to obtain a definitive Capital Security upon written request to the Property Trustee in accordance with the standing instructions and procedures existing between the Depositary and the Property Trustee for the issuance thereof. Any transfer of a beneficial interest in a Capital Security in global form which cannot be effected through book-entry settlement must be effected by the delivery to the transferee (or its nominee) of a definitive Capital Security or Securities registered in the name of the transferee (or its nominee) on the

 

76


books maintained by the Security Registrar. With respect to any such transfer, the Property Trustee will cause, in accordance with the standing instructions and procedures existing between the Depositary and the Property Trustee, the aggregate liquidation amount of the Global Security to be reduced and, following such reduction, the Property Trustee will cause definitive Capital Securities (which have been executed and delivered to it as an Administrator) in the appropriate aggregate liquidation amount in the name of such transferee (or its nominee) and bearing such restrictive legends as may be required by this Declaration to be delivered. In connection with any such transfer, the Property Trustee may request such representations and agreements relating to the restrictions on transfer of such Capital Securities from such transferee (or such transferee’s nominee) as the Property Trustee may reasonably require.

 

(b) So long as the Capital Securities are eligible for book-entry settlement, or unless otherwise required by law, upon any transfer of a definitive Capital Security to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, unless otherwise requested by the transferor, and upon receipt of the definitive Capital Security being so transferred, together with a certification from the transferor that the transferor reasonably believes the transferee is a QIB (or other evidence satisfactory to the Property Trustee), the Property Trustee shall make an endorsement on the Restricted Global Security to reflect an increase in the aggregate liquidation amount of the Restricted Global Security, and the Property Trustee shall cancel such definitive Capital Security and cause, in accordance with the standing instructions and procedures existing between the Depositary and the Property Trustees, the aggregate liquidation amount of Capital Securities represented by the Restricted Global Security to be increased accordingly.

 

(c) So long as the Capital Securities are eligible for book-entry settlement, or unless otherwise required by law, upon any transfer of a definitive Capital Security in accordance with Regulation S, if requested by the transferor, and upon receipt of the definitive Capital Security or Capital Securities being so transferred, together with a certification from the transferor that the transfer was made in accordance with Rule 903 or 904 of Regulation S or Rule 144 under the Securities Act (or other evidence satisfactory to the Property Trustee), the Property Trustee shall make or direct the Custodian to make, an

 

77


endorsement on the Regulation S Global Security to reflect an increase in the aggregate liquidation amount of the Capital Securities represented by the Regulation S Global Security, the Property Trustee shall cancel such definitive Capital Security or Capital Securities and cause, or direct the Custodian to cause, in accordance with the standing instructions and procedures existing between the Depositary and the Property Trustee, the aggregate liquidation amount of Capital Securities represented by the Regulation S Global Security to be increased accordingly. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the Property Trustee may conclusively rely upon the completed certificate set forth in the certificate evidencing the Capital Securities.

 

(d) If a holder of a beneficial interest in the Restricted Global Security wishes at any time to exchange its interest in the Restricted Global Security for an interest in the Regulation S Global Security, or to transfer its interest in the Restricted Global Security to a person who wishes to take delivery thereof in the form of an interest in the Regulation S Global Security, such holder may, subject to the rules and procedures of the Depositary and to the requirements set forth in the following sentence, exchange or cause the exchange or transfer or cause the transfer of such interest for an equivalent beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Security. Upon receipt by the Property Trustee of (1) instructions given in accordance with the Depositary’s procedures from or on behalf of a holder of a beneficial interest in the Restricted Global Security, directing the Property Trustee (via DWAC), as transfer agent, to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Security in an amount equal to the beneficial interest in the Restricted Global Security to be exchanged or transferred, (2) a written order in accordance with the Depositary’s procedures containing information regarding the Euroclear or Cedel account to be credited with such increase and the name of such account, and (3) a certificate given by the holder of such beneficial interest stating that the exchange or transfer of such interest has been made pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 of Regulation S or Rule 144 under the Securities Act, the Property Trustee, as transfer agent, shall promptly deliver appropriate instructions to the Depositary (via DWAC), its nominee, or the custodian for the Depositary, as the case may be, to reduce or reflect on its records a reduction of the Restricted Global Security by the aggregate liquidation amount of the beneficial interest in such

 

78


Restricted Global Security to be so exchanged or transferred from the relevant participant, and the Property Trustee, as transfer agent, shall promptly deliver appropriate instructions (via DWAC) to the Depositary, its nominee, or the custodian for the Depositary, as the case may be, concurrently with such reduction, to increase or reflect on its records an increase of the liquidation amount of such Regulation S Global Security by the aggregate liquidation amount of the beneficial interest in such Restricted Global Security to be so exchanged or transferred, and to credit or cause to be credited to the account of the person specified in such instructions (who may be Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York, Brussels office, as operator of Euroclear or Cedel or another agent member of Euroclear or Cedel, or both, as the case may be, acting for and on behalf of them) a beneficial interest in such Regulation S Global Security equal to the reduction in the liquidation amount of such Restricted Global Security. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the Property Trustee may conclusively rely upon the completed certificate set forth in the certificate evidencing the Capital Securities.

 

(e) If a holder of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Security wishes at any time to exchange its interest in the Regulation S Global Security for an interest in the Restricted Global Security, or to transfer its interest in the Regulation S Global Security to a person who wishes to take delivery thereof in the form of an interest in the Restricted Global Security, such holder may, subject to the rules and procedures of Euroclear or Cedel and the Depositary, as the case may be, and to the requirements set forth in the following sentence, exchange or cause the exchange or transfer or cause the transfer of such interest for an equivalent beneficial interest in such Restricted Global Security. Upon receipt by the Property Trustee, as transfer agent of (1) instructions given in accordance with the procedures of Euroclear or Cedel and the Depositary, as the case may be, from or on behalf of a beneficial owner of an interest in the Regulation S Global Security directing the Property Trustee, as transfer agent, to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in the Restricted Global Security in an amount equal to the beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Security to be exchanged or transferred, (2) a written order given in accordance with the procedures of Euroclear or Cedel and the Depositary, as the case may be, containing information regarding the account with the Depositary to be credited with such increase and the name of such account,

 

79


and (3) prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, a certificate given by the holder of such beneficial interest and stating that the person transferring such interest in such Regulation S Global Security reasonably believes that the person acquiring such interest in the Restricted Global Security is a QIB and is obtaining such beneficial interest in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States or any other jurisdiction (or other evidence satisfactory to the Property Trustee), the Property Trustee, as transfer agent, shall promptly deliver (via DWAC) appropriate instructions to the Depositary, its nominee, or the custodian for the Depositary, as the case may be, to reduce or reflect on its records a reduction of the Regulation S Global Security by the aggregate liquidation amount of the beneficial interest in such Regulation S Global Security to be exchanged or transferred, and the Property Trustee, as transfer agent, shall promptly deliver (via DWAC) appropriate instructions to the Depositary, its nominee, or the custodian for the Depositary, as the case may be, concurrently with such reduction, to increase or reflect on its records an increase of the liquidation amount of the Restricted Global Security by the aggregate liquidation amount of the beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Security to be so exchanged or transferred, and to credit or cause to be credited to the account of the person specified in such instructions a beneficial interest in the Restricted Global Security equal to the reduction in the liquidation amount of the Regulation S Global Security. After the expiration of the Restricted Period, the certification requirement set forth in clause (3) of the second sentence of this Section 7.14 will no longer apply to such exchanges and transfers. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the Property Trustee may conclusively rely upon the completed certificate set forth in the certificate evidencing the Capital Securities.

 

(f) Any beneficial interest in one of the Global Securities that is transferred to a person who takes delivery in the form of an interest in the other Global Security will, upon transfer, cease to be an interest in such Global Security and become an interest in the other Global Security and, accordingly, will thereafter be subject to all transfer restrictions and other procedures applicable to beneficial interests in such other Global Security for as long as it remains such an interest.

 

80


(g) Until the later of the Release Date and the provision of the certifications required by Section 7.13(c), beneficial interests in a Regulation S Global Security may only be held through Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York, Brussels office, as operator of Euroclear or Cedel or another agent member of Euroclear and Cedel acting for and on behalf of them. During the Restricted Period, interests in the Regulation S Global Security may be exchanged for interests in the Restricted Global Security or for definitive Securities only in accordance with the certification requirements described above.

 

ARTICLE 8

 

DISSOLUTION AND TERMINATION OF TRUST

 

Section 8.1 Dissolution and Termination of Trust.

 

(a) The Trust shall dissolve upon the earliest of:

 

  (i) December 31, 2051, the expiration time of the Trust;

 

  (ii) any liquidation, insolvency or similar proceeding with respect to the Holder of the Common Securities or the Sponsor or all or substantially all of its property;

 

  (iii) the filing of a certificate of dissolution or its equivalent with respect to the Sponsor; the consent of the Holder of at least a Majority in Liquidation Amount of the Securities to the filing of a certificate of cancellation with respect to the Trust or the revocation of the Sponsor’s charter and the expiration of 90 days after the date of revocation without a reinstatement thereof;

 

  (iv) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of the Sponsor or the Trust;

 

81


  (v) the time when all of the Securities shall have matured or been called for redemption and the amounts then due shall have been paid to the Holders in accordance with the terms of the Securities; or

 

  (vi) upon the election of the Sponsor and subject to the receipt of any necessary regulatory approvals, pursuant to which the Trust shall have been dissolved in accordance with the terms of the Securities, and all of the Debentures shall have been distributed to the Holders of Securities in exchange for all of the Securities.

 

(b) As soon as is practicable after the occurrence of an event referred to in Section 8.1(a), but within 30 days of such event, notice of such dissolution should be given to the Holders and upon completion of the winding up of the Trust, the Trustees shall terminate the Trust by filing a certificate of cancellation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

 

(c) The provisions of Section 3.9 and Article 10 shall survive the termination of the Trust.

 

Section 8.2 Liquidation Distribution Upon Termination and Dissolution of the Trust.

 

(a) In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, winding-up or termination of the Trust (each a “Liquidation”), the Holders of the Capital Securities on the date of the Liquidation will be entitled to receive, out of the assets of the Trust available for distribution to Holders of Securities after satisfaction of the Trusts’ liabilities and creditors, distributions in cash or other immediately available funds in an amount equal to the aggregate of the stated liquidation amount of $1,000 per CapitalSecurity plus accrued and unpaid Distributions thereon to the date of payment (such amount being the “Liquidation Distribution”), unless, in connection with such Liquidation, Debentures in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate liquidation amount of, with an interest rate identical to the interest rate of, and accrued and unpaid distributions equal to accrued and unpaid distributions on, such

 

82


Securities shall be distributed on a Pro Rata basis to the Holders of the Securities in exchange for such Securities.

 

(b) If, upon any such Liquidation, the Liquidation Distribution can be paid only in part because the Trust has insufficient assets available to pay in full the aggregate Liquidation Distribution, then the amounts payable directly by the Trust on the Securities shall be paid on a Pro Rata basis. The Holders of the Common Securities will be entitled to receive distributions upon any such Liquidation Pro Rata with the Holders of the Capital Securities except that if an Indenture Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Capital Securities shall have a preference over the Common Securities with regard to such distributions.

 

ARTICLE 9

 

LIMITATION OF LIABILITY OF HOLDERS OF SECURITIES, TRUSTEES OR OTHERS

 

Section 9.1 Liability.

 

(a) Except as expressly set forth in this Declaration and the terms of the Securities, the Sponsor and the Holder of the Common Securities:

 

  (i) shall not be personally liable for the return of any portion of the capital contributions (or any return thereon) of the Holders of the Securities which shall be made solely from assets of the Trust; and

 

  (ii) shall not be required to pay to the Trust or to any Holder of Securities any deficit upon dissolution of the Trust or otherwise.

 

(b) The Holder of the Common Securities shall be liable for all of the debts and obligations of the Trust (other than with respect to the Securities) to the extent not satisfied out of the Trust’s assets.

 

(c) Pursuant to Section 3803(a) of the Business Trust Act, the Holders of the Capital Securities shall be entitled

 

83


to the same limitation of personal liability extended to stockholders of private corporations for profit organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

Section 9.2 Exculpation.

 

(a) No Indemnified Person shall be liable, responsible or accountable in damages or otherwise to the Trust or any Covered Person for any loss, damage or claim incurred by reason of any act or omission performed or omitted by such Indemnified Person in good faith on behalf of the Trust and in a manner such Indemnified Person reasonably believed to be within the scope of the authority conferred on such Indemnified Person by this Declaration or by law, except that an Indemnified Person shall be liable or any such loss, damage or claim incurred by reason of such Indemnified Person’s negligence or willful misconduct with respect to such acts or omissions.

 

(b) An Indemnified Person shall be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the records of the Trust and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Trust by any Person as to matters the Indemnified Person reasonably believes are within such other Person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Trust, including information, opinions, reports or statements as to the value and amount of the assets, liabilities, profits, losses or any other facts pertinent to the existence and amount of assets from which Distributions to Holders of Securities might properly be paid.

 

Section 9.3 Fiduciary Duty.

 

(a) To the extent that, at law or in equity, an Indemnified Person has duties (including fiduciary duties) and liabilities relating thereto to the Trust or to any other Covered Person, an Indemnified Person acting under this Declaration shall not be liable to the Trust or to any other Covered Person for its good faith reliance on the provisions of this Declaration. The provisions of this Declaration, to the extent that they restrict the duties and liabilities of an Indemnified Person otherwise existing at law or in equity (other than the duties imposed on the Property Trustee under the Trust Indenture Act), are agreed by the parties hereto to replace such other duties and liabilities of such Indemnified Person.

 

84


(b) Unless otherwise expressly provided herein:

 

  (i) whenever a conflict of interest exists or arises between any Covered Persons; or

 

  (ii) whenever this Declaration or any other agreement contemplated herein or therein provides that an Indemnified Person shall act in a manner that is, or provide terms that are, fair and reasonable to the Trust or any Holder of Securities,

 

the Indemnified Person shall resolve such conflict of interest, take such action or provide such terms, considering in each case the relative interest of each party (including its own interest) to such conflict, agreement, transaction or situation and the benefits and burdens relating to such interests, any customary or accepted industry practices and any applicable generally accepted accounting practices or principles. In the absence of bad faith by the Indemnified Person, the resolution, action or term so made, taken or provided by the Indemnified Person shall not constitute a breach of this Declaration or any other agreement contemplated herein or of any duty or obligation of the Indemnified Person at law or in equity or otherwise.

 

(c) Whenever in this Declaration an Indemnified Person is permitted or required to make a decision:

 

  (i) in its “discretion” or under a grant of similar authority, the Indemnified Person shall be entitled to consider such interests and factors as it desires, including its own interests, and shall have no duty or obligation to give any consideration to any interest of or factors affecting the Trust or any other Person; or

 

  (ii) in its “good faith” or under another express standard, the Indemnified Person shall act under such express standard and shall not be subject to any other or different standard imposed by this Declaration or by applicable law.

 

85


Section 9.4 Indemnification.

 

(a)(i) The Debenture Issuer shall indemnify, to the full extent permitted by law, any Indemnified Person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Trust) by reason of the fact that he is or was a Indemnified Person against expenses (including attorney fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Trust, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the Indemnified Person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Trust, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

 

(ii) The Debenture Issuer shall indemnify, to the full extent permitted by law, any Indemnified Person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Trust to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he is or was a Indemnified Person against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Trust and except that no such indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such Indemnified Person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Trust unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery of Delaware or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which such Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

 

86


(iii) Any indemnification under paragraphs (i) and (ii) of this Section 9.4(a) (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Debenture Issuer only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the Indemnified Person is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in paragraphs (i) and (ii). Such determination shall be made (1) by the Administrators by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of such Administrators who were not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, (2) if such a quorum is not obtainable, or, even if obtainable, if a quorum of disinterested Administrators so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (3) by the Common Security Holder of the Trust.

 

(iv) Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an Indemnified Person in defending a civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding referred to in paragraphs (i) and (ii) of this Section 9.4(a) shall be paid by the Debenture Issuer in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such Indemnified Person to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he is not entitled to be indemnified by the Debenture Issuer as authorized in this Section 9.4(a). Notwithstanding the foregoing, no advance shall be made by the Debenture Issuer if a determination is reasonably and promptly made (i) by the Administrators by a majority vote of a quorum of disinterested Administrators, (ii) if such a quorum is not obtainable, or, even if obtainable, if a quorum of disinterested Administrators so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion or (iii) the Common Security Holder of the Trust, that, based upon the facts known to the Administrators, counsel or the Common Security Holder at the time such determination is made, such Indemnified Person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such person did not believe to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Trust, or, with respect to any criminal proceeding, that such Indemnified Person believed or had reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. In no event shall any advance be made in instances where the Administrators, independent legal counsel or Common Security Holder reasonably determine that such person deliberately breached his duty to the Trust or its Common or Capital Security Holders.

 

87


(v) The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, the other paragraphs of this Section 9.4(a) shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification and advancement of expenses may be entitled under any agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors of the Debenture Issuer or Capital Security Holders of the Trust or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office. All rights to indemnification under this Section 9.4(a) shall be deemed to be provided by a contract between the Debenture Issuer and each Indemnified Person who serves in such capacity at any time while this Section 9.4(a) is in effect. Any repeal or modification of this Section 9.4(a) shall not affect any rights or obligations then existing.

 

(vi) The Debenture Issuer or the Trust may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was an Indemnified Person against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity, or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the Debenture Issuer would have the power to indemnify him against such liability under the provisions of this Section 9.4(a).

 

(vii) For purposes of this Section 9.4(a), references to “the Trust” shall include, in addition to the resulting or surviving entity, any constituent entity (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger, so that any person who is or was a director, trustee, officer or employee of such constituent entity, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent entity as a director, trustee, officer, employee or agent of another entity, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Section 9.4(a) with respect to the resulting or surviving entity as he would have with respect to such constituent entity if its separate existence had continued.

 

(viii) The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Section 9.4(a) shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be an Indemnified Person and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person. The provisions of this Section 9.4(a) shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this

 

88


Declaration or the resignation or removal of any Administrator or Trustee, as the case may be.

 

Section 9.5 Outside Businesses.

 

Any Covered Person, the Sponsor, the Delaware Trustee and the Property Trustee may engage in or possess an interest in other business ventures of any nature or description, independently or with others, similar or dissimilar to the activities of the Trust, and the Trust and the Holders of Securities shall have no rights by virtue of this Declaration in and to such independent ventures or the income or profits derived therefrom, and the pursuit of any such venture, even if competitive with the activities of the Trust, shall not be deemed wrongful or improper. No Covered Person, the Sponsor, the Delaware Trustee or the Property Trustee shall be obligated to present any particular investment or other opportunity to the Trust even if such opportunity is of a character that, if presented to the Trust, could be taken by the Trust, and any Covered Person, the Sponsor, the Delaware Trustee and the Property Trustee shall have the right to take for its own account (individually or as a partner or fiduciary) or to recommend to others any such particular investment or other opportunity. Any Covered Person, the Delaware Trustee and the Property Trustee may engage or be interested in any financial or other transaction with the Sponsor or any Affiliate of the Sponsor, or may act as depositary for, trustee or agent for, or act on any committee or body of holders of, securities or other obligations of the Sponsor or its Affiliates.

 

ARTICLE 10

 

ACCOUNTING

 

Section 10.1 Fiscal Year.

 

The fiscal year (“Fiscal Year”) of the Trust shall be the calendar year, or such other year as is required by the Code.

 

Section 10.2 Certain Accounting Matters.

 

(a) At all times during the existence of the Trust, the Regular Trustees shall keep, or cause to be kept, full books

 

89


of account, records and supporting documents, which shall reflect in reasonable detail, each transaction of the Trust. The books of account shall be maintained on the accrual method of accounting, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. The Trust shall use the accrual method of accounting for United States federal income tax purposes. The books of account and the records of the Trust shall be examined by and reported upon as of the end of each Fiscal Year of the Trust by a firm of independent certified public accountants selected by the Administrators.

 

(b) The Administrators shall cause to be duly prepared and delivered to each of the Holders of Securities, an annual United States federal income tax information statement, required by the Code, containing such information with regard to the Securities held by each Holder as is required by the Code and the Treasury Regulations. Notwithstanding any right under the Code to deliver any such statement at a later date, the Administrators shall endeavor to deliver all such statements within 30 days after the end of each Fiscal Year of the Trust.

 

(c) The Administrators shall cause to be duly prepared and filed with the appropriate taxing authority, an annual United States federal income tax return, on a Form 1041 or such other form required by United States federal income tax law, and any other annual income tax returns required to be filed by the Administrators on behalf of the Trust with any state or local taxing authority.

 

Section 10.3 Banking.

 

The Trust shall maintain one or more bank accounts in the name and for the sole benefit of the Trust; provided, however, that all payments of funds in respect of the Debentures held by the Property Trustee shall be made directly to the Property Account and no other funds of the Trust shall be deposited in the Property Account. The sole signatories for such accounts shall be designated by the Administrators; provided, however, that the Property Trustee shall designate the signatories for the Property Account.

 

90


Section 10.4 Withholding.

 

The Trust and the Administrators shall comply with all withholding requirements under United States federal, state and local law. The Trust shall request, and the Holders shall provide to the Trust, such forms or certificates as are necessary to establish an exemption from withholding with respect to each Holder, and any representations and forms as shall reasonably be requested by the Trust to assist it in determining the extent of, and in fulfilling, its withholding obligations. The Administrators shall file required forms with applicable jurisdictions and, unless an exemption from withholding is properly established by a Holder, shall remit amounts withheld with respect to the Holder to applicable jurisdictions. To the extent that the Trust is required to withhold and pay over any amounts to any authority with respect to distributions or allocations to any Holder, the amount withheld shall be deemed to be a distribution in the amount of the withholding to the Holder. In the event of any claimed over withholding, Holders shall be limited to an action against the applicable jurisdiction. If the amount required to be withheld was not withheld from actual Distributions made, the Trust may reduce subsequent Distributions by the amount of such withholding.

 

ARTICLE 11

 

AMENDMENTS AND MEETINGS

 

Section 11.1 Amendments.

 

(a) Except as otherwise provided in this Declaration or by any applicable terms of the Securities, this Declaration may only be amended by a written instrument approved and executed by (i) the Sponsor; (ii) by the Property Trustee if the amendment affects the rights, powers, duties, obligations or immunities of the Property Trustee; and (iii) by the Delaware Trustee if the amendment affects the rights, powers, duties, obligations or immunities of the Delaware Trustee.

 

(b) No amendment shall be made, and any such purported amendment shall be void and ineffective:

 

  (i)

unless, in the case of any proposed amendment, the Property Trustee shall have first received an Officers’ Certificate from each of the Trust and

 

91


 

the Sponsor that such amendment is permitted by, and conforms to, the terms of this Declaration (including the terms of the Securities);

 

  (ii) unless, in the case of any proposed amendment which affects the rights, powers, duties, obligations or immunities of the Property Trustee, the Property Trustee shall have first received:

 

  a. an Officers’ Certificate from each of the Trust and the Sponsor that such amendment is permitted by, and conforms to, the terms of this Declaration (including the terms of the Securities); and

 

  b. an opinion of counsel (who may be counsel to the Sponsor or the Trust) that such amendment is permitted by, and conforms to, the terms of this Declaration (including the terms of the Securities); and

 

  (iii) to the extent the result of such amendment would be to:

 

  a. cause the Trust to be classified other than as a grantor trust for United States federal income tax purposes;

 

  b. reduce or otherwise adversely affect the powers of the Property Trustee in contravention of the Trust Indenture Act; or

 

  c. cause the Trust to be deemed to be an Investment Company required to be registered under the Investment Company Act.

 

(c) At such time after the Trust has issued any Securities that remain outstanding, if amendment would (i) adversely affect the powers, preferences or special rights of the Securities, whether by way of amendment to the Declaration or otherwise or (ii) result in the dissolution, winding-up or termination of the Trust other than pursuant to the terms of this Declaration or, (iii) change the amount or timing of any distribution of the Securities or otherwise adversely affect the

 

92


amount of any distribution required to be made in respect of the Securities as of a specified date or (iv) restrict the right of a Holder of Securities to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such date, then the Holders of the Securities voting together as a single class will be entitled to vote on such amendment or proposal and such amendment or proposal shall not be effective except with the approval of at least a Majority in Liquidation Amount of the Securities affected thereby; provided that, if any amendment or proposal referred to in clause (i) above would adversely affect only the Capital Securities or the Common Securities, then only the affected class will be entitled to vote on such amendment or proposal and such amendment or proposal shall not be effective except with the approval of a Majority in Liquidation Amount of such class of Securities.

 

(d) Section 7.8 and this Section 11.1 shall not be amended without the consent of all of the Holders of the Securities.

 

(e) Article 4 shall not be amended without the consent of the Holders of a Majority in Liquidation Amount of the Common Securities.

 

(f) The rights of the Holders of the Common Securities under Article 6 to appoint and remove Trustees shall not be amended without the consent of the Holders of a Majority in Liquidation Amount of the Common Securities.

 

(g) Notwithstanding Section 11.1(c), this Declaration may be amended without the consent of the Holders of the Securities to:

 

  (i) to cure any ambiguity, correct or supplement any provisions in this Declaration that may be inconsistent with any other provision, or to make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Declaration that shall not be inconsistent with the other provisions of this Declaration;

 

  (ii)

to modify, eliminate or add to any provisions of this Declaration to such extent as shall be necessary to ensure that the Trust will be

 

93


 

classified as a grantor trust and will not be taxable as a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes at all times that any Securities are outstanding or to ensure that the Trust will not be required to register as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act; or

 

  (iii) to conform to any change in Rule 3a-7 under the Investment Company Act or written change in interpretation or application of such Rule 3a-7 by any legislative body, court, government agency or regulatory authority which amendment does not have a material adverse effect on the rights, preferences or privileges of the Holders.

 

provided, however, that such action shall not adversely affect in any material respect the interests of any Holder of Capital Securities or Common Securities, and any amendments of this Declaration shall become effective when notice thereof is given to the Holders of Capital Securities and Common Securities.

 

(h) The issuance of an Authorization Certificate by the Administrators for purposes of establishing the terms and form of the Securities as contemplated by Section 8.1 shall not be deemed an amendment of this Declaration subject to the provisions of this Section 11.1.

 

(i) Notwithstanding any provision of this Declaration, the right of any Holder of Capital Securities to receive payment of Distributions and other payments upon redemption or otherwise, on or after their respective due dates, or to institute a suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder. For the protection and enforcement of the foregoing provision, each and every Holder of Capital Securities shall be entitled to such relief as can be given either at law or equity.

 

Section 11.2 Meetings of the Holders of Securities; Action by Written Consent.

 

(a) Meetings of the Holders of any class of Securities may be called at any time by the Trustees (or as provided in the

 

94


terms of the Securities) to consider and act on any matter on which Holders of such class of Securities are entitled to act under the terms of this Declaration, the terms of the Securities or the rules of any stock exchange on which the Capital Securities are listed or admitted for trading, if any. The Trustees shall call a meeting of the Holders of such class if directed to do so by the Holders of at least 25% in Liquidation Amount of such class of Securities. Such direction shall be given by delivering to the Trustees one or more calls in a writing stating that the signing Holders of Securities wish to call a meeting and indicating the general or specific purpose for which the meeting is to be called. Any Holders of Securities calling a meeting shall specify in writing the Certificates held by the Holders of Securities exercising the right to call a meeting and only those Securities specified shall be counted for purposes of determining whether the required percentage set forth in the second sentence of this paragraph has been met.

 

(b) Except to the extent otherwise provided in the terms of the Securities, the following provisions shall apply to meetings of Holders of Securities:

 

  (i)

notice of any such meeting shall be given to all the Holders of Securities having a right to vote thereat at least 7 days and not more than 60 days before the date of such meeting. Whenever a vote, consent or approval of the Holders of Securities is permitted or required under this Declaration or the rules of any stock exchange on which the Capital Securities are listed or admitted for trading, if any, such vote, consent or approval may be given at a meeting of the Holders of Securities. Any action that may be taken at a meeting of the Holders of Securities may be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing setting forth the action so taken is signed by the Holders of Securities owning not less than the minimum amount of Securities in liquidation amount that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all Holders of Securities having a right to vote thereon were present and voting. Prompt notice of the taking of action without a meeting shall be given to the Holders of Securities entitled to vote who have

 

95


 

not consented in writing. The Trustees may specify that any written ballot submitted to the Security Holders for the purpose of taking any action without a meeting shall be returned to the Trust within the time specified by the Trustees;

 

  (ii) each Holder of a Security may authorize any Person to act for it by proxy on all matters in which a Holder of Securities is entitled to participate, including waiving notice of any meeting, or voting or participating at a meeting. No proxy shall be valid after the expiration of 11 months from the date thereof unless otherwise provided in the proxy. Every proxy shall be revocable at the pleasure of the Holder of Securities executing such proxy. Except as otherwise provided herein, all matters relating to the giving, voting or validity of proxies shall be governed by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware relating to proxies, and judicial interpretations thereunder, as if the Trust were a Delaware corporation and the Holders of the Securities were stockholders of a Delaware corporation;

 

  (iii) each meeting of the Holders of the Securities shall be conducted by the Trustees or by such other Person that the Trustees may designate; and

 

  (iv) consistent with the Business Trust Act, this Declaration, the terms of the Securities, the Trust Indenture Act or the listing rules of any stock exchange on which the Capital Securities are then listed for trading, otherwise provides, the Trustees, in their sole discretion, shall establish all other provisions relating to meetings of Holders of Securities, including notice of the time, place or purpose of any meeting at which any matter is to be voted on by any Holders of Securities, waiver of any such notice, action by consent without a meeting, the establishment of a record date, quorum requirements, voting in person or by proxy or any other matter with respect to the exercise of any such right to vote.

 

96


ARTICLE 12

 

REPRESENTATIONS OF PROPERTY TRUSTEE

AND DELAWARE TRUSTEE

 

Section 12.1 Representations and Warranties of the Property Trustee.

 

The Trustee that acts as initial Property Trustee represents and warrants to the Trust and to the Sponsor at the date of this Declaration, and each Successor Property Trustee represents and warrants to the Trust and the Sponsor at the time of the Successor Property Trustee’s acceptance of its appointment as Property Trustee that:

 

(a) the Property Trustee is a corporation or bank duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization, with trust power and authority to execute and deliver, and to carry out and perform its obligations under the terms of, this Declaration;

 

(b) the Property Trustee satisfies the requirements set forth in Section 6.3(a);

 

(c) the execution, delivery and performance by the Property Trustee of this Declaration has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Property Trustee. This Declaration has been duly executed and delivered by the Property Trustee, and it constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Property Trustee, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, moratorium, insolvency and other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and to general principles of equity and the discretion of the court (regardless of whether the enforcement of such remedies is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law);

 

(d) the execution, delivery and performance of this Declaration by the Property Trustee does not conflict with or constitute a breach of the articles of association or incorporation, as the case may be, or the by-laws (or other similar organizational documents) of the Property Trustee; and

 

97


(e) no consent, approval or authorization of, or registration with or notice to, any State or Federal banking authority is required for the execution, delivery or performance by the Property Trustee of this Declaration.

 

Section 12.2 Representations and Warranties of the Delaware Trustee.

 

The Trustee that acts as initial Delaware Trustee represents and warrants to the Trust and to the Sponsor at the date of this Declaration, and each Successor Delaware Trustee represents and warrants to the Trust and the Sponsor at the time of the Successor Delaware Trustee’s acceptance of its appointment as Delaware Trustee that:

 

(a) the Delaware Trustee satisfies the requirements set forth in Section 6.2 and has the power and authority to execute and deliver, and to carry out and perform its obligations under the terms of, this Declaration and, if it is not a natural person, is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation or organization;

 

(b) the Delaware Trustee has been authorized to perform its obligations under the Certificate of Trust and this Declaration. This Declaration under Delaware law constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Delaware Trustee, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, moratorium, insolvency and other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and to general principles of equity and the discretion of the court (regardless of whether the enforcement of such remedies is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law); and

 

(c) no consent, approval or authorization of, or registration with or notice to, any State or Federal banking authority is require for the execution, delivery or performance by the Delaware Trustee of this Declaration.

 

98


ARTICLE 13

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 13.1 Notices.

 

All notices provided for in this Declaration shall be in writing, duly signed by the party giving such notice, and shall be delivered, telecopied or mailed by registered or certified mail, as follows:

 

(a) if given to the Trust, in care of the Administrators at the Trust’s mailing address set forth below (or such other address as the Trust may give notice of to the Property Trustee, the Delaware Trustee and the Holders of the Securities):

 

Capital One Capital I

c/o Capital One Bank

Capital One Financial Corporation

2980 Fairview Park Drive,

Suite 1300

Falls Church, VA 22042-4525

 

(b) if given to the Delaware Trustee, at the mailing address set forth below (or such other address as the Delaware Trustee may give notice of to the Administrators, the Property Trustee and the Holders of the Securities):

 

First Chicago Delaware Inc.

300 King Street

Wilmington, DE 19801

Attention: Michael J. Majchuzak

 

(c) if given to the Property Trustee, at its Corporate Trust Office (or such other address as the Property Trustee may give notice of to the Administrators, the Delaware Trustee and the Holders of the Securities):

 

The First National Bank of Chicago

One First National Plaza

Suite 0126

Chicago, IL 60670-0126

Attention: Corporate Trust Office

 

99


(d) if given to the Sponsor, at the mailing address set forth below (or such other address as the Sponsor may give notice of to the Property Trustee, the Delaware Trustee and the Trust):

 

Capital One Bank

c/o Capital One Financial Corporation

2980 Fairview Park Drive

Suite 1300

Falls Church, VA 22042

Attn: General Counsel’s Office

 

(e) if given to any Holder, at the address set forth on the books and records of the Trust.

 

All such notices shall be deemed to have been given when received in person, telecopied with receipt confirmed or mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid except that if a notice or other document is refused delivery or cannot be delivered because of a changed address of which no notice was given, such notice or other document shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date of such refusal or inability to deliver.

 

Section 13.2 Governing Law.

 

This Declaration and the rights of the parties hereunder shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to the principles of conflict of laws.

 

Section 13.3 Intention of the Parties.

 

It is the intention of the parties hereto that the Trust be classified for United States federal income tax purposes as a grantor trust. The provisions of this Declaration shall be interpreted in a manner consistent with such classification.

 

Section 13.4 Headings.

 

Headings contained in this Declaration are inserted for convenience of reference only and do not affect the interpretation of this Declaration or any provision hereof.

 

100


Section 13.5 Successors and Assigns.

 

Whenever in this Declaration any of the parties hereto is named or referred to, the successors and assigns of such party shall be deemed to be included, and all covenants and agreements in this Declaration by the Sponsor and the Trustees shall bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns, whether so expressed.

 

Section 13.6 Partial Enforceability.

 

If any provision of this Declaration, or the application of such provision to any Person or circumstance, shall be held invalid, the remainder of this Declaration, or the application of such provision to persons or circumstances other than those to which it is held invalid, shall not be affected thereby.

 

Section 13.7 Counterparts.

 

This Declaration may contain more than one counterpart of the signature page and this Declaration may be executed by the affixing of the signature of each of the Trustees to one of such counterpart signature pages. All of such counterpart signature pages shall be read as though one, and they shall have the same force and effect as though all of the signers had signed a single signature page.

 

Section 13.8 Undertaking for Costs.

 

In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Declaration or in any suit against any Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorney’s fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 13.8 does not apply to a suit by a Trustee, a suit by a Holder to enforce its right to payment or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in Liquidation Amount of the then outstanding Securities.

 

101


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have caused these presents to be executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

CAPITAL ONE BANK,

as Sponsor and Common Securities Holder

BY:

   
   

Name:

   

Title:

   

THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF CHICAGO,

as Property Trustee

BY:

   
   

Name:

   

Title:

   

FIRST CHICAGO DELAWARE INC.,

as Delaware Trustee

BY:

   
   

Name:

   

Title:

   

 

102


EXHIBIT A-1

 

This Capital Security is a Global Certificate within the meaning of the Declaration hereinafter referred to and is registered in the name of The Depository Trust Company, a New York corporation (the “Depository”), or a nominee of the Depository. This Capital Security is exchangeable for Capital Securities registered in the name of a person other than the Depository or its nominee only in the limited circumstances described in the Declaration and no transfer of this Capital Security (other than a transfer of this Capital Security as a whole by the Depository to a nominee of the Depository or by a nominee of the Depository to the Depository or another nominee of the Depository) may be registered except in limited circumstances.

 

Unless this Capital Security Certificate is presented by an authorized representative of the Depository to Capital One Capital I or its agent for registration of transfer, exchange or payment, and any Capital Security Certificate issued is registered in the name of Cede & Co. or such other name as registered by an authorized representative of the Depository (and any payment hereon is made to Cede & Co. or to such other entity as is requested by an authorized representative of the Depository), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL since the registered owner hereof, Cede & Co., has an interest herein.

 

CERTIFICATE NO.                     

 

CUSIP NO.                     

 

AGGREGATE LIQUIDATION AMOUNT OF CAPITAL SECURITIES:    $                         

 

CERTIFICATE EVIDENCING CAPITAL SECURITIES

OF

CAPITAL ONE CAPITAL I

 

FLOATING RATE SUBORDINATED CAPITAL INCOME SECURITIES

(LIQUIDATION AMOUNT $1,000 PER CAPITAL SECURITY)

 

CAPITAL ONE CAPITAL I, a statutory business trust formed under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Trust”), hereby certifies that Cede & Co. (the “Holder”) is the registered owner of capital securities in the aggregate liquidation amount of $              of the Trust representing undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust designated the Floating Rate Subordinated Capital Income Securities (liquidation amount $1,000

 

A-1-1


per Capital Security) (the “Capital Securities”). The Capital Securities are transferable on the books and records of the Trust, in person or by a duly authorized attorney, upon surrender of this certificate duly endorsed and in proper form for transfer as provided in the Declaration (as defined below). The designation, rights, privileges, restrictions, preferences and other terms and provisions of the Capital Securities represented hereby are issued and shall in all respects be subject to the provisions of the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust, dated as of January 31, 1997 (as the same may be amended from time to time (the “Declaration”), among Capital One Bank, as Sponsor (“Sponsor”), The First National Bank of Chicago, as Property Trustee, and First Chicago Delaware Inc., as Delaware Trustee. Capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall have the meaning given them in the Declaration. The Holder is entitled to the benefits of the Guarantee to the extent described therein. The Sponsor will provide a copy of the Declaration, the Guarantee and the Indenture to a Holder without charge upon written request to the Sponsor at its principal place of business.

 

Upon receipt of this certificate, the Holder is bound by the Declaration and is entitled to the benefits thereunder.

 

By acceptance, the Holder agrees to treat, for United States federal income tax purposes, the Debentures as indebtedness and the Capital Securities as evidence of undivided indirect beneficial interests in the Debentures.

 

This Capital Security shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

A-1-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Trust has executed this certificate this      day of January, 1997.

 

CAPITAL ONE CAPITAL I
By:    
   
   

Name:

Title:

 

CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

 

This is one of the Securities referred to in the within-mentioned Declaration.

 

THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF CHICAGO
By:    
   
    Authorized Officer

 

A-1-3


In connection with any transfer of this Security occurring prior to the date which is the earlier of (i) the date of the declaration by the Commission of the effectiveness of a registration statement under the Securities Act covering resales of this Security (which effectiveness shall not have been suspended or terminated at the date of the transfer) and (ii) three years after the later of the date of original issue and the last date on which the Sponsor or any affiliate of the Sponsor was the owner of such Capital Securities (or any predecessor thereto) (the “Resale Restriction Termination Date”), the undersigned confirms that it has not utilized any general solicitation or general advertising in connection with the transfer:

 

[CHECK ONE]

 

(1)    ¨      to the Sponsor or a subsidiary thereof; or
(2)    ¨      pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended; or
(3)    ¨      to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) that has furnished to the Trustee a signed letter containing certain representations and agreements (the form of which letter can be obtained from the Trustee); or
(4)    ¨      outside the United States to a “foreign person” in compliance with Rule 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended; or
(5)    ¨      pursuant to the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended; or
(6)    ¨      pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended; or
(7)    ¨      pursuant to another available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Trustee will refuse to register any of the Securities evidenced by this certificate in the name of any person other than the registered Holder thereof; provided, however, that if box (3), (4), (5) or (7) is checked, the Sponsor or the Trustee may require, prior to registering any such transfer of the Securities, in its sole discretion, such written legal opinions, certifications (including an investment

 

A-1-4


letter in the case of box (3) or (4)) and other information as the Trustee or the Sponsor has reasonably requested to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

If none of the foregoing boxes is checked, the Trustee or Registrar shall not be obligated to register this Security in the name of any person other than the Holder hereof unless and until the conditions to any such transfer of registration set forth herein and in Section 315 of the Indenture shall have been satisfied.

 

Dated:           Signed:    
   
         
            (Sign exactly as name appears on the other side of this Security)

 

Signature Guarantee:    
   
     

 

TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (2) ABOVE IS CHECKED

 

The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Security for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Sponsor as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A.

 

Dated:            
   
     
           

NOTICE: To be executed by an executive officer

 

TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (4) ABOVE IS CHECKED

 

The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing the Capital Security outside the United States as a “foreign person” in compliance with Rule 904 of Regulation S

 

A-1-5


under the Securities Act and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Regulation S and acknowledges that a holder of an interest in a Regulation S temporary global security may not (i) receive the payment of any distributions, redemption price or any other payments with respect to the holder’s beneficial interest in the temporary global security or (ii) receive an interest in a Regulation S permanent global security until (A) expiration of the 40th day after the later of the commencement of the offering of the Capital Securities and the closing date and (B) certification that the beneficial owner of the interest in the Capital Security is a non-U.S. person.

 

Dated:                             
         
           

NOTICE:

  To be executed by an executive officer

 

A-1-6


EXHIBIT A-2

 

THIS CERTIFICATE IS NOT TRANSFERABLE

 

CERTIFICATE NO.                     

  NUMBER OF COMMON SECURITIES:                     

 

CERTIFICATE EVIDENCING COMMON SECURITIES

OF

CAPITAL ONE CAPITAL I

 

COMMON SECURITIES

(LIQUIDATION AMOUNT $1,000 PER COMMON SECURITY)

 

Capital One Capital I, a statutory business trust formed under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Trust”), hereby certifies that Capital One Bank (the “Holder”) is the registered owner of common securities of the Trust representing an undivided beneficial interest in the assets of the Trust designated the Floating Rate Common Securities (liquidation amount $1,000 per Common Security) (the “Common Securities”). The Common Securities are not transferable and any attempted transfer thereof shall be void. The designation, rights, privileges, restrictions, preferences and other terms and provisions of the Common Securities represented hereby are issued and shall in all respects be subject to the provisions of the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust of the Trust, dated as of January 31, 1997 (as the same may be amended from time to time, the “Declaration”), among Capital One Bank, as Sponsor, The First National Bank of Chicago, as Property Trustee and First Chicago Delaware Inc., as Delaware Trustee. The Holder is entitled to the benefits of the Guarantee to the extent described therein. Capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall have the meaning given them in the Declaration. The Sponsor will provide a copy of the Declaration, the Guarantee and the Indenture to a Holder without charge upon written request to the Sponsor at its principal place of business.

 

Upon receipt of this certificate, the Holder is bound by the Declaration and is entitled to the benefits thereunder.

 

By acceptance, the Holder agrees to treat, for United States federal income tax purposes, the Debentures as indebtedness and the Common Securities as evidence of an undivided indirect beneficial interest in the Debentures.

 

A-2-1


This Common Security shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

A-2-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Trust has executed this certificate this      day of January, 1997.

 

CAPITAL ONE CAPITAL I
By:    
   
   

Name:

   

Title:

 

A-2-3


EXHIBIT B-1

 

[FORM OF EUROCLEAR AND CEDEL CERTIFICATE]

(Pursuant to Section 7.13(c) of the Declaration)

 

  Re: Capital One Capital I, Floating Rate
       Subordinated Capital Income Securities

 

                     , as

Paying Agent

[Address of Paying Agent] or

                     , as

Property Trustee

[Address of Property Trustee]

 

This is to certify that, based solely on certifications we have received in writing, by tested telex or by electronic transmission from member organizations appearing in our records as persons being entitled to a portion of the principal amount of the Securities set forth below (our “Member Organizations”) substantially to the effect set forth in the Amended and Restated Declaration of trust dated as of January 31, 1997, between Capital One Bank, as Sponsor, The First National Bank of Chicago, as Property Trustee and First Chicago Delaware Inc., as Delaware Trustee, not in their individual capacities but solely as Trustees, U.S. $                      principal amount of the above- captioned Securities held by us or on our behalf are beneficially owned by non-U.S. person(s). As used in this paragraph, the term “U.S. person” has the meaning given to it by Regulation S under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

We further certify that as of the date hereof we have not received any notification from any of our Member Organizations to the effect that the statements made by such Member Organizations with respect to any interest in the Securities identified above are no longer true and cannot be relied upon as of the date hereof.

 

[On Release Date: We hereby acknowledge that no portion of the Regulation S Temporary Global Security shall be exchanged for an interest in the Regulation S Permanent Global Security (as each such term is defined in the Declaration) with

 

B-1-1


respect to the portion thereof for which we have not received the applicable certifications from our Member Organizations.]*/

 

[On                      and upon any other payments under the Regulation S Temporary Global Security: We hereby agree to hold (and return to the [                    ] upon request) any payments received by us on the Regulation S Temporary Global Security (as defined in the Declaration) with respect to the portion thereof for which we have not received the applicable certifications from our Member Organizations.]*

 

We understand that this certification is required in connection with certain securities laws of the United States of America. In connection therewith, if administrative or legal proceedings are commenced or threatened in connection with which this certification is or would be relevant, we irrevocably authorize you to produce this certification to any interested party in such proceedings.

 

Dated:                      **/

 

[MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST

COMPANY OF NEW YORK, Brussels office,

as operator of the Euroclear System or

Cedel, societe anonyme]

By:    
   
   

Name:

   

Title


*/ Select as applicable.

 

**/ Insert Release Date or applicable Payment Date, as the case may be.

 

B-1-2


EXHIBIT B-2

 

[FORM OF CERTIFICATION TO BE GIVEN BY

HOLDER OF BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A

REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL SECURITY]

(Pursuant to Section 7.13(b) of the Declaration)

 

  Re: Capital One Capital I, Floating Rate
       Subordinated Capital Income Securities

 

[Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York, Brussels office, as operator of the Euroclear System] [Cedel, societe anonyme]

 

Securities, [CINS No.              ] [ISIN No.              ]

 

Reference is hereby made to the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust, dated as of January      , 1997 (the “Declaration”), between Capital One Bank, as Sponsor, The First National Bank of Chicago, as Property Trustee and First Chicago Delaware Inc., as Delaware Trustee, not in their individual capacities but solely as Trustees. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined have the meanings set forth in the Declaration.

 

[For purposes of acquiring a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Permanent Global Security upon the expiration of the Restricted Period,] [For purposes of receiving payments under the Regulation S Temporary Global Security,1 the undersigned holder of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Temporary Global Security issued under the Declaration certifies that it is not a U.S. Persons as defined by Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

We undertake to advise you promptly by telex on or prior to the date on which you intend to submit your corresponding certification relating to the Securities held by you if any applicable statement herein is not correct on such date, and in the absence of any such notification it may be assumed that this certificate applies as of such date.


*/ Select, as applicable.

 

B-2-1


We understand that this certificate is required in connection with certain securities laws of the United States. In connection therewith, if administrative or legal proceedings are commenced or threatened in connection with which this certificate is or would be relevant, we irrevocably authorize you to produce this certificate to any interested party in such proceeding. This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the health of the Trust and the Initial Purchaser.

 

Dated:                      ,     
By:    
   
    as, or as agent for, the holder of a beneficial interest in the Securities to which this certificate relates.

 

B-2-2

Exhibit 10.10.1

 

Capital One Financial Corporation

 


 

Revised Schedule of Counterparts of the

Amended and Restated Change of Control Employment Agreement

 


 

Each of the following executive officers of Capital One Financial Corporation is party to an Amended and Restated Change of Control Employment Agreement, between the executive officer and the registrant, in the form previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 23, 2000 as Exhibit 10.10.2 to the Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1999, as amended:

 

1. Gregor S. Bailar
2. Larry A. Klane
3. David R. Lawson
4. Gary L. Perlin
5. Peter Schnall
6. Matthew W. Schuyler
7. Catherine G. West

Exhibit 21

 

Significant Subsidiaries

 

Capital One Bank

Capital One, F.S.B.

Capital One Auto Finance, Inc.

Exhibit 23

 

Consent of Independent Auditors

 

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements, as listed below, of Capital One Financial Corporation and in the related Prospectuses, where applicable, of our report dated January 21, 2004, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Capital One Financial Corporation included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended December 31, 2003.

 

Registration
Statement
Number


   Form

  

Description


33-80263    Form S-8    Marketing and Management Services Agreement
33-86986    Form S-8    1994 Stock Incentive Plan
33-91790    Form S-8    1995 Non-Employee Directors Stock Incentive Plan
33-97032    Form S-8    Amendment to 1994 Stock Incentive Plan
33-99748    Form S-3    Dividend Reinvestment and Stock Purchase Plan
333-42853    Form S-8    1994 Stock Incentive Plan
333-51637    Form S-8    1994 Stock Incentive Plan
333-57317    Form S-8    1994 Stock Incentive Plan
          1998 Special Option Program
333-60831    Form S-3    Acquisition of Summit Acceptance Corporation
333-78067    Form S-8    1994 Stock Incentive Plan
333-78609    Form S-8    1999 Stock Incentive Plan
333-78635    Form S-8    1999 Non-Employee Directors Stock Incentive Plan
333-85227    Form S-3    Debt Securities, Preferred Stock and Common Stock in the amount of $1 billion
333-91327    Form S-8    1994 Stock Incentive Plan
333-92345    Form S-8    1994 Stock Incentive Plan
333-43288    Form S-8    1994 Stock Incentive Plan
333-58628    Form S-8    1994 Stock Incentive Plan
333-61574    Form S-3    Registration of Securities for Resale
333-72822    Form S-8    1994 Stock Incentive Plan
333-72820    Form S-8    1999 Non-Employee Stock Incentive Plan
333-72832    Form S-3    Registration of Securities for Resale by Selling Stockholders in PeopleFirst Acquisition
333-76726    Form S-8    1994 Stock Incentive Plan
333-72820    Form S-8    1999 Non-Employee Directors Stock Incentive Plan
333-82228    Form S-3    Common Stock, Debt Securities, Preferred Stock, Stock Purchase Contracts, and Equity Units in the amount of $1,787,000,000
333-97127    Form S-8    2002 Associate Savings Plan
333-97125    Form S-3    2002 Dividend Reinvestment Stock Purchase Plan
333-97123    Form S-8    2002 Non-Executive Officer Stock Incentive Plan
333-97119    Form S-3    Common Stock, Debt Securities, Preferred Stock, Stock Purchase Contracts & Equity Units in the amount of $2 Billion
333-100488    Form S-8    2002 Associate Stock Purchase Plan

 

Ernst & Young LLP

 

McLean, Virginia

March 3, 2004